M i c r o s o f t •
Network Your Computers & Devices Step by Step
Ciprian Adrian Rusen and 7 Tutorials
Published with the authorization of Microsoft Corporation by: O'Reilly Media, Inc. 1005 Gravenstein Highway North Sebastopol, California 95472 Copyright © 2010 Ciprian Adrian Rusen. Complying with all applicable copyright laws is the responsibility of the user. All rights reserved. Without limiting the rights under copyright, no part of this document may be reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise), or for any purpose, without express written permission of O'Reilly Media, Inc. Printed and bound in Canada. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 TG 5 4 3 2 1 0 Microsoft Press titles may be purchased for educational, business or sales promotional use. Online editions are also available for most titles (http://my.safcmboolisonline.com). For more information, contact our corporate/institutional sales department: (800) 998-9938 or corporate(a)oreilly.com. Visit our website at microsoftpress.oreilly.com. Send comments to mspinpuUa) microsoft.com. Microsoft, Microsoft Press, ActiveX, Excel, FrontPage, Internet Explorer, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Webdings, Windows, and Windows 7 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners. Unless otherwise noted, the example companies, organizations, products, domain names, e-mail addresses, logos, people, places, and events depicted herein are fictitious, and no association with any real company, organization, product, domain name, e-mail address, logo, person, place, or event is intended or should be inferred. This book expresses the author's views and opinions. The information contained in this book is provided without any express, statutory, or implied warranties. Neither the author, O'Reilly Media, Inc., Microsoft Corporation, nor their respective resellers or distributors, will be held liable for any damages caused or alleged to be caused either directly or indirectly by such information. Acquisitions and Development Editor: Kenyon Brown Production Editor: Holly Bauer Editorial Production: Octal Publishing, Inc. Technical Reviewer: Chuck Houghton Indexing: Ron Strauss Cover: Karen Montgomery Illustrator: Robert Romano
978-0-735-65216-3
Contents Acknowledgments
xv
Introducing Home Networking
xvii
Features and Conventions of This Book
xxv
Getting Help
1
2
xxviii
Setting Up a Router and Devices
1
Installing Hardware and Drivers
1
Interacting with External Devices Through Device Stage
2
Preparing to Install and Configure a Router
7
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
10
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router
24
Key Points
37
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
39
What Is a User Account and How Many Do You Need?
40
Accessing the User Accounts Control Panel
41
Creating a New User Account
43
Switching Between User Accounts
44
Turning the Guest Account On or Off
45
Creating a Password for a User Account
47
Changing the Password for a User Account
48
Removing the Password for a User Account
50
Changing a User Account Picture
51
Changing a User Account Name
52
Changing a User Account Type
53
Deleting a User Account
54
Logging on to Windows 7 Automatically
57
Key Points
59
W h a t do you t h i n k of this book? We want to hear f r o m you! Microsoft is interested in hearing your feedback so we can continually improve our books and learning resources for you. To participate in a brief online survey, please visit:
microsoft.com/learning/booksurvey
vin
Contents
3
4
Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers Accessing the Libraries Defined on Your Computer
62
Creating a New Library
63
Adding Folders to a Library
65
Removing Folders from a Library
67
Editing the Properties of a Library
69
Quick Sorting the Content of a Library
71
Deleting a Library
73
Key Points
75
Creating the Network Opening the Networking and Sharing Center
77 78
Configuring Network Adapters
80
Enabling or Disabling a Network Adapter
85
Connecting to a Wireless Network
86
Connecting to a Hidden Wireless Network
89
Setting Up an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Between Computers
95
Creating an Ad Hoc Wireless Network
95
Connecting Other Computers to an Ad Hoc Wireless Network
99
Sharing Files on an Ad Hoc Wireless Network
100
Exporting and Importing Wireless Network Settings
102
Exporting the Wireless Network Settings
102
Importing the Wireless Network Settings
107
Setting the Network Location Changing the Network Location
5
61
108 110
Setting the Workgroup
112
Key Points
117
Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7
119
Finding the Network Sharing Settings
119
Configuring the Network Sharing Settings
121
Key Points
125
Contents
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
ix
127
Creating the Homegroup
129
Finding Your Homegroup Password
132
Changing the Password of a Homegroup
134
Joining a Homegroup
138
Accessing Homegroup Computers
140
Leaving a Homegroup
143
Key Points
145
Sharing Libraries and Folders
147
Enabling or Disabling the Sharing Wizard
148
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share with the Homegroup
150
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share with Specific People
152
Using the Sharing Wizard to Stop Sharing
159
Using Advanced Sharing to Share Your Folders or Partitions
162
Using Advanced Sharing to Stop Sharing Your Folders or Partitions
169
Mapping a Shared Network Folder as a Network Drive
173
Mapping an FTP Server as a Network Drive
178
Deleting a Mapped Network Drive
184
Key Points
187
Sharing and Working with Devices
189
Sharing a Printer with Computers on Your Home Network
190
Sharing a Printer with Your Homegroup
195
Stop Sharing the Printer
196
Sharing a Removable Disk Drive
197
Transferring Files Between Mobile Phones and Your Windows 7 Computer via Bluetooth
198
Enabling Bluetooth on Your Computer and Allowing Connections
199
Turning On Bluetooth on Your Mobile Phone
201
Pairing Your Computer with Your Mobile Phone, Starting from Your Phone
202
Pairing Your Computer with Your Mobile Phone, Starting from Your Computer. .204 Exchanging Files Between Your Computer and Your Mobile Phone
206
Exchanging Files Between Your Mobile Phone and Your Computer
209
Removing the Pairing Between Your Mobile Phone and Your Computer
211
Key Points
213
X
vin Contents
9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
215
Setting Up Windows Media Player 12
216
Adding Files to Your Windows Media Player 12 Library
222
Searching in Windows Media Player 12
228
Creating Quick Playlists in Windows Media Player 12
238
Creating Advanced Playlists in Windows Media Player 12
241
Streaming Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Over the Network
250
Setting Up Media Streaming with the Homegroup
251
Displaying Remote Media Libraries in the Navigation Pane
255
Allowing Remote Control and Enabling the "Play To" Functionality
258
Playing Media Remotely to Another Computer
260
Streaming Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Over the Internet Creating and Linking an Online ID for Remote Media Streaming
264 264
Allowing Internet Access to Home Media
272
Playing Media Remotely over the Internet
275
Key Points
10 Sharing Between Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7 Computers
276
279
Setting the Workgroup on Your Windows XP Computer
280
Enabling Computer Browser and Print Spooler Services in Windows XP
284
Enabling Sharing in Windows XP
287
Accessing Shared Network Folders from Windows XP
290
Accessing Windows XP Shared Folders from Windows 7 Computers
293
Installing Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows XP
295
Installing a Shared Network Printer in Windows XP
303
Setting the Workgroup on Your Windows Vista Computer
308
Configuring Network and Sharing Settings in Windows Vista
312
Sharing Folders in Windows Vista
317
Installing Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows Vista
324
Installing a Shared Network Printer in Windows Vista
332
Key Points
335
Contents
11 Sharing Between Mac OS X and Windows 7 Computers
ix
337
Setting the Workgroup on Your OS X Computer
338
Setting Up Mac OS X to Share with Windows 7
339
Accessing OS X Shared Folders from Windows 7 Computers
347
Setting Up Windows 7 to Share with OS X
348
Accessing Windows 7 Shared Folders from OS X Computers
348
Automatically Mount Your Windows 7 Shared Folders on OS X
352
Accessing a Windows 7 Shared Printer from OS X
354
Installing a Windows 7 Shared Printer in OS X
356
Key Points
361
12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
363
Installing the Sharing Service in Ubuntu Linux
364
Setting the Workgroup on Your Ubuntu Linux Computer
367
Sharing Folders in Ubuntu Linux
369
Accessing Ubuntu Shared Folders from Windows 7 Computers
372
Accessing Windows 7 Shared Folders from Ubuntu Computers
375
Accessing a Windows 7 Shared Printer from Ubuntu Computers
378
Mounting Windows 7 Shared Partitions and Folders in Ubuntu
385
Key Points
388
13 Keeping the Network Secure
391
Understanding User Account Control
392
What Is UAC?
393
How UAC Works
393
Changes Requiring Administrative Privileges
394
The Differences Between UAC Levels
395
Configuring UAC
396
Keeping Your System Up to Date
398
Opening Windows Update
399
Configuring Windows Update Settings
400
Checking for and Installing Updates Manually
404
Restoring Hidden Updates
410
Reviewing Your Windows Update History
412
vin
Contents
Removing Installed Updates
415
What Is Windows Defender?
416
Opening Windows Defender
417
Using Windows Defender
418
Turning Off Windows Defender
424
What Is the Windows Firewall?
427
Understanding How the Windows Firewall Works
428
Opening the Windows Firewall
429
Turning the Windows Firewall On or Off
430
Customizing the List of Allowed Programs
432
Adding New Programs to the Allowed List
435
Removing Programs or Disabling Rules from the Allowed List
439
Creating a New Rule
446
Enabling, Disabling, or Deleting an Existing Rule
450
Restoring the Windows Firewall Default Settings
452
Protecting Your Computer from Viruses and Other Security Threats
453
Using the Action Center
455
Opening the Action Center and Reviewing Its Messages
457
Configuring the List of Messages Displayed by the Action Center
460
Key Points
462
14 Setting Up Parental Controls
465
Turning On Parental Controls
465
Setting Time Limits and Application Restrictions
468
Setting Restrictions for Games
472
Key Points
479
15 Troubleshooting Network and Internet Problems
481
Fixing Problems Using the Network and Internet Troubleshooting Wizards
482
Changing the Date and Time Settings on Your Computer to Resolve a Password Error
490
Configuring Port Forwarding Settings on Your Router
493
Finding Troubleshooting Help on the Web
496
Key Points
497
Contents
xiii
Glossary
499
Index
505
About the Authors
521
W h a t d o y o u t h i n k o f this book? W e w a n t t o hear f r o m y o u ! Microsoft is interested in hearing your feedback so we can continually improve our books and learning resources for you. To participate in a brief online survey, please visit:
microsoft.com/learning/booksurvey
Introducing Home Networking In a modern home, it is no longer unusual for family members to own multiple computers and network devices. In most houses, you can find at least a desktop computer, which is generally used for more performance-intensive tasks such as gaming or professional work of any kind. Parents bring home their work laptops or notebooks, which they use to connect to their business network and do a bit of work outside the office, when needed. Children also have their own systems, usually a mobile computer that they can easily take to school or university. All of these computers probably have different operating systems, depending on the year when they were purchased and the preference of each person. Some family members might be Windows users, while others might prefer the Mac computers from Apple. Some people who are very fond of free software might use the latest version of Ubuntu Linux. In addition to computers, a family may own other devices such as printers, scanners, consoles, mobile phones with network connectivity via Bluetooth wireless, and so on. With the help of a router and a few network cables, you can create your own home network and connect all these computers and devices together. The list of advantages for doing so is very long and includes: •
The possibility to easily exchange data between all computers and devices.
•
Sharing devices between all the computers on the home network. For example, you can share the home's printer or an external hard disk drive that everyone can use to back up their most important data, and so on.
•
Media streaming between computers.
•
Paying for only one Internet connection and sharing it with all the computers and devices on your network.
•
Wireless access to the network and the Internet throughout your entire house.
•
Playing multiplayer games via your home network.
This book covers all you need to know about setting up your home network and taking advantage of all its capabilities. Included in the book are chapters about setting up and using the networking features in Windows 7, making different operating systems work together on the network, and streaming your media over the network and the Internet. It also covers sharing devices in the network, the tools and features you need to use to keep your network secure, and setting up parental controls for your children. Last but not least, it also provides guidance on how to troubleshoot network and Internet problems by yourself. J
J
XVII
xviii
Introducing Home Networking
Operating Systems Covered in the Book This book is focused mostly on Windows 7 and shows how to use the network-related features included in this operating system. However, there are dedicated sections that cover network interoperability between Windows 7 and the following operating systems: Windows XP Service Pack 3, Windows Vista Service Pack 2, Mac OS X vl0.6 (Snow Leopard), and Ubuntu Linux vlO.lO (Maverick Meerkat).
Assumptions The exercises in this book assume that you know the basics of computing and that some of your computers have Windows 7 already installed and configured. The exercises do not cover Windows 7 installation and personalization tasks. They dive directly into networking features and configuration settings. This book explains how to install, configure, and manage a home network setup similar to the one shown in the following diagram.
xviii Introducing Home Networking
In your home, there are several computers (desktops and laptops or notebooks), each with an operating system installed and all connected to the router. Also, there are several external devices (such as printers, scanners, and so on) connected to any of the computers in your network that you would like to share with the network.
Minimum System Requirements To run Windows 7 and work your way through the exercises in this book, your computer must meet certain specifications.
Windows 7 To run Windows 7, including the Aero desktop experience features, your computer needs to meet the following minimum requirements: •
1 gigahertz (GHz) or faster 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor
•
1 gigabyte (GB) of system memory (RAM) for 32-bit systems; 2 GB for 64-bit systems
•
16 GB of available hard disk drive space for 32-bit systems; 20 GB for 64-bit systems
•
Support for DirectX 9 graphics with Windows Display Driver Model (WDDM) 1.0 or higher driver and 128 megabytes (MB) memory (to enable the Aero theme)
•
Internal or external DVD drive
•
Monitor with a minimum of 1024 x 768 screen resolution
•
Keyboard and mouse or compatible pointing device
•
Internet connection for product activation, accessing online Help topics, and any other Internet-dependent processes
Some features of Windows 7 work only if you have the hardware or network connections to support them. For descriptions of the system requirements for specific features of Windows 7, visit windows.microsoft.com/en-us/windows7/products/system-requirements/.
Completing the Exercises In addition to the hardware and Internet connection required to run Windows 7 and the other operating systems in your home network, you will need the following to successfully complete the exercises in this book: •
A home router with wireless capabilities.
•
Ethernet network cable.
xviii
Introducing Home Networking
•
Any version of the Windows 7 operating system.
•
Access to the following peripheral devices: O Printer O Speakers O External storage device: USB memory stick or external hard disk drive
•
Your own practice files and folders. Simply choose what you want to use from your own computer to complete the exercises and back them up before starting the exercises.
Some exercises cover operating systems other than Windows 7. However, it is not mandatory to have them in your home network. The exercises simply show what you would need to do in case the computers in your home network have a wide variety of operating systems installed.
How to Access Your Online Edition Hosted by Safari The voucher bound in to the back of this book gives you access to an online edition of the book. (You can also download the online edition of the book to your own computer; see the next section.) To access your online edition, do the following: 1. Locate your voucher inside the back cover, and scratch off the metallic foil to reveal your access code. 2. Go to http://microsoftpress.oreilly.com/safarienabled. 3. Enter your 24-character access code in the Coupon Code field under Step 1:
Step Coupon Code:
O
5E5.X-~EZ5-MHK2-Fi3Z-NlSR
COM FIRM COUPON (Please note that the access code in this image is for illustration purposes only.) 4. Click the CONFIRM COUPON button. A message will appear to let you know that the code was entered correctly. If the code was not entered correctly, you will be prompted to re-enter the code.
xviiiIntroducingHomeNetworking
^
Coupons Confirmed. Coupon Code 9 K Q X - T E Z Q - M H K 2 - F 8 Q Z - N 1 S R provides FREE access for 99999 days to M i c r o s o f t ® Office 2 0 1 0 I n s i d e Out
5. In this step, you'll be asked whether you're a new or existing user of Safari Books Online. Proceed either with Step 5A or Step 5B. 5A. If you already have a Safari account, click the EXISTING USER-SIGN IN button under Step 2.
Step
Q
E X I S T I N G USER
- SIGN IN
OR
N E W USER
- FREE ACCOUNT
5B. If you are a new user, click the NEW USER - FREE ACCOUNT button under Step 2. You'll be taken to the "Register a New Account" page. This will require filling out a registration form and accepting an End User Agreement. When complete, click the CONTINUE button. 6. On the Coupon Confirmation page, click the My Safari button. 7. On the My Safari page, look at the Bookshelf area and click the title of the book you want to access.
xviii
Introducing Home Networking
O-Slot Booksheff Y o u a r e using 0 o u t of 0 a v a i l a b l e B o o k s h e l f s l o t s . You h a v e full access t o t h e c o n t e n t o f t h e t i t l e s y o u place i n y o u r B o o k s h e l f Folder. A n y t i t l e p l a c e d i n y o u r B o o k s h e l f Folder m u s t r e m a i n o n y o u r B o o k s h e l f f o r 3 0 d a y s . i - i of 1 I t e m s Title
Published
Microsoft® Office inside Ed
Bctt;
Slots:
29-SEP-20 L0
201D
Out
A d d e d To Folder »
27-CCT-20KJ
0 Notai •
Carl
Bookmarks
SiecTsrt
[I]
May On
Remove 10-AUG-
22S4
0
I ADD TO FOLDER'I
How to Download the Online Edition to Your Computer In addition to reading the online edition of this book, you can also download it to your computer. First, follow the steps in the preceding section. After Step 7, do the following: 1. On the page that appears after Step 7 in the previous section, click the Extras tab. 2. Find "Download the complete PDF of this book," and click the book title: Overview
Table of Contents
Extras
Notes & Tags
Bookmarlis
5earch This Book
Extras T h e publisher has provided additional content related to this title.
V i s i t t h e c a t a l o g p a g e f o r M i c r o s o f t ® O f f i c e 2 0 1 0 I n s i d e Out
Catalog Page
V i s i t t h e e r r a t a p a g e f o r M i c r o s o f t ® Office 2010 I n s i d e Out
D o w n l o a d t h e c o m p l e t e PDF o f t h i s b o o k .
M i c r o s o f t © Office 3010 I n s i d e Out
A new browser window or tab will open, followed by the File Download dialog box:
Introducing Home Networking
xxiii
rile Download Do you want to open or s a v e this file? Name:
3730735647817.zip
Type:
Compressed (zipped) Folder, 27,9MB
From:
my.safaribooksonfine.com Open
| |
Save
|
i
Cancel
L^l Af*ays ask before opening this type of file
e
.fJt ^^
While files from the Internet can be useful, some files can potentially harm your computer. If you do not trust the source, do not open or save this file. What s the risk 7
3. Click Save. 4. Choose Desktop and click Save. 5. Locate the .zip file on your desktop. Right-click the file, click Extract All, and then follow the instructions. Note If y o u have a p r o b l e m w i t h y o u r v o u c h e r or access code, please c o n t a c t
[email protected], or call 8 0 0 - 8 8 9 - 8 9 6 9 , w h e r e y o u ' l l reach O'Reilly Media, d i s t r i b u t o r of M i c r o s o f t Press books.
Features and Conventions of This Book This book has been designed to lead you step by step through all the tasks that you're most likely going to perform while networking your computers and devices. If you start at the beginning and work your way through all the exercises, you'll gain enough proficiency to be able to work with all the common types of network devices. However, each topic is self-contained. If you've set up a network previously, or if you completed all the exercises and later need help remembering how to perform a procedure, the following features of this book will help you locate specific information: •
Detailed table of contents each chapter.
Search the listing of the topics and sidebars within
•
Chapter thumb tabs
•
Topic-specific running heads Within a chapter, quickly locate the topic you want by looking at the running heads at the top of odd-numbered pages.
•
Glossary
•
Detailed index Look up specific tasks and features in the index, which has been carefully crafted with the reader in mind.
Easily locate the beginning of the chapter you want.
Look up the meaning of a word or the definition of a concept.
You can save time when reading this book by understanding how the Step by Step series shows exercise instructions, keys to press, buttons to click, and other information. Convention • SET UP
X
CLEAN UP
Meaning This paragraph preceding a step-by-step exercise indicates the practice files that you will use when working through the exercise. It also indicates any requirements you should attend to or actions you should take before beginning the exercise. This paragraph following a step-by-step exercise provides instructions for saving and closing open files or programs before moving on to another topic. It also suggests ways to reverse any changes you made to your computer while working through the exercise.
1. 2.
Blue numbered steps guide you through hands-on exercises in each topic.
l. 2.
Black numbered steps guide you through procedures in sidebars and expository text. XXV
xxvi
Features and Conventions of This Book
Convention
Meaning
See Also
This paragraph directs you to more information about a topic in this book or elsewhere.
Trou b les hooti ng
This paragraph alerts you to a common problem and provides guidance for fixing it.
Tip
This paragraph provides a helpful hint or shortcut that makes working through a task easier.
Important
This paragraph points out information that you need to know to complete a procedure.
Menu and C o m m a n d Shortcut
Information that simplifies the steps for selecting menus and commands to perform a task.
Bluetooth -> My devices -> New device
An arrow (->) between a menu and commands means that you should select the menu and command(s) in the order they appear. For example, "Bluetooth -> My devices -> New device" means go to the Bluetooth menu, then select the My devices command, then select the New device command."
Keyboard Shortcut
This paragraph provides information about an available keyboard shortcut for the preceding task.
Ctrl + B
A plus sign (+) between two keys means that you must press those keys at the same time. For example, "Press Ctrl + B" means that you should hold down the Ctrl key while you press the B key.
$
Pictures of buttons appear in the margin the first time the button is used in a chapter.
Black bold
In exercises that begin with SET UP information, the names of program elements, such as buttons, commands, windows, and dialog boxes, as well as files, folders, or text that you interact with in the steps, are shown in black, bold type.
Blue bold
In exercises that begin with SET UP information, text that you should type is shown in blue bold type.
Getting Help Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of this book. If you do run into problems, please contact the sources listed in the following topics.
Getting Help with This Book If your question or issue concerns the content of this book or its practice files, please first consult the book's errata page, which can be accessed at: ore illy, com/catalog/errata, csp ?isbn=0790145314765 This page provides information about known errors and corrections to the book. If you do not find your answer on the errata page, send your question or comment to O'Reilly Media Customer Service at:
[email protected]
Getting Help with Windows 7 and Homegroup If your question is about Windows 7, networking, and Homegroup, and not about the content of this book, your first recourse is the Windows 7 Help & How-to system. This system is a combination of tools and files stored on your computer when you installed Windows and, if your computer is connected to the Internet, information available from windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows7/help. You can find general or specific Help information in the following ways: •
To find out about an item on the screen, you can display a ScreenTip. For example, to display a ScreenTip for a button, point to the button without clicking it. The ScreenTip gives the button's name, the associated keyboard shortcut if there is one, and unless you specify otherwise, a description of what the button does when you click it.
•
You can also display help information when you select the Homegroup Control Panel. For example, after you open the Homegroup window, you'll see a list of topics, as shown in the illustration that follows.
xxviii
Getting Help
In
» nl Ctmlfill Pinrl trrns • Hnmrtjiaup He
tdit
View
r«fe
;
•--
He>p Accessing homegroups with a domain joined computer " i T h e « it currertl/ no hemeqrpup of» your n-ftvrwk. GNIUTRLLIN COMPUTER «HE HRINNJI LO J ILNMWN. J«M T»N I
A Iwpiey oup linlet compute«; on yet» home nerwwV: se that you tin slwtt p»rtY»», TAitK vtde«, docLmerfc and pmteis. " i t tHenegnwp is preceded with • pisswaid. arrf you'll always be able to chccae vrhK jicj share with the group. Tell me moreabe-ut hameyoups Change advanced tfwmg settings._ STAIT THE MSNWSRAGP TIONUESHOOMI
Wni [ 0K_ i
Click a topic to open the Windows Help and Support window. I ; r-ilinl PnnH > All C i:r?n I I'flnrf llnin > Hi—iir-r:riiup
Accessing homegroups with a domain-joined computet
| M Hits
'lfr U si ^ Of*««
r
What is a homegroup? sKirt pictures, music wdf4}, di homegrc-up, Other people can t thanq« the fit« that you Shut, ur'ess yfiu q-
alieaii uistt you tan join -t. /-tie you create or |4in A hemeqreup. >
tJit Ifcflw&oup trouWeshocter
.7HRNN»B«TI
i I iryneflioop Is only n
go to e. ft* mere infc-imatiifl ab.
i J leituiec Mome&Tup p
You'll also see a question mark (?) in the taskbar. This indicates that you have opened a Help window. Sometimes, videos and recommended links are available.
Getting Help
Windows Home
Discover W i n d o w s
Windows 7 home
Products
W h a t is W i n d o w s 7
Windows 7 features >
Browse A to Z
>
Browse categories
Shop
Compare
Downloads Features
Help & How-to
Videos
HomeGroup
Applies t o all e d i t i o n s o f Windows 7.
) C o m p a r e editions
Learn how • H o m e G r o u p f r o m start to finish • Why network? How a c o m p u t e r n e t w o r k can make your life easier • Video: Sharing files with HomeGroup
ß Windews HC? «M Vjp
o .
I Stirs/Wit*
P
-s *> ii a -
HomeGroup: recommertcfcd links and ,'ou* aVfi/s be tblc to choc» -hal
dure Mtti the gioup.
I h» Im ejn help you gel îùrttJ intti MomeOreup. • Add cC-mpUtefS ta » hemeqm« •
JHIRT LIBRANS MH JREUR HOMEGFEUP
» KEEP JPTT'N 1 ' ! « IND IELDEII IRSM BEING SHPED W*H » TORIEGRCIJP
• ArcmX t i n nul prattm An ulfwi hiiiinjic-jp <em|Hitni. • RTTITRE TLRT I FIND ITT, BOMT^FOUP PASTR-CRDI1 •
L«>E * HCMTG-O'JP
The following resources can provide you with more in-depth help and support information. For additional Windows 7 support and Homegroup help, go to: windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows/help/contact-support and windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows7/products/features/Homegroup To practice getting help, you can work through the following exercise.
xxix
xxx
Getting Help
SET UP You don't need any practice files to complete this exercise. Start Windows 7 and then follow the steps. 1. Click the Start menu. Choose Control Panel -> All Control Panel Items -> Network and Sharing Center. The Network and Sharing Center window opens (the basic network information and setup connections for your computer will look different). IT^H
» r it-J<-&' 'imToi' tant
¡jf p Ccfuid PaneS • Afl ConticJ P»nd hems » Metwort: and Sharing Center file
il<
Hew
Tods
ÇuHrtA PjnW Hum*
View your brtMc NRHVCWK i n f o r m a t i o n iirici %«•[ up tWiiim;lic)iis
*
CLMPVT «DJPFIR MTTLRRGS
®
S
Chjnij» alMillad Oi-inncj
CCWECTICFW
ACCESS TYPE
J ORFTEILLY VPNCCRVNECTIONCIST
Cam
INTERNET
ê WiirVv. Hrln-al
up * r-tv, cunneevsn or n-etwort: SET TIP * VWTIESI, C*PIDBI"I3. UP, II H«, 01
Connect to A nemorfc CONNECT OR RECONNECT TO a »»EIESS.. »RED, CM-UP, OR VPN NETVWIT TONNECHCFÏ.
^
C r « » |ic*T>e3icvp mi sharing cfliùns ACCESS (ÎLE K»D PRINTERS LET IT ED CFI OTHER NETWORK T OMPUTERI, OR THANGE SHINNY SETTINGS.
2. Click the question mark (?) on the far right side of the screen. The Windows Help and Support window opens.
Q»
I Sfurch HHp
NETWMKIRIY DRILL sFmiiïkj: I « r o r r m w i d r d LINK\ WITH » HEME « SMAL OFFICE NERMORT, you cm DURE «N IRR ERNE. • RTHRT YOU NEF? TA LET UP A *OME NCHVEEFC
« VFHIT IS * HCMEQICUP' •
.
HIE ÎHJNR'J ESSENTIALS
1
W AND RTCRT W-TH S»URED MES AND PLQR NXTAPTE-PTDRER COMPUTER G IMEX
Getting Help
xxxi
Tip You can maximize the w i n d o w or adjust its size by d r a g g i n g t h e handle in the lowerr i g h t corner. You can change t h e size of t h e f o n t by clicking Options -> Text Size on the toolbar.
Below Networking and sharing: recommended links, you'll see a bulleted list of topics. Click What you need to set up a home network.
Whil you need lo set up
The of ler homt nef**rton§ cm mikt buying decisions drtt -:ult Bdoreye-u decide irfat Kird^i -e to get, ywshovM decide ¥<<1* type e* Cornmunkele v. "H one jniih«l to use, This irtkle descibes And Compares the most common network techrM-^-ts Ind list! hanjy, ire requirements for eich.
nee*tr*. te<»inptogy (ihe nff i M f / « J net«»* »nnect to or
The most (onvTion types rf fteilwMfc technology ere i-iireliss. tthwnet HornePfAiV ».-id Poiveiline. When choosing « netmHt teshnotegy, considf she «-cation aF your computers md the desired speed ef your network. Tiie costs Of 1ho« tn^nulnym a>c vrnAai. IK nations bsfcv" cernpwe tlievc Ic^j» («hrotejiti. » Wireless » HvmcPNA • Powertne-
iiif.t",
Thwe e r e »Pierel bndf ct her(Mere used in home neiweeks: « Network »dipletv These
îifled iet*or* mlertsçe cerds, ef WKs) cçrvwcl cempuen to t netwerV i* that they cm convnu''•: ire. A network lijpter t i n te e l i c i t e d 1e- the Ui-ï •:•' tt«ie'net port y at'
computer or instilled inside yflur Computer in Hi iveiliWe Perifheril Compétent lfïle*«-nn«t i.PCÏI «»pension sic!. * Network hubs Mid switch«* I tubs end switches connect two ormcfe computers to en ittiernet oet*crV- A swith costs e ftttle mwe thm J liub. but it'sfester.
Windows Help and Support displays information that is related to setting up a home network. You'll also see a list of network technologies. You can click any network technology to display the corresponding information. Click Show all to display all the information. Click Hide all to hide the information. When you return to the Network and Sharing Center, below Control Panel Home, you'll see a few topics. Click one of them to display additional information.
xxxii
Getting Help
Control Panel H o m e Manage wireless networks Change adapter settings Change advanced sharing settings
See also HorneGroup 6. Click the Back and Forward buttons to move among the topics you have already viewed. 7. At the upper-right corner of the Control Panel window, click the Search Control Panel box, type Homegroup, and then press the Enter key. The Windows 7 Help window displays categories and topics that are related to the word that you typed. mmg^F Ji . ; . .
^
. r
•
Hit HI Kb Tods Htfp . jJ Homegroup Tiuubltufirtjiling J > '..-.•>! Swtprt«
-
^rtJ Shhirtg
* - '.nd m Ji< notletrs miPi Mnwqroup
(f r . i l M U M Hpp jmt Support fc* hurn*q
8. In the results list, click the Find and fix problems with Homegroup topic. The selected topic appears in the Windows 7 Help window.
Getting Help
xxxiii
^ J Vi HorneGroup Troubleshoot and heip prevent computer p r o b l e m s ^ 'j
HorneGroup
—- Vi ew cornouters Vieur computers or shared files
in a hornegroup,
Advanced Publisher:
Microsoft Corporation
Read the privacy statement online
NeKt 9.
Click
Next
t o start the process of d e t e c t i n g t h e p r o b l e m , or click
Cancel
Cancel.
^^ CLEAN UP Return to the Network and Sharing Center. Click the Close button in the upper-right corner of the Windows 7 window.
More Information If your question is about Windows 7, networking, Homegroup, or another Microsoft software product and you cannot find the answer in the product's Help system, please search Microsoft Support at: support.microsoft.com In the United States, Microsoft software product support issues are addressed by Microsoft Product Support Services. Location-specific software support options are available at: support.microsoft.com/gp/selfoverview/
Chapter at a Glance ÎJVJ
ts Jo.'0
MMM >-i ".'.••-•J » [ • « ' « • i f ^ i •
» DiviecJ ¿"J FV/tim
UidcMl
-
V L 8 N'PC
CipWS»
* PnnUrs and {S> ia,çynW-H<M
llJimT
«if
•
S>
»
*•-. » Orv.tr> .ndl'nr,
v
fB trQ i tnQM2 ODHI dHtj MîJfÛ
Interact with external devices through Device Stage, p a g e 2
U
C1PHAN PC
% L19WT LtfCt wrVt X-ÉMO CM
* A Oprn
OipWW
f^f» * a icHbngf 1
^^
Trwbfejhqfft Propr-rtirs
ftflutr Motrtoh Coipcrdion Uinlr:
Oeiiitft»îi* PitCovïrl
Install and configure a Belkin N+Wireless router, page 10
Install and configure a D-Link DIR-615 router, page 24
Riqiun trill l « m u i q r
Cr«tt shortcut
* Pnnwft and fa*« {$)
Digital Media KE)board
Open in n(w wnihnh
Identify the use of a device with the Devices and Printers panel, page 6
Setting Up a Router and Devices In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Prepare to install and configure a router.
•
Install and configure a Belkin N+ Wireless router.
•
Install and configure a D-Link DIR-615 router.
As soon as you have Windows 7 installed and personalized on your computers, it's time to install the appropriate software and drivers for the hardware devices that you'll need to use: printers, network cards, keyboards and mice, mobile phones that you want to connect to your computers, and so on. Once this is all done, it is time to begin setting up your home network. The first step is to install and configure your router so that all your home computers can access each other and also share the same Internet connection. In this chapter, you will learn how to manage and interact with hardware devices via the Device Stage feature in Windows 7 and how to install and configure your router.
Installing Hardware and Drivers Once the operating systems are installed and configured on all your computers, you need to configure your hardware properly, especially the devices used for your home network—such as wired and wireless network cards, the router, cable connections, printers, and so on. Make sure that you install the drivers for all your network cards, including both Ethernetbased and wireless cards. The Ethernet network cards are used to connect to the network via cable while the wireless network cards are used on your notebooks (or netbooks) to connect to the network via wireless signals. 1
2
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
In most cases, Windows 7 will automatically detect the network cards and install drivers for them. However, it is best to install the latest driver version, either from the media provided by the manufacturer of the network card (as part of the packaging) or from the manufacturer's Web site. If the correct drivers are installed, Windows 7 should be able to connect properly both via cable and wireless. See Also If y o u experienced problems connecting to the n e t w o r k or t h e Internet, refer to Chapter 15, "Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems."
If you have other devices such as printers, scanners, phones, webcams, and so on, ensure that you connect them to the appropriate computers and install the correct drivers. Again, search the media provided by the manufacturer or the manufacturer's Web site for the latest driver versions. Important You should only install drivers t h a t are specifically designated f o r t h e o p e r a t i n g system y o u are using. For example, d o n ' t install W i n d o w s XP drivers on computers t h a t are r u n n i n g W i n d o w s 7, or vice-versa. This w i l l surely crash y o u r c o m p u t e r and cause f u r t h e r problems. Also, be careful to install 32-bit drivers f o r 32-bit o p e r a t i n g systems and 6 4 - b i t drivers f o r 6 4 - b i t o p e r a t i n g systems.
Interacting with External Devices Through Device Stage Device Stage is a feature that aims to provide a friendly way of interacting with external devices connected to your computer. It can be accessed through the Devices And Printers panel in Windows 7 and provides a single location for managing your external devices. Unfortunately, this feature depends a lot on the drivers and support that are available for each device. Most new devices are compatible with Windows 7 and their drivers take advantage of Device Stage, providing benefits such as allowing you to completely manage them from the Devices and Printers panel. You can do everything you need from within one convenient window: see the status of devices, view information about them, share devices over the network, change their settings, synchronize them with your PC (for example, mobile phones), configure or use features of the device, perform troubleshooting, etc.
Interacting with External Devices Through Device Stage
j
**
Hardware arid Sound
A d d a device
Devices
•
•v
Devices a n d Printers
1
i-f
1
1
Search
A d d a printer
Devices and Printers fi
IP
-
©
(7)
BenQ M2700HD
CIPRWN-PC
Cip-W595
M L194WT
DVT
&
Inte IliMous e Optical
Digital Media Keyboard
LifeCam Wi-6000 J
Printers a n d Faxes (5)
y
IjT A d o b e PDF
Unspecified
;
HP P h o t o s m a r t
MicrosoftXPS
C5200 series
D o c u m e n t Writer
P D F - X C h a n g e 3.0
S n a g i t 10
(2) 14 items
For older devices that cannot take advantage of this feature, Windows 7 still allows you to modify a basic set of configuration options and troubleshoot problems that might arise. While you might not enjoy all the benefits of a device that is fully compatible with Windows 7, it's still better than searching for hidden administrative tools and guessing where to go to change the device settings.
Finding the Device Stage Device Stage is the official name of the feature but cannot be found under this name in Windows 7. In the operating system, it is actually named Devices and Printers, and by default, its shortcut can be found on the right side of the Start Menu.
3
4
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
Getting Started
g.
Calculator Sticky Notes
7 Tutorials Documents
Snipping Tool Paint Remote Desktop Connection Magnifier Computer
H J
»
Solitaire
Control Panel Devices and Printers Default Programs
^
All Programs
Help and Support
S-eorr/] pro-grams and fites Alternatively, you can go to Control Panel -> Hardware And Sound -> Devices And Printers.
Devices Included in Device Stage Device Stage shows your own computer plus the external devices connected to it. The list of devices includes mobile phones, portable music players, digital cameras, webcams, monitors, keyboards, mice, printers, scanners, Bluetooth adapters, external hard drives, media extenders, and network devices connected to your computer.
Devices Excluded from Device Stage Device Stage will not show devices that are a part of the base components of your computer (those that are inside your computer case). This means that you will not see internal hard disk drives, CD/DVD/Blu-ray drives, sound cards, video cards, memory, processors, internal modems, internal network cards, and so on.
Interacting with External Devices Through Device Stage
Some external devices are not included, as well. A couple of common examples include your speakers or an older mouse and keyboard.
Examples of Device Stage Usage Scenarios What exactly you can do with a device that's listed in Devices and Printers depends on the level of support for Windows 7 that the manufacturer of the device provides. For example, when I access my Microsoft Digital Media Keyboard, I can quickly configure it, get support for issues, register it, or even access a guide for healthy computing practices. H I « Devices a,,,
• Digital Media Keyboard
1-tSJ
Search D19 ifa f M-sdio Keyboard
Digital Media Keyboard * Discover the Keyboard Désigné,..
mm-
Mm.
Microsoft
• Media Control • Zoom
Configure my keyboard Customize your Microsoft keyboard settings and reassign the hot keys
b ^
Discover more about Microsoft Hardware G o t o Har.dwareweb site Find solutions for c o m m o n problems Get product support information
î ^ T.
Read the Healthy Computing Guide Be more comfortable and productive Register my keyboard B e th e f i rife to k n 0 w a b 0 ut n ew p ro d u cts
If I right-click the same keyboard, I quickly have access to configuration options such as the Region and Language used when typing.
5
6
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
= « Hardware ...
w A d d a device
•
Devices and Printers
|
•
a l-a-l
-Search Devices onrf Printers
#
A d d a printer
Devices (7)
/-M
Open Open in new w i n d o w
BenQ MJTOOHD DVI
I
CIPRWN-PC
Cip-W595
Digital f^ Key bo
Keyboard settings S3'
Region and language Create shortcut
^
Troubleshoot Properties
L194WT
LifeCam VX-6000
Printers a n d Faxes (5)
D i g i t a l M e d i a K e y b o a r d M a n u f a c t u r e r Microsoft Corporation Model: Digital Media Keyboard Description
Discover the Keyboard Designed to Fit Your Digital Life..,
For my old HP PhotoSmart C5200 printer, I have a small but useful set of options. From within its Devices and Printers window, I can quickly see how many files there are in the printing queue, if the printer is ready or not, and what the default setting for page size and orientation is. I also have options for changing the printing properties and getting support for my device.
Preparing to Install and Configure a Router
f^irins - . « Devices and P...
•
HP PhotoSmart C5200 series
•
t |
| |
Search HP PhotoSmart C5200 series
p1
HP Photosmart C5200 series Printer, Scanner, Copier 0 d o c u m e n t ( s ) in que...
^
Printer: Offlir
¡11 Letter, Portrait
Printer A c t i o n s Print p h o t o s , d o c u m e n t s and adjust settings See w h a t ' s p r i n t i n g | Customize y o u r printer HP T o t a l Care Get help w i t h y o u r printer at HP T o t a l Care Online 0#
Snapfish - Online P h o t o Service q
'
Order prints and create u n i q u e p h o t o gifts
For newer models of printers, you have more options available.
Preparing to Install and Configure a Router Installing and configuring your router is the most complex and important activity in setting up your home network. This device is used to connect the entire home network to your Internet service provider. Therefore, it must have the correct settings if it is to connect without problems. Once the router setup is complete, you must configure the settings of your home network so that all computers can connect to the router and the Internet. Lastly, you need to enable the wireless capability and configure it so that all notebooks and netbooks can connect to the home network. Configuring the router depends a lot on the manufacturer and the specific model you have. There is no universal method for configuring a router, as each producer uses a different approach. Therefore, carefully read the user manual while going through this procedure. While you progress through the configuration, pay attention to the following details:
7
8
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
•
Internet W A N (Wide Area Network) settings
All of these settings are obtained
from your Internet service provider (ISP) and are used to connect your home network to the Internet. You might need to contact your ISP to gather information you need to configure your router's connection to the Internet. •
Connection type
What kind of connection will you be using? The most common
connection types are the following: O Dynamic
Your ISP will automatically assign an IP address to the router.
This IP address is based on the Media Access Control (MAC) address of your router. A MAC address is a unique identifier used by most network adapters for identification. The MAC address can be found in the configuration screens of your router; it is composed using following format: XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX. The MAC address can be formed only with letters and numbers. One example is: 0A-19-5B-BC-D2-E1. O Static IP address
The ISP will assign a static IP (Internet Protocol) address to
your router. An IP Address is composed using the following format: XXX-XXXXXX-XXX. The address is comprised only of numbers (for example, 86-34-23384). When such a connection is used, you need to know the values for the IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address. All these details share the format of the IP Address—they are formed only from numbers and can be given to you only by your ISP. O
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)
This is generally used by
telephone companies that also provide Internet connections. PPPoE requires the ISP to create a user name and password for you. You need to enter these details into the router's configuration screens. This information is used to "dial" the connection to the servers of your ISP. O
•
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) Mostly used in Europe, this is another type of connection that requires authentication through a user name and password. It provides similar levels of security to typical virtual private network products.
Domain Name Server (DNS) A DNS has the function of translating the humanreadable domain names we use for Web sites—for example, www.google.com or www.7tutorials.com—into the corresponding IP addresses that are used by network devices. You will need two DNS addresses: a primary and secondary. These addresses are the IP Addresses of two servers and you will obtain this information only from your ISP.
Preparing to Install and Configure a Router
•
Local Area Network (LAN) Settings
9
These settings are applied to your home
network. Most routers come with a predefined set of configurations. If this is the case with your router, go ahead and use them. There is no need to change them, as they will work properly right out of the box. The LAN settings define what kind of IP Addresses are assigned to your home computers and whether they are assigned dynamically or statically. For more information, consult the manual of your router and follow the recommendations of the manufacturer.
•
Wireless Settings These settings are applied to all laptops or netbooks that access your home network via a wireless connection. First, you need to enable the wireless capability. Here there are a couple of details you should configure: O Service Set Identifier (SSID)
This is the name that will be displayed when
a laptop searches for wireless networks in your area. Here, it is best to give it a recognizable name so that people in your home know that it is your network. The name can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. O Security Type
This setting defines the authentication and encryption meth-
ods (or lack of it) that are used to protect your network. Your options include WPA2-PSK (best protection method, highly recommended), WPA-PSK, WEP (very poor protection, easily cracked), or no security, which means everybody can freely connect to your network. If you select to enable any type of security, you must also type an access key (or password). Make sure this key combines letters, numbers, and special characters such as #, &, +, etc. Write this access key down, as you will need to know it in order to establish a wireless connection to your home network. Once the router is configured correctly, make sure that all desktops are connected via cable and check if your drivers are installed correctly. To help you understand how to configure your router, we also have two installation and configuration exercises, based on two different models: one from Belkin, and one from D-Link. If you look through both exercises, you will notice that the important elements are the same, irrespective of the router model. The number of steps might vary based on the approach the manufacturer uses, but the important aspects you need to pay attention to are the same.
10
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router The first router we are using to demonstrate the installation and configuration process is a popular model: the Belkin N+ Wireless. This particular device has a good reputation for its reliable wireless coverage and signal strength.
In this exercise, you will learn how to set up your router so that all computers on your home network can connect to it and access the Internet. The steps in this exercise apply to most Belkin routers. SET UP Be sure that you know the details you need to use for connecting your router to the Internet. Ask your ISP to provide them to you. Also, inform them that you are about to install a home router; the ISP might need to make some changes on their end in order for your router to connect to the Internet successfully. Once this is done, unpack your router carefully and identify the instruction manual and installation CD or DVD. Plug in the power adapter of your router and connect your computer to the router via the network cable provided in the package. Connect the router to the Internet using the cable from your Internet provider or from the modem your Internet provider has installed. Finally, insert the router's installation CD or DVD into your computer's CD/DVD-ROM drive and run the SetupAssistant.exe file. 1. Once the Belkin Setup CD window appears, you are asked to select what you want to do. Select Run the Setup Assistant now.
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
Brsrai 1
Setup CD
BELKIN.
11
[3
Welcome! •mlMli 1
Français Deutsch Espariol
B
1
m )
m
â
This software w a s created to m a k e setting up a wireless network easy. T h i s tool does the hard stuff, so you d o n t have to.
Italian» Neuerlanus
Run the Setup A s s i s t a n t now
C
Gq to the Main Menu for all c h o i c e s
^[SfeBI]
sJI
1R.GH
GQ
2. Click the Go button. You are asked to select the country where the router will operate.
m
Setup CD
BELKIN.
®
< =
l " I
i s
M
m
â
L_
Before you begin, we need to k r r o w y o u r country so we can s h o w y o u the correct configuration options for your area
" 3 User Manual Help Quit
12
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
3. Select your country. If you cannot find it (in our case, Romania was not on the list of options), select Other. 4. Click the Begin button. The Setup Assistant asks you to read the Quick Installation Guide found in the package of your router and confirm that all the steps outlined there have been completed. •Aei-sfaii I i j
Setup CD
BELKIN.
Q
M Vu \.h
SeJiip Assistant > P
Make sure that you have completed all steps on the Quick Installation Guide
5M»
a E L K 1N Ml Wk»i«i PMilar Ou-i»inttAUMtMSui«
" M u r < mi 1 M A I i i f t i
,tuG I'll CII.OIIIMI
+
• fei
User Manual Help
—^
Quit
[
Carpal.
I h a v e c o m p l e t e d all Quick Installation G u i d e s t e p s
Back
i
Next
5. Read the Quick Installation Guide, follow all the steps, and when you have finished, select the I have completed all Quick Installation Guide steps check box. 6. Click Next. The Setup Assistant takes a few seconds to connect to your router. It then asks you to name your home's wireless network.
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
13
Setup CD
BELKIN.
Step 3 of 6: Naming your network This name identifies your wireless network. Using a unique name helps people choose the right network when multiple networks are available in your neighborhood.
Network Name (SSID)
17
user Manual
jMy Home Wireless
Examples Jsh's Atet\VQf% xYl C'otfy W>Fl
High Speed Enabled
Enabling High Speed Mode increases your network speed but may interfere with other nearby routers. We recommend that you try enabling this and turn it off later ifyou notice problemswith other routers.
Help Quit
QpncsJ
'
I
Next
#
|
7. In the Network Name (SSID) field, type the name that you want to apply to your home's wireless network.
8. Select the High Speed Enabled check box. This helps increase your wireless network speed. 9. Click Next. The Setup Assistant begins a series of checks. When it is complete, you are asked to select the type of connection your ISP uses to connect your home to the Internet. Your choices are: Static IR Dynamic IP, PPPoE, PPTP, or BigPond and Optus Cable.
49 Chapter 1 Setting Up a Router and Devices
BELKIN.
JTSlfflffi
Setup CD
.
¿3
Step 4 of 6: Internet account info - manual entry tHMIft
:
Choose the connection type that your ISP uses. Your ISP provided this Information when you signed up with them. Connection Type: Static IP
III 1 Bll H- X " 1 h ' . 1 t.». Ill«
Dynamic IP
i»K..
PPPoE
IMUII—
PPTP User Manual
r
BigPond® and Optus Cable
Only available In Australia
Help Quit
If you are unsure of your connection type, please contact your provider.
Cage©!
i
Back
Next
10. Select the appropriate type of connection, as provided by your ISP. In our case, we needed to select Dynamic IP. 11. Click Next. Depending on the choice you made, Setup Assistant might ask you to type certain connection details. For example, if you choose Static IP, you are asked to enter details such as the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Gateway, and DNS servers. For our exercise, we selected Dynamic IP, which means there's no need to type any details because the router will automatically receive them from the servers of our ISP. 12. Once you enter the connection details required, the Setup Assistant sends the data to the router. It then restarts the router so that the settings are applied and tries to connect to the Internet. In case you are using a modem to connect your router to the Internet, you are asked to unplug its power supply, wait for five seconds, and then plug it in again.
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
3rsiu-i 1 1
Setup CD
BELKIN.
15
Step 6 of 6: Checking the connection to the Internet
E
^
i
i
i
l
I j
i
®
Please restart your modem by unplugging the modem's power supply, waiting 5 seconds, and then plugging it back in. When youVe done that, click"Next". User Manual Help Quit
C
ÇançeJ,
l
Bqck
i
Next
13. If you are using a modem to connect your router to the Internet, follow the instructions. If not, simply click Next. The router tries again to connect to the Internet, then notifies you of the success of the operation.
BELKIN.
Setup CD
Your Router is connected to the internet and you are now able to surf the web!
ç$-e=H|f
m
I
I
s
("M
â
J
The next step helps you to connect other computers to your network by providing tips and troubleshooting assistance forwlred and wireless computers.
User Manual Help Quit
Cancel
J
Next
|
16
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
14. Click Next. The Setup Assistant asks you to connect the other computers to the router.
BELKIN.
—
Setup CD
¿a
Optional: Assistance connecting other computers it
mtupAftii 41
•1
II »
UN IL :
t
- 1
IJscr MHIIIMI
At this point your router is set up and working properly, and you can surf the internet It is now time to connect your other computers to the router. Connecting computers wirelessly Computers with wireless network adapters can use this network. If you still need to install those adapters, do this now, Then follow their instructions on how to connect, When you do so, look fbr your network: My Home Wireless Connecting computers with wired cables Computers with wired network adapters can also use this network, Ifvou still need to install those adapters, do this now. Then simply connect an Ethernet cable between your computer's network port and one of the available LAN ports (labeled: "connections to computers") the back of this router.
Held
When are done with all this click "Next".
Dull
Cancel
i
j
^ Back
Next
15. Connect all the other desktops to the router via Ethernet network cables, similar to the one found in the package of the router. Establish wireless connections for any laptops or notebooks. 16. When you have finished connecting all the other computers, click Next. You are asked if all your wireless computers are able to connect.
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
17
Setup CD
BELKIN.
Optional: Assistance connecting other computers Often wireless connection problems are caused by interference from walls, electric appliances, or other nearby wireless networks. Were all of your wireless computers able to connect? Yes
f" Wo
f Does not apply
User Manual Help Quit
Cancel
Back
Next
17. If you were able to connect the wireless computers, select Yes. If not, select one of the other answers that apply to your situation. 18. Click Next. You are asked if all your wired computers are able to connect. É3
Setup CD
BELKIN.
Optional: Assistance connecting otner computers sei up Assistant >
Wired connection problems olten result from incorrectly located plugs :ortiad cables. Were ail of your wired computers able to connect? <* Yes
,
rmtl
P Does not apply
User Manual Help Quit
[
.Gaûpal
j
I
ßgiii
j
Next
53 Chapter 1 Setting Up a Router and Devices
1 9 . If you were able to connect the wired computers, select Yes. If not, select another answer that applies to your situation. 2 0 . Click Next. You are informed that the network is now set up and computers can connect to it.
BELKIN.
M i jehui Assistant
Your network is now set up and computers can connect to it.
# e \
MHf<-> H I * ' "
fltltillill tMN
vasrùn 11 ^
Setup CD
I
m m J
â
The next step helps you make your wireless network private and secure.
c
Cancel
E;ii;:k
Next
2 1 . Click Next. A window opens in which you can choose to start other configuration tools. Even though your network is now set up and fully functioning, there's one important thing missing: your wireless network is not secured and everybody can connect to it freely, including unauthorized users.
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
BELKIN. r*3iiMaiii
i
Setup Assistant Security Assistant Storage Mauaijer Network Status Manual Sel up Language.
â
E
1. Setun Assistant
2. Security Assistant
St Storaae Manager
This tool automatically connects your router to the internet, helps you set up wireless security, and enables you to share USB storage devices via our router. Use this when setting up your router for the first time.
Make your network private and secure. You may use this tool at any time.
This software allows your computerto use storage attached to your router, Please install this application on every computer on your network.
User Manual
N etwo rk Statu s
Help
See the current status of your network and internet connection.
Quit
mm 1 : 3
Setup CD
®
19
M a n u a I S etu n Manually set details of your internet connection, network and security.
It's time to set up your network security. Click Security Assistant. I IHM I I
BELKIN.
Setup CD
When to use the Security Assistant We recomend setting up wireless security now, tin i n l t y A v n l
1•
—
' t - H, Jit '- Ul 1 1
Why use wireless security? Without wireless security your neighbors can get on the internet via your accountand potentially intercept your wireless data. Setting up security prevents others from using your bandwidth and keeps vour data private. Click"Ne>{t" to start the Security Assistant.
User Manual Help Quit
:
Cancel
Next
Click Next. The Security Assistant starts and informs you about the steps it will follow.
¿3
20
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
^rsrari 1 *
Setup CD
BELKIN.
t 3
tfmm 1. 1 Checking settings in Belkin Router 2. Picking the security type 3. Creating the network key that will enable full access 4. Enabling limited guestacccess (ifapplicable) 5. Configuring the Belkin Router 6. Entering the key into your other wireless computers mil'""
7 Verifying that all computers can still access your network
User Manual Helii Quit Qaficai
|
BagK
Next
1
2 4 . Click Next. The Security Assistant checks for a connection to your router. Once found, it asks you to choose the type of security you want to use for your home's wireless network.
BELKIN. Step 2 of 7: Picking the security type
.<
User Manual
-
There are two wireless-security technologies—'WPA2 and WEP WPA2 is much more secure, while WEP is compatible with older network adapters. Unless you know that your network adapters will only work with WEP, we suggest that you try WPA2 first. Many adapters can be upgraded to work with WPA2, You will have a chance in this assistant to test out your computers with this, and to revert to WEP if necessary.
WPA2
C
WEP
(WiFi® Protected Access, Compatible with earlier WPA) (Wired Equivalent Privacy)
C
Disabled
Mo Security
Hein
Quit Qaricel.
("
Back
Next
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
21
2 5 . Choose WPA2—this is the most secure option—and then click Next. You are asked to type the network key (or password) that will be used by other computers to connect to your home's wireless network.
BELKIN.
¿3
Setup CD Step 3 of 7: Creating a Network Key The key functions like a password, except that once it is entered into your other wireless computers, it stays there. Those computers will always have access to your network unless you change the key on the Router. For a secure key, we suggest an easy-to-remember phrase with space, some punctuation, and some words that you can't find in a dictionary, For example, "My favorite pet is Rex!", or "Pop's place of birth is Warner Springs". The phrase can be between 8 and 63 characters long. A 64 character hexadecimal string is also acceptable.
User Manual Held
Network Key
PSK
|lOngpa$$wOrd|
Quit
QsnsBl
Bask
Next
u
]
2 6 . Type a network key. The network key must be a minimum of 8 characters. Also, it should be made up of a combination of letters, numbers, and special characters (such as $, #, +, and so on). This will make it harder for intruders to hack (decipher) your network key. 2 7 . Click Next. The Security Assistant sends the data to the router. When this is complete, it informs you about the network key being set.
22
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
•I-
BELKIN.
^
Setup CD
: Step 6 of 7: Transferring the key to your wireless computers You will now need to transfer the key to your wireless computers or devices. This can be done easily with a thumb drive (also known as a flash drive). If you do not have one, print or write the information shown below and then manually enter it into each wireless computer. Instructions for connecting are included in the printouts.
n.li.n
1 fl*
IA * •
*
Network Key J JLOngpa? fxsrOrd
User Manual
Transfer Key
Print
Help Quit
Cancel
1
.ÇgftK
Next
1
2 8 . You have the option to print the network key or transfer it to a USB memory stick. Click the appropriate button if either of these options is useful to you. 2 9 . Click Next. You are asked to verify if your wireless computers can connect to the network using the newly created network key.
£3
BELKIN.
Setup CD
Step 7 of 7: Verifying your computers can connect
.1 in (TV
1
Did you have trouble getting any of your computers to connect to your network now that it's secure? (*
All computers were able to connect successfully.
C
I had problems with at least one computer.
User Manual Hei» Quit
Cancel
)
('
Back
j
Next
^J
Installing and Configuring a Belkin N+ Wireless Router
23
3 0 . If everything is working properly, select All computers were able to connect successfully. 3 1 . Click Next. You are informed that your wireless network is now private and secure.
BELKIN.
3I3IÛD 1 1
Setup CD
Your wireless network is now private and secure.
awrtWArotsaait > i
i
J
Network Passphrase |l0ngpa??u0rd Instructions î User Manual Help Quit
QanceJ
|
Back
Finish
3 2 . Click Finish. You are returned to the overall Setup CD window, where you can choose other tools you might want to launch. Your home network is now set up and secured correctly. Both your wired and wireless computers are able to connect to it. CLEAN UP Close the Setup CD window. Important If after the initial setup y o u w a n t to c o n f i g u r e any parameters f o r y o u r Belkin N + Wireless router, o p e n y o u r Internet browser and t y p e http://192.168.2.1. W h e n y o u w a n t to change t h e settings of y o u r router, y o u are asked f o r a password. Leave it blank and click Submit.
24
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router The second example router that we are using is the D-Link DIR-615. This model is generally recommended to those who want an entry-level device that satisfies most home networking situations at an affordable price.
In this exercise, you will learn how to set up your router so that all computers on your home network can connect to it and access the Internet. The steps in this exercise apply to most D-Link routers. SET UP Be sure that you know the details you need to use to connect your router to the Internet. Ask your ISP to provide them to you. Also, inform them that you are about to install a home router; the ISP might need to make some changes on their end in order for your router to connect to the Internet successfully. Once this is done, unpack your router carefully and identify the instruction manual and installation CD or DVD. Plug in the power adapter of your router and connect your computer to the router via the network cable provided in the package. Connect the router to the Internet using the cable from your Internet provider or from the modem your Internet provider has installed. Finally, insert the router's installation CD or DVD into your computer's CD/DVD-ROM drive and run the WIZARD.exe file.
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router 60
Once the D-Link Setup Wizard appears, you are asked to select your language. Select the language that you prefer to use. jTJ D-Link Setup Wizard
s
D-Link
i
Wireless N Router DIR-615
Welcome Welcome to the D-Link Setup Wizard, this will guide you through the steps required to set up your D-Link router. Select your language:
Technical Support
Troubleshooting
0 Technical Manual
Install Adobe Acrobat
Advanced User Interface
Disclaimer
Exit
1
Click the Start button. You are asked a series of questions about what you must do prior to continuing with the setup.
26
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
j j J D-Link Setup Wizard
D-Link
Wireless N Router DIR-615
W e l c o m e to the Setup Wizard for your wireless router B e f o r e w e get s t a r t e d let's c h e c k t h a t y o u h a v e e v e r y t h i n g y o u n e e d . . . Do you have your Internet Service Provider details? h
You will need the Internet Service Provider user name and password to complete the setup. You might find these in the welcome packyou received from your Internet Service Provider What is an Internet Service Provider? Have you turned off your firewall or antivirus?
0
These must be switched off in order to set up the router, but don't worry the installation is perfectly safe. You can switch them on again once we are done.Howdo I do this? Have you turned off the wireless adapter in your PC,laptop?
0
You need to connect to the router via cable before proceeding with this installation. If you have a wireless adapter on your computer, please disable this now. How do I do this? User Note 1. Dont worry, we wont be installing any software on your computer! 2. Please be assured none of your personal data will be stored by D-Link or distributed over the Internet.
u n Technical Support
Troubleshooting
Disclaimer
Exit
3. Follow the instructions recommended by the wizard and select the appropriate check boxes when done. 4. Click Next. You are asked what kind of installation you want to perform.
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router
n
D -Link Setup Wizard
D-Link 0
o
è
Wireless N Router DIR-615
First Installation (recommended)
Areyou installing your router forthe first time? It so click here tor a step Ijy step gi itfe through the installation process
Quick Installation
Is your hardware already connected? Click here to skip the cabling steps and go straight into configuring your router.
Select First Installation, and then click Next. The wizard now asks you to set up the hardware.
27
28
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
D-Link Setup Wizard
s
D-Link
Wireless N Roulfir QER-615
First, let's set up the hardware
^yc
*
^
•
Adjust the antennas so that they are pointing up as shown in fig. A. ^
Now connect the power adapter to the back of the router and plug the other end Into a power outlet.
3
When the device Is ready the Power LED will turn a solid green.
6. Follow the instructions shown. When you have finished, click Next. You receive instructions about connecting your router to the computer.
i
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router 64
,_J D-Link Setup Wizard
D-Link
Wireless N Router DIR-615
START
I
I
H
O
I
D
D
I
O
D
I
D
O
O
FINISH
Now let's connect the router to the computer
Taketheblue Ethernet cable that came in the bos and plug one end into the number 1
LAN port on the back of the router.
Plug the other end into the LAN port on your computer. Now check that the green LAN port light on the front of the router is lit.
Follow the instructions shown. When you have finished, click Next. You are asked to connect the router to your set-top box or modem. Follow the instructions if your ISP provided such devices. If the connection is via a network cable, plug the cable into the gray Internet port on the back of your router.
30
Chapter 1
Setting Up a Router and Devices
0 D-LirrTS i: gfLip WW i rd
—
D-Link
Wirelass N Router DER-615 START
FINISH
Now let's connect the router to your set-top box or m o d e m
Connect another Ethernet cable to the grey Internet port on the back of your router. ]
Connect the other end of the cable to the set-top box or modem given to you by your Internet Service Provider Make sure that the Internet LED on the router is lit.
Technical Support
Troubleshooting
Disclaimer
Exit
8. When you have finished, click Next. You are asked to create a password for your router. This will be the password for the administrative user on the router. You can use this later to set up your router's parameters, if needed.
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router
D-Lihk Setup Wizard
D-Link
Wireless N Rouler
• ¡R-616
START
FINISH
N o w let's create a password for your router You will need a password to access the router's Advanced User Interface (also known as the Ul) to make any changes to your settings. This password will allow you to access your router securely
Create a password: Re-enter your password:
i
Type the same password in both fields, then click Next. The Setup Wizard checks your Internet connection. When it is complete, you are asked to select the type of Internet connection you have.
31
67 Chapter 1 Setting Up a Router and Devices
D-Link S&tup Wizard
D-Link
Wireless N Rouler Dlft-616
START
FINISH
Now let's find out your Internet connection type Pleafee-selectyour Internet Connection type from the below drop down menu. This information should have been provided to you by your ISP, if you do not have this documentation you should contact them directly. Static IP Address
WAN IP A d d r e s s : WAN Subnet M a s k :
192
WAN Gateway;
77
P r i m a r y DNS: S e c o n d a r y DNS:
Technical Support
Troubleshooting
Disclaimer
Exit
10. Select the appropriate Internet connection from the list. For our Internet connection, we had to use a Static IP Address connection. 11. Type the requested connection details. For our connection, we entered the IP Address to be used by the router to connect to the Internet, the Subnet Mask, the Gateway, and the primary and secondary DNS servers. Depending on your type of connection, you might be required to enter other types of connection details. 12. When you have finished entering all the details, click Next. The Setup Wizard saves your settings and checks the Internet connection. If everything works well, you are asked to give a name for your home's wireless network.
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router
33
Wtrslsss N Router DIK-S16
START
n H i a i l Q V Q I I
Give your wireless network a name Choose a name foryourwireless network. It should be something you can recognise later Your network name should be one word and can be between 1 and 32 characters long. Example: D-Link
Create your Wireless Network Name (SSID):
Technical Support
My Wireless Home]
Troubleshooting
Disclaimer
Exit FJH
Type the name of the network, then click Next. You are asked to select the type of security to be applied to your wireless network. _ ! D-Link Setup Wizard
D-Link
Wtrsl&ss N R o u t e r • [«-616
START
p
^
B
S
j
U
H
i
D
D
H
FINISH
Now secure your wireless network Choose what type of security level you would like for your network. 0
WPfl 2 (recommended) The highest level of security. This is ideal for safe day to day browsing, banking and shopping.
O WPA
This Is a lower level of security.
0
None Not recommended.
H Technical Support
i f l Troubleshooting
Disclaimer
Exit
69 Chapter 1 Setting Up a Router and Devices
14. Select WPA2, then click Next. You are now asked to type a wireless network password (also known as an encryption key or security key). This password will be used by all computers that connect to the wireless network. m>i
Ij-Lihk Setup Wizard
Afrsless N Router DiR-6ia D t m O H U D Q
START
Secure your wireless network Create a password for your wireless network You will need a password (also known as an encryption key) to join and get access to your wireless network, .this is different from the password you previously set up for your router. It should be something you will remember. Your password must be a single word (no spaces). It can be between 8 and 63 characters long. It must be made of letters or numbers (ASCII
Create a Wireless Network Password:
characters).
ba$$wordw17hmanycharact3rs
Example: DLink111
(Encryption key)
Technical Support
Troubleshooting
Disclaimer
Exit
15. Type a network password. The network password must be a minimum of 8 characters. Also, it should be made up of a combination of letters, numbers, and special characters (such as $, #, +, etc.). This will make it harder for intruders to hack (decipher) your network key. 16. When you have finished, click Next.
Installing and Configuring a D-Link DIR-615 Router
35
The Setup Wizard saves your wireless network settings. When it is complete, it informs you of the newly created wireless network name and password. Ij-Lîftk-Setup Wizattl
s i Atrsless H Routsr DiR-615
l A . F ¡ n |y i / L i n j V START a U Q Q D a D Q D
FINISH
You are almost there! Important: Write your Wireless Network NamefSSiD) and Wireless Network Password (Enervation Key) on the back cover of your Quick Installation Guide, that comes in the box, and keep this in a safe place. You Will need these details later on when you connect to the wireless network. Your Wireless Network Name (SSID): Your Wireless Network Password:
My Wireless Home pa$$wordw17hmanycharact3rs
(Encryption key) 0 Save these settings in a text file on my desktop
s Technci al Support Troube l shootn ig
Dsica lm i er
i
Exti [J]
17. You can print these details by clicking the Print Details button. If you want the settings saved in a text file on your desktop, select the Save these settings in a text file on my desktop check box. 18. Click Next. You are informed that your router is up and running.
71 Chapter 1 Setting Up a Router and Devices
_ J D-Lihk Sétiip Wlzàrô
D-Link
Wireless N F e w e r DIB-61S
START
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FINISH
W e l l done! Your router is now up and running You are now connected to the Internet via a wired connection. To access the Internet wirelessly, your computer needs to join the wireless network that you Just set up. The next screen will give you some instructions on how to do this. If at a later stage you need to change any settings, your Internet Service Provider Information or enable Parental Control ,you can do so by using the Advanced User Interface Just click on the link atthe bottom of this page. You will find all of the information you need to log on in the Quick Installation Guide that came in the box with your router.
If you just want to start browsing right away, please simply click here:
Ë Technical Support
H Troubleshooting
Technical Manual
Install Adobe Acrobat
Advanced User Interface
Disclaimer
Exit Hp
19. Click Next. The Setup Wizard has completed all of the steps. Finally, it informs you that you can join the newly created wireless network. Your home network is now set up and secured correctly. Both your wired and wireless computers should be able to connect to it. CLEAN UP Close the D-Link Setup Wizard. I m p o r t a n t If after t h e initial setup y o u w a n t to configure any parameters f o r y o u r D-Link DIR-615 router, o p e n y o u r Internet browser and t y p e h t t p : / / 1 9 2 . 1 6 8 . 0 . 1 . This takes y o u to t h e l o g o n w i n d o w of the router. Type t h e user name a d m i n and t h e password that y o u assigned in step 9. Once y o u log on, y o u can change all t h e settings of y o u r router.
Key Points
37
Key Points •
It's very important to install all hardware devices and their appropriate drivers properly.
•
Device Stage is a Windows 7 feature that allows you to interact with devices in a very friendly manner.
•
Installing and configuring your router is the most important task in setting up your home network. When setting up your router, talk to your Internet service provider and obtain the list of settings that you need to configure it.
Chapter at a Glance ^..
Control Panel Home
Configure your user account, page 42
^^
» l i j » UltrActountt • Clwngt Yaw Pâture
y v '-S», « UïirAifHUiflÎ »
I llvr-r Arroiint5
- Make changes to your user account
Man age your credentials Create • ptsMsrd reset disfc Link online IDs Manage your tile enrryptir.n r ertil it dtev
Change your password Remove y nur pgrawtifd Chanqe your picture ^ (Junge your «.Count nunc
7 Tutorials Administrator Password protected
Configure advanced user profile properties
$ Change your account type
Chdfitpe my variables
Manayr anuthe* eciwrt fir' Change User Account Control tetlimp
* I *f I ^ PriTT" C.vitr.-J Pirn
«
»
| j iMrriH Crntr-r* Partei
Tj
ä bçâ
P
Choose à rww picture foi your account 7tutQriati.com Admmretuloi Password protected tin pitfuieytiu ttanne wfl jppejr di> Lhe Wtkwn* scm and on die it«it mnnu,
Set Windows 7 to log you in automatically, page 57
FM&m»SAH?
¿m&mmmmmM
y-i
UiirAttoOrtti
BWAH toi ÎTWÎ piçrmtî
I Users lfthflOMdl
I
I i
CMUI j
v s*, « Ultr Accounts • M»n»gt Acc&unt; • Ch»nj« »n Account
Uiethe lirt below w grant n deny users access to your compute', and to change password; :nd other settings. »]*
•J UKr* rnujt éntïr « uj
•»rid poswnl to u}¥ tiirj computer.
Users for this r (imputer; Make thdnyeï tu /tutorial's dCcount
Change your user account picture with anything you like, page 51
Ciuir * puMum
0«ng*tN pkH" Set up Pjrintil Controls Citanifc mounl type
Crfoup
UitrName "â, rfutnnnli
1 lorfiellierl; Û/fminirtrjitnri; Ui*M H
er>i A^mnirtrattjr* WümtUiws
HomeGroypU«'t
- SVIr1rlhmtnu.il
Kanlqc irolhr •£< wit
Add...
Remove
|
Properties
P i n w J foi Flo
Delete a user account, page 54
%
To change the p ssiword for Flo, dick Rejet Pasrword, I
I
Reset P «sword...
] 1 CW I
2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Access the User Accounts control panel.
•
Create a new user account.
•
Switch between user accounts.
•
Turn the Guest user account on or off.
•
Change, remove, or create the password for a user account.
•
Change a user account picture, name, and type.
•
Delete a user account.
•
Log on to Windows 7 automatically.
Once you have the operating systems installed on all computers, the router and network connections configured, and all your external devices installed and working, it is time to set up the user accounts you need to use on all your home computers. In a typical family, you might have a few computers that are used by only one person. For these computers, you need only the user account setup during the installation of the operating system. However, there will always be a few computers that are used by more than one person—it can be a computer used only by children, by parents, or the whole family. In such usage scenarios, it is best to create a user account for each person. In this chapter, you will learn what user accounts are, understand how many you need to define on a computer, and how to manage user accounts and configure them the way you need.
39
40
Chapter 2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
What Is a User Account and How Many Do You Need? User accounts allow multiple people to share the same computer, each having their own private Documents folder, e-mail inbox, settings, and so on. It also improves security and reduces file-sharing and network problems. Having your own account means that you can do all the customization you want to your Windows 7 environment, without affecting other user accounts. Other users will have their own visual customization, their own application settings, and so forth. There are three types of user accounts: administrator, standard (or limited user), and Guest user account. The administrator has full access to all user accounts. He can create and delete user accounts, create account passwords for other users, and change the name, password, picture, and account types for other accounts. Also, the administrator can install software, hardware, and configure every aspect of the operating system. As a rule, there must be at least one administrator user account on a computer. A user with standard account rights has access to programs that have already been installed on that computer and cannot install other software without the administrator password. He can change his account picture and create, change, or delete his password, but he cannot change his account name or type. Also, some programs (mostly old ones, created prior to Windows Vista and Windows 7) might not work properly on this type of account and might require a temporary or permanent change of the account type to administrator. The Guest account is a special type of limited user account that has the following restrictions: •
Does not require a password
•
Cannot install software or hardware
•
Cannot change the Guest account type
•
Cannot create a password for the account
•
Cannot change the Guest account picture
•
Cannot access the files in the Shared Documents folder
When you install Windows 7, you already have a default user account created. That user account always has administrator permissions. A new account should be created when there is another person who needs to work on the same computer.
A c c e s s i n g t h e User A c c o u n t s C o n t r o l Panel
41
For example, if you are a parent sharing the computer with your child, it is best to have two separate user accounts: one for you with administrator permissions, and one for your child with standard user permissions. By doing this, you make sure that the child can use the computer but cannot change important configuration aspects of it. If you generally have temporary guests who need to use one of your computers to browse the Internet, check their e-mails, and perform other light computing activities, it is best to enable the Guest account and let them use that.
Accessing the User Accounts Control Panel All the configuration options that are related to user accounts are set in the User Accounts control panel. There are several ways to access this panel. In this exercise, you will learn how to access the User Accounts control panel. ^ ^ ^
f*
SET UP Start your computer and log on. 1. Click the Start menu, then choose Control Panel. The Control Panel window opens.
Ç jx
j
¡IUI • Control Panel
t
Adjust your computer's settings
3
View by;
System and Security
User Accounts and Family Safety
Review your computer's status Back up your computer Find and fix problems
^ Add or remove user accounts
Network and Internet
Change the theme Change desktop background Adjust screen resolution
Set up parental controls for any user
Appearance and Personalization
View network status and tasks Choose homegroup and sharing options
-•MT
Category
J
Hardware and Sound
I* I
View devices and printers Add a device Connect to a projector Adjust commonly used mobility settings
Programs
9
Clock, Language, and Region Change keyboards or other input methods
Ease of Access Let Windows suggest settings Optimize visual display
Uninstall a program
2. Click User Accounts and Family Safety. A window opens with several options that are related to user accounts and family safety.
77 Chapter 2 Setting User Accounts on All Computers
if
Control Panel Home
rlj
Network and Internet Hardware and Sound Programs User Accounts and Family Safety
Clock, Language, and Region Ease of Access
(§jp Add or remove user accounts
Change your Windows password
jj,
Parental Controls 'fji' Set up parental controls for any user
|j.||
Windows Card S pa ce
* •J
Appearance and Personalization
User Accounts Change your account picture
System and Security
•
Seoir/] Control P-anei
• Control Panel • User Accounts and Family Safety •
• /J!
Manage Information Cards that are used to log on to online services
Credential Manager Manage Windows credentials
Mail (32-bit)
3, Click the User Accounts link. The User Accounts window opens. Here you can configure your own account and, if you are an administrator, other user accounts as well.
v? « User A c c o u n t s arid Family Sa,,.
Control Panel H o m e
•
i,=;IjjH 1 Seatëh Control Pansi fi | *t
Change your password'
Create a password reset disk
Remove y o u r password
Link online IDs
Change your picture
M a n a g e y o u r file encryption certificates
Change m y e n v i r o n m e n t variables
User A c c o u n t s
Make changes to your user account
M a n a g e y o u r credentials
Configure advanced user profile properties
•
7 Tutorials Administrator Password protected
Change y o u r account n a m e ^
Change y o u r account t y p e
' ^ î M a n a g e a n o t h er a ccou nt 'jjy Change User A c c o u n t Control settings
See also "V
Parental Controls
Tip A n o t h e r way to f i n d the User Accounts control panel is to go to the Start m e n u search box and enter user account, and t h e n click the User Accounts search result.
CLEAN UP Close the window.
C r e a t i n g a N e w User A c c o u n t
43
Creating a New User Account Creating a user account is a task that can be done by anyone with administrator permissions. In this exercise, you will learn how to create a new user account on your computer. SET UP Log on as a user who has administrator permissions, then open the User Accounts window. 1. Click Manage another account. The Manage Accounts window opens. L=JI_SJ® pP, « UserAccounts
T I
• Manage Accounts
III Search Control Pa nef
Choose the account you would like to change
7tutorials.com Administrator Password protected
Guest Guest account is off
f Create a new account ^ w T B f i i utttLi ucC5unt? Additional things you can do ^
Set up Parental Controls
Go to the main User Accounts page
2. Click Create a new account. The Create New Account window opens.
u
Flo Administrator Password protected
44
Chapter 2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
« User Accounts
• Manage Accounts
• Create NewAccount
• |
| | Search Control Panel
~p
Name the account and choose an account type This name will appear on the Welcome screen and on the Start menu. (Slew account name 101 Standard user Standard account users can use most software and change system settings that do not affect other users or the security of the computer. © Administrator Administrators have complete access to the computer and can make any desired changes, Based on notification settings, administrators may be asked to provide their password or confirmation before making changes that affect other users. We recommend that you protect every account with a strong password. Why is a standard account recommended?
[
Create Account
]
[
Cancel
]
3. Type the name of the new account. 4. Select the account type: Standard user or Administrator. 5. Click the Create Account button. Windows 7 returns you to the Manage Accounts window. A new folder with the new account name is created in the C:\Users folder, where all the personal files of the new user are kept. No user other than the administrator and the new user have access to this folder. Tip By default, t h e new account doesn't have a password set. Therefore, it is best to create one as soon as y o u log on to it.
^^
CLEANUP Close the Manage Accounts window.
Switching Between User Accounts Switching between user accounts occurs when you leave the current user account turned on (with all running applications) and log on to a separate user account. You can switch back and forth between user accounts whenever you want. In this exercise, you will learn how to switch between user accounts. ^ ^ ^ SET UP Open the Start menu. 1. Click the arrow symbol beside the Shut down button.
Turning the Guest Account On or Off
45
A menu with several options opens. S w i t c h user Log off Lock Restart Sleep Hibernate
2. Click Switch user. The Windows 7 logon window opens.
T i p An alternative is to press t h e W i n d o w s l o g o + L keys at t h e same time, t h e n click Switch User.
3. Choose the user to which you want to switch. 4. Type the password of the selected user. 5. Press ENTER. You are now logged on to the selected user account. The user account from which you switched still remains active with all applications running, and you can switch back to it at any time. ^^ CLEAN UP When you are done working on the computer, make sure you save any open documents (or any of your work) in all user accounts to which you logged on.
Turning the Guest Account On or Off The Guest account is, by default, disabled in Windows 7. You can easily turn it on whenever you have a guest who needs to use your computer, and then turn it off when it is no longer needed. In this exercise, you will learn how to turn the Guest account on or off. SET UP Log on as a user who has administrator permissions and open the User Accounts window.
46
Chapter 2
S e t t i n g User A c c o u n t s o n A l l C o m p u t e r s
1. Click Manage another account. The Manage Accounts window opens.
^ j l
UserAccounts
• Manage Accounts
r^iräiia • 1 +f 1 J Search Control Panel PI
Choose the account you would like to change
mi
7tutorials.com
Flo
Administrator Password protected
Administrator Password protected
Guest Guest account is off
Create a new account What is a user account? Additional things you can do Set up Parental Controls Go to the main User Accounts page
2. Click Guest. If the Guest account is turned off, you are now asked if you want to turn it on. iSäEBl
.I^ILP, « Manage Accounts
• Turn on Guest Account
I I Search Control Panel
Do you want to turn on the guest account? If you turn on the guest account people who do not have an account can use the guest account to log on to t h e computer. Password-protected files, fofders, or settings are not accessible to guest users.
3. Click Turn On. The Guest account is enabled, and you are returned to the Manage Accounts window.
Changing the P a s s w o r d f o r a User A c c o u n t
47
4. If you want to turn off the Guest account, follow steps 1 and 2. The Change Guest Options window opens.
^fîjjjl'.,
•
<<:
• |
User Accounts • Manage Accounts • Change Guest Options
1 | Seairft Control Panel
p
What do you want to change about the guest account? Ch^ngiithn pjrMro M"urn off the guest a c c o u n t )
JC7~— | Mtaufl
Guest Jl
Guest account
5. Click the Turn off guest account link. The Guest account is disabled, and you are returned to the Manage Accounts window. ^^
CLEAN UP Close the Manage Accounts window.
Creating a Password for a User Account Every user except Guest can create his own password if one has not already been set. Making the change doesn't require any administrator permissions, as long as you do not want to create a password for a user account other than your own. In this exercise, you will learn how to create a password for your user account if one has not already been set. SET UP Open the User Accounts window. 1. Click Create a password for your account. The Create Your Password window opens.
48
Chapter 2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
« User A c c o u n t s
• Create Y o u r Password
Search Control Pond
T
Create a password for your account 7 Tutorials Administrator
[ lew password C o n f i r m new password If y o u r password contains capital letters, t h e y m u s t be t y p e d t h e same w a y every t i m e y o u log on. H o w to create a strong password Type a password h i n t T h e password h i n t w i l l be visible to everyone w h o uses this c o m p u t e r . W h a t is a password hint?
I
Create password
J |
Cancel
2. Type the password that you want to use in the first two fields. Security T i p To keep y o u r c o m p u t e r safe, it is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t y o u use strong passwords. This means using passwords that contain a c o m b i n a t i o n of letters, numbers, and special characters (like "#", or "&"). Ideally, t h e password should be s o m e t h i n g that w o u l d be hard f o r y o u to f o r g e t b u t impossible f o r anyone else to f i g u r e out.
3. You can also type a password hint if you are likely to forget your password. Tip The password hint will be visible to anyone t r y i n g to log on to y o u r computer. Make it s o m e t h i n g simple e n o u g h to help y o u remember the password but hard e n o u g h so others cannot w o r k o u t y o u r actual password.
4. Click Create password. You are returned to the User Accounts window. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the User Accounts window.
Changing the Password for a User Account Every user except Guest can change her password. Making the change doesn't require any administrator permissions, as long as you do not want to change the password of a user account other than your own.
Changing the Password for a User Account
49
In this exercise, you will learn how to change the password of your user account SET UP Open the User Accounts window. 1, Click Change your password. The Change Your Password window opens.
« User Accounts
•
Change Your Password
• 1
11 Search ControlP-anei
f> |
Change your password 7tutorials,com Administrator Password protected
ESZSSSS If your password contains capital letters, they must be typed the same way eveiy time you log on. How to create a strong password Type a password hint The password hint will be visible to everyone who uses this computer. What is a password hint?
Change password
] |
Cancel
|
2. Type your current password in the first (top) field. 3. Type your new password in the second and third fields. Security Tip To keep y o u r c o m p u t e r safe, it is r e c o m m e n d e d that y o u use strong passwords. This means using passwords w h i c h contain a c o m b i n a t i o n of letters, numbers, and special characters (like "#", or "&"). Ideally, t h e password should be s o m e t h i n g t h a t w o u l d be hard f o r y o u to f o r g e t but impossible f o r anyone else to f i g u r e out.
4. You can also type a password hint if you are likely to forget your password. T i p The password hint w i l l be visible to anyone t r y i n g to log on to y o u r computer. Make it s o m e t h i n g simple e n o u g h to help y o u remember t h e password b u t hard e n o u g h so others cannot w o r k o u t y o u r actual password.
5. Click Change password. You are returned to the User Accounts window. CLEAN UP Close the User Accounts window.
50
Chapter 2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
Removing the Password for a User Account Every user except Guest can remove his password. Making the change doesn't require any administrator permissions, as long as you do not want to remove the password of a user account other than your own. The Guest user has no password, therefore there is nothing to remove for it. In this exercise, you will learn how to remove the password of your user account. SET UP Open the User Accounts window. 1. Click Remove your password. The Remove Your Password window opens.
Hi
bsilteÄ ser Accounts
•
Remove Your Password
w
1
11 Search Control Panel
Remove your password 7tutorials.com Administrator Password protected
Are you sure you want to remove your password? |Current password
Remove Password
2. Type the current password. 3. Click Remove Password. You are returned to the User Accounts window. ^^
CLEAN UP Close the User Accounts window.
,
Cancel
J3 |
C h a n g i n g a User A c c o u n t P i c t u r e
51
Changing a User Account Picture Every user except Guest can change his account picture. Making the change doesn't require any administrator permissions, as long as you do not want to change the picture of a user account other than your own. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the picture of your user account. SET UP Open the User Accounts window. 1. Click Change your picture. The Change Your Picture window opens.
»U'l^"
jJ « User Accounts
•
Change Your Picture
• I
P\
| I Search Control Panel
Choose a new picture for your account 7tutorials.com Administrator Password protected The picture you choose will appear on the Welcome screen and on the Start menu.
p fifes
%
B D H
* &&I
a
^ 3 r o w s e f o r more p i c t u r e ^ ^ |
Change Picture
j [
Cancel
|
2. Select one of the available images for Windows 7 accounts, then click Change Picture. 3. If you don't see what you want in the available images and you want to select another picture, click Browse for more pictures.
52
Chapter 2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
The following Open window appears: Open
Q Q
tr
•
Organize •
Libraries
+f Search Pictures
Pictures library 2 locations
A r r a n g e by:
m Folder
T
Downloads
S
3
•
is Includes;
Desktop $
Pictures
New folder
Favorites V
•
R e c e n t Places
Libraries -, .J""
Documents Music
Sample Pictures
.•a! Pictures R
Videos
Hornegroup Î
^ndreea (ANDRE File n a m e :
I m a g e Files ( * , b m p , * . g i f , * . j p g / Cancel
4. Browse to the folder where the image you want to use is located. 5. Select the image, and then click Open. The image for your user account is now changed and you are returned to the User Accounts window. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the User Accounts window.
Changing a User Account Name Every user except Guest can change the name of his user account. However, making the change requires administrator permissions. If you are trying to change the name for a user account with standard permissions, you need to know the password of the administrator account. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the name of your user account.
Changing a User Account Picture 53
SET UP Open the User Accounts window. 1. Click Change your account name. The Change Your Name window opens.
^
j -5? 1 U s e r Accounts • Change Your Name
• |
| | Search Controi Panel
Type a new account name
I
[ hit name wrll appear on the Welcome screen and on the Start menu.
[ ^ C h a n g e Name
! j
Cancel
|
T i p If y o u are making this change as a standard user, y o u are first asked to enter t h e administrator password. Type t h e administrator password, and t h e n click OK; this takes y o u to t h e Change Your N a m e w i n d o w .
2. Type the new name you want to use for your user account. 3. Click Change Name. You are returned to the User Accounts window. ^^
CLEAN UP Close the User Accounts window.
Changing a User Account Type Every user except Guest can change his user account type. However, making the change requires administrator permissions. If you are trying to change the type for a user account with standard permissions, you need to know the password of the administrator account. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the type of your user account. SET UP Open the User Accounts window. 1. Click Change your account type.
54
Chapter 2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
The Change Your Account Type window opens. I.HJI^JULI ^
J w 1« User Accounts
^ | ^ " j | Search Control Pane!
• Change YourÀccount Type
p
Select your new account type 7tutorials Administrator Password protected
-a Standard user Standard account users can use most software and change system settings that do not affect other users or the security of the computer. • • Administrator Administrators have complete access to the computer and can make any desired changes. Based on ratification settings, administrators may be asked to providetheir password or confirmation before making changes that affect other users. We recommend that you protect every account with a strong password. Why is a standard account recommended? [
Change Account Type
| j
Cancel
Tip If y o u are making this change f r o m a standard user, y o u are first asked to enter the administrator password. Type the administrator password, and t h e n click OK. You are taken to t h e Change Your A c c o u n t Type w i n d o w .
2. Select between Standard user or Administrator. 3. Click Change Account Type. You are returned to the User Accounts window. ^^
CLEAN UP Close the User Accounts window.
Deleting a User Account Deleting user accounts is a task that can be done only by administrators. When an account is deleted, all the settings and files belonging to that user account will be deleted. This activity is done best by logging in to another user account and making the deletion from there. Also, make sure that the user account you are about to delete is not logged on when executing the deletion. In this exercise, you will learn how to delete a user account.
|
C r e a t i n g a N e w User A c c o u n t 5 5
SET UP Log on as a user who has administrator permissions, then open the User Accounts window. 1. Click Manage another account. The Manage Accounts window opens.
^^
,^>1 t f , « User Accounts
•
•
Manage Accounts
M Sear-di Control Panel
Choose the account you would like to change
7tutorials.com Administrator Password protected
m
fit
Flo Administrator Password protected
Guest Guest account is off
Create a new account What is a user account? Additional things you can do ^
Set up Parental Controls
Go to the main User Accounts page
2. Click the user account you want to delete. This opens the User Accounts window, which presents the options available for the selected user.
User Accounts • Manage Accounts • Change an Account
Make changes to 7tutorials's account Change the account name Create a password Change the picture Set up Parental Controls
C^rm^t1"** ^rri^^yr'*
Delete the account Manage another account
•
-Sear-di Control Panel
56
Chapter 2
Setting User Accounts on All Computers
3. Click the Delete the account link. The Delete Account window opens, and you are asked if you want to keep the files of that user account. Ikffig man .••^•kJ. « User Accounts
•
Manage Accounts
• Delete Account
* |
|
Search Control Panel
Do you want to keep 7tutorials's files? Before you delete 7tutorials's account, Windows can automatically save the contents of 7tutorials's desktop and Documents, Favorites, Music, Pictures and Videos folders to a new folder called 7tutorrals' on y o u r desktop. However, Windows cannot save7tutorials's e-mail messages and [jther settings.
I
Delete Files
I |
Keep Files
| |
Cancel
4. If you have already backed up the files of that user account, click Delete Files. If you have not yet done so and you want to keep the files, click Keep Files. The Confirm Deletion window opens.
Manage Accounts
• Delete A c c o u n t • Confirm Deletion
" | I
Search Control Panel
>
Are you sure you want to delete 7tutorials's account? Windows will delete all of itutorlals's files, and then deleteitutorials's account.
Delete Account
i |
Cancel
Note If y o u decide to keep t h e user's files, t h e y w i l l be saved in a folder on t h e desktop of t h e user account f r o m w h i c h y o u are making the deletion. The f o l d e r name w i l l be that of t h e deleted account. N o t e If y o u choose Delete Files, y o u are asked to c o n f i r m y o u r choice.
5. Click Delete Account. The user account is now deleted, and you are returned to the Manage Accounts window. ^^
CLEANUP Close the Manage Accounts window.
Logging on to Windows 7 Automatically
57
Logging on to Windows 7 Automatically You can set up Windows 7 so that it will log you on automatically, without requesting you to type your user account password every time. The next exercise will show you how. SET UP Open the Command Prompt. 1. Type netplwiz.exe, and then press ENTER. The User Accounts window opens, and displays a list showing all users registered on your computer. User A c c o u n t s Users
Advanced
%
Use t h e list b e l o w t o g r a n t o r d e n y users a c c e s s t o y o u r c o m p u t e r , and to c h a n g e passwords and other settings,
J V ^ U s e r s m u s t e n t e r a user n a m e a n d p a s s w o r d t o u s e t h i s c o m p u t e r , Users f o r t h i s c o m p u t e r : Group
Ujser N a m e •S.7tutorials
H o m e U s e r s ; A d m i n i s t r a t o r s ; Users
Flo *
H o r n e Users; A d m i n i s t r a t o r s
HumeGroupUserS
HomeUsers
Add,..
Remove
Properties
P a s s w o r d f o r Flo T o c h a n g e t h e p a s s w o r d f o r Flo, c l i c k Reset P a s s w o r d .
Reset Pas-sword •
Cancel
Mpilv
2. Select the user for which you no longer want to type the password when logging on. 3. Clear the check box beside Users must enter a user name and password to use this computer. 4. Click OK. The Automatically Log On window opens.
93 Chapter 2 Setting User Accounts on All Computers
Automatically Log On Y o u c a n s e t u p y o u r c o m p u t e r 5 0 t h a t users d o n o t h a v e t o t y p e a u s e r n a m e a n d p a s s w o r d t o l o g on. T o d o this, s p e c i f y a user t h a t w i l l b e automatically logged on below: User n a m e :
itutorials
Password:
C o n f i r m Password:
• • • • • • • •
OK
Cancel
5. Type the user's current password in the Password and Confirm Password fields. 6. Click OK. The next time you start Windows 7, you will be automatically logged on with the user you just selected. This becomes the default logon user to Windows 7. I m p o r t a n t If y o u have m u l t i p l e users defined on y o u r computer, setting this up m i g h t be an inconvenience; W i n d o w s 7 w i l l always log on automatically to t h e user y o u selected d u r i n g this procedure. In order to log on to another user, y o u need to w a i t f o r W i n d o w s 7 to start up and log y o u in automatically, t h e n log o f f and select t h e other user t h a t y o u actually w a n t to log on to. If y o u w a n t to set things back to the way t h e y were, f o l l o w t h e same procedure y o u just p e r f o r m e d here, but this t i m e select t h e Users M u s t Enter a User Name and Password to Use This C o m p u t e r o p t i o n .
^^ CLEAN UP Reboot your computer to test if it works.
Key Points 94
Key Points If you have more than one person using a computer, it is best to create separate user accounts for each person. The Guest user account is useful when you have guests who need to temporarily use your computer. To create a user account, change user account names or types, or delete user accounts, you need administrator permissions. Any user can change her account password and picture except the Guest user account. The deletion of a user account is best done from another user account and only after you have backed up all the important files created by that user. You can set Windows 7 to automatically log you on, without having to type the password.
Chapter at a Glance , » ., > libnhi
-
I
[i|
Access libraries from the navigation pane of Windows Explorer and from the Start Menu, page 62
' * ,-, Libfiiiïi t S Documents .• j1 Muiir M Picbjrti B V.JiOJ .
Find libraries on your computer, page 63
Libraries
Open à fibraiy to 5« yourfilcs and arrange ihtm by fokftr. dite, and other properties. L ^
A
Dnrumr-nt".
Mm ¡4 fei Library
S
Picture* Library
Vide« Library
Homfgroup rï Compuber Nrtwort:
m iFij t WnifcTnnh I
ISESm T I
' I V
•'' -<•••
New Mihi -i' faunritti w1 Muiic K C : : ' top NtW Library 4 DunvT'uRütHlt f
Datï inudil'-;J VI/J009 ¡MlM Vl/iOOl I'M
Hz ' Fl M lypt Me I Uder imdrr
lihrarifi OrrIJ Docwnenti J'- hfcuit &l New Library t rtfimff:) 9 Dm*nloridi (F:) h» Picture i Q Videos
Edit the properties of each library, page 69
m
New Libra ty Propertiti tvAry I rfv.vy Inr.ihnrrf : I -itriim (F:) p.C'u^Tilu.jiJi (El)
Hnrn^qmup CoWputtr Nrtnwk I
j
[lf>rtMte
Optmce tHts kfcf4ry for:
Sue uf Woi si lâxar Delete Folder
Delete a library, page 73
Are yuU lure yuu *
fi
& - ta &
Ü i g ,i ri 17 r ~ Nr* lihran * Vf F ivuirtei K Dejlrtop Dnwrtlfihdt ^ fttiiiit Plscti
PflSi
5canh Libmna
tu iriuve ili» iuliJer Lu Uie Ret/tie Bin? t-Jiw Library Typei Libniy Ojtff mfldifitd: 1H/1Ï/M1Ù
PM
ED
3
Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Access the libraries defined on your computer.
•
Create a new library.
•
Add folders to a library.
•
Remove folders from a library.
•
Edit the properties of a library.
•
Delete a library.
Libraries are one of the coolest features introduced in Windows 7. Think of a library as a virtual collection of folders on your computer. Virtual, because it doesn't exist as an actual folder—it is only a reference to one or more folders on your computer and the files within them. For example, you can have documents stored in multiple locations: your Documents folder, on the Desktop, and some other locations. You can have a library called Documents that includes references to all these locations. When you open the Documents library, you will see all these folders and their contents as if they are subfolders of the Documents library. This feature helps you organize all your files together in one place, regardless of where they are stored. It also offers many benefits in terms of productivity when working with lots of files spread across several locations. For example, you can get access to all your documents with one single click, no matter the folders where they are stored. By including folders in libraries, you are also telling Windows 7 where the important data is located. Therefore, Windows 7 will index the folders that are part of libraries, enabling fast searching and stacking, based on file properties.
62
Chapter 3
Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
Before starting to share files and folders between your computers, it is a good idea to set up your libraries on all of them. Each user account defined on your computer has its own set of libraries. So, you might want to do this exercise for all user accounts on each computer that has Windows 7 installed. In this chapter, you will learn how to create a library, add folders to it, sort the contents of a library, edit its properties, and delete a library. Practice Files You can c o m p l e t e t h e exercises in this chapter using y o u r o w n files, folders, and libraries.
Accessing the Libraries Defined on Your Computer By default, each computer that is running Windows 7 has the Documents, Music, Pictures, and Videos libraries defined. They initially contain only sample files, but they can be modified to contain whatever you need. You can find three of them—Documents, Pictures, and Music—on the upper-right side of the Start Menu.
Creating a New Library
63
You can find the entire list of libraries defined on your computer in Windows Explorer. Open the Computer shortcut or the shortcut for Windows Explorer and look on the left side of the window. There, you can find the Libraries section and all the libraries defined on your computer.
¿jjj,
, j
•
Organize *
J
/
Libraries
Desktop Q
/
0
Documents
l> . J ) M u s i c
p\
O p e n a library to s e e y o J r f i l e ^ and a r r a n g e t h e m by f o l d e r , date, a n d o t h e r properties.
Downloads
Libraries P
l; - a 8
Libraries
R e c e n t Places
J
+f | | Scorch Libraries
N e w library
Favorites
E
|
•
Library
-S
è
Music Library
Pictures
Videos
Library
Library
Pictures Q
Videos
l-lomegroup
•
Computer
Network
A items
To open a library, just double-click it.
Creating a New Library Libraries are specific to each user account on your Windows 7 computer. A user can have multiple libraries defined, and a folder can be a part of any number of libraries. In this exercise, you will learn how to create a library in Windows 7. SET UP Open Windows Explorer. 1. Click Libraries in the Navigation pane on the left side. A list opens that shows the existing libraries.
64
Chapter 3
Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
• •=• ! B l l ^ l • Organize » i *
i
Libraries
Search Libraries
§: ' a
New library
Libraries
Favorites
H
^ 11,1
•
Open a library to see your files and arrange t h e m by folder, date, and other properties.
Desktop Downloads
S
*
M
Recent Places
-, Libraries
Music Library
Pictures
i> ¡J Documents I-
Documents Library
i Videos it] » Library
Library
Music
[> g Pictures 3
Videos
!
Homegroup
t>
Computer
i
% Network
2. Click the New Library button, located on the bar at the top of the Libraries window. This creates a library called New Library. 1 ° il ei Iteri Organize » t
Open
Favorites H
• 1 if J 1 SeoJrh Libraries
, • Libraries •
t
Desktop
Share with *
Burn
Newiibrary
Libraries Open a library to see your files and arrange them by folder, date, and other properties.
Downloads ^
Recent Places Libraries
^
Documents
Documents Library Pictures Library
Jfi Music lo[| New Library g
Pictures
0
Videos
Library
t$f Homegroup [ I 1 Computer €ip Network -
N e w Library Date modified; 10/17/2010 6:31 PM Library
| j|ï ^
Music Library Videos t Library
0|
®
Adding Folders to a Library
T i p An alternative w a y to create a library is to right-click anywhere in t h e e m p t y space on the r i g h t side of the w i n d o w and select N e w -> Library.
3. Type the name you want to use for your library. 4. Press Enter. An empty library with the name you specified is created. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure until you have created as many libraries as you need.
Adding Folders to a Library Once you have created your library (or libraries), it's time to add the folders you want to have within it. There are many ways in which you can add folders to a library. In this exercise, you will learn how to add folders to a library in Windows 7 using the simplest procedure available. SET UP Open Windows Explorer. 1. Browse to the folder you want to add to your library and select it. 2. Click the Include in library button, located toward the top of the Windows Explorer window. A list opens that shows all existing libraries.
66
Chapter 3
Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
Hkji Organize •
•
Computer
^
Desktop
£ 3
^
Downlo; Recent 1
Libraries
lavoro (E:)
I n c l u d e in library »
Search
• W o r k Tools
j Share w i t h *
Burn
New folder
J I dû
Music N e w Library
M
Pictures
B
Videos
iB
Create n e w library
P\
W&k Toots
Date m o d i f i e d
Favorites H
•
§==
3
M <
Type
5/1/2QD9 2 ! 4 1 P M
File f o l d e r
5/1/2009 2 ; 4 1 P M
File f o l d e r
Documents J f ' Music lull N e w Library steam (F:) $ D o w n l o a d ; (E:) Q
Pictures
H
,||/ideos
>1 Homegroup
Computer
^
Network
tr r
1 :
1
2 items
3. Select the library in which you want to include the folder. The Updating Library window opens, which displays a progress bar to show you how the process of including the selected folder in the library is proceeding. i j p d a t i n g Library
Including folder in library...
_=• J
0
F
Removing Folders from a Library
Note If the f o l d e r y o u added does not contain many items, chances are this w i n d o w will disappear very quickly, or y o u m i g h t not even notice it. For larger folders, it takes a longer t i m e until it disappears.
4. The folder you selected is now included in the library. To confirm that the procedure worked, click the library and you will see that the folder appears under it.
I
•
Organize. * J
Libraries
•
T
N e w Library •
Share w i t h ^
Burn
New Library library
E
Includes: 1 location
Downloads
Search New Library
r a ®
New folder
i." Favorites Desktop
|
Name
Date m o d i f i e d
fyp«
] Recent Places
steam (44) '
... Libraries [>
F:\ appcache
4/30/2010 12:06 AM
File f o l d e r
i
bin
8/24/2010 1 0 : 3 1 P M
File f o l d e r
j
config
9/22/2010 10:25 PM
File f o l d e r
dumps
4/30/2010 12:06. AM
Filé f o l d e r
] . Graphics
8/24/2010 10:31 PM
File f o l d e r
i . logs
6/10/2010 9:50 PM
File f o l d e r
u
Public
8/24/2010 1 0 : 3 1 P M
File f o l d e r
_ resource
8/24/2010' 10:31 PM
File f o l d e r
^
skins
8/24/2010 10:31 PM
Filefolder
I
steam
11/10/2009 7:0& PM
File f o l d e r
1
steamapps
7 / 2 3 / 2 0 i 0 7:00 PM
Filefolder
It userdata
4/30/2010 12:06 AM
File f o l d e r
_J AppUpdateStats.blob
9/22/2010 10:25 PM
BLOB File
§
1/24/20.10 10:31 PM
A p p l i c a t i o n extern.
Documents .Jr Music
* a;
N e w Library steam (F:)
t > ü i Pictures 0
Videos
lomegroup
'^
•
^
Computer
Network
avutil~50.dll
44 itei
CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure until you have included all the folders that you want to have in the library.
Removing Folders from a Library Removing a folder from a library is as easy as adding one, and of course, there is more than one way of doing this. In this exercise, you will learn how to remove folders from a library in Windows 7 using the simplest procedure available.
67
103 Chapter 3 Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
SET UP Open Windows Explorer. 1. Browse to the library from which you want to remove the folder. 2. Click the library. The library expands to show the folders that are part of it. Libraries
1
[> [3
Document^ Music
*
•Jew Library
Expand A d d t o W i n a m p ' s B o o k m a r k list Enqueue in W i n a m p Play in W i n a m p Open in new w i n d o w T-Zip Scan f o r Viruses MuVe to Quarantine Share w i t h Snag it Shared Folder Synchronization Restore previous v e r s i o n s C o m b i n e s u p p o r t e d files in Acrobat,., Back Up Send to fopy Remove location f r o m library Rename Open folder location New
3. Right-click the folder that you want to remove from the library. 4. Select Remove location from library. The folder is now removed from the library. However, the folder will continue to exist on your computer in its original location, and its contents will not be modified in any way by this procedure. The only difference is that Windows 7 will no longer index it automatically. ^^ CLEAN UP Close Windows Explorer.
Editing the Properties of a Library
69
Editing the Properties of a Library One very important configuration step you must make is to correctly set the properties of each library. This step should be done after you have added the folders you want to each library. In this exercise, you will learn how to edit the properties of any library and make important settings, such as selecting the default save location for a library, the type of library, and others. SET UP Open Windows Explorer. 1. Select the library that you want to configure. 2. Right-click it to open the contextual menu.
•
Libraries
Organize * i
, Open
Favorites H
Desktop
• Share w i t h
Burn
1
Recent Places
Libraries M
Documents
Open a library to see y o u r fries and arrange t h e m by fol'der, date, and other properties.
è
Doc uments Libr^ fy N e w Library Open Open i n n e w w i n d o w
steam (F:)
Share w i t h D o n ' t s h o w in navigation pane
Iteaj Pictures '"'ideos
Homegroup
¡W Computer
Network
Wtt
Scan f o r Viruses
rM
M ove to Quarantine
W
Back Up
\
Send to \
Copy \
Create s h o r t c u t \ Delete
f
XRename
m
N e w L i b r a r y Date m o d i f i e d ; 1 0 / y
Library
Music Library
Pictures
Library
•Li N e w Library
%
a
Libraries
J b Music
H
m -
N e w library
4J. Downloads fi
I I Search Libraries
I
Properties
f
70
Chapter 3
Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
3. Select Properties. The Properties window opens for the selected library. N e w Library Properties Library | Library locations: V
s t s a m (F:) jftPowj^laaife^E:}
Set save location
|
|
| Include a Polder.... |
|
Remove
|
Optimize this library for:
| Synerfll
ferns
|
Size of files in library!
18.9 GB
Attributes:
1 2 S h o w n in navigation pane Shared
Restore LiefaulLs
ÛK
I I
Cancel
| j
Apply
4. If you have more than one folder in a library, it is a good idea to specify which one should be the default save location. This helps when you want to copy something to the library—it will be automatically copied to the default save location. To set a folder, select it and click Set save location. 5. It is a good idea to set the type of the library. Go to the Optimize this library for section. 6.
Click the drop-down list. A list of available options opens. The options are: General Items, Documents, Music, Pictures, and Videos.
Quick Sorting the Content of a Library
71
Optimize this library for: I General Items [General Items Documents Music Pictures Videos
7. Select the option that is best suited to your library. Depending on your choice, the icon of the library will change, as well as the options made available by Windows 7 when working with the library. 8. If you want to include or remove folders, use the appropriate buttons: Include a folder or Remove. 9. If you want to have the library displayed in the Navigation pane of Windows Explorer, in the Attributes section, select the check box beside Shown in navigation pane. Note The Shared check box indicates w h e t h e r or not t h e library is shared. You cannot make any changes to it.
10. If you are not happy with the settings you've made, you can click Restore Defaults. This restores the library to its initial settings, and you can change its properties from scratch. 11. When you're done setting the options as you want them, click OK. The library is now set according to your preference. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure for all libraries.
Quick Sorting the Content of a Library In order to help you more quickly find what you are searching for, Windows 7 provides a predefined set of sorting criteria, depending on the type of library you are working with (General Items, Documents, Music, Pictures, and Videos). To access these quick sorting criteria, click the down arrow next to Arrange by.
107 Chapter 3 Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
Pictures Organize j
*
^
GiJL mm • 1 if 1 1 SeQfch Sarüpie Picturesp !
Sample Pictures
Share w i t h •
Slide show
Burn
New folder
ȧ
Pictures library
Favorites H
•
Arrange by:
Sample Pictures
Desktop
*
Q
&
Folder "
Downloads
'-¡Ü Recent Places
^
M
Libraries [ j ] Documents Jï
Music
Chrysanthemum
Desert
Hydrangeas
Lighthouse
Penguins
!•}) N e w Library j j steam (F:) $ Downloads (E:) Work Tools (E:) Pictures
Tulips
Homegroup
Computer
^
Network
! ¡terns
State; a Shared
Depending on the type of library you are sorting, you have the following options •
Documents: Folder, Author, Date modified, Tag, Type, Name
•
Pictures: Folder, Month, Day, Rating, Tag
•
Music: Folder, Album, Artist, Song, Genre, Rating
•
Videos: Folder, Year, Type, Length, Name
Experiment with each option to better understand how they work.
Deleting a Library
73
Deleting a Library As mentioned at the beginning of this chapter, a library is a virtual collection of files and folders. Deleting a library has no affect on its contents—only the virtual links between the library and the folders inside it are affected. Therefore, if you delete a library, the folders and files that were part of it will continue to exist on your computer, in the same location as they always did. The only difference is that you might not be able to access them so easily, and Windows 7 will no longer index them, which means you won't be able to take advantage of fast searching and stacking based on file properties. In this exercise, you will learn how to delete a library. SET UP Open Windows Explorer. 1. Select the library you want to delete. 2. Right-click the library to open the contextual menu. a
& J*
•
Organize »
Libraries ^ Open
Favorites K
• J *f 1 1 Seapzh Libraries
•
Desktop
Share w i t h *
Sum
New library
:
.. Libraries ^
Documents Music N e w Library steam (F:)
Documents (g
V p Library
i .
Music
_ J J ^ X Library N e w Lib
Open
Library
Open i n new w i n d o w
1. Work Tools (E:) Pictures
Q
Videos
Homegroup
Share w i t h D o n ' t show in navigation pane ft*
Scan f o r Viruses
v'*
M o v e to Quarantine Back Up
Computer
Network
\
Se n d t o \
Copy \
k
N e w L i b r a r y Date modified; 1 0 / 1
Libran/
es
Open a library to see your fries and arrange t h e m by f o l d e r date, and other pr,
41. Downloads (E:)
ig
p
Libraries
{ I Downloads j Recent Places
»
~
Create shortcut Delete Rename
•
11^1
&
1
74
Chapter 3
Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers
3. Select Delete. Windows 7 asks you to confirm the deletion process. Delete Folder A r e y o u sure y o u w a r t t o m o v e t h i s f o l d e r t o t h e R e c y c l e B i n ? N e w Library Type: Library D a t e m o d i f i e d : 1 0 / 1 7 / 2 0 1 0 7:45 P M
I
Yes
No
4. Click Yes. This takes you to the Libraries window, in which you can see the remaining libraries. K ^
Organize » f
Desktop
B
Search Libraries
IP -
New library
Favorites
H
•
y'^H . J • Libraries •
a
m
Libraries Open a library to see your files and arrange t h e m by folder, date, and other properties.
4J. Downloads S
Recent Places
Libraries Documents
¡.-w,|
Documents I Library
Music I Library
Pictures
Videos
Library
I Library
Music g
Pictures
0
Videos
«<$1 Homegroup
ä®i' Computer
^
Network
The library you just deleted is no longer included in the list of available libraries. ^^
CLEAN UP Close Windows Explorer.
Key Points
75
Key Points •
Libraries are virtual collections of folders.
•
Libraries make it easy for you to organize and access your important files and folders.
•
Windows 7 indexes the folders included in a library automatically, enabling fast searching and stacking, based on file properties.
•
It is important to edit the properties of each library so that they function as you need them to.
•
Deleting a library does not delete its content from the computer. Only the library's "virtual" content is deleted; the actual content remains intact in its original location.
Chapter at a Glance • ^ y a T B j (jpjy
I
ÎJ « N e t w o r k * Netwoit and Sharing Center
Control Panri Hniw Change aiJapter leltirigi Change advanced iharirtg settings
| SiarohCj.nr^i fî/rci
T
P1 «
Open the Network and Sharing Center, page 78
View your hasir network information and set up connections
t^UPlOAN-PC {Thit rnmpiitrf) View your active netwui ki
λ Canned in slmonntil Arceit t^pf: HomeGroup:
Hetwork Hcrrte rietwp
Configure network connections, page 80
Changeyour networking settings {¿a
up a nrik fonnwtion CT i iwtwail Srt tip a rtirH«î, broadband, dial-up, id hoc. or VPN roiuvrtinn; or up a router ur acceii pumt. r
-jj^ Connect to a network Connect or reconnect to a wireless, wired, dial up, or VPN network
Loca(Arei Connecflofll Prooeiti^;
Nrlwmkng Comrt minç ¿f Beaks*: RTLSl68C|Pyfl1t1C(P|Fam^PCI-E GigaMElb
^^ Chwie livrnegruup an J l Ii îî u y uptiOm Acten lit« 4ikJ punters. located on ether network computer,. ui change during srttingv 1 loroeGroup intrmrt Option* Windows Firewall
Troubles hcot problem! Diaqno v anil repair nrtwoi
•r
Not connected difl
TNs «r-raeüw uses the itAjwna üemt: VilUrf PU fialw.nK t-4e> Utrfi Uu'i Pini.et ' ¡ r . ^ A l Fi- and P.rtw Shsinatn Mrüoiufl Notaukv I'rfarnt Piutocul Vwaun 6 |TCPdP>ï| I.Meiritf PlututdVoiHUTÎ |TCPdPv4f LRK-T^il TCP-JKW DRCWCI; Maumi I/O Dlmn Tctrjkjys' Discover? Rwpcr*ÎBI
*
CisnflKtiniM m
n>al-up «id VPN Vi> rUdr.nr Miihilr L~o«wrrt
Mal
Wneieii Netwoil. CcinietLifi« CipHpmC
Connect to wireless networks, page 86
] f
U pint Ml
|
JÊ
I TVIIrin N- GurtJ [/ Connect iutomsticil^
M |
OficimiOT ¿InvM u r/mfjr« In armm lasmivu n
f ¿nnnfrt | W
SkyllNK. flth*r Nrtv Op. Ndwtufc and Sh
'
te
feins
äet Netvrmk Lucatiun Select a location for Iii« 'Network' network rhu computer u connected to a network. Window* will automatically apply the correct network settings bîted on tht nebwik'i location.
Set the network location, page 108
~~
-
B
HO»!!« network " all Ihr rnmptitff^ nn ttiii nffwrnt ar^ ¡if yfltn Homf1. and you wnqni?r ttwm, * Um a a Iruile-J htwne «lelwoik. Ütnil thOüie Ihn ILM jmWw. placei mch at coffee shops or aiiports. W o r k network If all the computers on tfib netwcik arc at your workplace. And you recognize them, thts is a trusted wort; network. 'Jon't choose this for public pfoces such as coffee chops or airport!. Public network IT you don't lecognue all the lumputer^ un Uve network (fui ».ample. you're m a caffrr ihnp nr airport, or you haaf mobile hraadbaJKl), IhK it a public nut hinted.
_| 1 real all future networt:S that! Connect to il pubfcc, and don't aik me aq»>n. m* choost
f ^ i
Creating the Network In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Open the Network and Sharing Center.
•
Configure network adapters.
•
Enable or disable a network adapter.
•
Connect to a wireless network.
•
Connect to a hidden wireless network.
•
Set up an ad hoc wireless network between computers.
•
Create an ad hoc wireless network.
•
Connect other computers to an ad hoc wireless network.
•
Share files on an ad hoc wireless network.
The Network and Sharing Center was first introduced in Windows Vista and has been further fine-tuned in Windows 7, improving usability and access to certain features and configuration options. This tool is the main control panel for starting different network configuration tasks. In this chapter, you will learn first how to find and open the Network and Sharing Center. Next, you will learn how to access different configuration panels that are found in the Network and Sharing Center so that you can configure your network adapters, change your network location correctly (depending on the network to which you are connected), and set your workgroup so that computers with other operating systems installed can detect and connect to your computer. On top of that, you will learn how to connect to different wireless networks, including those that are hidden and are not detected automatically by Windows 7. To completely cover the topic, you will also learn how to create your own ad hoc wireless network between two computers so that you can share files between them. Tip Before completing the exercises in this chapter, make sure you have read Chapter 1, "Setting Up a Router and Devices" and followed the instructions for installing and configuring your hardware, drivers, and network router. If your router and other network devices are not installed and configured correctly, you will not get the desired results.
77
78
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
Practice Files You w o n ' t need any practice files to c o m p l e t e t h e exercises in this chapter.
Opening the Networking and Sharing Center You can launch the Network and Sharing Center in three ways. One way is to click the network icon from the right side of the taskbar, then click Open Network and Sharing Center. C u r r e n t l y c o n n e c t e d tcK
•
Network
"J
I n t e r n e t access.
Dial-up and VPN Vodafone Mobile Connect
Open N e t w o r k a n d Sharing Center
The n e t w o r k icon
A second (and the quickest) way is to launch the Run window by pressing the Windows key+R, typing control.exe/name Microsoft.NetworkAndSharingCenter, then clicking OK.
Opening the Networking and Sharing Center
^
79
fern
•
T y p e t h e narrie o f a p r o q r a m , folder., d o c u m e n t , o r I n t e r n e t resource, and W i n d o w s will o p e n i t f o r y o w ,
Open:
control,exe / n a m e M i c r o s o f t , N e t w o r k A n d S h a r i n g C e i i t e r
Ofi
Cancel
T
fifowieca
A third way is to choose Control Panel -> Network And Internet -> Network And Sharing Center. m •
Cont...
• NNeet tw o r k a n d Inte..
C o n t r o l Panel H o m e System and Security
*
Personalization
Vrew n e t w o r k status and tasks
Connect to a network
A d d a wireless d e v i c e t o t h e n e t w o r k
HomeGroup
Programs
A p p e a r a n c e and
Ssorch Control Panei
Vrew n e t w o r k c o m p u t e r s a n d d e v i c e s
Network and Internet
User A c c o u n t s a n d F a m i l y
*t\
N e t w o r k and Sharing Center -eT-
Hardware and Sound
Safety
-
es
Choose h o m e g r o u p and sharing options
<1 y
Internet Options Change your homepage
Manage browser add-ons
Delete b r o w s i n g history and cookies
Clock, L a n g u a g e and Region Ease of A c c e s s
The Network and Sharing Center window is split into two areas. On the left side, there is a column containing shortcuts toward tasks, such as managing your wireless networks, changing settings for all network adapters, and changing network sharing settings. On the bottom of the same column, there are shortcuts to the Homegroup settings panel, the Internet Options panel, and the Windows Firewall panel. On the right side, you have basic information about the current network connection and links to several wizards that allow you to change some of your network settings.
80
Chapter 4
Creating the N e t w o r k
OO'
I ^ « Network ..,
C o n t r o l Panel H o m e
•
N e t w o r k and Sharing Center
Search
Control P-anel
V i e w y o u r basic n e t w o r k i n f o r m a t i o n a n d set u p c o n n e c t i o n s Seefutl m a p
C h a n g e adapter settings C h a n g e advanced sharing settings
CIPRIAN-PC
Network
Internet
(This c o m p u t e r ] View y o u r active networks
C o n n e c t or disconnect Access type:
Internet
Network
HomeGroup:
Joined
H o m e network
Connections:
lj| Local Area Connection!
C h a n g e y o u r n e t w o r k i n g settings Set up a n e w c o n n e c t i o n or n e t w o r k Set up a wireless, broadband, dial-up, ad hoc, or VPN c o n n e c t i o n ; or set up a router or access p o i n t . *|C|
C o n n e c t to a n e t w o r k C o n n e c t or r e c o n n e c t to a wireless, wired, dial-up, or VPN n e t w o r k
Choose h o m e g r o u p and sharing o p t i o n s Access files and printers located on other n e t w o r k computers, or c h a n g e sharing settings.
See also HomeGroup Internet O p t i o n s W i n d o w s Firewall
j
Troubleshoot problems Diagnose and repair n e t w o r k problems, or get t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g information.
Configuring Network Adapters In most cases, your home router is set to assign IP Addresses automatically to all computers on your network. This way, all you have to do is plug in the network cables to the router and your home computers, and the network connection works without any issues. If you set the home router to assign IP Addresses in a static way to computers on your networks, or if you have some other special setup, you will need to configure the network adapters (network cards) on all or some of the computers in your network. In this exercise, you will access the settings window of your network adapters and learn how to configure them.
Configuring Network Adapters 116
SET UP Open the Network and Sharing Center. 1. In the left column, click the Change adapter settings link. The Network Connections window opens. Here, you see all network adapters and their status. ™ / » I ' - I * «
Net..,
h
Netw...
•
E & j
Search Network Connectons p j
*t
Organize '
% - Local Area C o n n e c t i o n 2
^ f * -
eï
»
| T |
Vodafone Mobile Connect
Network
"
Disconnected
Realtek R T L 8 1 6 8 C ( P ) / 8 i l l C ( P ) Fa,.
Qt-
HUAWtl Mobile Connect- 3E M„
I m p o r t a n t Each n e t w o r k adapter has three rows that describe t h e m : t h e first shows t h e name of t h e adapter, t h e second shows t h e status of t h e adapter (disconnected, disabled, network, n e t w o r k cable unplugged), and t h e t h i r d shows t h e manufacturer and model name of t h e adapter. Each adapter will have its o w n icon, colored in either gray or blue. Gray icons represent n e t w o r k adapters t h a t are disconnected or disabled. Blue icons represent enabled and connected adapters.
Q U *
1 igf «
Organize »
Net..,
•
Netw...
•
Doable this network device
Local Area C o n n e c t i o n 2 N e t w o r k cable u n p l u g g e d Realtek R T L 8 ] 6 8 ' : ( P Ï / 8 1 1 1 i ; ( P ) F i .
If you have a network adapter that is enabled but not connected, you will see a red "X" near it. Also, in the second row of its description, it displays the text Network Cable Unplugged. In such scenarios, you need to check the cable connection and ensure that the network cable is plugged in correctly to both the computer and the router. 2. Double-click the network adapter you want. A Status window opens (yours may look different). N o t e You can check t h e current settings of a n e t w o r k adapter and change t h e m (if needed).
82
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
TJr
Local Area C o n n e c t i o n 2 Status
General
IPv4 Connectivity:
Internet
IPv6 Connectivity:
Internet
Media State:
Enabled
Duration;
1 day 0 1 : 4 6 : 2 9
Speed: I
Details...
l.QGbps I
Activity 5ent
Bytes:
Received
13,972,584,285
Properties | |
' Disable
2,035,032,964
| |
Diagnose
Close
3, Click the Details button. The Network Connection Details window opens. N e t w o r k C o n n e c t i o n Details
Network Connection Details: Property
Value
Connection-specific DN... Description Physical Address DHCP Enabled IPv4 Address IPv4 Subnet Mask Lease Obtained Lease Expires IPv4 Default Gateway IPv4 DHCP Server IPv4 DNS Servers
Belkin Realtek RTLB1 G8C(P]/8111 C[P) Fan 00-24-1D-D5-9F-69 Yes 192.168.2.5 255.255.255.0 Monday, September 27, 2010 6:52:1 C Thursday, September 26, 2019 8:36:E 192.168.2.1 192.168.2.1 192.168.2.1 Ul 193.138.192.1
>
193.138.192.2 192.168.2.1 IPv4 WINS Server NetBIOS over Tcpip En... v
rrr
Yes
-
• Close
Configuring Network Adapters
83
When you're finished checking all the current settings, click Close. T i p You can change any p r o p e r t y of a n e t w o r k adapter. However, in most h o m e networks, all y o u need to change is the IP Addresses and DNS settings. Therefore, we w i l l stick mainly to these t w o settings, but we will m e n t i o n the others briefly as well.
In the Status window, click the Properties button. The Properties window of your local area connection opens (yours may look slightly different). •il
Local A r e a C a n n e c t J a n ^ R r a p e r t l & j Networking Connect using: Realtek RTL8168C(P]/B111 C[P] Famiiv PCI-E Gigabit Ethi |
Configure. .
\
This connection use? the following items: 0
J l V i r t y a l P£ Network Filter Driver
S I J § Q o S Packet Scheduler SI
File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks'
S 0
-•• Internet ProtocolVersion 6 [TCRVIPv6] -
Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4).
@
Link-Layer Topology Discovery Mapper I/O Driver
SI
Link-Layer Topology Discovery Resporider
* |
"" : r MstaL
|
.
Bapeme?
Uninstall
D^&cription Allows your compute! to access resources on a Microsoft netWbfk.
|
QK.
[ !
Cancel
|
T i p A n o t h e r way to go to the Properties w i n d o w is to right-click t h e n e t w o r k adapter w h e n y o u are in t h e N e t w o r k Connections w i n d o w (see step 1), and t h e n click Properties.
To change the IP Address and DNS settings, double-click Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4). N o t e The Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties w i n d o w will open. In it, y o u can either set t h e IP Addresses and DNS server to be set automatically (if y o u r h o m e router is c o n f i g u r e d to assign these settings automatically to all computers) or set t h e m manually.
119 Chapter 4 Creating the Network
I n t e r n e t P r o t o c o l Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) Properties
|
General You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability, Otherwise, you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings. Obtain an IP address automatically a Use the following IP address; IP address:
192 , 16S ,
,
L
Subnet mask:
Z55 , 255 , 25S ,
2
0
Default gateways
Et5
Obtain DNS server address automatically a Use the following DNS server addresses; Preferred DIMS server: Alternate DNS server:
S3 Validate settings upon exit
j
OK
fajyap^j...
| |
Cancel
|
|
7. If you need to manually set IP addresses or DNS settings, select the appropriate boxes and type the needed information. DNS settings will be provided by your Internet provider while IP addresses should be according to how the home router is set to work with the home network. 8.
If you want the IP addresses to be assigned automatically but you need to manually enter the DNS server addresses, you can leave the Obtain an IP address automatically option selected, then choose the Use the following DNS server addresses option.
9. If you click the Advanced button, you will be able to set more advanced parameters, such as NetBIOS settings (Network Basic Input/Output System), WINS addresses (Windows Internet Name Service), and other DNS-related details. For a typical home network, setting these parameters is not needed because the default values generally work, so we won't enter into detail about them. 1 0 . Click OK. ^^ CLEAN UP If you are not comfortable with making your own home network settings, it is best to let the router set IP addresses and all other settings dynamically—leave the options for Obtain an IP Address Automatically and Use the Following DNS Server Addresses selected. This way, the home router will do all the work of setting the network for you while Windows 7 will automatically apply the right settings to your network devices and connections.
Enabling or Disabling a Network Adapter
85
Enabling or Disabling a Network Adapter Depending on your computing needs, you might want to enable or disable some of the network adapters that exist on your computer. For example, if you are a laptop user on the road and you connect to the Internet via a mobile modem, you might want to disable your wireless network adapter while in transit to save on battery so you can use your laptop for a longer period of time. When you get to a hotel room or other location where you can connect to the Internet again and you want to use the local wireless connection, you will need to re-enable the wireless network adapter. To enable a network adapter, right-click its icon, then select Enable.
Organize
• Netw,,,
•
a' «
Net,,,
*
Enable t h i s n e t w o r k device-
»
Local A r e a C o n n e c t i o n 2 '
Disabled
4C-'
Realtek RTL8168C
Enable Status Diagnose Create S h o r t c u t Delete "V
Rename
"V1
Properties
To disable a network adapter, right-click it, then select Disable.
v Njf «
Organize »
Net...
•
Nelw..,
•
•
Disable this network device
+f
Search Network Cc
»
Local A r e a C o n n e c t i o n 2 ^^¡^ àë?
Vodafone Mobile
Network Re a lté k R T L 8 l 6 8 C ( P ) / 8 1 1 1 C ( P )
y ^ j Disconnected V
Disable Status Diagnose
V
Bridge C o n n e c t i o n s Create S h o r t c u t Delete
V '•y 1
Rename Properties
86
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
Connecting to a Wireless Network A growing number of people use laptops, notebooks, and netbooks instead of desktop computers. As a result of this trend—plus the growing number of devices like smartphones— more people use wireless networks on a regular basis. Windows 7 offers all you need to connect to wireless networks effortlessly. In this exercise, you will learn how to detect wireless networks in Windows 7 and how to connect to them. SET UP Before trying to connect to a wireless network, check if your wireless network adapter is detected by Windows 7, that it has the appropriate drivers installed, and that it is enabled. all
1. On the right side of the taskbar, click the wireless network icon. A window with available network connections opens. The list is split by type of available network connections. At the top you have the available dial-up and virtual private network (VPN) connections, while at the bottom you have a list with the wireless networks that Windows 7 has detected. To refresh the list of available networks, click the Refresh icon, located at the upper-right side. -Refresh icon
Not connected Connections are available Dial-up and VPN Vodafone Mobite Connect Wireless Network Connection
*
Cip Home Eelkm_N+_Giiest
^fl
dlinfc SfcyUNK
^g
Other Network
^^
• p e n Network and Sharing Center
a T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g If W i n d o w s 7 has not detected any connections and y o u k n o w f o r a fact that there should be at least one wireless n e t w o r k available in y o u r area, y o u should check w h e t h e r y o u r wireless n e t w o r k card has t h e appropriate drivers installed and that it is enabled.
Connecting to a Hidden Wireless Network 87
Scroll down through the list of available networks. N o t e If y o u hover y o u r mouse cursor over a n e t w o r k icon f o r a second, y o u will see more details a b o u t it. W i n d o w s 7 will show t h e f o l l o w i n g : t h e n e t w o r k name, signal strength, t h e t y p e of wireless security used (if any), and its Service Set identifier (SSID). Not connected
Connections are available Dial-up and VPN Vodafone Mobile Connect A
Wireless N e t w o r k C o n n e c t i o n Cip H o m e
Eelkirt_N+_Guest dlink SkyliNK
Name; Cip Home Signal Strength: Excellent Secu rity Type: WP A3 - P SK Radio Type: 802.11n SSID: Cip Home
Other Network
Open Network and Sharing Center
I m p o r t a n t Be careful w i t h wireless networks that have no security enabled—they can be used to steal personal data. If y o u connect to such networks, make sure y o u r security solutions are t u r n e d on. Not connected k o nnections
¿til'
are
available
Dial-up and VPN
*
Vodafone Mobile Connect Wireless Network Connection
*
Cip Home
^fl
M
Belkin_N+_Guest 171 C o n n e c t a u t o m a t i c a l l y
[
Connect
dlink SkyLINK Other Network O p e n N e t w o r k a n d Sharing Center
i
88
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
3. Once you decide which network to connect to, click it, and then click Connect. Tip If y o u plan to use t h a t n e t w o r k in t h e future, make sure y o u select t h e Connect A u t o m a t i c a l l y check box before clicking Connect. This way, the next t i m e y o u start y o u r laptop in t h e same location, it w i l l automatically connect to this wireless n e t w o r k w i t h o u t the need f o r manual intervention. I m p o r t a n t A f t e r a f e w seconds, y o u w i l l be asked to enter t h e security key. Ask the administrator of the n e t w o r k f o r t h e wireless security key or, if y o u have connected to y o u r o w n h o m e network, take it f r o m the control panel of y o u r router. Connect tc a Network
Type the n e t w o r k security key Security key:
securitykeygoeshere| •
\
jt
^
'
Hide
characters
You can also connect by pushing th = button ein the router,
I
OK
I I
Cancel
4. Type the security key, then click OK. Tip If y o u are in a public environment, it is best to select the Hide Characters check box so t h a t other people can't see w h a t y o u are t y p i n g . ^^
CLEAN U P W h e n y o u c o n n e c t t o t h e wireless n e t w o r k f o r t h e first t i m e , m a k e sure y o u a s s i g n i t t h e c o r r e c t n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n . For i n s t r u c t i o n s o n h o w t o d o t h i s , see t h e " S e t t i n g t h e N e t w o r k L o c a t i o n " s e c t i o n o n p a g e 108.
If you are successful, the wireless icon on your taskbar changes to indicate your connection status and how powerful the wireless signal is. Connected
Connecting to a Hidden Wireless Network
89
N o t e If y o u t y p e d an incorrect password, W i n d o w s 7 w i l l p r o m p t y o u to t y p e it again and again until it matches t h e password of t h e n e t w o r k t h a t y o u are connecting to. If e v e r y t h i n g is OK, W i n d o w s 7 w i l l connect to t h e n e t w o r k y o u selected using t h e given security key. T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g If y o u cannot connect to a wireless n e t w o r k f r o m y o u r W i n d o w s 7 computer, b u t all y o u r other computers w i t h older operating systems can, chances are y o u need to u p g r a d e the f i r m w a r e on y o u r wireless router. Please consult the Internet page of y o u r router's model to see if there are any upgrades available. If there are, d o w n l o a d and install t h e latest version of firmware. Unfortunately, some older router models do not w o r k very well w i t h computers that use W i n d o w s 7 unless y o u p e r f o r m a f i r m w a r e upgrade.
Connecting to a Hidden Wireless Network Hidden wireless networks are those networks that do not broadcast their Network ID (SSID). While not that many people use such networks, some feel a bit more secure by having their home wireless network hidden from unwanted guests. Therefore, if you've set your wireless network this way, you need to know how to connect to such networks. T i p According to M i c r o s o f t TechNet's c o m m u n i t y and other reputable W e b sites, hidden wireless networks are not undetectable. On the contrary, computers c o n f i g u r e d to connect to such networks are constantly disclosing the N e t w o r k ID (SSID) of those networks, even w h e n they are not in range. As a result, using such networks actually compromises t h e privacy of the clients connected to t h e m .
In this exercise, you will learn how to connect to hidden wireless networks. SET UP First and foremost, you need to know all the identification and connection details of the hidden wireless network to which you want to connect. Therefore, open your router's configuration page and go to the Wireless configuration menu. Write down the values for the Network ID (SSID) and Security fields. Depending on what type of security your wireless network has, you will need to write down the value of another important field, as follows: •
For WEP security, note the value of the WEP Key field.
•
For WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK(AES) security, note the value of the Preshare Key field.
N o t e If y o u r wireless n e t w o r k has no security enabled, t h e n y o u only need to k n o w the value of t h e N e t w o r k ID (SSID) field.
1. Open the Network and Sharing Center, then click Set Up a Connection or Network. The Set Up A Connection Or Network window opens.
90
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
"=j ,
E
Set Up a C o n n e c t i o n or N e t w o r k
Choose a connection option Connect to the Internet Set up a wireless, b r o a d b a n d , or d i a l - u p c o n n e c t i o n to t h e i n t e r n e t . f ^ T j l Set u p a n e w n e t w o r k -^r C o n f i g u r e a n e w r o u t e r o r access p o i n t . M a n u a I ly c o n n e ct to a wi rel ess n e t w o rk C o n n e c t to a h i d d e n n e t w o r k or create a n e w wireless profile. C o n n e c t to a w o r k p l a c e Set up a d i a l - u p or V P N c o n n e c t i o n to y o u r w o r k p l a c e . Set up a d i a l - u p c o n n e c t i o n C o h n e c t to t h e . I n t e r n e t u s i n g a d i a l - u p c o n n e c t i o n .
I
Ned
I I
Cancel
|
2. Select Manually connect to a wireless network, then click Next. The Manually Connect To A Wireless Network wizard displays several fields in which you need to supply information.
M a n u a l l y c o r i n e c t t o a wireless n e t w o r k
Enter information for the wireless network you want to add Network name:
Security t y p e :
I
11Choose on
op hon]
Encryption t y p e :
Security Key:
• Hide
characters
H Start this c o n n e c t i o n a u t o m a t i c a l l y • C o n n e c t even if t h e n e t w o r k is n o t b r o a d c a s t i n g W a r n i n g : I f y o u select this o p t i o n , y o u r c o m p u t e r ' s privacy m i g h t b e a t risk.
Next
I I
Cancel
|
Connecting to a Hidden Wireless Network
91
In the Network name field, type the name of the wireless network you want to connect to; this is the equivalent of the Network ID (SSID) field from your router's wireless configuration menus. 1 ^ 1 i^jj^
B~
g g )
M a n u a l l y c o n n e c t t o a wireless n e t w o r k
Enter information for the wireless network you want to add Network name:
Security t y p e : Encryption type;
an -op f i o r i ^ N o a u t h e n t i c a t i o n (Open) WEP
Security Key: WPA2-Enterprise WPA-Enterprise H Start this c o n n e c t i o n ai802.1x J
3
Ö Hide characters
• C o n n e c t even if t h e n e t w o r k is n o t b r o a d c a s t i n g W a r n i n g : I f y o u s e l e c t t h i s o p t i o n , y o u r c o m p u t e r ' s p r i v a c y m i g h t b e a t risk.
Next
J (^Cancel
In the Security type field (the type of security that's used by your wireless network), choose the appropriate option: WEP for WEP security, WPA-Personal for WPA-PSK security, or WPA2-Personal for WPA2-PSK (AES) security. Note WPA2-Enterprise, WPA-Enterprise, and 8 0 2 . l x are not covered in this book, as they are specific only to business networks not home networks. If you need to connect to a hidden business network, contact the organization's network administrator or the help desk team for guidance.
92
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
^^
M a n u a l l y c o n n e c t t o a wireless n e t w o r k
Enter information for the wireless network you want to add Network name:
Security t y p e :
E n c r y p t i o n "type:
Security Key:
n Hide
characters
¡71 Start this c o n n e c t i o n a u t o m a t i c a l l y O C o n n e c t even if t h e n e t w o r k is n o t b r o a d c a s t i n g W a r n i n g : I f y o u select this o p t i o n , y o u r c o m p u t e r ' s privacy m i g h t b e a t risk.
Next
Cancel
5, In the Encryption type field, if the wireless network is using WPA2-Personal (WPA2-PSK(AES)) security, select AES. Otherwise, leave the default value Windows 7 provides for you.
^^
M a n u a l l y c o n n e c t t o a wireless n e t w o r k
Enter information for the wireless network you want to add Network name:
Security t y p e :
WPA2-Personal
Encryption type:
AES
Security Key:
securitykeygoeshere
• Hide
characters
¡71 Start this c o n n e c t i o n a u t o m a t i c a l l y ¡71 C o n n e c t even if t h e n e t w o r k is n o t b r o a d c a s t i n g W a r n i n g : I f y o u select this o p t i o n , y o u r c o m p u t e r ' s privacy m i g h t b e a t risk.
I
Next
I I
Cancel
|
Connecting to a Hidden Wireless Network
93
6. In the Security Key field (for WEP, WPA2 Personal, and WPA Personal), you will need to enter the security key used to connect to the wireless network. This is the value of the WEP Key field (for WEP security) or the value of the Preshare Key field (for WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK(AES) security). Tip If you are in a public environment, it is best to select the Hide characters check box so that other people can't see what you are typing.
7. Don't forget to select the other two check boxes. Start this connection automatically will allow you to connect automatically to the wireless network each time you log on, and Connect even if the network is not broadcasting will allow you to connect to it even if the Network ID (SSID) is hidden, as is the case with hidden wireless networks. 8. Once you've entered all the necessary data, click Next. When done, you will see a message indicating that you have successfully added the wireless network to your computer. 1 •=• 1 * ,-ss-l ^
-J
§
M a n u a l l y c o n n e c t to a wireless n e t w o r k
Successfully added CipHome2
Change connection settings O p e n t h e c o n n e c t i o n properties s o t h a t l can change t h e settings,
Close
9. If you are unsure of any of the settings, you can click Change connection settings and review them all. A window opens where you can change all your settings.
94
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
CipHomei Wireless Network Properties Connection
Security
Name:
CipHorne2
SSID:
CipHome2
Network type:
Access point
N e t w o r k availability:
All users
[ V ] C o n n e c t a u t o m a t i c a l l y w h e n this n e t w o r k is in r a n g e | r l C o n n e c t t o a m o r e p r e f e r r e d n e t w o r k i f available 171 C o n n e c t e v e n if t h e n e t w o r k is n o t b r o a d c a s t i n g its n a m e (SSID)
:
CODV this n e t w o r k profile to a USB flash d r i v e
OK
J
[
Cancel
Note The same window can be opened at any time by going to Control Panel -> Network and Internet -> Network and Sharing Center -> Manage Wireless Networks, and then double-clicking the wireless network.
1 0 . Click OK to close the network properties window, then click Close to end the Manually Connect to a Wireless Network wizard. When done, Windows 7 automatically connects to the hidden wireless network. ^^ CLEAN UP When you connect to the hidden wireless network for the first time, make sure you assign it the correct network location. For instructions, check the "Setting the Network Location" section on page 108. Connected
Setting Up an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Between Computers
95
The wireless icon on your taskbar shows your connection status and how powerful the wireless signal is.
Setting Up an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Between Computers An ad hoc wireless network can be created between mobile computers, such as laptops or netbooks, and allow users to share files and folders between them quickly. This can be useful when you need to connect your laptop to another person's to quickly share files. With further configuration, you can also use this type of network connection to share the Internet connection on one of the computers. The procedures are divided into three parts: creating the ad hoc wireless network, connecting other computers to it, and sharing files and folders on the newly created network.
Creating an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Creating the ad hoc wireless network can be done on either of the two computers you are trying to connect. In this exercise, you will learn how to create and configure an ad hoc wireless network. SET UP Before trying to create the ad hoc wireless network, check that your wireless network adapter is detected by Windows 7, that it has the appropriate drivers installed, and that it is enabled. 1. Open the Network and Sharing Center, and then click Set Up a Connection or Network. The Set Up A Connection Or Network window opens.
96
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
"•=_' s E Set Up a C o n n e c t i o n or N e t w o r k
Choose a connection option
Set up a n e w n e t w o r k **
C o n f i g u r e a n e w router o r access p o i n t . M a n u a l l y c o n n e c t to a wireless n e t w o r k C o n n e c t to a h i d d e n n e t w o r k or create a n e w wireless profile.
j
C o n n e c t to a w o r k p l a c e Set up a d i a l - u p or V P N c o n n e c t i o n to y o u r w o r k p l a c e . Set up a d i a l - u p c o n n e c t i o n C o n n e c t to the I n t e r n e t u s i n g a d i a l - u p c o n n e c t i o n , Set Up 3 wifele5s äd hoc. ( c o m p U t e r - t o - c o m p u t e r ) n e t w o r k
*
ï'et up a temporary network for sharinq files or ari Internet connection, Merl
J I
Cancel
|
2. Select Set up a wireless ad hoc (computer-to-computer) network, then click Next. The Set Up An Ad Hoc Network window opens and describes the things you can do on a wireless ad hoc network. 3 /¡S
s
Set Up an Ad H o c N e t w o r k
Set up a wireless ad hoc network An ad hoc n e t w o r k ( s o m e t i m e s called a c o m p u t e r - t o - c o m p u t e r n e t w o r k ) is. a t e m p o r a r y n e t w o r k used f o r s h a r i n g files, presentation?, or an I n t e r n e t c o n n e c t i o n a m o n g m u l t i p l e c o m p u t e r s and devices. C o m p u t e r s and devices in ad hoc networks m u s t be w i t h i n 30 f e e t of each other. If y o u ' r e c u r r e n t l y c o n n e c t e d to a wireless n e t w o r k , y o u m i g h t be d i s c o n n e c t e d w h e n y o u set up this n e t w o r k ,
Nerf
j I
Cancel
|
Setting Up an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Between Computers 132
3. Read the contents of the window then click Next. The Set Up An Ad Hoc Network window opens. (li ^
I-E3-I
Set Up an Ad Hoc Network:
Give your network a name and choose security options Network name:
TestNetwork
Security type:
[w^-Persoriai
Security key:
testpaisword
- |
Help me choose • Hide
characters
• /! Save this network
|
Next
1
|
Cancel
|
4. Type the network name, then select the security type you want to use. Tip For more security, I recommend you choose WPA2-Personal. It provides better encryption and is much harder to crack than WER
5. Type the password you want to use and, in case you want to use this network on other occasions, select the Save this network check box. 6. Click Next. The wizard will create the network. This activity should take no more than a few seconds.
133 Chapter 4 Creating the Network
i = j ,
EI
Set Up an Ad H o c N e t w o r k
Setting up the TestNetwork network...
m
h
—
k
Cancel
|
When finished, you will receive a notification that the network has been created and is ready to use. H i ^ y
s
s
Set U p a n A d H o c N e t w o r k
The TestNetwork network is ready to use T h i s n e t w o r k w i l l appear in t h e list of wireless n e t w o r k s a n d w i l l stay active u n t i l everyone disconnects f r o m it. Give t h e n e t w o r k n a m e a n d security key (if any) t o people y o u w a n t t o c o n n e c t t o this n e t w o r k .
Wireless n e t w o r k n a m e : N e t w o r k security key:
TestNetwork ••••••
T o share files, o p e n N e t w o r k a n d S h a r j n g Centeii i n C o n t r o l Panel a n d t u r n o n file sharing.
[
Close
]
7. Click Close. Your laptop or netbook will now broadcast this newly created network and will wait for other computers to connect. ^^ CLEAN UP Keep the laptop or netbook on which you created the network turned on and start configuring the client computer that will connect to it. Follow the instructions in Chapter 5, "Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7."
Setting Up an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Between Computers
99
Connecting Other Computers to an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Once the ad hoc network has been created on one of your computers, it is time to connect the second computer to it. In this exercise, you will learn how to connect a computer to an existing ad hoc wireless network. SET UP Before trying to connect to the ad hoc wireless network, check that your wireless network adapter is detected by Windows 7, that it has the appropriate drivers installed, and that it is enabled. 1. Click the wireless icon. You will see the list of all available wireless networks, including the ad hoc one you just created. Windows 7 will show the network's name plus the note that it is waiting for users. Not connected
dtfl'
I C o n n e c t i o n s are a v a i l a b l e
Dial-up and V P N Vodafone Mobile Connect
a
Wireless N e t w o r k C o n n e c t i o n TestNetwork Cip H o m e
Waiting for users Name: TestNetwork Signal Strength: Excellent
Belfcin_N+_Guest
Security Type: WPAZ-PSK Radio T y p e : 8 0 2 . l l . b g
dlink
S.SID: T e s t N e t w o r k
Other Network
I
O p e n N e t w o r k and Sharing Center
100
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
Tip If you don't see the ad hoc network, wait a few seconds and then click the refresh icon.
2.
Select the test ad hoc network that you just created, then click Connect. §
C o n n e c t to a N e t w o r k
Type the network security key
S e c u r i t y key:.
testpassword| •
Hide
characters
I
OK
\
Cancel
|
3. Type the password, then click OK. Windows 7 will take a few seconds to connect to the network. ^^ CLEAN UP Before trying to share files or folders between computers, read the instructions in Chapter 5. There are some other settings you need to specify first.
Sharing Files on an Ad Hoc Wireless Network After setting up an ad hoc computer-to-computer network and connecting the client computer, one would assume that features such as file sharing, networking discovery, and so on would be working and that you would be able to start sharing the content you need. Unfortunately, this is not the case. After a client is connected, it will spend a few seconds identifying the network.
Setting Up an Ad Hoc Wireless Network Between Computers
^
j
j
I
« Network and Inter,.,
Control Panel H o m e
•
Search
Network and Sharing Center
101
Control Panel
View your basic network information and set up connections
Manage wireless networks
i H j
Change adapter settings
—
ANDREEA-PC (This c o m p u t e r )
Change advanced sharing settings
=
=
x
=
Identifying,..
See f u l l m a ß
^ Internet
Connect or disconnect View your active networks
Access type:
No network access
Connections: .¡^J Wireless Network Q
Connection
Identifying«.
(TestNetwork)
Change y o u r networking settings Set up a new connection or network Set up a wireless, broadband, dial-up, ad hoc, or VPN connection; or set up a router or access p o i n t •jCg,
Connect to a network Connect or reconnect to a wireless, wired, dial-up, or VPN network connection.
See also HomeGroup ^^
Internet Options
Choose h o m e g r o u p and sharing options Access files and printers located on other network computers, or change sharing settings.
W i n d o w s Firewall
After the network is identified, Windows 7 will assign to it the public network profile. This means that you cannot share files and folders, as this option is disabled for public networks. Another problem is the fact that you cannot change the assigned network profile from public to work or home so that sharing of files and folders is enabled. 6
View your basic network information and set up connections
—
M ANDREEA-PC
Unidentified network
S e e f u l l ma|d
X Internet
(This computer] Vi ew you r a c t i v e n e t w o r k s
Unidentified
Connect or disconnect
network
Public network
A c c e s s type:
No Internet access
Connections:
Wireless Network Connection (TestNetwork]
102
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
This means that you need to manually change the network and sharing settings for the public network profile so that the sharing of files and folders is enabled. See Also To learn how to change the n e t w o r k and sharing settings f o r t h e public network profile, check the instructions detailed in Chapter 5. Security Warning When you disconnect from the ad hoc network, make sure that you reset the network sharing settings for the public network profile. If you keep them unchanged, the next time you connect to a different public network, your computer might be at risk by allowing others to have access to your files and folders. So, be sure that you reset these settings to their default values when you are done.
Exporting and Importing Wireless Network Settings One of the biggest annoyances when setting up wireless networks is remembering the security key and typing it correctly so that you can connect all laptops and netbooks to it. However, Windows 7 makes it easy to export your wireless settings from one machine to another. The backup of the wireless networks settings can be easily done from Windows 7, saved to a USB stick, and then imported from the USB stick onto laptops and netbooks running Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7. The procedures are divided in two parts: creating the backup of the settings on a USB memory stick, and importing the settings on other computers with Microsoft operating systems.
Exporting the Wireless Network Settings All the settings of a wireless network that you have connected to are stored by Windows 7, and they can be reused when making another connection. These settings can be easily backed up on a USB memory stick. In this exercise, you will learn how to back up the settings of any wireless network.
Exporting and Importing Wireless Network Settings
103
SET UP Make sure that you have connected to the wireless network from which you want to back up the settings at least once before starting this exercise. Also, open the Network and Sharing Center and make sure that you have a USB stick with you. 1. On the left side of the Network and Sharing Center window, click the Manage Wireless Networks link. In the Manage Wireless Networks window, you will see a list of all the wireless networks to which you have connected in the past.
' . ^ y ' v I rrffil
Network and Internet •
Manage Wireless Networks
• |
| | if.: :
;
. •:.
..
Manage wireless networks that use (Wireless Network Connection) W i n d o w s tri es to connect to these networks in t h e order listed below.
Add
Adapter properties
Profiletypes
Network and Sharing Center
Networks y o u can view, m o d i f y , and reorder (4)
Ita—
mfi
%"
CipHome2
Security: WPA2-Personal
Type! A n y supported
Cip H o m e
Security: WPA2-Person a I
T/pe: Any supported
Sandu Network
Security: WEP
Type: A n v supported
Security: Unsecured
Type: A n v supported
' linksys
4 ¡terns
2. Double-click the wireless network that you want to back up. A window presenting all the properties of the network appears.
Tt
104
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
Cip Home Wireless Network Properties Connection
Security
Name:
Cip H o m e
SSID:
Cip H o m e
Network type:
Access point
N e t w o r k availability:
All u s e r s
[ J l Connect automatically w h e n this n e t w o r k is in r a n g e | r l Connect to a more p r e f e r r e d n e t w o r k if available I H C o n n e c t e v e n i f t h e n e t w o r k i s n o t b r o a d c a s t i n g its n a m e ( S S I D )
C ^ ^ C o d v this n e t w o r k p r o f i l e t o a USB f l a s h d r i v e ^
OK
J
[
Cancel
3. To save the settings of the wireless network to a flash drive, click the Copy this network profile to a USB flash drive link. The Copy Network Settings Wizard now opens.
Exporting and Importing Wireless Network Settings
.-.
1=1
105
|-fs-|
Insert a USB flash drive into this computer W i n d o w s w i l l c o p y t h e n e t w o r k s e t t i n g s f o r Cip H o m e t o y o u r USB d r i v e .
P l u g in a USB d r i v e to c o n t i n u e ,
Itel
j
Cancel
|
4. Insert the USB flash drive and wait until it is detected; you will know that it is ready for use when the Next button is no longer gray.
j
Oil
C o p y N e t w o r k Settings
Insert a USB flash drive into this computer W i n d o w s w i l l c o p y t h e n e t w o r k s e t t i n g s f o r Cip H o m e t o y o u r USB d r i v e .
Click N e x t t o c o p y t h e n e t w o r k s e t t i n g s t o K I N G S T O N (F:).
Next
I I
Cancel
|
106
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
5. Click Next. The copying process starts and, after a few seconds, you are notified of the success or failure of the operation. '"•=.J =^
S
I I a
C o p y N e t w o r k Settings
The network settings have been copied to your USB flash drive Here is w h a t to do next: 1 , R e m o v e t h e USB f l a s h d r i v e f r o m t h i s c o m p u t e r , ~l, F o r c o m p u t e r s , i n s e r t t h e USB f l a s h d r i v e i n t o a USB p o r t o n t h e c o m p u t e r y o u w a n t t o s e t u p , C o m p u t e r s m u s t b e r u n n i n g W i n d o w s 7 j W i n d o w s V i s t a o r W i n d o w s XP. or For devices, f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s i n t h e i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t c a m e w i t h t h e device, w h i c h m i g h t appear on the display of certain devices, 3 , Repeat these steps t o s e t u p a d d i t i o n a l c o m p u t e r s o r d e v i c e s .
View m o r f detailed instructions
[MU 6. Click Close. The backup operation is now done. Look on your USB flash drive and you will see a setupSNK.exe file and a SMRTNTKY folder.
Exporting and Importing Wireless Network Settings
>
= •
Organize ^
Computer
K I N G S T O N (F:)
Share w i t h *
Documents
Burn Name
Vlusic
V
i j b i Pictures S
•
Videos
SMRTNTKY
•
;
H
107
tíÉ
Séardi KINGSTON (Fi}-
New folder
i = Date m o d i f i e d
lype
28 Sep 2010 1 0 : 0 1 . . .
File f o l d e r
-
p 9
EH
t,
A U T O RUN
2 8 Sep 2010 1 0 : 0 1 , , .
Setup I n f o r m a t i o n
Ö
setupSNK
1 4 Jul 2009 4:14 A M
Application
Sise
Homegroup
^
Computer ( k W i n d o w s 7 (C:) ^
Date
^
KINGSTON
(E:) (F;)
?i i t e m s
CLEAN UP Make sure that you don't delete the files and folders created on the memory stick, and remove the stick safely before using it to import the wireless network settings on other computers.
Importing the Wireless Network Settings By importing the settings of a wireless network onto other computers, you save time by not having to manually configure them. With just two clicks, you can get one computer correctly configured and ready to connect to the wireless network. In this exercise, you will learn how to import the settings of a previously backed up wireless network. SET UP Plug in the USB memory stick on which you backed up the wireless network settings and wait for your operating system to detect and install it correctly. 1. Run the setupSNK.exe file found on the memory stick. The Wireless Network Setup Wizard now opens and asks if you want to add your computer to the wireless network you have previously backed up.
108
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
Wireless N e t w o r k S i t u p Wizard
D o y o u w a n t t o add this c o i n p u t e r t o the wireless n e t w o r k ' C i p Home"?1
!
No
2. Click Yes. The settings are now imported and you will be notified when done. Wireless N e t w o r k Setup Wizard
Y o u have successfully a d d e d this c o m p u t e r t o the "Cip H o m e " wireless network.
I
|
3. Click OK. The settings of the wireless network have been installed on your computer and from this point forward, you will be able to connect to it when in range, without having to type its security key or adjusting any other settings. ^^ CLEAN UP Remove the USB memory stick from your computer. Do not delete its contents if you plan to use it in the future.
Setting the Network Location A network location in Windows 7 is the profile that contains a collection of network and sharing settings that apply to the network to which you are connected. Based on the network location that is assigned to your active network connection, features such as file and printer sharing, network discovery, and others might be turned on or off.
Setting the Network Location
109
These network locations are very useful to people who are very mobile and connect their computers to many networks. For example, you could use your work laptop to connect to your company network, take it home at the end of the day and connect to your home network, or connect to a network at your friend's place when you're visiting during the weekend. Each time you connect to a new network, Windows 7 will assign a network profile. With one choice, you get the entire set of network settings correctly changed. This way you won't compromise your security, and you have enabled only the network features that you actually need for each connection.
Network Locations: Home vs. Work vs. Public Windows 7 allows you to choose among three types of network locations: •
Home network Choose this location when you are connected to your home network or a network with people and devices you trust. By default, network discovery will be turned on and you will be able to see other computers and devices that are part of the network. Also, this will allow other computers from the network to access your computer. On home networks, you will also be allowed to create or join a Homegroup.
•
Work network This profile is good when connecting to your workplace network. It shares the same settings with Home network, with the exception that it won't allow you to create or join a Homegroup. Share with other home computers running Windows 7
n
This c o m p u t e r can't connect t o a h o m e g r o u p .
!
T o create o r j o i n a h o m e g r o u p , y o u r c o m p u t e r ' s n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n m u s t b e set t o H o m e . W h a t is a n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n ?
W r t h a h o m e g r o u p , y o u can share files a n d printers w i t h o t h e r c o m p u t e r s r u n n i n g W i n d o w s 7 , Y o u can also s t r e a m m e d i a t o devices. T h e h o m e g r o u p i s p r o t e c t e d w i t h a password, a n d y o u ' I I a l w a y s b e able t o c h o o s e w h a t y o u sha re w i t h t h e g rou p. Tell m e m o r e a b o u t h e r n e g r c u p : C h a n g e a d v a n c e d s h a r i n g settings... Start t h e H o m e G r o u p t r o u b l e s h o o t e r
I
Create a h o m e g r o u p
| |
QIC
145 Chapter 4 Creating the Network
• Public network This profile is perfect when you are in a public place like an airport, pub, or coffee shop. When this profile is used, network discovery and sharing are turned off. Other computers from the same network will not be able to see yours. This setting is also useful when your computer is directly connected to the Internet (direct cable/modem connection, mobile Internet, and so on). The default settings can be changed for all profiles. To learn how to do this, check the instructions detailed in Chapter 5. NOTE There is also a fourth network location profile called Domain network. This profile cannot be set by a normal user. It is available for enterprise workplaces and can be set only by the network administrator. Under this profile, the network and sharing settings applied are the ones set by your company, and you cannot change them.
Changing the Network Location When you connect to a network for the first time, Windows 7 automatically asks you about the type of location profile you want to assign to that network. Based on your choice, a specific set of network and sharing settings is applied. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the network location applied to any network you are connected to. SET UP Open the Network and Sharing Center.
V i e w y o u r basic n e t w o r k i n f o r m a t i o n a n d set up connections ^ CIRRIAN-PC (This computer)
^
Network
Internet
View your active networks Current
network-
location
link
See full map
Connect or disconnect
Network
Access type
Public network
Connections:
Internet 0 Local Area Connection 2
1. Click the link displaying the name of the current network location. This starts the Set Network Location Wizard.
Setting the Network Location
^
j
Set N e t w o r k L o c a t i o n
Select a location for the 'Network' network This c o m p u t e r is c o n n e c t e d to a network. W i n d o w s will automatically apply the correct n e t w o r k settings based on the network's location,
Home network Q ij -
I f a l l t h e c o m p u t e r s o n t h i s n e t w o r k are a t y o u r h o m e , a n d y c u r e c o g n i z e t h e m . . thrs is a trusted h o m e network.
D o n ' t c h o o s e this f o r p u b l i c places s u c h as
coffee shops or airports,
Work network
y
I f all t h e c o m p u t e r s o n t h i s n e t w o r k are a t y o u r w o r k p l a c e a n d y o u r e c o g n i z e t h e m , this is a trusted w o r k network.
D o n ' t choose this for public places such as
coffee shops or airports,
Public network I f y o u d o n ' t r e c o g n i z e all t h e c o m p u t e r s o n t h e n e t w o r k ( f o r e x a m p l e , y o u ' r e i n a coffee shop or airport, or y o u have m o b i l e b r o a d b a n d ] , this is a p u b l i c network and is not trusted. • T r e a t all f u t u r e n e t w o r k s t h a t I c o n n e c t t o a s p u b l i c , a n d d o n ' t a s k i n e a g a i n , H e l p m e choogfc
Cancel
NOTE If you connect to a network for the first time, Windows 7 will show the Set Network Location Wizard automatically. You need to manually start it only if you want to change the current location assigned to the network. Click the desired network location according to the recommendations detailed earlier in this chapter. Windows 7 informs you of the change in network location.
111
112
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
The network location is now Public Network name;
Network
Location type:
Public To help protect y o u r c o m p u t e r on Public networks, discovery of other c p m p u t e r s and devices on the nehn/ork w i l l b e l i m i t e d , a n d t h e use o f t h e n e t w o r k b y some p r o g r a m s m i g h t be restricted.
Vie jiv o r c h a n g e s e t t i n g s i n N e t w o r k a n d S h a r i n g C e n t e r
3. Click the Close button. The network and sharing settings corresponding to the selected network location are now applied. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Network and Sharing Center.
Setting the Workgroup A workgroup is the name assigned to a group of computers connected in a network. Computers that are part of the same workgroup can easily detect each other and share files and folders among workgroup members. A computer can only be part of a single workgroup, and many computers can be part of the same workgroup. Workgroups are used for small networks, and each computer has its own set of rules and settings. They work well for home or small-business networks. In order to access a computer within the workgroup, you need to have a user account defined on that computer. By default, Windows 7 assigns the workgroup "Workgroup" to a computer. If you have only Windows 7 computers in your home network, you won't need to make any changes. However, if you have multiple operating systems, then setting the same workgroup on all will help.
Setting the Workgroup
113
Changing the Workgroup Change the workgroup so that it is set the same on all the computers that are part of your home network. This change will help ensure that all computers detect each other and work together properly when exchanging files and folders. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the workgroup set for your computer. SET UP Write down the workgroup set on all the computers from your home network and change it only for those that have different settings than the others. You need to make sure that it is set the same on all computers. 1. Choose Control Panel -> System and Security -> System. This opens the System window.
ÊSiV
J
* Control Panel
Control Panel Home 'Sji1 Device Manager Rem ote setti n gs •¡5$ System protection
• J +f 1 1 Search Control Pa net
• System and Security • System
fi
View basic information about your computer Windows edition Windows 7 Ultimate Copyright © 2009 Microsoft Corporation, All rights reserved.
'fjr1 Advanced system settings
System Rating:
^ ^ ^ Windows Experience Index
Processor:
AMD Phenom(tm) IIX4 905e Processor 2.50 GHz
Installed memory [RAM):
6.00 GB
System t y p e
64-bit Operating System
Pen and Touch:
No Pen or Touch Input is available for this Display
Computer name, domain, and See also Action Center Windows Update Performa nee Information and
Computer name:
Ciprian-PC
Full computer name:
Ciprian-PC
'!§) Change settings
Computer description: Workgroup:
WORKGROUP
Windows activation
This section shows the computer name and workgroup
Here, you will be able to see your computer name and the currently assigned workgroup.
|
114
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
2. To change the assigned workgroup, click Change settings. The System Properties window opens. S y s t e m PropertiesComputer Name 1At
Hardware
Advanced
System Protection
Remote
W i n d o w s uses t h e following information t o identify your computer o n the network.
Computer description: For example: " K i t c h e n Computer" or "Mary's Computer". Full computer name:
Ciprian-PC
Workgroup:
WORKGROUP
To use a wizard to join a domain or w o r k g r o u p , click N e t w o r k ID.
Network ID,,.
To rename this computer or c h a n g e its domain or workgroup, click Change.
Change..
Cancel
OK
v.pplj'
3, Click Change. The Computer Name/Domain Changes window opens. C o m p u t e r N a m e / D o m a i n Changes Y o u c a n c h a n g e the name a n d the membership of this computer. Changes might affect a c c e s s to network resources. More information
Computer name: Ciprian-PC Full computer name: Ciprian-PC More... Member of ©
Domain:
(0) W o r k g r o u p : | WORKGROUP
OK
| [
Cancel
Setting the Workgroup
115
4. In the Workgroup field, type the name of the workgroup you want your computer to join. 5. Click OK. Windows 7 notifies you of the change with a welcome note. Computer Name/Domain
Changes
W e l c o m e to the W O R K G R O U P ! w o r k g r o u p .
OK-
I
6. Click OK. Windows 7 notifies you that you need to restart your computer in order for the change to be applied.
7. Click OK. The System Properties window is shown again.
116
Chapter 4
Creating the Network
Sutern fropiirtte'
Computer Name 1
Jta" ^
Iffai*
Hardware | Advanced | System Protection | Remote j
Windows uses the following information to identify pour computer pn the network.
Computer description: For example: "Kitchen Computer" or "Mary's Computer". Full computer name:
Ciprian-PC
Workgroup:
WORKGROUP
To use a wizard to join a domain or workgroup, click Network JD.
To rename this computer or change its domain or workgroup, click Change.
j
Network ID
I
Change
Changes will take effect after you restart this computer. Close
CariL-;!
npur
8. Click Close. Windows 7 asks if you want to restart your computer now or later. Microsoft Windows
You must restart your computer to apply these changes Before restarting, save a n y o p e n files a n d close all p r o g r a m s .
|
Restart N o w
J
[
Restart Later
j
9. Close any open documents, then click Restart Now. After the restart, your computer joins the newly assigned workgroup. NOTE If you click Restart Later, the workgroup change will be applied the next time you reboot your computer.
^^ CLEAN UP Close the System window and (in case you chose to Restart Later) repeat the procedure on all computers for which you need to change the workgroup.
Key Points
117
Key Points The Network and Sharing Center is the panel from which most network configuration settings can be accessed. You need to configure your network adapters correctly before being able to access the home network and the Internet. Most wireless networks require a security key in order to successfully connect to them. The network location is the profile that contains a collection of network and sharing settings that are applied to the network you are connected to. On a home network with many computers and diverse operating systems, it is important to set the same workgroup on all computers.
Chapter at a Glance : ,
,1 v t^ " Nttwo... t Advanced sharing sitting}
*|
=
C H S
I | 71 a ~< Canr.c?: "awi
Change sharing options for different network profiles Windowi create: 9 separate network profile for each network you use. Vou can choose specific each profile.
Find all your network sharing settings in the Advanced sharing settings window, page 120
Home or Wort: (current profile) Neluflut diir rtvfry WMp
jrtht
A Turn on nrtwnrfr rftsiovriy Tum off network dnrov«y rilf And printer ihaiinq Wh«i flip and print« sfu lie aiteMed by people oi 4 Tum on fife end printer sharing Turn off flip and printer sharing Public folder sharing When Piiiifir folder •¡ii.'.n nq ir, on, pefifitr on the network. Ntfludinq hnmnpoiip rr flit»vfilev in Ure Public, folder*.. WW (re the Pytifis M'di'v o Turn on sharinq so Anyone with network access can r«;d and write filesi the Public feeders I um off Public folder sharinq (people loqqed on to this computer ceo s fold««)
I
CflllLtl
I
I File and printer sharing When file and printer sharing is on, files and printers that you have shared from this computer can be accessed by people on the network.
Use the file and printer sharing settings to tell Windows 7 if it enables sharing or not, page 122
• ig) Turn on file and printer sharing © Turn off file and * Public folder sharing When Public folder sharing is oi\ people on the network, including homegroup members, can access files in the Public folders. What are the Public folders? —(§) Turn on sharing so anyone with network access can read and write files in the Public folders
Use the Public folders for —I sharing over the network, page 122
Windows 7 uses 128-bit encryption to help protect file sharing connections. Some devices don't support 128-bit encryption and must use 40- or 56-bit encryption. Use 128-bit encryption to help protect file sharing connections (recommended) © Enable file sharing for devices that use 40- or 56-bit encryption
Manage your Homegroup connections through Windows 7, page 123
5
Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Find the network sharing settings.
•
Configure network sharing settings.
Compared to older versions of Microsoft operating systems, Windows 7 makes it much easier to configure network sharing settings. These settings are defined by a different network profile: one set of settings that apply to trusted network locations such as home and work, and another that applies to untrusted public networks. See Also To learn more about network locations, see the "Network Locations: Home vs. Work vs. Public" section in Chapter 4, "Creating the Network."
In this chapter, you will learn where to find the network sharing settings, how to turn network discovery, file sharing, media streaming, and password protection on or off; how to set encryption for sharing connections; and how to configure Homegroup connections. See Also To learn more about the Homegroup, see Chapter 6, "Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers." Practice Files You do not need any practice files to complete the exercises in this chapter.
Finding the Network Sharing Settings The great thing about Windows 7 is that it organizes all your network sharing settings in one panel. There's no need to go to several places to configure your setup. In this exercise, you will learn how to find the network sharing settings.
155 Chapter 5 Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7
SET UP Open the Network And Sharing Center. See Also To learn more about the Network And Sharing Center, check the "Opening the Networking and Sharing Center" section in Chapter 4.
yL I .
1. Click the Change advanced sharing settings link found on the top-left side of the Network and Sharing Center window. The Advanced Sharing Settings window opens, which contains all the sharing settings, displayed by network location type. M i n i m i z e / M a x i m i z e list o f s e t t i n g s -
Netwo,,, • Advanced sharing settings
•Seflnrt Control Panel
Change sharing options for different network profiles Windows creates a separate network profile for each network you use. You can choose specific options for each profile. Home or Work (current profile)
(
Network discovery When network discovery is on, this computer can see other network computers and devices and is visible to other network computers. What is network discovery? @ Turn on network discovery Q Turn off network discovery File and printer sharing When file and printer sharing is on, files and printers that you have shared from this computer can be accessed by people on the network. Turn on file and printer sharing © T u r n off file and printer sharing Public folder sharing When Public folder sharing is on, people on the network, including homegroup members, can access files in the Public folders. What are the Public folders? $ Turn on sharing so anyone with network access can read and write files in the Public folders © Turn off Public folder sharing (people logged on to this computer can still access these folders] Media streaming •y Save changes
] [
Cancel
Configuring the Network Sharing Settings
121
2. If you want to access the settings for only one of the network locations, use the arrows to the right of each profile. Clicking an arrow once minimizes the list of settings for that network location. To maximize the list, click it again. i
,
<
I
« Netwo,.. • Advanced sharing settings
^
C
g
• | +f | | Searsfr £.onirot Panei
u ^ y
p\
Change sharing options for different network profiles W i n d o w s c r e a t e s a s e p a r a t e n e t w o r k p r o f i l e f o r e a c h n e t w o r k y o u use, Y o u c a n c h o o s e s p e c i f i c o p t i o n s f o r each profife,
Home or Work (current profile) Public
3. The profile currently assigned to your network connection is indicated by the (current profile) statement, just beside the name of one of the two profiles. ^^ CLEAN UP To learn how to configure the settings for each profile, see the next section in this chapter.
Configuring the Network Sharing Settings Now that you have opened the panel with all the network sharing settings, it is time to customize them to fit your needs. In this exercise, you will learn how to do that. SET UP Open the Advanced sharing settings window. 1. Click the network profile for which you want to customize the network sharing settings (the Public profile or the Home or Work profile). The entire list of settings for that profile opens. 2. Scroll down to the Network Discovery section. This shows the current setting. When turned on, this setting allows your computer to search for other devices on the network to which it is connected. Also, it allows other computers on the same network to find your computer.
122
Chapter 5
Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7
Network
discovery
When network discovery is on, this computer can see other network computers and devices and is visible to other network computers. What is network discovery? (Aj Turn on network discovery Q Turn off network discovery
Recommendation If you are connected to a home or work network, it is best to choose Turn On Network Discovery. For public networks, it is best to choose Turn off Network Discovery so that your computer won't be visible to other computers.
3. Turn Network Discovery on or off, depending on your needs. 4. Scroll down to File and printer sharing. This shows the current setting. When turned on, this feature allows you to share content and printers with other computers on your network. With it turned off, you won't be able to share anything. Even if your computer is visible for other devices on the network, nobody will be able to access any shared files, folders, or printers. File a n d p r i n t e r s h a r i n g
When file and printer sharing is on, fiiles and printers that you have shared from this computer can be accessed by people on the network. (i) Turn on file and printer sharing © T u r n off file and printer sharing
Recommendation Choose Turn on file and printer sharing for home or work networks. Choose Turn off file and printer sharing for public networks.
5. Turn File and printer sharing on or off, depending on your needs. 6. Scroll down to Public folder sharing. This shows the current setting. When turned on, the C:\Users\Public\ folder is shared with all the computers on the network. This folder contains the following subfolders: Public Desktop, Public Documents, Public Downloads, Public Music, Public Pictures, and Public Videos. Users from the other computers can read the contents of the Public folder and write files inside it and its subfolders. When turned off, this folder is not shared with your network. Public folder sharing
When Public folder sharing is on, people on the network, including homegroup members, can access fiIes in the Public folders. What are the Public folders? (i) Turn on sharing so anyone with network access can read and write files in the Public folders 0 Turn off Public folder sharing (people logged on to this computer can still access these folders)
Configuring the Network Sharing Settings
123
Recommendation Turn off Public Folder Sharing unless using this folder for sharing is something you find very useful. Depending on your personal preference, you might choose to share files and folders directly with others, without the need to copy them to the Public folder.
7. Turn Public folder sharing on or off, depending on your needs. 8. Scroll down to Media Streaming. This shows the current setting. This feature allows you to stream multimedia files (pictures, video, and music) using Windows Media Player 12. When turned on, you will be able to stream your media with the home network and the Internet. When turned off, no media streaming is possible using Windows Media Player 12. Media streaming
When media streaming is on, people and devices on the network can access pictures, music; and videos on this computer. This computer can al:c find media on the network. Media streaming is on. Choose media streaming options...
Recommendation Turn Media Streaming on only if you plan to use this feature.
9. Turn Media Streaming on or off, depending on your needs. See Also To learn more about Media Streaming and h o w to set it up, see Chapter 9, "Streaming Media Over the N e t w o r k and the Internet."
10. Scroll down to File sharing connections. This shows the type of encryption used for file sharing connections. By default, this is set to 128-bit encryption. You can also set it to 40-bit or 56-bit encryption. File s h a r i n g c o n n e c t i o n s
Windows 7 uses 123-bit encryption to help protect file sharing connections, Some devices don't support 128-bit encryption and must use 40- or 56-bit encryption. Use 128-bit encryption to help protect file sharing connections [recommended] Q Enable file sharing for devices that use 40- or 56-bit encryption
Recommendation Leave this set to 128-bit encryption, unless you have problems with some older devices or computers that cannot properly access your shared files and folders.
11. Set the type of encryption you need to use, depending on your home network. 12. Scroll down to Password protected sharing. This shows the current setting. Password protected sharing allows people to access your shared files and folders only if they have a user account and password set on your computer. If they don't know such details, they cannot connect to your shared items.
124
Chapter 5
Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7
Password protected sharing W h e n p a s s w o r d p r o t e c t e d s h a r i n g i s on, o n l y p e o p l e w h o h a v e a user a c c o u n t a n d p a s s w o r d o n t h i s c o m p u t e r can access s h a r e d files, printers a t t a c h e d t o t h i s c o m p u t e r , a n d t h e P u b l i c folders, T o give o t h e r p e o p l e access, y o u m u s t t u r n o f f p a s s w o r d p r o t e c t e d s h a r i n g . 0 T u r n on password protected sharing (*) T u r n off password p r o t e c t e d sharing
Recommendation Choose Turn off password protected sharing for home or work networks. Choose turn on password protected sharing for public networks.
1 3 . Turn Password protected sharing on or off, depending on your needs. 1 4 . Scroll down to Homegroup connections. This shows the current setting. Once your computer has joined the Homegroup, Windows 7 will automatically manage your connections. That's why the option for Allow Windows to manage Homegroup connections is selected. If you choose the Use user accounts and passwords to connect to other computers option, you will need to manually type a user name and password when you connect to other computers instead of letting Windows 7 do the job for you. HorneGroup
connections
Typically, W i n d o w s manages the connections to other h o m e g r o u p computers. But if y o u have the s a m e user a c c o u n t s a n d p a s s w o r d s o n a l l o f y o u r c o m p u t e r s , y o u can h a v e H o m e G r o u p use y o u r a c c o u n t instead, H e l p m e decide (®> A l l o w W i n d o w s t o m a n a g e h o m e g r o u p c o n n e c t i o n s [ r e c o m m e n d e d ] © Use user a c c o u n t s a n d p a s s w o r d s t o c o n n e c t t o o t h e r c o m p u t e r s
Recommendation Use only Allow Windows to manage Homegroup connections. Note This setting is available only for Home or Work network profiles. It is not for Public profiles.
1 5 . Set Homegroup connections according to your needs. 1 6 . When you have finished with all settings, click Save changes. All your network sharing settings are applied to the customized network profile. Each time you connect to a network using this profile, all these settings will be automatically applied. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Advanced Sharing Settings and Network and Sharing Center windows.
Key Points
Key Points •
All network sharing settings can be found in one panel.
•
The network sharing settings are separated and customized by network profile.
•
The network sharing settings are applied automatically to the network you are connected to, depending on the profile you assign to it.
•
Homegroup connection settings can be customized only for home or work networks.
125
Chapter at a Glance -
a
k^J
V Create a Homegroup Shèrv with Other h
k vtwnpuUrrs running W i n d o w . /
VouriompUtercin ;hiri filtt md pnntcri with other tG-rnputt'i njnr^i^ Windows stream f.tdii to iJ-tvict) ufinj 4 honitgre.-jp. The hamtgroop if protected "mOi * ynu'I ahviyi b* «hi* to (hvmr «fini ytu thai* with Hi* qrnuji. ~tll mt
Share anything with the computers in your Homegroup, page 130
and you i»fi ir>d
iboMt hoirn-jroupt
5elt
»
Nrt... * HurinGr-
p '
| *f | | îeurti'i CVr(in Fir'iri
ÏQ D«wntrm Shaie with other home computers running Windows 7
a»««
« t ^ f George on GEOTGE PC hss t r u M a Komegroup on the fietwort
IflHfliUw
With a home-jioup. yoy tan shut fil You ein also stream media 10 dr.ices The homtgr«4jp is protected w rfnayi be able to Uigeu what yOu ih«e nith Ihe qujup-
a password, sndycj «
Start the HcmeGroup trouWtshooter
J 1
K.
•
HomeGroup ^OMt r. jilttle 6bonis ïh.re-3 by «lier
S OwwsJosdi ïu Rtwnt PI«« J M Litrfcirs 6 | *•>, Ooiummli
l
Join a Homegroup, page 138
J< MUHC " k Pictures 9 '"'ideoj
Access shared libraries, folders, and devices, page 141
<4 Mnmegroiip 2
i;GÊOR'j£-F C)
!• C Ameuter >il PJ ream it k
Ail hewnegroup connections ori i n i i ixisnputer will be disconnected ! . S yon Its« the harnegrowp, you clnnot J t i t j j «Shire homegroup file; f i d p
Leave the Homegroup, page 143
j
» | *f I | ~rj'-.<< Hfrnryms/!
* "ft • Homegroup »
CllktOp
Cwtf
— •
Leave the homegroup
Don't leave. and ( k w ' t change anything
Don't but change w h a l r m sharing Instead of lea«*ig Hie homegf oup you can stop shwlng i trtain files.
¡_C*i6d_i
6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Create a Homegroup.
•
Find or change the existing Homegroup password.
•
Join a computer to a Homegroup.
•
Access files, folders, and devices shared on the Homegroup.
•
Leave a Homegroup.
•
Solve some of the known issues encountered with the Homegroup feature.
Homegroup is a new feature introduced in Windows 7 that aims to simplify the process of sharing content and devices on your home network. In older versions of Windows, sharing content was a tedious and sometimes painful process, especially for home users. By using the Homegroup, you can now access all shared files and devices in your home network with very few clicks and without the need to type any user names and passwords. This feature is designed to be available for computers connected to a home network. Each time you connect your computer to a new network, Windows 7 asks you to set the network location. If you select Home Network, it means you are in a trusted network of computers, and Windows 7 allows you to use the Homegroup feature. If you select Work Network or Public Network, this feature will not be available.
127
128
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
Select a location for the 'Network 1 network This c o m p u t e r is connected to a network, W i n d o w s will automatically apply the correct n e t w o r k settings based on the network's location,
Home network | * ^
If all t h e c o m p u t e r s on t h i s n e t w o r k are at y o u r h o m e , a n d y o u r e c o g n i s e them..
""
this is a trusted h o m e network,
D o n ' t choose this for public places such as
c o f f e e shops or airports.
Work network fe
L
1 I f all t h e c o m p u t e r s o n t h i s n e t w o r k a r e a t y o u r w o r k p l a c e a n d y o u r e c o g n i z e t h e m , this is a trusted w o r k network.
D o n ' t c h o o s e this f o r p u b l i c places such as
c o f f e e shops or airports.
Public network A
I f y o u d o n ' t r e c o g n i z e all t h e c o m p u t e r s o n t h e n e t w o r k ( f o r e x a m p l e y o u ' r e i n
a coffee s h o p or airport, or y o u have m o b i l e b r o a d b a n d ] , this is a public network and is not trusted, • T r e a t all f u t u r e n e t w o r k s t h a t I c o n n e c t t o a s p u b l i c , a n d d o n ' t ask m e a g a i n . Help me choose
Cancel
See Also To learn more about Network locations, read the "Setting the Network Location" section found in Chapter 4, "Creating the Network." Even t h o u g h this feature is very useful and easy to use, u n f o r t u n a t e l y it has a very i m p o r tant limitation: it is available only for c o m p u t e r s r u n n i n g W i n d o w s 7. Only c o m p u t e r s w i t h W i n d o w s 7 can j o i n a H o m e g r o u p and take advantage of it. See Also If you own computers with Windows XP and Windows Vista installed, see Chapter 10, "Sharing Between Windows XR Windows Vista, and Windows 7 Computers," for instructions on how to share files, folders, and devices with your Windows 7 computers. See Also If you own computers with Mac OS X and Ubuntu Linux installed, see Chapter 11, "Sharing Between Mac OS X and Windows 7 Computers," and Chapter 12, "Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers," respectively, for instructions on how to share files, folders, and devices with your Windows 7 computers. In this chapter, y o u learn h o w to create a H o m e g r o u p , a d d other h o m e c o m p u t e r s to it, access c o n t e n t and devices shared by t h e m via t h e H o m e g r o u p feature, and m a n a g e the password used to connect all c o m p u t e r s to the H o m e g r o u p . Last b u t n o t least, y o u will
Creating the Homegroup
129
learn how to set a computer to leave the Homegroup and how to solve one of the most common problems encountered with this feature. Practice Files You won't need any practice files to complete the exercises in this chapter.
Creating the Homegroup After you have created the network and customized the network sharing settings, it is time to create the Homegroup for your home computers to join and exchange libraries, files, folders, and devices. In this exercise, you will learn how to create a Homegroup for your home network computers. SET UP Open the Network and Sharing Center and make sure the network location is set to Home Network. 1. Click the Homegroup link located at the lower-left side of the Network and Sharing Center window. The Homegroup Creation Wizard opens.
^
,-w-li^«
Net..,
k
HomeGr.,
Search
Control Pans!
Share with other home computers running Windows 7
There ¡5 currently no homegroup on the network, With a homegroup, you can share files and printers with other computers running Windows 7. Vou can also stream media to devices, T h e homegroup is protected with a password, and you'l always be able to choose what you share with the group, Tell me more about hom eg roups Change advanced sharing settings... Start the HomeGiouptroubleshooter
CreateThomegroup
| [
Cancel
130
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
Note If, when you click the Homegroup link, you do not see a window similar to the one shown here, but something with the settings of an existing Homegroup, it means the computer is already part of a Homegroup. In this scenario, you either keep the computer as part of that Homegroup or leave it and create a new one. To learn how to leave a Homegroup, read the "Leaving a Homegroup" section on page 143. 2.
Click C r e a t e a H o m e g r o u p . This opens the Create A H o m e g r o u p window, w h e r e y o u can select the items y o u w a n t to share with the other c o m p u t e r s that will j o i n the H o m e g r o u p . A limited list of libraries is available for sharing: Pictures, Documents, Music, and Videos. You can also share y o u r printers.
^
Create a H o m e g r o u p
Share with other home computers running Windows 7 Y o u r c o m p u t e r c a n share files a n d p r i n t e r s w i t h o t h e r c o m p u t e r s r u n n i n g W i n d o w s 1 , a n d y o u c a n stream m e d i a to devices using a h o m e g r o u p , The h o m e g r o u p is protected w i t h a password, and y o u ' l l always b e able t o c h o o s e w h a t y o u share w i t h t h e g r o u p ,
Tell m e ny.,rc a b o u t h o m e g r o u p s
Select w h a t y o u w a n t t o share:
|7) Pictures
¡3
Music
Documents
' Printers
2
|7] Videos
Nerf
] |
Cancel
|
See Also To learn more about libraries in Windows 7, read Chapter 3, "Setting Up Your Libraries on all Windows 7 Computers." 3.
Select the items y o u w a n t to share, then click N e x t . After a f e w seconds, W i n d o w s 7 will s h o w an automatically generated password for the H o m e g r o u p . This password will be used by other computers to j o i n the Homegroup.
Creating the Homegroup
.
@
131
Creates H o m e g r o u p
Use this password to add other computers to your homegroup Before y o u c a r access files arid printers l o c a t e d o n o t h e r c o m p u t e r s , a d d t h o s e c o m p u t e r s t o y o u r h o m e g r o u p , You'll need the f o l l o w i n g password,
Write d o w n this password:
yVlQj4rZ9A Print password and instructions
I f y o u ever f o r g e t y o u r h o m e g r o u p p a s s w o r d , y o u can v i e w o r c h a n g e I t b y o p e n i n g H o m e G r o u p i n C o n t r o l Panel. H o w can other c o m p u t e r s j o i n m y h o m e g r o u p ?
1
Finish
|
Write down the password, then click Finish. The Homegroup is now created and other computers from your home network can join it. At the end of the wizard, you return to the Homegroup window, where you see the list of available settings.
132
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
«
N e t w o r k a,,.
k
HorneGroup
Search
Control Panel
P
Change homegroup settings
^ ^ ^
This c o m p u t e r belongs t o a h o m e g r o u p ,
Share libraries and printers [ 7 ] Pictures
[71 M u s k
[71 D o c u m e n t s
[ 7 ] Printers
H o w d o ] share a d d i t i o n a l libraries?
[ 7 ] Videos
H o w do I exclude files a n d folders?
Share media w i t h devices [71 Stream m y pictures, music; a n d videos t o all devices o n m y h o m e n e t w o r k Choose m e d i a streaming options... Note: Shared media is n o t secure. A n y o n e c o n n e c t e d to y o u r n e t w o r k can receive y o u r shared media. Other h o m e g r o u p actions View or p r i n t t h e h o m e g r o u p password C h a n g e t h e password... Leave t h e h o m e g r o u p . . . C h a n g e advanced sharing settings... Start t h e H o m e G i o u p t r o u b l e s h o o t e r
[_ Save changes
] [
Cancel
5. If you want to customize the Homegroup settings, select the appropriate options, then click Save changes. ^^
CLEANUP Close the Homegroup window.
Password If you want to add another computer to the Homegroup and you forgot the password, you can easily access it on the computers that have already joined or created the Homegroup in the first place.
Finding Your Homegroup Password
133
In this exercise, you will learn how to find the password defined for your Homegroup. SET UP Start a computer that is part of the Homegroup, then open the Network and Sharing Center. 1. Click the Homegroup link. The Homegroup window opens, displaying all the available configuration options. S
W
1
«
Netw,,.
•
HomeGroup
S-esR-n Control Panet
Change homegroup settings
Th is c o m puter bel on g s to a h om egroup. Share libraries a n d printers 0 Pictures
0
[7] D o c u m e n t s
[ 7 ] Printers
How do 1 share additional libraries?
Music
0
Videos
How do 1 exclude files and folders?
Share media with devices |T1 Stream my pictures, music; and videos to all devices on my home network Choose media streaming options... Note: Shared media is not secure. Anyone connected to your network can receive your shared media.
J J i e w or print the homegroup password^ C h a n g e t h e password.., Leave the homegroup... Change advanced sharing settings... Start the HomeGroup troubieshooter
Save changes
I
Cancel
2. Click View or print the Homegroup password. A window opens in which the password is shown in a big yellow box.
134
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
13 « Horn.,,
•
V i e w a n d pr...
Search
Control
|-£3-
Panel
View and print your homegroup password Password for the h o m e g r o u p on your network:
shoshoshome Use t h i s p a s s w o r d t o c o n n e c t o t h e r c o m p u t e r s r u n n i n g W i n d o w s 7 t o t h e h o m e g r o u p , On each c o m p u t e r : 1.
C l i c k Start, a n d t h e n c l i c k C o n t r o l P a n e l .
2.
Under N e t w o r k a n d Internet, click Choose h o m e g r o u p a n d sharing options.
3.
C l i c k Joi n n o w , a n d t h e n f o i l ow th e H om eQ r o u p w i z a rd to e n t e r th e pa s s w o r d .
Note: C o m p u t e r s t h a t are t u r n e d off o r sleeping w i l l n o t appear i n t h e h o m e g r o u p .
Print this page
| [
Cancel
3. Write down the password or click the Print this page button to print it out. 4. When done, close the window. ^^
CLEANUP Close the Homegroup window.
Changing the Password of a Homegroup Changing the password of a Homegroup can be done from any computer that joined it. However, if you change the password after your home computers have joined the Homegroup, you will need to retype it on all computers in order for them to join again. If you change the password before joining other computers, you don't need to rejoin them. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the password of an existing Homegroup. SET UP Open the Network and Sharing Center.
Changing the Password of a Homegroup
Click on the Homegroup link. The Homegroup window opens. El « A l l C o n t r o l Panel,..
•
HomeGroup
Search
Control Panei
Change h o m e g r o u p settings
^ ' ^ J f This computer belongs to a homegroup, Share libraries and printers g ] Pictures
g ] Music
[yl Documents
g ] Videos
Printers
H o w do I share additional libraries?
Hlow do I exclude files and folders?
Share media with devices IT! Stream my pictures, music, and videos to all devices on my h o m e network Choose media streaming options..., Note: Shared media is not secure. A n y o n e connected to your network can receive your shared media. Other homegroup actions View or print the homegroup password ^^hangethe
passwon^jT^
Leave the homegroup... C h a n g e advanced sharing settings..,. Start the HomeGroup troubleshooter
Save changes
I
Cancel
Click Change the password. A dialog box appears in which Windows 7 notifies you that changing the Homegroup password will disconnect everyone who has joined it thus far.
135
136
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
'l^
C h a n g e Y o u r H o m e g r o u p Password;
Changing the homegroup password wiil disconnect everyone !
M a k e sure all h o m e g r o u p c o m p u t e r s are o n a n d are n o t a s l e e p o r h i b e r n a t i n g w h e n y o u change the password. After y o u change the password, i m m e d i a t e l y go to each h o m e g r o u p c o m p u t e r and type the new password.
Change the password Don't change the password
|
Cancel
|
3. Click Change the password. Windows 7 now generates a new random password for your Homegroup. Refresh
button
i J ^ ^
^
g
Change Your H o m e g r o u p Password
Type a new password for your homegroup
T y p e y o u r o w n p a s s w o r d o r use this one: m X 4 T b 8 s c 8 n
Next
|
|
Cancel
4. If you prefer another new password, you can type your own custom password or click the Refresh button to have Windows 7 generate another one for you.
Changing the Password of a Homegroup
137
If you type your own password, ensure that it is at least eight characters long. Otherwise, Windows 7 won't accept it as a valid password. 5. When done, click Next. Windows 7 notifies you that the password has been changed.
j
Change Your Homegroup Password
Your homegroup password was successfully changed Before you can access files and printers located on other computers, add those computers to your homegroup. You'll need the following password.
Write down this password:
mX4Tb8sc8n Print password and instructions
I f y o u ever f o r g e t y o u r h o m e g r o u p p a s s w o r d , y o u can v i e w o r c h a n g e i t b y o p e n i n g H o m e G r o u p i n C o n t r o l Panel.
|
Finish
|
6. Click Finish. The password for the Homegroup is now changed and can be used by other computers to join the Homegroup, too. CLEAN UP Don't forget to rejoin all computers that have been disconnected from the Homegroup due to the password change.
138
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
Joining a Homegroup Once the Homegroup is created, it is time to join other computers so that you can exchange files, folders, and devices. Any computer on the network can be part of a Homegroup, but they can only be in one Homegroup at a time. In this exercise, you will learn how to add a computer running Windows 7 to a previously created Homegroup. SET UP Open the Network and Sharing Center. 1. Click the Homegroup link. The Homegroup window opens and shows you that one of the computers on your network has created a Homegroup. s
U '
«
Net,,.
•
HomeGr...
Search Central Panel
Share with other home computers running Windows 7
G e o r g e o r GEORGE-PC has created a h o m e g r o u p o n t h e n e t w o r k . W i t h a h o m e g r o u p , y o u can share files a n d printers w i t h o t h e r c o m p u t e r s r u n n i n g W i n d o w s 7, V o u can also s t r e a m m e d i a to devices, T h e h o m e g r o u p is p r o t e c t e d w i t h a password, a n d y o u ' l a I w a y s be a bl e to ch o o s e w h a t y o u sha re w i t h th e g rou p. Tell me more about ho meg roups C h a n g e a d v a n c e d s h a r i n g settings... Start t h e H o m e G r o u p t r o u b l e s h o o t e r
Join n o w
Cancel
2. Click Join now. This opens the Join A Homegroup window, in which you can select the items you want to share with the other computers on the Homegroup. A limited list of libraries is available for sharing: Pictures, Documents, Music, and Videos. You can also share your printers.
Joining a Homegroup
^ -J
139
.loin a Hc-mtgrciup
Share with other home computers running Windows 7 Windows detected a homegroup on your network. Wjth a homegroup, you can share files' arid printers with other computers running Windows 7. You can also stream media to devices. I ell me more about horriegroups Select what you want to share: [71 Pictures
|71 Documents
! Music
-inters
See Also To learn more about libraries in Windows 7, read Chapter 3, "Setting Up Your Libraries on All Windows 7 Computers."
Select the items you want to share, then click Next. A window opens in which you are asked to type the Homegroup password. ,
^^
@
,
E
I—S3—I
Join a Homegroup
Type the homegroup password A p a s s w o r d helps p r e v e n t u n a u t h o r i z e d access t o h o m e g r o u p files a n d printers, Y o u c a n g e t t h e p a s s w o r d f r o m George o n GEORGE-PC o r a n o t h e r m e m b e r o f t h e h o m e g r o u p . W h e r e can I f i n d t h e h o m e g r o u p password? Type the password:
Neat
Cancel
140
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
4. Type the password, then click Next. Windows 7 notifies you that you have joined the Homegroup.
H ^^
@
B
Join a Homegroup
You have joined the homegroup You can begin accessing files and printers shared by other people in the homegroup. How can I access files and printers on other computers?
|
Finish
|
5. Click Finish. The computer is now part of the Homegroup and is able to share libraries, files, folders, and devices with the other computers. It can also access the things shared by them. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure for all the computers on your home network that are running Windows 7.
Accessing Homegroup Computers Once the Homegroup is created and all computers are joined, accessing their shared libraries and devices is a simple task—all it takes is a few clicks. You no longer need to type any user names and passwords in order to access what is shared in the Homegroup. In this exercise, you will learn how to access the libraries, files, folders, and devices shared by other computers in the Homegroup. SET UP Turn on the computers you want to access. 1. Open the Computer window. Tip You can select the Computer shortcut from the Desktop or the Start menu, or by pressing Windows+E on your keyboard simultaneously.
Accessing Homegroup Computers
141
The Computer window looks similar to the one shown here. B ^
,
j
Organize*
System properties
Favorites K
Unrnstali or change a program
4f. Download; Recent Places Libraries |5] Documents J> Music Pictures
0
Videos
S
S
Map network drive
i t
-
a
* H a r d Disk Drives (6)
Desktop
B
B
• | +f | | Search Computer
• Computer
windows 7 (C:)
prOO (D:)
23.7 GB free of 54,9 GB
63.3 GB free of 167 GB
lavoro (E:)
gioco (F:)
43.7 GB free of 105 GB
82.3 GB free of 199 GB
suono (G:)
cinema (H:)
134 GB free of 300 GB
iGB.fres of 325-GB
' Devices w i t h R e m o v a b l e S t o r a g e (4)
i ^ l Homegroup
Floppy Disk Drive (A:)
DVD RW Dnvs.(I:J
Ciprian (CIPRJAN-PC) X George (GEORGE-PC) DVD RW Drive (J:!
•É
BD-ROMfliiSfU
Computer Network .
fc
Wortgroup: WQRKEROJP
Memory: 6.00 GB
Processor! AMD Phenom[trnJ HX4 ..
2. Click Homegroup. You now see the list of computers that are part of the Homegroup and that are also running at the moment.
142
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
3. Double-click the name of the computer you want to access. You now see the complete list of libraries, folders, and devices shared by that computer. a . Organize *
Homegroup
^
Desktop Downloads Recent Places
Libraries |_£| Documents 4'
George (GEORGE-PC)
^
T
+t
|I
Music
s
Search Gearge (GEORGE-PC)
Burn
t< Favorites H
t
Ü=
-
ill
HomeGroup Open a library to see h o m e g r o u p files and arrange t h e m by folder, date, and other prop...
jp J
n
Documents Library
Pictures Library
@
Pictures
Apocalyptic a
0
Videos
Share
®
Music Library
H vdie°= « 3 ,
L.brary
Homegroup
X, Ciprian (CIPR1AN-PC) X
George (GEORGE-PC)
OÇ C o m p u t e r
I
Network
4. Double-click the library, folder, or device that you want to access. You now have access to the items that are shared by that computer and can work with them according to the defined sharing settings. Tip By default, libraries and folders are shared with the other Homegroup computers as read-only. Therefore, you will be able to access them or copy them to your computer, but you won't be able to delete them or change them in any way. See Also For more information on permission levels and how to share folders and libraries, read Chapter 7, "Sharing Libraries and Folders."
^^ CLEAN UP When you are done accessing other Homegroup computers, close the Computer window.
Leaving a Homegroup
143
Leaving a Homegroup Leaving a Homegroup is as easy as joining one. If you leave a Homegroup, you stop sharing files, folders, and devices with other members of the group, and you won't be able to access what is shared as part of that Homegroup. After leaving a Homegroup, you can create another one, or at any time, rejoin the Homegroup you left. In this exercise, you will learn how to leave a Homegroup. SET UP Open the Network and Sharing Center. 1. Click the Homegroup link found on the lower-left side of the Network and Sharing Center window. The Homegroup window opens. s Netw,,.
•
HorneGroup
SeatControl
Pand
Change homegroup settings
^
Th is c o m puter bel on g s to a h om egroup.
Share libraries a n d printers [7] Pictures
[7] Music
[71 D o c u m e n t s
[71 Printers
H o w do ] share a d d i t i o n a l libraries?
[ 7 ] Videos
H o w d o ] exclude files a n d folders?
Share media w i t h devices IT! Stream m y pictures; music; a n d v i d e o s t o all devices o n m y h o m e n e t w o r k Choose m e d i a s t r e a m i n g options... Note; Shared media is n o t secure, A n y o n e c o n n e c t e d to y o u r n e t w o r k can receive y o u r shared media. Other h o m e g r o u p actions V i e w o r p r i n t t h e h o m e g r o u p password C h a n g e t h e password... ^ T e a v e the h o m e g r o j p T ^ C h a n g e advancecfsharing settings... Start t h e H o r n e G r o u p t r o u b l e s h o o t e r
Save c h a n g e s
Cancel
144
Chapter 6
Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers
2. Click the Leave the Homegroup link. Windows 7 informs you that all the Homegroup connections on your computer will be disconnected. I ^ T '
^ j
l^
1
s
@
Leave the Homegroup
All homegroup connections on this computer will be disconnected !
I f y o u leave t h e h o m e g r o u p , y o u c a n n o t a c c e s s o r s h a r e h o m e g r o u p f i l e s a n d p r i n t e r s ,
•> Leave the homegroup Don't leave, and don't change anything Don't leave, but change what I'm sharing Instead of leaving the homegroup, you can stop sharing certain files.
[
Cancel
]
|
Finish
|
3. Click Leave the Homegroup. Windows 7 informs you that you have successfully left the Homegroup.
j
Leave the Homegroup You have successfully left the homegroup Vourfiles are no longer shared with the homegroup.
Key Points
145
4. Click Finish. Your computer is no longer part of the Homegroup. Tip If you repeat this procedure on all computers that are part of the Homegroup, the Homegroup will no longer exist. This is the only way to "delete" a Homegroup.
^^ CLEAN UP Close the Network and Sharing Center.
Known Issues and Solutions If you are trying to connect to the Homegroup but you receive an error message indicating that "The password is incorrect," even though you have typed it correctly, it means you might have encountered a bug. According to Microsoft, this can happen because the computer's date and time does not match the date and time of the system that owns the Homegroup. In this case, the only solution is to adjust the date and time settings on the computer that is joining the Homegroup to match that of the computer that owns the Homegroup, and then try to join again. The computer that owns the Homegroup is the one on which it was first created.
Key Points •
The Homegroup is a Windows 7-specific feature that allows easy sharing of files, folders, libraries, and devices, without requiring you to type user names and passwords each time you want to access something that is shared over the network.
•
The Homegroup is available only for home networks and not for public or work networks.
•
In order to join a Homegroup, you need to know and type the Homegroup password defined by the computer that created it.
•
A computer can join only one Homegroup at a time. In order to join another Homegroup, the computer needs first to leave the current one, then join the other.
Chapter at a Glance m :J
Vlu ','r you tte uina (W App^Hfatfe»
j
A t * Foto«
V. î.h£weotiiCi«lorcwp4i«d(^TF'S ifcir.aö Vi Shew poo*.« diKiipita te< leidet «ndiUsM^^BM J- She« luridcti r
Enable or disable the Sharing Wizard, page 148
. Whan r ^ O nhi Vil ti*« Ailcnaictly tjpe rte the --ewrJi fro* - ittacl the fused iwnn the wew
r™
W Chooit
II
tu sKuri* with
Typt * oimi »'id Itiin dick Add, «r click W< i l*r6w M find
Use the Sharing Wizard for sharing with specific people, page 152
cipntniufthfligrVisiionv til«'it
I ~ Choose pt'upJL' tu share with Typt 1 rvirnt tod Bïtn dick Add, «r did ttit Irrew ta find soJVMfi-nt.
1 7 Tgwnilf •'.Evuyone SjHimtgroup
Configure the Sharing Wizard to stop sharing, page 159
, «Î M*p Nrtwwfc DtM Wfwt network foldc» would yon like to map? îpicifyttit dim Itttei far the connection «r,d tht ffildt' thit yi>u «Ht (a connect ta; g Viitwawi PC\MUV
-
V fiOr-na l! I#Ç3T J
-O'lTMr ujing .j.tri'-nr Cij" 'ihi|:
C î O K i m i ^ b J a ï J t l ^ m ï H i WïÂittHÏWÏJfetUICtîIll ÏKljlEMIÏI.
Map a shared network folder as a network drive, page 173
Sharing Libraries and Folders In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Enable or disable the Sharing Wizard.
•
Use the Sharing Wizard to share with the Homegroup.
•
Use the Sharing Wizard to share with specific people.
•
Use the Sharing Wizard to stop sharing.
•
Use Advanced Sharing to share your folders or partitions.
•
Use Advanced Sharing to stop sharing your folders or partitions.
•
Map a shared network folder as a network drive.
•
Map an FTP server as a network drive.
•
Delete a mapped network drive.
While developing Windows 7, Microsoft directed a lot of effort toward improving the networking experience. Windows Vista was a first step in the right direction. Windows 7 raises things to a new level and makes it easier than ever to share files, folders, libraries, and devices with the other computers on your network. With the help of file sharing wizards and the Homegroup feature, it takes only a few clicks to share and access the things you want to. In this chapter, you will learn how to share libraries and folders over your home network by using the sharing wizard and the advanced sharing options and menus. You will also learn what the Public folder is and how to use it for sharing. At the end of this chapter, you will learn how to map a shared folder on your home network as a network drive and how to map an FTP site as a network drive.
147
148
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
Enabling or Disabling the Sharing Wizard The Sharing Wizard in Windows 7 is designed so that you can easily share anything you want with the other computers on your home network. But even though it simplifies the sharing experience, some people might prefer the old Windows XP/Windows 2000 way of sharing things. In this circumstance, it is best to disable the Sharing Wizard. The procedure is pretty simple and involves nothing more than editing a configuration setting in Windows Explorer. In this exercise, you will learn how to enable or disable the Sharing Wizard, depending on your preference. Practice Files No practice files are required for this exercise.
SET UP Open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut. 1. Click the Organize button on the upper-left side of Windows Explorer window. The Organize menu appears. ¡5 ¡ - e n • Organize "
Libraries
_
-
a
es
Cüpy
r a r y t o see y o u r f i l e ? a n d a r r a n g e t h e m b y f o l d e r , date, a n d o t h e r pr..
Paste Undo
Documents
Redo
Library
Select all SJ
Seem:/] L i b r a r i e s
§z
N e w library
Cut
;
I
•
Music Library
Layo F o l d e r a n d search o p t i o n s
Pictures Library
Delete Rename Remove properties Properties Close ^¡jt Network
A items
Videos I. i b r a r y
'ft
Enabling or Disabling the Sharing Wizard
149
2. Click Folder and search options. The Folder Options window opens.
View
General
¡Search!
Folder views Y o u c a n apply the v i e w (such as Details or Icons) that y o u are using for this folder to all folders of this. type.
i
A p p l y to Folders
|
)
R e s e t Folders
A d v a n c e d sellings;
B IE n
L a u n c h folder w i n d o w s in a separate p i o c e s s
*
R e s t o i e p i e v i o u s folder w i n d o w s at l o g o n S h o w drive letters
l V l S h o w encrypted or c o m p r e s s e d N T F S files in color IZl S h o w pop-up description for folder a n d desktop items
Bi !
S h o w p r e v i e w handlers i n p r e v i e w p a n e
I D U s e c h e c k bones t o select items
i
J l L U e bharma wizard [ H e c o r n m e n d e d l ^ ^ f c .
1 !T
W h e n typing into list v i e w • _ • Automatically type into the S ear oh Ei OK O: Select the t y p e d item in the v i e w
-
|
OK:
||
R e s t o i e Defaults
Cancel
|
Apply
3. Click the View tab. 4. Scroll down the Advanced settings list and find the Use Sharing Wizard (Recommended) check box. 5. If you want to enable the Sharing Wizard, select the check box. If you want to disable it, clear the check box. 6. Click OK. This takes you back to the Windows Explorer window, and the setting you made is now applied. CLEAN UP Close Windows Explorer.
150
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share with the Homegroup If you have set up a Homegroup and you want to share something with other computers that have joined it, the Sharing Wizard makes the procedure extremely simple. In this exercise, you will learn how to use the Sharing Wizard to share anything you want with your Homegroup. Practice Files You can use any of your libraries or folders to complete this exercise. Until you get the hang of it, it is best not to use any important libraries or folders. Also, back up the folders and libraries you are about to use, just to make sure you don't lose any data by mistake.
SET UP Open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut. 1. _.!.'
Navigate to the library or folder you want to share and right-click it. The contextual menu appears.
• Organize » *
.
Libraries
•
Share w i t h •
Qr Downloads
B-urri
Name
Arrange ;v.
C o n t r i b u t i n g artists
f
Music
L Playlets ¡J
Expand
t= g Pictures Videos
Open i n new w i n d o w Share w i t h
l-lomegro
ä
Nobody
D o n ' t s h o w in navigation pane
J ^ j> *
Network CIPRWv WIN-PS
AI h u m
C:\Users\7 Tutorials
Documents
'Compute
-
New fotder
- My Music (1)
I s i Libraries f>
H
Play all
• 1 if 1 1 -Search Music
Includes: 3 locations
Desktop
-¡3 Recent Places
A
•
Music library
Favorites
S
Music
r» r.
H o m e g r o u p (Read) H o m e g r o u p (Read/Write)
Scan f o r Viruses M o v e t o Quarantine
Specific people,.,
Send to Copy Delete Rename New Properties
Fjr
•
#
m
®
Feeder "
Title
LI
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share with
Specific
People
151
2. Click Share w i t h to open the list of sharing options, which includes the following: Nobody This option prevents the selected item from being shared. It can be useful when you share a library or collection of folders and files, but you don't want to share a specific item. For example, you might share your entire pictures library, but you want some pictures to remain private while leaving the rest accessible to others on your network. By using this option, you can quickly filter out those items from your collection that you don't want to share. •
Homegroup (Read) This option shares the selected item with the Homegroup and gives read-only permissions to all computers in the Homegroup. The item will be shared only when you are connected to the Homegroup, and other computers will only be able to view/read the shared item but not modify it, delete it, or change it in any way.
•
Homegroup (Read/Write) This shares the item with others in your Homegroup and gives full permissions to modify it, delete it, or change it. The item will not be shared when you disconnect from the Homegroup or connect to another network.
•
Specific people This option allows you to share the selected item with whomever you want, including computers that are not a part of the Homegroup and specific user accounts. This option will be described in more detail in the next section of this chapter.
3. Select the option that works for you. Depending on the size of the shared library or the folder and its contents, you might see a File Sharing progress window. i j j r u i ^ FifeShaFirig
Sharing items™ This may take a few minutes.
| Cancel \
152
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
N o t e If the shared library or folder is small or contains very few files, you might not see this progress window, and the items will be shared instantly w i t h the Homegroup. I m p o r t a n t Depending on what you have shared, you might see an additional window, asking you to confirm that you want to start sharing. Make the appropriate confirmation and you are done.
4. Wait for the File Sharing progress window to disappear. The selected library or folder is now shared. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure for all the items you want to share. When you have finished, close Windows Explorer.
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share with Specific People If you have computers that are not running Windows 7, you can use the Sharing Wizard to share libraries and folders with them. However, the procedure is slightly longer than when sharing items with the Homegroup. In this exercise, you will learn how to use the Sharing Wizard to share libraries and folders with people using operating systems other than Windows 7. SET UP Open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut. 1. Navigate to the library or folder that you want to share and right-click it.
:
The contextual menu appears.
153
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share w i t h Specific People
1 w
•
Libraries
Organize *
*
•
T
Play
Sharewith
++I Burn
w
Downloads
A r r a n g e by:
C o n t r i b u t i n g artists
Album
R e c e n t Places
• My Music (1) *
lI
Ji
l>
J
•m
f
l>
Cc
#
Folder
•
Open in new w i n d o w
Don't s h o w in navigation pane :Scan
Hi
1
Collapse
Share w i t h
|>+J
P
Playlists
l> [ f ^ D o c u m e n t s
J
hi3-|
C!\Users\? Tutorials
Libraries
i>
Q
m
»
3 locations
Name
II
Search Music
Music library Includes:
Desktop £
Music
Open
Favorites
¡g
k
D
r,
f o r Viruses
Move t o Quarantine
g
Nobody H o i n e g r o u p (Read) Homegroup
(ReadyWrite)
Specific people..
Send to *
Copy r» *«T|» Nf
Delete Rename New Properties
9:57 P M
2. Click Share with, then choose Specific people. The File Sharing Wizard opens, which shows the user accounts with which the selected item is already shared.
154
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
r •=•"'!" a
1 1 ^ 1
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with T y p e a n a m e and t h e n click A d d , or click t h e a r r o w to f i n d s o m e o n e ,
Add Name
|
P e r m i s s i o n Level
7 Tutorials
Owner
Homegroyp
Read/Write
*
I'm having trouble sharing
|
Share
| [
Cancel
|
Cancel
j
3, Click the drop-down menu. A list opens that shows the user accounts with which you can share.
T?
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with T y p e a n a m e a n d t h e n click A d d , Or click t h e a r r o w td f i n d s o m e o n e .
Add vmware
user Level
Ciprian [email protected]
([email protected])
Guest Everyone H o r n eg roup
I'm having trouble sharing
Share
|
|
155
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share w i t h Specific People
Note The drop-down menu shows all the user accounts defined on your computer, the Homegroup you have joined, and a user account called Everyone. The Homegroup user represents all the computers from your Homegroup, while Everyone is a generic user account—this is any user on the list.
4. Select the user account with which you want to share. ' • ^ " T B 7?
l l ^ l
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with T y p e a n a m e and t h e n click A d d , or click the a r r o w to f i n d s o m e o n e ,
r I Name 7 Tutorials ^
Homegroup
Add
P e r m i s s i o n Level Owner Read/Write
*
I ' m having trouble sharing
I
Share
|
|
Cancel
5. Click Add. This adds the selected user account to the list below the drop-down menu.
|
156
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
1 1}
=.TB
ll^l
Rle Sharing
Choose people to share with T y p e a n a m e a n d t h e n click A d d , o r click t h e a r r o w t o f i n d s o m e o n e .
Add Name
Permission Level
5
7 Tutorials
Owner
Everyone
Read
Horn eg roup
Read/Write
• •
T'm h a v i n g t r o u b l e s h n i i i i d
Share
6.
| |
Cancel
|
Repeat steps 3 to 5 until you add all the user accounts with which you want to share.
7. By default, all the added user accounts are granted Read permissions to the shared item. If you want to change that, click the Permission Level assigned. A list appears showing the available permission levels you can assign.
157
Using the Sharing Wizard to Share w i t h Specific People
7?
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with T y p e a n a m e a n d t h e n elick A d d , o r click t h e a r r o w t o f i n d s o m e o n e ,
Add Name
Permissi on Level
^
7 Tutorials
Owner
Everyone
Read
H o r n eg r o u p
ReacW
I
•
Read Read/Write Remove
I'm h a v i n g trouble shnimci
I
8.
Share
|
|
Cancel
|
Select the desired permission level for each of the user accounts with which you want to share the item.
9. When done adding user accounts and setting permission levels, click Share. If you are trying to assign permissions to a library that contains many folders, you might receive a request for confirmation.
:
158
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
File S h a r i n g
Do you want to give other people access to these folders? T o share y o u r files a s R e a d / W r i t e , W i n d o w s m u s t give t h e f o l d e r s listed b e l o w t h e s a m e p e r m i s s i o n s . I f y o u c o n t i n u e , o t h e r p e o p l e w i l l b e able t o a d d a d d i t i o n a l files t o t h e m .
M u i l c Library M y Music C:\Users\7 T u t o h a l s \ M u s i c i t e m s Shared: M u s i c M y Music G:\Music I t e m s Shared
Music
Individual Items Libraries E:\Users\7
Tutonals\AppLiata\Roaming\Microsoft\Windows\Librarles
I t e m s Shared: M u s k
Next
I
Cancel
N o t e This w i n d o w might not appear if you shared a library containing only one folder.
1 0 . Click Next. If you are not asked to confirm the access permissions to the shared item, skip to the next step. After a few seconds, you are informed that the selected item (library or folder) has been shared.
159
Using the Sharing Wizard to Stop Sharing
II-sH ^^
rs,
Fife S h a r i n g
Your library is now shared, Y o u c a r i j r n a j s o m e o n e links t o t h e s e shared i t e m s , o r c o p y arid paste t h e links i n t o a n o t h e r p r o g r a m .
M u s i c Library | .L 4'
My M u s i c W C I P R I A N - P C \ U s ers\7 T u t o r i a l A M u s i c
| «, MP
j\
A
My M u s i c \\CIPRIAN-PC\Music
" 1 e r r o r is) o c c u r r e d w h e n s h a r i n g t h i s l i b r a r y .
S h o w r n e a 111ht n e t w o r k s h a r e s o n t h i s c o m p u t e r .
Done
Tip If problems occur when t r y i n g to share the selected library or folder, you will see a message at the b o t t o m similar to the following: "1 error(s) occurred when sharing this library (or folder)." If you click the error message, you can view details about the root cause of the problem so that you can fix it and t r y again.
1 1 . Click Done.
The selected library or folder is now shared with the user accounts you specified. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure for all the items that you want to share. When you have finished, close Windows Explorer.
Using the Sharing Wizard to Stop Sharing At some point in your home networking experience, you might want to stop sharing a folder or library. To discontinue sharing an item, you have the following options: •
Stop sharing it with everybody on the home network.
•
Stop sharing it with the Homegroup.
•
Stop sharing it with a specific user account.
160
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
In this exercise, you will learn how to use the Sharing Wizard to discontinue sharing an item. SET UP Open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut. 1
' .
._„ _.!.'
1. Navigate to the library or folder that you want to stop sharing and right-click it. The contextual menu appears. E I
w
•
Organize
*
.•
:avo
K
Libraries
k
Open
rites
Desktop
Music
Search Music
•
Piay
Share w i t h
M u s i c
l i b r a r y
Includes:
3 iocations
4). D o w n l o a d s R e c e n t Places
Name
Bun
-
A r r a n g e by:
C o n t r i b u t i n g artiste
Album
< My Music (1) J
^
C> | P | D o c u m e n t s
#
Folder'
III
PI ay lists
K
M i>
Collapse
Jr
I» i>
ê
•
F
Open in new w i n d o w
S v f.m [>*4
H i
C:\Users\7 Tutorials
Libraries.
»
1
K
**
Co
[ > %
Ne
Share w i t h
Nobody
Don't show in navigation pane
H o m e g r o u p (Re a d )
Scan f o r Viruses MOVe tfl Q u a r a n t i n e
H o m e g r o u p (Re a d / W r i t e ) Specific people,.
Send to Copy Delete Rename
k
New Properties
£:57 P M
2. Click Share with, and then choose Specific people. The File Sharing Wizard opens, showing the user accounts with which the selected item is currently shared.
161
Using the Sharing Wizard to Stop Sharing
13 j
5
,|-LH
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with T y p e a n a m e and t h e n click A d d , or click t h e a r r o w to f i n d s o m e o n e ,
Add Name 7 Tutorials
P e r m i s s i o n Level Owner
very one
Read/Write
J Hornegroup
Read/Write
Read V
Read/Write Remove
i ' r n h a v i n g t r o u b l e shai if.ci
Share
|
|
Cancel
|
3. If you want to stop sharing with a specific user account only click on the Permission Level column of that user and select Remove. If you select the Hornegroup user account, you will stop sharing with all the computers on your Hornegroup. If you select the Everyone user account, you will stop sharing with the users who don't have an account on your computer. Tip If you want to completely discontinue sharing the item so that only you have access to it, select Remove for all the user accounts in the list, except your user account.
4. Once you are done selecting the user account with which you want to stop sharing, click Share. After a few seconds, you are notified that the selected item (library or folder) is now shared. Don't be fooled by the message. It simply means that the item is shared with the new list of user accounts. If you removed all the user accounts except yours, this means the item is actually no longer shared.
162
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
s u m 3J
File S h a r i n g
Your library is now shared. Y o u can e - m a i l s o m e o n e links t o these shared items, o r c o p y a n d paste t h e links into a n o t h e r p r o g r a m ,
M u s i c Library I
My Music WCIPRIAN-PC\Users\7 TutorialAMusic
j\
l e r r o r t s ) o c c u r r e d w h e n s h a r i n g this l i b r a r y ,
S h o w m e all t h e n e t w o r k shares o n t h i s - c o m p u t e r .
Done
Tip If problems occur during the procedure, you will see a message at the bottom of the screen similar to the following: "1 error(s) occurred when sharing this library (or folder)." If you click the error message, you can view details about the root cause of the problem so that you can fix it and try again.
5. Click Done.
The selected library or folder is no longer shared with the user accounts you selected. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure for all the items that you want to stop sharing. When you have finished, close Windows Explorer.
Using Advanced Sharing to Share Your Folders or Partitions If you want to have more control over how you share a folder and who can access it, you might prefer to use Advanced Sharing instead of the Sharing Wizard. With Advanced Sharing, you can set options in more detail. The downside is that you cannot use Advanced Sharing to share libraries. For an unknown technical reason, you can use Advanced Sharing to share only folders or partitions, but not libraries. In this exercise, you will learn how to share a folder or partition using Advanced Sharing. SET UP Disable the Sharing Wizard and then open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut.
Using Advanced Sharing to Stop Sharing Your Folders or Partitions
1. Navigate to the folder or partition that you want to share and right-click it The contextual menu appears.
»w
1
7
t ^Tutorial
Organize "
jr
I Open
I n c l u d e in library »
Favorites •
Desktop .J, Downloads
Contacts
Share w i t h »
*
Desktop
i
Burn
Open
Dowi
if M :;:.V
l i
I k
Open in new w i n d o w
Ej Recent Places
ift
N JW folcc.'
} My cuments
-
U>
M y Music
Advanced sharing.., ¿g Libraries
fe My Vide os
PH Documents ^
Restore previous versions
*
Include in library
Saved
Music
g
Pictures
S
Videos
Cut Copy
^
Homegroup
Create shortcut Delete
j ! f l Computer
Rename Properties
i f l Network
D o w n l o a d s Date modified' 10/24/2010 10:55 PM Rle folder
2. Click Share with, then choose Advanced sharing.
The Properties window of the selected folder or partition opens. ;
D o w n l o a d s Properties General
sharing
Security | Previous Versions ' Customise
Network File and Folder Sharing downloads JJr
Not Shared
Network Path: Not Shared |
Share,,
Advanced Sharing Set custom permissions, create multiple shares, and set other advanced sharing options. |
" - y Advanced Sharing...
Password Protection People without a user account and password for this computer c a n access folders shared with everyone. To change this setting, use the Network and Sharing Center.
QIC
Cancel
i
Àppjy
e
fe
M y Pictures
163
164
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
Tip An alternative is to right-click the folder, select Properties, then go to the Sharing tab.
3. Click Advanced Sharing. The Advanced Sharing window opens. A d v a n c e d Sharing 0 Share this folder Settings Share name:
Add
n
Limit the number of simultaneous users to
Permissions
| |
I
Caching
OK
1 |
Cancel
j |_
Apply
4. Select the Share this folder check box. 5. By default, the share name is the name of the folder that you want to share. You can change it in the Share name field. This won't modify the name of the folder on your computer, but only changes the name used to share it over the network. 6. Click Permissions. The Permissions window opens, in which you can set who has access to the shared folder and the level of access.
Using Advanced Sharing to Stop Sharing Your Folders or Partitions
165
Permissions f o r d o w n l o a d s Share Permissions Group or user riames:
Add... Permissions for Everyone
Remove Deny
D H B:
Full Control Change Read
0 0
m
Learn about access control arid permissions OK
Cancel
Apply
7. By default the item is shared with Everyone. This means anyone can access the item, even though the person doesn't have a user account defined on your computer. To add a user account, click Add. The Select Users Or Groups window opens. Select Uiefï bf Groups
svlEeS
Select this object type: Users, Groups, or Built-in security principals
1 Object Types...
From this location: WIN-PS 9FH 3D MB HE
1
Locations...
Enter the object names to select [examples]: I Check Names
Advanced...
0&
Cancel
Note If you do not want to add another user account, simply skip to step 12.
166
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
8. Click Advanced. This opens a new Select Users Or Groups window with more advanced options for selection. S e l e c t Users o r G r o u p s Select this object type. Users. Groups, or Built-in security principals
O b i e c t Types...
From this location: Ü P F I IAN-PC
Locations
Common Queries Marne:
Columns..
i Stafewilli
D^ätätmn
Find N o w
Starts with
Stop
Disabled accounts N o n expiring p a s s w o r d L::._ivi
s i n c ^ l-ist l o g o n
OK
S e a r c h results: Name (RDN)
^ J
I I
Cancel
In Folder
vmware
CIPRIAN-PC
vmware_user_
CIPRIAN-PC
7 Tutorials
CIF'RlAN-PC
Administrator
CIPRIAN-PC CIPFllAN-PC
A N O N Y M O U S LOGON ^ A u t h e n t i c a t e d Users a c k u p Operator?
CIPRIAN-PC
BATCH boinc_admins
CIPRIAN-PC
9. Click Find Now. After a few seconds, a list of all the user accounts and user groups defined on your computer appears. 1 0 . Select the user account or the user group with which you want to share, then click OK This takes you back to the first Select Users Or Groups window, where you can see the user account or group you just selected being added.
Using Advanced Sharing to Stop Sharing Your Folders or Partitions
p j f i t - U i e t f nf'Grotip;
|-
g
167
||i*ta«|
S e l e c t this o b j e c t type: Users, G r o u p s , or Built in security principals
1 O b j e c t Types...
Fiom thisjpcation: •
PRIAN'PC
j
Locations...
Enter the obiect n a m e s to seiect [examples!: CI PR IAN -PC\Administrators
I
A d o r e d -
[
I
I
Ghp<& H a r n e s " |
I I
Cancel
Tip To select more than one user account or user group, press and hold the CTRL key on your keyboard and select each account or group w i t h the mouse. I m p o r t a n t If you want to share w i t h the Homegroup, select the Homellsers user group from the list.
11. Click OK. You are returned to the Permissions window. Permission; for download; S h a i e PermissionsGroup or user names: \ d n linistrators [Ciprian-PC\Administrators] Ciprian (CIPRIAN-PCvCiprian) Iveryone
Add... Permissions for Administrators
1
Remove
Allow
Full Control
Deny
H i
•
m m
Change Read
• lo
Learn a b o u t a c c e s s c o n l i o l a n d Dermusions ÛIÇ__
I
I
Cancel
J
I
Apply
J
168
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
1 2 . You can now see all the user account and user groups that you have selected. If you want to remove one of them, select it and click Remove. Otherwise, go to the next step. 1 3 . Select the type of permissions for each of the user accounts or user groups. Choose the access level you want to assign to each user or group by selecting the appropriate check box: •
Full Control This setting is self-explanatory. With this level assigned, users or groups who have access to this shared folder can do anything they desire: view, modify, delete, and so on.
•
Change With this level assigned, users or groups can change contents of the shared folder but cannot delete any of its content.
•
Read With this level assigned, users or groups can only view the existing content without being able to make any changes to it.
1 4 . When you have finished, click OK. You are returned to the Advanced Sharing window. 1 5 . Use the Limit the number of simultaneous users field to set the maximum amount of users that can connect to a shared folder. (For home networks, this setting is optional.) Advanced Sharing ¡ 7 | Share this f o l d e r Settings Share n a m e ; downloads Add
[|
Remove
|
Limit t h e n u m b e r of simultaneous users t o :
Comments:
Permissions
|
I
Caching
'QK
~| I
Cancel
~| |
Apply
1 6 . You can also set options related to caching and how the shared folder is available to users who are offline. To do this, click Caching, enter the settings the way you
Using Advanced Sharing to Stop Sharing Your Folders or Partitions
169
want them, then click OK. Again, this is not an important setting, especially for home networks, so you may choose to ignore this step. 17. Click OK. You are returned to the Properties window. 18. Click Close. The selected folder or partition is now shared with the user accounts or groups that you have specified, using the permission levels that you have set for each. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure for all the items you want to share. When you have finished, close Windows Explorer.
Using Advanced Sharing to Stop Sharing Your Folders or Partitions If you want to stop sharing a folder or partition, the procedure is actually easier when using Advanced Sharing instead of the Sharing Wizard. In this exercise, you will learn how. SET UP Open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut. 1. Navigate to the folder or partition that you want to stop sharing and right-click it. The contextual menu appears.
y ^ y H 0 • 7 Tutorials • Organize»
^ Open
•»• | Include in library »
W Favorites H
Desktop
J. Downloads ®
Recent Places
¿1 Libraries Documents Jl
Music
^
Pictures
H
Videos
Contacts
Share with »
ta )•
Desktop
* Games
Dow
Burn
OOpen pen
M
Computer
Network
D o w n l o a d s Date modified: 10/24/2010 10:55 PM File folder
My cuments
Open in new w i n d o w • |
Restore previous versions Include in library
•
Send to
•
CutCopy
Homegroup
p] |{f;
»
HJ fyi
1
Share with
I
| | Search 7 Tutorials
New folder
Create shortcut Delete Rename Properties
My Music
Advanced sharing...
My Pictures
170
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
2. Click Share with, then choose Advanced sharing. The Properties window of the selected folder or partition opens. i
m
D o w n l o a d s Properties General
Sharing j Security j Previous Versions- ¡j Customise
Network File and Folder Sharing downloads Not Shared Network Path: Not Shared |
Share,.,
Advanced Sharing Set custom permissions, create multiple shares, and set other advanced sharing options. |
rt"V
Advanced Sharing...
|
Password Protection People without a user account and password for this computer can access folders shared with everyone. To chanqe this settino, use the Network and Sharina Center.
OIC
|
Cancel
Apply
Tip An alternative is to right-click the folder, select Properties, then go to the Sharing tab.
3. Click Advanced Sharing. The Advanced Sharing window opens. f i ^ r h d i c l Sharing
laS^I
¡7| Share this folder Settings Share name: downloads Add
I1 Remove
|
Limit the number of simultaneous users tpi
20
¡-v
1
Comments:
I
Permissions
I
| i
j'Tiing
OK
|
Cancel
[ |
Apply
|
Using Advanced Sharing to Stop Sharing Your Folders or Partitions
171
4. Clear the Share this folder check box. The Advanced Sharing window grays out completely. A d v a n c e d Sharing
L i S h a r e this folder Settings S h a f t name:
Add
(
Remove
Lin lit t l i e ,-iUmbet of iimUltanEijLji- usei s te
1
Comments:
I
Permissions
I
| |
Caching
OK
"I I
Cancel
~| |
Apply
5. Click OK. You might be notified that a number of files are open by a certain number of users connected to the shared folder or partition.
6.
Announce to the users connected to your shared item that you are about to discontinue sharing it so that they can save and close any work that is at that location. When you have finished notifying any affected users, click Yes. You are returned to the Properties window of the selected folder or partition.
7. Click Close. The selected folder or partition is no longer shared.
172
Chapter 7
^^
Sharing Libraries and Folders
C L E A N U P Repeat t h e p r o c e d u r e f o r all t h e i t e m s y o u w a n t t o share. W h e n y o u h a v e f i n i s h e d , close W i n d o w s Explorer. N o t e If you want to stop sharing a folder or partition only w i t h a certain user account or user group, follow the procedure detailed in the "Using Advanced Sharing to Share Your Folders or Partitions" section on page 162 and pay special attention to step 12.
Using the Public Folder for Sharing In the "Configuring the Network Sharing Settings" section in Chapter 5, "Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7," there is mention of enabling the Public folder for sharing. When turned on, the C:\Users\Public\ folder is shared with all the computers on the network. This folder contains the following subfolders: Public Documents, Public Downloads, Public Music, Public Pictures, and Public Videos. These folders contain some sample files of music, pictures, and videos. The Public folder also contains a series of hidden folders such as: Favorites, Libraries, and Public Desktop. By default, these folders are empty. =
1 .
j
•
Organize »
Computer
I n c l u d e in library »
S
• Users
Share w i t h *
•
Public Burn
t
N e w folder
Name
Date m o d i f i e d
Type FTIefolder
Downloads
Public Downloads
7/14/2009 7:54 A M
File folder
Recent Places
Public Music
7/25/2010 4:07 A M
File folder
Public Pictures
7/25/2010 4:07 AM
File f o l d e r
Public Videos
7/25/2010 4:07 AM
File f o l d e r
Libraries
3
a
« Size
Documents q f l Music g
Pictures
Q
Videos
Homegroup
'V
Computer
^
Network
4 ; 5 i t e m s State: JÎ
am
p
fi] -
3/17/2010 10:05 PM
Desktop
p
T 1 *f j 1 Search Public
Public D o c u m e n t s
-i" Favorites S
• w i n d o w s 7 (C:)
_
Shared
Users from the other computers can read its contents and write files inside this folder and its subfolders. When turned off, this folder is not shared with your network.
i
M a p p i n g a Shared N e t w o r k Folder as a N e t w o r k Drive
173
Using the Public folder is a matter of choice and personal style, and in certain scenarios, it can be useful. For example, if multiple people are using the same computer—each person with his own user account—you can use the Public folder to share files between all these user accounts. Everything you place inside this folder will be accessible to other user accounts. The Public folder can also be used for sharing files with other computers on your network. If you choose to share this folder, other computers can access its contents. Recommendation Use Public folder sharing if •
You w a n t to share files f r o m a single location f o r ease of m a n a g e m e n t .
•
You w a n t to keep e v e r y t h i n g y o u share separate f r o m y o u r personal data.
•
It is okay to apply t h e same permissions f o r all users of y o u r h o m e n e t w o r k .
N o t e By default, the Public folder is not shared unless you are connected to a Homegroup. To stop sharing this folder, you need to follow the instructions f o u n d in the "Configuring the Network Sharing Settings" section in Chapter 5, "Customizing Network Sharing Settings in Windows 7".
Mapping a Shared Network Folder as a Network Drive Drive mapping is the procedure by which you can associate a local drive letter (for example, A to Z, just like your disk drives) with an area on another network computer (for example, a shared folder) or Internet location (for example, an FTP site). Using drive mappings can be very useful, especially when working with different operating systems on the same network. For example, if you use both Windows 7 and Windows XP in your home network, you cannot take full advantage of the Homegroup feature. Using drive mappings can be a pretty good alternative because you can easily access the shared folders from the other computer. In this exercise, you will learn how to map a shared folder from another computer as a network drive on your Windows 7 computer. SET UP Open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut. 1. At the top of the window, in the toolbar, click the Map network drive button. If you cannot see it, maximize the window and it will appear. The Map Network Drive Wizard opens.
174
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
y^ j
^
M a p N e t w o r k Drive
What network folder would you like to map? Specify t h e drive l e t t e r f o r t h e c o n n e c t i o n and t h e f o l d e r t h a t y o u w a n t t o c o n n e c t t o :
Drive:
|Z:
Folder:
T
[
Browse...
Example: \ \ s e r v e r \ s h a r e [71 R e c o n n e c t at l o g o n F I C o n n e c t u s i n g d i f f e r e n t credentials C o n n e c t to a W e b site t h a t y o u can use to store y o u r d o c u m e n t s and pictures.
|
Finish
|
[
Cancel
]
Tip An alternative to start the Map Network Drive Wizard is to right-click on the Computer shortcut, then select Map Network Drive.
2. Click the Drive drop-down list. A list opens showing the available letters that you can assign to the network drive.
\y
M a p N e t w o r k Drive
What network folder would you like to map? Specify the drive letter f o r t h e c o n n e c t i o n and t h e f o l d e r t h a t y o u w a n t t o c o n n e c t t o :
Drive:
[gL
Folder:
tials 1 use to store y o u r d o c u m e n t s and pictures.
Finish
Cancel
M a p p i n g a Shared N e t w o r k Folder as a N e t w o r k Drive
3. Select the drive letter you want to assign. 4. In the Folder field, click Browse. The Browse For Folder window opens, in which you can select the shared folder that you want to map. B r o w s e For F o l d e r Select a s h a r e d n e t w o r k folder
ÉV J
Network >
CIPRIAN-PC Documents £
filme
J;
kit Music
4
i
_diverse 8mm
*
»
I
"r
Make N e w Folder
j
1
|
OK
| |
f
Cancel
5. Wait until all the computers on your network are displayed, then browse to the computer where the shared folder is found. 6.
If the computer you want to access is set to allow access to a user account only after a password is provided, a Windows Security window pops up. You are asked to type a user account and password that has access to that computer. If you don't see this window, skip to step 11. W i n d o w s Security
Enter Network Password Enter y o u r p a s s w o r d t o c o n n e c t to: C I P R I A N - P C
Ciprian-PC\Ciprian
t
Domain; Ciprian-PC m
R e m em b er my c r e d e n t i a I s
L o g o n failure: u n k n o w n user n a m e o r b a d p a s s w o r d ,
OK
| |
Cancel
175
176
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
7. In the first field, type the name of the computer to which you want to connect. Type a \ (the backslash character) and a user account defined on that computer. For example, if you want to connect to a computer called Ciprian-PC, which has Ciprian as a user account defined on it, type Ciprian-PC\Cipnan. 8.
In the second field, type the password for that user account.
9. Select the Remember my credentials check box so that you are not asked to type the user account and password each time you want to access it. 1 0 . Click OK. You are returned to the Browse For Folder window. 1 1 . Select the folder that you want to map and click OK. You are returned to the Map Network Drive Wizard.
j
M a p N e t w o r k Drive
What network folder would you like to map? Specify t h e drive l e t t e r f o r t h e c o n n e c t i o n and the f o l d e r t h a t y o u w a n t t o c o n n e c t to:
Drive: Folder:
\\CIPRIAN-PC\Music
Browse..
Example: WserverVshare J
R e c o n n e c t at l o g o n
171 C o n n e c t u s i n g d i f f e r e n t c r e d e n t i a l s C o n n e c t t o a W e b site t h a t y o u c a n use t o s t o r e y o u r d o c u m e n t s a n d p i c t u r e s .
Finish
Cancel
12. Select the Reconnect at logon check box. This allows your computer to automatically connect to the shared folder and make it accessible as a network drive each time you log on.
M a p p i n g a Shared N e t w o r k Folder as a N e t w o r k Drive
177
13. If your user account doesn't have access to the shared folder, select the Connect using different credentials check box. 14. Click Finish. A Windows Security window appears, in which you are asked to type a user name and password in order to access the shared folder. In this window, by default, the last user account you used to access shared folders on the remote network computer will be selected. Windows
Security
- É S -
Enter Network Password Enter y o u r p a s s w o r d t o c o n n e c t to: CIPRIAN-PC
Ciprian-PC\Ciprian
J
R e m e m b e r my credentials
Use a n o t h e r a c c o u n t
OK
Cancel
15. If the user specified is correct, simply type the password and select the Remember my credentials check box. Important Pay attention to the computer name specified before the user name. If it is your computer name and not that of the remote computer that is sharing the folder, then the drive mapping won't work. In such a scenario, select Use Another Account and follow steps 6 to 10 in this exercise to type the correct user name and password. 16. Click OK. After a while, the shared folder is mapped and opened in a Windows Explorer window.
178
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
(
^
•
j
Organize* iï
Computer •
Include in library »
Favorites E
Desktop
j t Downloads Recent Places Libraries
Bum
1 +» 1 1
Starch M u s t AICJPRMN-PCJ /Zj p 1 (E
Date modified
Type Fife folde
^ _diverse
10/25/2010 7:27 PM
V Smm
ID/16/3011] 9:56 PM
Filefolde
1
10/17/20 03 12:51,,,
File folde
A Place to Bury Strangers ABBA
L AC DC
8/1/2009 2:12 PM
Filefolde
1/3Û/2G1Q 10 ¡40 PM
File folde
9/15/2010 7:06 PM
Filefolde
1*1 Documents
:
qty Music
1 Adrian Berinde
5/2/2010 5:35 PM
Filefolde
S
Pictures
\ Aero smith
10/20/201011:06 ,„
Filefolde
9
Videos
L AGATHODAIMON
8/1/2009 2:12 PM
Filefolde
L Agua de Annique
8/10/2010 9:01 PM
Filefolde
i
Alan Parsons Project
11/26/200ÎI 11:20
Filefolde
Alanis Morissette
10/13/2010 10:09 ,„
Filefolde
10/24/2010 7:37 PM
File folde
3/23/2010 12:00 AM
Filefolde
L Alice Cooper
2/18/2010 10:40 PM
Filefolde
|l Alina Manole
3/27/2010 5:02 PM
Filefolde
t^f Homegroup V' Computer
Accept
L Alcest Alexandru Andries
^
•
New folder
Name
j „
Music (\\CIPRIAN-PC) (Z:)
Network
-
a
&
346 items v '
Now, each time you log on, the shared network folder will be mapped on your computer as a local drive. ^^
CLEAN UP Close the Computer and Windows Explorer windows.
Mapping an FTP Server as a Network Drive Depending on your needs, it can be a good idea to map an FTP server as a network drive so that you can easily access it whenever you need it. This is very useful if you want to connect to a Web site that you own so you can manage the files and folders that reside on the hosting provider's servers, or if you want to connect to an FTP server at work to share files and documents with your coworkers. The procedure for mapping an FTP server is different; however, there's nothing complicated about it. In this exercise, you will learn how to map an FTP server as a network drive in Windows 7. SET UP Open Windows Explorer or the Computer shortcut.
M a p p i n g an FTP Server as a N e t w o r k Drive
179
1. At the top of the window, in the toolbar, click the Map network drive button. If you cannot see it, maximize the window and it will appear. The Map Network Drive Wizard opens.
'^Ji
Map Network Drive
What network folder would you like to map? Specify t h e drive letter f o r the c o n n e c t i o n a n d t h e f o l d e r t h a t y o u w a n t t o c o n n e c t to:
Drive: Folder:
Browse,., Example: \\setver\share V
R e c o n n e c t at l o g o n
rH C o n n e c t using different credentials C o n n e c t t o a W e b site t h a t y o u c a n u s e t o s t o r e y o u r d o c u m e n t s a n d p i c t u r e s .
Finish
Cancel
Tip An alternative to start the Map Network Drive Wizard is to right-click the Computer shortcut and select Map Network Drive.
2. Click the Connect to a Web site that you can use to store your documents and pictures link located in the lower part of the window. The Add Network Location Wizard opens.
©
m A d d Network Location
Welcome to the Add Network Location Wizard This wizard helps y o u sign up f o r a service t h a t offers online storage space. Y o u can use this space to store, organize, a n d share y o u r d o c u m e n t s and pictures using o n l y a w e b browser a n d I n t e r n e t connection. Y o u can also use this w i z a r d to create a s h o r t c u t to a website, an FTP site, or other n e t w o r k location.
Next
] [
Cancel
]
180
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
3. Click Next. You are asked where you want to create the network location.
Add Network Location
Where do you want to create this network location? L mj
Choose a c u s t o m network location Specify the address1 of a website, network location, or FTP site.
Nert
Cancel
4. Click Choose a custom network location. The Next button is no longer grayed out. N o A d d Network Location
w h e r e
do
y o u
w a n t to
create this
n e t w o r k
location?
Choose a custom network location i p e c i i y t h ^ a d d r e s s o f a w e L i s i t t , n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n , o r F T r i site.
Next
|
Cancel
5. Click Next. You are asked to specify the location of the FTP server to which you want to connect.
181
M a p p i n g an FTP Server as a N e t w o r k Drive
^^
Add Network Location
Specify the location of your website
T y p e t h e a d d r e s s o f t h e w e b s i t e , FTP site, o r n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n t h a t t h i s s h o r t c u t w i l l o p e i
I n t e r n e t or n e t w o r k address: ftp 05.186.130.25^
Browse,,
V i e w examples
Next
I
Cancel
6. Type f t p : / / followed by the IP address or the web address of the FTP site. 7. Click Next. You are asked to specify the user name and password required to connect to the FTP server.
A d d Network Location
Specify a User Name and Password if Required M o s t FTP servers a l l o w u s e r s t o l o g o n a n o n y m o u s l y w i t h l i m i t e d acc ess t o t h e s e r v e r .
Do yoju w a n t
to log on anonymously?-
|71 L o g o n a n o n y m o u s l y
LLEI rracrta
.Anonymous
i
Nesct
1
!
Cancel
¡
8. If your FTP server allows anonymous connections, simply click Next and skip to step 11. If the FTP server requests authentication in order to connect to it, clear the Log on anonymously check box.
182
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
Specify a User Name and Password if Required M o ? t FTP servers a l l o w users t o l o g o n a n o n y m o u s l y w i t h l i m i t e d a c c e s s t o t h e s e r v e r .
Do y o u w a n t
to log on anonymously?
HI Log on anonymously
Llssrnamei
test
Y o u w i l l b e p r o m p t e d f o r y o u r p a s s w o r d w h e n y o u c o n n e c t t o t h e FTP s e r v e r .
Next
| |
Cancel
I I
Cancel
|
9. Type the user name required to connect to the FTP server. 1 0 . Click Next. You are asked to type the name of the location.
A d d Network Location
What do you want to name this location? Create a n a m e f o r this s h o r t c u t t h a t w i l l h e l p y o u easily i d e n t i f y this n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n : ftp://205.186.130.;
•.
Type a name f o r t h i s network location: m y FTP site|
Nat
1 1 . Type the name you want to use for this mapping. Choose a name that suggests where the mapping points to. 1 2 . Click Next.
M a p p i n g an FTP Server as a N e t w o r k Drive
183
You are informed that you have successfully created a new network location using the name you entered in step 11.
A d d Network.Location
Completing the Add Network Location Wizard Y o u have successfully created this n e t w o r k location: h n y FTP sites A s h o r t c u t f o r this location will appear in C o m p u t e r . | 7 l O p e n t h i s n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n w h e n I c l i c k Finish.
[
Finish
] [
Caned
]
Click Finish. If the FTP server doesn't allow for anonymous access, you are asked to type a user name and password. If it does allow anonymous access, you can skip to the end of this exercise.
Could n o t login t o t h e FTP s e r v e r w i t h t h e user n a m e a n d p a s s w o r d specified,
FTP s e r v e r :
gD5.lS6.l3Ci..
User riarrie;
te^t
Password:
»
-
**«•«•**
A f t e r y o u log on, y o u c a n a d d this s e r v e r t o y o u r F a v o r i t e s a n d r e t u r n t o I t easily. FTP d o e s n o t e n c r y p t o r e n c o d e p a s s w o r d s o r d a t a b e f o r e s e n d i n g t h e m t o t h e server
T o p r o t e c t t h e s e c u r i t y o f y o u r p a s s w o r d s a n d d a t a , use W e b D A V instead-
>g on a n o n y m o u s l y
Save password Log ü n
Type the user name in the appropriate field. Type the password.
'
Cancel
184
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
16, Select the Save password check box. 17. Click Log On. After a while, the FTP server opens and you can view its content. S \
I
• Thelnteri Internet • 205.186.130.
U
S
®
SeaKb 205,136,130.204
Organize
SE Desktop
anon_ftp File folder
bin File folder
cqi-bin File folder
conf File fol der
error_docs File folder
httpdocs Filefolder
http s docs File folder
i Filefolder
private File folder
statistics Filefolder
subdomains File folder
web_users Filefolder
ft Downloads ' E , Recent Places .-, Libraries Documents J'* Music s
Pictures
R
Videos Homegroup Computer
12 items
The FTP server is now mapped and you can access it whenever you need to work with it. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the FTP location window, the Map Network Drive Wizard, and the Computer window.
Deleting a Mapped Network Drive Deleting a mapped network drive is a very simple procedure. In this exercise, you will learn how to do it. SET UP Open the Computer shortcut.
lAj
1. In the Computer section, scroll down to the Network Location section. You will find the drive mapping(s) you have made so far (shared network folders or FTP servers).
Deleting a M a p p e d N e t w o r k Drive
185
s n Œ /•^l'j'Ç' • Computer • Organize '
System properties
llninstall or changea program
Map network drive
1 | Search Computer Open Control Panel
fi *
I j 31
Hard Disk Drives (1)
¿T Favorites B
• |
Desktop
Local Disk (C:)
Downloads
11.3 GB free of 19.9 GB
' ^ J Recent Places
Devices with Removable Storage (2) Libraries 1
| Floppy Disk Drive (A:)
Documents
DVD RWfirive (D:)
Jfi Music
Network Location (3)
Pictures 0 *
Videos
Sh Shared Folders (Wymware-host)
Users (WCIPRIAN-PC) (V:) i
Home group
24,1 SB free of 64.9 GB
-my FTP' site file folder
Computer
%
Network
W I N P S 9 F H 3 D M B H E Workgroup: WORKGROUP
Memory: 2 J 0 GB
Processor. A M D Phenom(tm] HX4 .
If you want to delete an FTP server mapping, right-click it (if you want to delete a shared network folder mapping, skip to step 5). N r i L W ' . ' r $ L i j l j LI
1^.1 P l C t U f e s 0
Video;
Shared
a.)
r I
Folders "(Wvinware-host)
•
Homegroup m y FTP «
Computer
cl
—
site
File f o l d e r
Open Open in new window
Network
Send to
S+
m y FTP
site
Link target:
ftpi/.'tutorialïgs.
File f o l d e r
From the contextual menu, select Delete. You are asked to confirm the deletion.
Properties
186
Chapter 7
Sharing Libraries and Folders
Delete S h o r t c u t A r e y o u sure y o u w a n t t o m o v e t h i s s h o r t c u t t o t h e R e c y c l e B i n ? m y FTP site T y p e : File f o l d e r D a t e m o d i f i e d : 1 Q / 2 9 / 2 D 1 0 11:27 P M
Yes
No
4. Click Yes. The FTP server mapping is no longer available. 5. If you want to delete a shared network folder mapping, right-click it. The contextual menu opens. Users ( W C I P R I A N - P C ) (Y:)
w
24,0 g l Free
Open Open in new w i n d o w Restore p r e v i o u s v e r s i o n s Include in library
>
Always available offline ^Disconne^^ Copy Create shortcut Rename Properties
6. Select Disconnect. The drive mapping is no longer available. You have now deleted the selected drive mappings. ^^
CLEAN UP Close the Computer window.
Key Points
187
Key Points •
The Sharing Wizard makes it easy for you to share libraries and folders with your home network.
•
In order to use only Advanced Sharing in Windows 7, you need to disable the Sharing Wizard.
•
You cannot use the Advanced Sharing Wizard to share libraries. You can use it to share only folders and partitions.
•
You can map shared network folders as well as FTP servers for easier access.
:
Chapter at a Glance iî*i HP PhowîmoitCHDû seritiPropeni« Secnto GwW
1
1
DiwimSflflwgt " Puff* [ ¿ f r w j v i
,
.• Ztà-i j ^ r ^ r m r r t
If you f hart thij pewter, UHI M your n sTwoit: cart print to it. The printer '«ill M? be available tti* computM sltepj, To ihange the* j#«inq t, uif iti/- f^ru-- on? ^n'ir|i-ij:rnrf-
Share your printer with the network, page 190
il SIidie Ihn pun H^Wigtof nitre C5iOQ KHCÎ ^
.T
™ MC.. • HwneG...
' I ^T ! ' 'Cflrti C i T i r r P s P
Chienyr hornttgrogp setting^ This tcmputer (Miotics
Iwlh run nui y îi-rfteie irt veiHoru Of nt Ffi install additional rt livMi. in that thr •id the piml linvei wficn tliey cunrie<.t tu the
Share Ifciari« and printed
Share your printer with the Homegroup, page 195
MPWyiet
PjhMK
iSlO^M^wt
BMwi
Additional Drweri...
r~i~r
Share rr«du with devices Bfi Stttam my pâtures,
and vidi
Send files from your computer to your mobile phone via Bluetooth, page 206
M puni the hcfnegrc-up pj 0 El»e»n«i % 5 Î 5 Û can Pat; ! Hsdtvfffl I Sn»H FHM KPHl wfl
Enable Bluetooth and allow connections, page 199
OiiffiWfry ^ AsiuwBlyetwuUi Jemei to find thw Trt prntn-t your primary, ifl^rffhii ih'ffc bnv nnly laihf r'i ygo Want t Bluetooth deviit tu Ii ~ Cwwwrtionj
IS)
G 9'uctwjfh F»Je Tiansie
[JjAflaw Bluetooth devices to ewiiwct! [¿/Vert me when 4 ivtw Bluetooth Jevi J yinwfh* niuftonth iron in thr notrfira ; Turn off the Bluetooth tdipttf
Seled where to î p n d y t w i filt«. Nnl'ia ifilin tlidi S(llH0«fl PJlV'IT hWXKOOL Biuettmlh Muuir
jinilen'ji. jL»if « devirc.
Toy fJ Dili SkJttOOth
S
HFCUeine
I
Bluetooth PbOnf
fr, rnjii.i- thafyni» if» ,rnriinqH ^filr Mi thf : iw n> fiiulectj bit hie Hum being yiäMd lis fltlif • <*hiit i <
[¿Jljif m-ithtnhenHiin
I
NW
1 I" CanrH
Sharing and Working with Devices In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Share a printer with computers on your home network.
•
Enable Bluetooth on your computer and allow connections.
•
Pair your computer with your mobile phone.
•
Exchange files between your computer and your mobile phone.
•
Remove the pairing between your computer and your mobile phone.
In the previous chapter, you learned how to share libraries, folders, and files with the computers on your home network. Fortunately, the list of things you can share on your network does not end here. You can also share some of the devices connected to your computer, the most common being the printer. Other devices include scanners, removable disk drives (such as USB memory sticks), or external hard disk drives. Another positive is that you can connect yet more devices to the computers on your network and transfer files between them. One great example is your mobile phone. With the use of Bluetooth technology, you can connect your laptop or notebook with your mobile phone and exchange files among them (photos, short videos, music, and so on). In this chapter, you will learn how to share a printer with the network or Homegroup and how to stop sharing it when you no longer need to use it as a network printer. Then, you will learn how to share a removable disk drive and how to transfer files between your mobile phones and your Windows 7 computers using Bluetooth.
189
190
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
Sharing a Printer with Computers on Your Home Network In Chapter 1, we talked a lot about Device Stage and how this feature allows you to interact with all the external devices attached to your computer. This feature comes in handy, especially when working with printers. Your printer is accessible in the Devices And Printers panel. From here, you can perform all the configuration tasks, including sharing it with the other computers on your home network. In this exercise, you will learn how to share a printer with your network in Windows 7. The exercise and illustrations were created using an HP PhotoSmart C5280 printer, but the same steps apply to any model of printer. SET UP Connect the printer to your computer, start it, and install the latest drivers for it. 1. Open the Start Menu and click Devices and Printers. The Devices And Printers panel opens, in which you can access all the external devices connected to your computer, including your printer.
:
Sharing a Printer w i t h C o m p u t e r s o n Your H o m e N e t w o r k
K^JK^J
jr
I n K
K
Harcl"'
A d d a device
•
Devi,.,
Search Devices and Printers Jp
•
A d d a printer
I %- V Microsoft®
Microsoft
Digital M e d i a
5-Button Mouse
Keyboard
I
m-r
USB20 C a m e r a
with IntelliEye(TM)
Printers a n d Faxes (4)
w HP PhotoSmart
M i c r o s o f t XPS
C 5 2 0 0 series
D o c u m e n t Writer
P D F - X C h a n g e 3,0
U n s p e c i f i e d (2)
S o n y Ericsson
K(
USB t o Serial
W595
13
items
2. Select your printer and right-click it. The contextual menu for the printer opens.
S n a g i t 10
#
191
192
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
s
U
. « Hard,..
U Add a device
•
Devi,,,
Setîfrii
k
Add a printer
See w h a t ' s p r i n t i n g
Microsoft
Microsoft®
5-Button Mouse
Digital Media
with
Keyboard
Oi^icei
and
»
I ^" ' • I
FVin'ere
Ö
USB20 C a m e r a
IntelliEyefJM)
Printers a n d Faxes (4)
/
Open Open in new w i n d o w
•0 HP Photos C5200se
See w h a t ' s p r i n t i n g V
X C h a n g e 3.0
S n a g i t 10
Set as d e f a u l t p r i n t e r
Unspecifi
Printing preferences Printer properties Create s h o r t c u t Troubleshoot Remove device
S o n y Eric W595
Properties HP
PhotoSmart C5200
series
State' Model: Category:
© tt
H P P h o t o S m a r t C 5 2 0 0 series Printer
3. Click Printer properties. The Properties window for the selected printer opens. 4. Click the Sharing tab. Here, you can see whether the printer is already shared.
e
Sharing a Printer w i t h Computers on Your H o m e N e t w o r k
I
Geneial
Sharing
P e v i ^ e Settings Ports-
About
Advanced
Color M a n a g e m e n t .
I f y o u s h a r e t h i s p r i n t e r , a n y u s e r o n y o u r n e t w o r k c a n p r i n t t o it, T h e '""iff
pointer will n o t be available w h e n t h e c o m p i thesje s e t t i n g s , u s e t h t
r sleeps. T o c h a n g e
[ ^ ¿ c ^ j g f i ^ ^ ^ i r t ^ ^ ^ l ^ j
Change Sharing Options I _| Sh^re t h i s p r i n t e r
Inr-v
ftiffii
HP PhotoSmart C52DCI series
i. I Render p r i n t j o b j on client c o m p u t e r
Drivers It" t h i s p r i l i l e h i s s h a r e d W i t h Users r i j l i l i i i i L | J i f l - t l ' e i i ' . V e P s i u n s i f W i n d o w ; . y o u f f l g y W^fcfti*? nTstall : , n r l i r i o n " : i d i i v e r s , f-p r h ^
rhF
users d o t r o t I h m « t o f i n d t h * p r i n t clover w h e n t h e y c o n n e c t t o t h e '.harfd
prints A d d i t m n - i l Drivers,..
•K
j I
5. Click the Change Sharing Options button. The sharing fields can now be edited. 6. Select the Share this printer check box.
Cancel
| I
Apply
193
194
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
: H P P h o t o s i n a r t C 5 2 0 0 series P r o p e r t i e s
I
Security
Sharing
General /
D e v i c e Settings Ports
About
Advanced
Color M a n a g e m e n t
I f y o u s h a r e t h i s p r i n t e r , a n y u s e r o n y o u r n e t w o r k c a n p r i n t t o it. T h e p r i n t e r w i l l n o t b e available w h e n t h e c o m p u t e r sleeps, T o c h a n g e t h e s e s e t t i n g s , use t h e N e t w o r k a n d S h a r i n g C e n t e r .
V
Share t h i s p r i n t e r
Share n a m e :
J
H P P h o t o S m a r t C 5 2 0 0 series
Render p r i n t j o b s on client c o m p u t e r s
Drivers I f t h i s p r i n t e r i s s h a r e d w i t h users r u n n i n g d i f f e r e n t v e r s i o n s o f W i n d o w s , y o u m a y w a n t t o install a d d i t i o n a l drivers, s o t h a t t h e users d o n o t h a v e t o f i n d t h e p r i n t d r i v e r w h e n t h e y c o n n e c t t o t h e shared printer. A d d i t i o n a l Drivers.,,
OK
Cancel
Apply
7. By default, the Share name of the printer is its model name. If you want to change it, type a new share name. 8. If you want a negligible performance increase on your computer, check Render p r i n t j o b s on client computers. When this option is enabled, printing jobs are no longer rendered on the computer to which the printer is attached but on the computers ordering the printing jobs. This prevents any performance impact on the host computer when the client computers start printing large files. However, modern computers are very powerful and the performance impact of this setting is negligible. It is up to you whether you want this setting enabled. 9. Click OK. The printer is now shared with the computers on your network and they can install it and use it. ^^ CLEAN UP Close Devices And Printers.
Sharing a Printer w i t h Your H o m e g r o u p
Sharing a Printer with Your Homegroup Sharing a printer with the Homegroup is extremely easy. Simply open the Homegroup settings window and, in the Share Libraries And Printers section, check Printers, and then click Save Changes. s « A l l C...
k
if
HorneG...
Search
Control Panel
p
I
Change homegroup settings
^
Th is c o m p u t e r bel on g s to a h om e g r o u p .
Share libraries a n d printers
[7] Pictures
•
[71 D o c u m e n t s
[7] Printers
Music
H c w d o I s h a r e a d d i t i o n a l l i b r a r i es?
[7] Videos
H o w do ] e x c l u d e files a n d f o l d eis?
Share m e d i a w i t h devices
[71 Stream my pictures; music; and videos to all devices on my h o m e network Choose m e d i a s t r e a m i n g options... N o t e : S h a r e d m ed ia is n ot s e c u re, A n y o n e c o n n e c t e d to y o u r n e t w o r k ca n receive y o u r shared media. Other h o m e g r o u p actions View or print the h o m e g r o u p password Change t h e password... Leave t h e h o m e g r o u p . , , C h a n g e a d v a n c e d s h a r i n g settings... Start t h e H o m e G r o u p t r o u b l e s h o o t e r
Save c h a n g e !
M
Cancel
See Also For more information about the Homegroup and how to find its settings window, see Chapter 6, "Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers."
The printer will automatically show up in the Devices And Printers panel of all the computers that are part of the Homegroup and they will be able to use it.
196
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
Stop Sharing the Printer If you want to discontinue sharing the printer with the network, follow steps 1 to 5, detailed in the "Sharing a Printer with Computers on Your Home Network" section on page 190. Clear the Share This Printer check box, then click OK. TSJj H P P h o t o ; r r r a r t C52Q0 s e r i e s P r o p e r t i e s 5 gr^jiti.i: General
I Sharing
-5?
Deyit^e Settings Ports
I
Advanced
About Color M a n a g e m e n t .
I f y o u s h a r e t h i s p r i n t e r , a n y u s e r o n y o u r n e t w o r k c a r . p r i n t t o it. T h e '"^li* •
p r i n t e r w i l l n o t b e available w h e n t h e c o m p u t e r sleeps, T o c h a n g e t h e s e s e t t i n g s , use t h e N e t w o r k a n d S h a r i n g C e n t e r -
Ö Share t h i s •li^i :
I -
printer HP P l i o t o s r n a r t C 5 2 ( l [ ' s e r i e i
Rehder p r l n t j o b j on client c a i r i p u t n h
Drivers I f t h i s p r i n t e r i s s h a r e d w i t h users r u n n i n g d i f f e r e n t v e r s i o n s o f W i n d o w s , y o u m a y w a n t t o install a d d i t i o n a l drivers, s o t h a t t h e users d o n o t h a v e t o f i n d t h e p r i n t d r i v e r w h e n t h e y c o n n e c t t o t h e shared printer. A d d i t i o n a l Drivers,,
OK
M
Cancel
|
Apply
The printer is no longer shared with the other computers on the network. This procedure stops sharing the printer with computers that are not a part of the Homegroup and that are running operating systems other than Windows 7. To stop sharing a printer with the Homegroup, open the Homegroup settings window, and in the Share Libraries And Printers section, clear the Printers check box, then click Save Changes.
Sharing a Removable Disk Drive
197
S I SS I if
Search Control Panel
p
Change homegroup settings
^ ^ ^
This computer belongs t o a homegroup.
Share libraries a n d printers •
Pictures
•
Music
•
Documents
•
Printers
H o w do I share a d d i t i o n a l libraries?
•
Videos
H o w do I exclude files a n d folders?
Share m e d i a w i t h devices [71 S t r e a m m y p i c t u r e s ; m u s i c ; a n d v i d e o s t o a l l d e v i c e s o n m y h o m e network
Choose m e d i a s t r e a m i n g options.,, N o t e : Sha red m ed ia is n ot secu re. A n y o n e c o n n e c t e d to y o u r n e t w o r k ca n receive y o u r shared media. Other h o m e g r o u p actions
V i e w o r p r i n t t h e h o m e g r o u p password C h a n g e t h e password... Leave t h e h o m e g r o u p . . . C h a n g e advanced sharing settings... Start t h e H o m e G i o u p t i o u b l e s h o o t e r
[
Save c h a n g e s
[
Cancel
See Also For more information about the Homegroup and how to find its settings window, see Chapter 6.
The printer will no longer show up in the Devices And Printers panel of all the computers that are a part of the Homegroup.
Sharing a Removable Disk Drive Removable disk drives (such as USB memory sticks or external hard disk drives connected through USB) are another type of device that you can share on your network. Sharing such devices is relatively easy—simply follow the instructions found in the "Using
198
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
Advanced Sharing to Share Your Folders or Partitions" section in Chapter 7, "Sharing Libraries and Folders." Ren-IDViible Disk
7.11 GB fhee of i.72 bB
Unfortunately, sharing disk drives of any type cannot be done using the simple Sharing Wizard found in Windows 7. You can only share them by using Advanced Sharing.
Transferring Files Between Mobile Phones and Your Windows 7 Computer via Bluetooth Bluetooth is a popular wireless technology used to exchange data between devices over short distances. One very common use for it is transferring files between two mobile phones or between a mobile phone and a laptop or netbook computer. An important downside of Bluetooth support for Windows 7 is the fact that some manufacturers do not provide full support for Windows 7 in their drivers. Therefore, you might experience problems connecting your mobile phone to your Windows 7 computer. This is especially true for older or less expensive mobile phones. Newer, more popular and expensive models generally benefit from good support and drivers that enable successful connections to Windows 7 computers. Before trying to connect your computer to your mobile phone, it is highly recommended that you install the latest drivers for the Bluetooth device on your computer and the latest drivers for your phone. These usually come packaged in the PC suites created by the manufacturer of your phone (for example: Nokia Ovi Suite, Sony Ericsson PC Suite, Motorola Phone Tools, or Samsung PC Studio). Another aspect worth keeping in mind is that desktop computers generally are not equipped with Bluetooth devices, so you cannot use them to establish such connections. If you want to establish Bluetooth connections on your desktop computer, you need to purchase and install a separate adapter. Also, not all mobile computers such as laptops or notebooks have Bluetooth devices. Therefore, it is best for you to check the configuration of your specific model and confirm whether it has Bluetooth support. If it does have a Bluetooth device, then read the next sections. If your computer does not have a Bluetooth device, then your only solution is to connect your mobile phone via a computer cable. This is usually provided by the manufacturer of your phone in the original packaging.
Enabling B l u e t o o t h o n Your C o m p u t e r a n d A l l o w i n g C o n n e c t i o n s
199
See Also For instructions on how to connect your mobile phone to your computer via the computer cable, check the manual for your specific model.
Assuming that you have a Bluetooth device on your computer and the latest drivers are installed, you need to follow a series of steps—in the correct order—before you begin transferring anything via Bluetooth. These steps are covered comprehensively in the next sections, so read them carefully; otherwise, you might run into some problems.
Enabling Bluetooth on Your Computer and Allowing Connections The first task is to enable Bluetooth, both on your computer and on your mobile phone. The procedure is not very complicated, but it does require attention—especially during the setup process—so pay attention to the steps described in this chapter. In this exercise, you will learn how to enable Bluetooth on your Windows 7 laptop or netbook. You will also learn how to set it to allow connections from other devices such as your mobile phone. ^^
Bluetooth Turned O f f
Bluetooth Turned On
SET UP Install all the drivers provided by the manufacturer of your laptop, including those for Bluetooth. Then, make sure the Bluetooth device is turned on. To turn it on, locate the button on the side of your computer or above its keyboard. Typically, you can determine whether Bluetooth is enabled by an illuminated Bluetooth LED icon on the surface of your laptop or netbook. In addition, the Bluetooth icon from the taskbar turns from red (or completely missing) to white. See Also For complete instructions on how to turn on the Bluetooth device on your laptop or netbook, read the instruction manual provided by the manufacturer.
0
1. Go to the notification area of the Windows 7 taskbar and open the list of icons. 2. Right-click the Bluetooth icon. The contextual menu, which contains a list of Bluetooth-related configuration options, opens.
200
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
A d d a Device A l l p w d Device t o C o n n e c t
Show B l u e t o o t h Devices Join a Personal Area N e t w o r k Open
Settings1
J
Turn Adapter Off Remove Icon
3. Click Open Settings. The Bluetooth Settings window opens. @
B l u e t o o t h S e t t i n gs Options
C O M Ports
H a r d w a r e j s h a r e | PI M Interface
Discovery [7] A l l o w B l u e t o o t h devices to f i n d this c o m p u t e r I
To protect y o u r privacy, selectthis check b o x o n l y w h e n y o u w a n t a Bluetooth device to f i n d this c o m p u t e r .
Connections 0 A l l o w B l u e t o o t h devices to c o n n e c t to this c o m p u t e r [7] Alert me w h e n a n e w B l u e t o o t h device w a n t s to c o n n e c t
[ 7 1 S h o w t h e B l u e t o o t h i c o n i n t h e n o t i f i c a t i o n area Turn off the Bluetooth adapter
Change settings f o r a B l u e t o o t h enabled device.
Restore Defaults
•K
Cancel
Apply
Turning On Bluetooth on Your M o b i l e Phone
201
Tip An alternative to steps 1 to 3 is to search for the w o r d "bluetooth" in the search box of the Start Menu, then click the Change Bluetooth Settings search result.
4. In the Options tab, select the Allow Bluetooth devices to find this computer check box. This allows your computer to be discovered by other Bluetooth devices. 5. Select Allow Bluetooth devices to connect to this computer. If this setting is not enabled, other devices will not be able to connect to your computer. 6. Select Alert me when a new Bluetooth devices wants to connect. With this setting enabled, you are notified when new—and possibly unauthorized— devices want to connect to your computer, which allows you to act, if needed. 7. Select Show the Bluetooth icon in the notification area. This allows you to easily access the Bluetooth capabilities on your computer and use them as required. 8. Click OK. The Bluetooth on your computer is now enabled, correctly configured, and ready to establish connections to and interact with other devices. ^^ CLEAN UP No cleanup is required.
Turning On Bluetooth on Your Mobile Phone Now that your computer is correctly configured, it's time to turn on Bluetooth on your mobile phone. How to do this depends on the type of phone you have. We will try to help by sharing a few examples. On smartphones running the Android operating system (version 2.1 or 2.2), go to Settings -> Wireless & Networks, and then simply select the Bluetooth check box. On Sony Ericsson phones, go to Settings -> Connectivity -> Bluetooth, and then choose Turn On. For Nokia phones (which are more popular in Europe), the setup is very similar to Sony Ericsson: go to Settings -> Connectivity -> Bluetooth. Here you simply need to change the value of the Bluetooth field to On. See Also If you can't find the Bluetooth settings on your phone, consult the instruction manual for guidance on how to turn it on.
202
Chapter 8
Sharing a n d W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
Pairing Your Computer with Your Mobile Phone, Starting from Your Phone Before being able to transfer files, you need to pair the devices together. This procedure can be started from your mobile phone or from your computer. The end result is the same, so you can choose which one works best for you. In this exercise, you will learn how to pair your computer with your mobile phone, starting from your phone. SET UP Go to the Bluetooth configuration menu on your phone. 1. Set your phone to scan for Bluetooth devices. This option is found in the same Bluetooth menus. On Nokia phones, go to Paired Devices -> Add New Device. On Android phones, go to Bluetooth Settings -> Scan For Devices. On Sony Ericsson phones, go to Bluetooth -> My Devices -> New Device. A scan process starts, and after a few seconds, the phone shows the results. See Also To learn how to do this, refer to the manual provided by the manufacturer of your phone.
2. From the list of identified devices, select the computer to which you want to connect. 3. You are asked to type a personal identification number (PIN) code that will be used to establish the pair. Type the four-digit code you want to use. This can be any number you want. 4. Press OK. On your computer, you are notified that a Bluetooth device is trying to connect. 0 A Bluetooth device is trying to connect ^ Click to allow this.
x
V
5. Click the notification. The Add A Device Wizard opens, in which you are asked to type the pairing code.
Pairing Your Computer with Your Mobile Phone, Starting from Your Computer 2 0 3
^
Jp
Adda
device
Enter the pairing code for the device This w i l l verify t h a t y o u are c o n n e c t i n g to the correct device,
1234
:•
The code is either displayed on y o u r device or in the i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t came w i t h the device.
I
HTC Desire
W l , a l if I can't f i n d the device pairing code?
|
6.
Next
J |
Cancel
|
Type the same PIN code you entered on your phone.
7. Click Next. Windows 7 now starts installing the drivers for your phone. When the installation is complete, you are notified that the device has been successfully added.
,
r f A d d a device
This device has been successfully a d d e d to this c o m p u t e r W i n d o w s is n o w checking f o r drivers and w i l l install t h e m if necessary. Y o u m a y need to w a i t f o r t h i i to finish before y o u r device ¡5 ready to use.
Ml
To verify if this device finished installing p r o p e r l y look f o r it in Devices and Printers. Warning To help protect y o u r c o m p u t e r f r o m someone accessing it w i t h o u t y o u r permission, only make y o u r c o m p u t e r discoverable w h e n y o u w a n t a Bluetooth device to f i n d y o u r computer. Disable discovery w h e n y o u no longer need it.
HTC Desire
1
1
I m p o r t a n t If Windows 7 is not able to install the appropriate drivers, this procedure fails. In such scenarios, download and install the Windows 7 drivers for your phone prior to establishing the Bluetooth pairing. They are usually packed in the PC suites created by the manufacturer of your phone (for example, Nokia Ovi Suite, Sony Ericsson PC Suite, Motorola Phone Tools, or Samsung PC Studio). Installing these suites first will help solve the driver problems.
204
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
8. Click Close. Your computer and mobile phone are now paired and can begin exchanging files. ^^ CLEAN UP Keep both devices turned on and do not change any of their settings.
Pairing Your Computer with Your Mobile Phone, Starting from Your Computer As mentioned in the previous section, the pairing procedure can be started from any device. In this exercise, you will learn how to pair your computer with your mobile phone, starting from your computer. SET UP Go to the Bluetooth configuration menu on your phone and set your phone so that it can be discovered. Depending on your phone, this means turning on settings named Discoverable or setting your phone's visibility to "Shown to all." When you have finished, open the Devices and Printers panel on your computer. See Also To learn how to make your phone discoverable via Bluetooth, refer to the manual provided by the manufacturer of your phone.
1. On your computer, click the Add a device button in the Devices and Printers panel. This starts the Add A Device Wizard, which automatically scans for new devices, including Bluetooth devices.
A d d a device
Select a device to a d d to this c o m p u t e r W i n d o w s w i l l c o n t i n u e t o look f o r n e w devices and display t h e m here.
HTC Desire Sal
N o k i a 6600 slide
Bluetooth
i* .
Bluetooth
Phone
W
Phone
W n a t i f W i n d o w s d o e s n ' t f i n d m y device
Mext
Cancel
Pairing Your C o m p u t e r w i t h Your M o b i l e Phone, Starting f r o m Your C o m p u t e r
205
2. Once your mobile phone is detected, select it and click Next. The wizard displays a code that you need to type on your mobile phone.
-j
J * A d d a device
Type the following
code into your device
This-will v e r i f y t h a t y o u are c o n n e c t i n g to the correct device,
97694272 A f t e r y o u t y p e this code, y o u m i g h t need to press Enter. OK, nr a similar
aHTC Desire
b u t t o n o n ' y o u r device.
t J W a i t i n g f o r y o u to e n t e r t h i s pairing code on y o u r device... H o w d o I e n t e r t h i s code o n m y device?
11 f i t
I
Cancel
3. On your mobile phone, you are notified that the computer wants to connect via Bluetooth. Press OK, then type the code shown on your computer (from step 2). Once the code is entered, the pairing is created and Windows 7 automatically searches for drivers for your mobile phone, then installs them. When done, you are informed that the device has been successfully added to the computer.
,
A d d a device
This device has been successfully added to this computer W i n d o w s i s n o w c h e c k i n g f o r drivers a n d w i l l install t h e m i f necessary. Y o u m a y need t o w a i t f o r this t o f i n i s h before y o u r device is ready to use. To v e r i f y if this device f i n i s h e d installing properly, look f o r it in
•
1
lg1
Devices a n d Printers. HTC D r a r e
Close
|
206
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
4. Click Close. Your computer and mobile phone are now paired and can begin exchanging files. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Devices And Printers window.
Exchanging Files Between Your Computer and Your Mobile Phone Your Bluetooth devices are finally ready to exchange files. You can now send files from your computer to the mobile phone and vice versa. In this exercise, you will learn how to initiate file transfers from your computer to your mobile phone, via Bluetooth. SET UP Go to the notification area of your taskbar and identify the Bluetooth icon. 1. Right-click the Bluetooth icon. The contextual menu appears, containing a list of Bluetooth-related configuration options. A d d a Device AllaW a Device to C o n n e c t
Show B l u e t o o t h Devices S e n d a File R e c e i v e a File Join a Perional Area N e t w o r k O p e n Settings Remove Icon
I T Pf
K
Ö £
Customize.«
2. Click Send a File. The Bluetooth File Transfer Wizard opens and shows you the list of Bluetooth devices with which your computer is paired.
Exchanging Files Between Your C o m p u t e r and Your M o b i l e Phone
207
S ©
Bluetooth File Transfer
Select w h e r e t o s e n d y o u r files
Nokia 6600 slide
H i l suj
Bluetooth Phone
•
€] f
M A X KOOL
fit 1 irnj
Bluetooth phone
T o y & Dark Bluetooth Phone HTC Desire Bluetooth Phnnè
Die authentication to ensure tl Mt vo'.J sre sending t h e f i l e t a the correct device. The authentication also protect? the t i k r r o m being viewed bv others win lie it ii s e n t to the o t h i i ' deviea, 0 Use a u t h e n t i c a t i o n
I
Next
I I
Cancel
|
3. Select the phone to which you want to send the file, then click Next. You are asked to select the file that you want to send. S
0
©
Bluetooth File Transfer
Select t h e files to s e n d To choose files, click Browse. File names:
Chrysanthemum.jpg
Browse...
1
Next
1
Cancel
|
4. Click Browse, then select the file you want to transfer. Tip To select more than one file, press and hold the Ctrl key on your keyboard while using your mouse to select the files you want to transfer. When you have finished, click OK.
5. Click Next. The file transfer process starts.
208
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
Bluetooth File Transfer
•O1
The file is being sent
Sending to:
HTC Desire
File name:
Chtysanthemum.jpg
Sending...
illj^jiill
6. Depending on your phone and how it is configured, the file transfer starts immediately and without user input, or it stops until you confirm on your phone that you want to allow the transfer. For example, on our Nokia phones, the transfer started immediately, while on our Android-based smartphones, we needed to confirm the transfer before it started. Once the file transfer finishes, you are notified of its success.
» ©
Bluetooth File Transfer
File successfully transferred
a n t to:
HTC De-sire
Files sent;. File Name
Size
Chtysanthemum.jpg
858 KB
I
Finish
I
7. Click Finish. The file is now transferred to your phone. ^^ CLEAN UP If you have finished transferring files, it is better to turn off Bluetooth on your mobile phone. This will save your battery. If you need to use it again, don't forget to turn it on first.
Exchanging Files Between Your M o b i l e Phone and Your C o m p u t e r
209
Exchanging Files Between Your Mobile Phone and Your Computer As mentioned earlier in this chapter, the transfer of files can also be initiated from your mobile phone. If you've made some interesting pictures with your phone, a small video clip or anything else, you can transfer it to your computer. In this exercise, you will learn how to initiate file transfers from your mobile phone to your computer, via Bluetooth. SET UP The first steps need to be done on your computer. Do not do anything on the phone yet. Go to the notification area of your taskbar and identify the Bluetooth icon.
0
1. Right-click the Bluetooth icon. The contextual menu opens, containing a list of Bluetooth-related configuration options. A d d a Device A l l o w a Device to C o n n e c t Show Bluetooth Devices S e n d a File R e c e i v e a File Join a Personal Area N e t w o r k O p e n Settings Remove Icon U
m
M
Q
C u s t o m rse...
2. Click Receive a File. The Bluetooth File Transfer Wizard opens and informs you that it is waiting for a connection. After this step (and only after this step), you can go to your phone and initiate the transfer.
210
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
3. On your mobile phone, select the files you want to transfer. 4. Choose the options required to send the files via Bluetooth. 5. The phone asks you to select the Bluetooth device you want to send them to. Select your computer, then confirm your choice. The file transfer automatically begins; you can see both your mobile phone and computer showing the progress of the operation.
6. Wait for the file transfer to end. When it has finished, you are shown a summary of the transfer. The Bluetooth File Transfer Wizard lists the files that were received and asks for a location to save them to. The default location is your Documents folder for your user account.
Removing the Pairing Between Your M o b i l e Phone and Your C o m p u t e r
211
h
©
Bluetooth FileTransfer
Save the received file Save the file to t h e location below, or click Browse to choose a d i f f e r e n t location.
File name:
Location;
File N a m e
Stze
02.jpg
1,51MB
Ol.jpg
1.35 MB
C:\Ui
firs\M£X\DQCuments
Browse.,..
|
Finish
| |
Cancel
|
7. To select a different location to save the received files, click Browse, then select the new location. 8. When you have finished, click Finish. The data is now transferred to your computer. ^^ CLEAN UP If you finished transferring files, it is better to turn off Bluetooth on your mobile phone. This will save your battery. If you need to use it again, don't forget to turn it on first.
Removing the Pairing Between Your Mobile Phone and Your Computer If you have changed your phone, it is broken, or you simply you don't need to use it anymore to transfer files via Bluetooth with your computer, you can remove the pairing you've created so that it no longer appears in the Devices and Printers panel. In this exercise, you will learn how to remove the pairing between your computer and your mobile phone from your Windows 7 computer. SET UP Open the Devices and Printers panel on your computer. 1. Right-click the phone that you want to remove. The contextual menu opens, which contains options for the selected phone.
212
Chapter 8
Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices
a |f!5£ ** Hardware and S... A d d a device
A d d a printer
•
Devices and Printer; C o n n e c t using *
i
^
| | Sf-atrrt Devices -and Printers
• | Troubleshoot
Remove device
i
H p
»
Devices (6)
_
^
I
i«
I
Jft VP
C o n n e c t using A Ug Nokia 661
M o d e m settings Dial-up N e t w o r k i n g
•
Create s h o r t c u t
Printers and Faxes (3) !
Troubleshoot Remove device Properties
N o k i a 6 6 0 0 s l i d e Category: Phone; M o d e m Status Needs t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g
ri
2. Click Remove device. You are asked to confirm the deletion process.
3. Click Yes. The removal process begins and the Remove Device progress window appears. Remove
^
Device
Removing Device.. Nokia 6600 slide
[
Pose
I
Key Points
213
4. After a while, the progress window disappears and you are returned to the Devices and Printers window. The removal process for the pairing with the selected mobile phone is done. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Devices and Printers window.
Key Points •
You can share your printer both with your Homegroup computers and the computers that are not a part of it but are part of the home network.
•
Homegroup greatly simplifies the process of sharing your printer.
•
Sharing a removable disk drive can be done only by using Advanced Sharing.
•
Before using Bluetooth to transfer files between your mobile phone and your computer, you need to install all the appropriate drivers and enable Bluetooth on both devices.
•
Pairing your devices can be initiated by either your computer or your mobile phone.
•
Sending files via Bluetooth can be initiated by any of the paired devices.
:
Chapter at a Glance ©
Welcome ta Windows Media Piayef
r\ ckàng? tHwe setttnQf m lite flayer latw
Chpft* ti-e 5«wy}t fry Wrvio*i Mois Mrs» «
— Choose view modes in Windows Media Player 12, page 234
RetonvneivddJ tittincj» Vi Midi thê Oslo* C'Crf/rt' f« pHwng m
Set up your owncustom settings for Windows Media Player 12, page 216
tjwgp itv.i.J bi* i f f tft iVrrrtrfr t ynj \tm jniiimnM vt tmrji. l i t thi» rirvmvirt wd net jut iivil tn Wiivdùwï Midi» Pi.y*r
7'âTjg
F* View Play Tools I Help Sync
(Qjli^ J * Ulfwy * Mi«it • iJIwjm • Orjwae
It
Vkw
© Lib«*iy a Pianist? * J~J Musit
Ctri+1 Cbl*î CWO
Ml*v
Tool? Mtlp
/
a^muubv
fciwt H V'idtûj
V îhirtW mtou ilir Online JWrtJ
CtH+M
Your Majc fly VOUI ÉjwintiWpjipiM
^ " Nrtwo* and Sharing CtnUr • Media lirejminq gpbtmi
• | *t ' ] irur-J, fL-4,f,.t1 . fi I
Choose rriedi« I t f w n l n g oplior» for computers and devices jacVbuJch
Shew dr.KH on L
Set up média streamingfor ail the computers on your Homegroup, page 2 5 1
Stock All
r Media frogri*™ on this PC and •irr.ct* cCnnec1i«is_ tfiKHrtfT anm unry tfrfeuff trtrapi
¡awl
lACWJU5CH-CtIPi di'LMfi? ji.'rts using Sffaufl1 irtftnjiv
-
*
b
-
Ail litvitei urr efltirtrf te osiew jw/itemi rnrtfw, Chcwe Komegroue ead Tht ptrmjr
ihinng cpticrs çn'-n
\ A )
" UwAttBunu » LmkCn&neDi
» | *t | I '¡r-'nl
.
link online IDs with your Windows user account Linking jn onlir-e ID *4l>ypur Windows user account malts it tasier to start fila and connect "o Mcvi.di LfesmfiUrsm ifoftna re.enliatIEi.-Btii cjy ¥«'td s w u i c i t t a i « !
m Set up remote media streaming over the Internet, page 264
jacktousch f'iiiivjtd purtitlrJ
Add an online ID provider OK
p
9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Set up Windows Media Player 12.
•
Add files to your media library.
•
Search in Windows Media Player 12.
•
Create quick playlists in Windows Media Player 12.
•
Create advanced playlists in Windows Media Player 12.
•
Stream your media library over the network.
•
Stream your media library over the Internet.
Windows Media Player in its different incarnations has always been the default media player for Microsoft Windows operating systems. With this application, users are able to listen to music, play movies or DVDs, and view pictures and other types of media, such as recorded TV shows, for example. Windows 7 ships with the new Windows Media Player 12, which looks and feels very similar to Windows Media Player 11, but has a few new tweaks and additions. The interface has been somewhat pared down and the tabbed navigation of Windows Media Player 11 has been replaced with a separate Now Playing view and a collapsible, tabbed list pane on the right side for playlists, burning, and syncing. Perhaps most significant is the functionality with the new Windows 7 taskbar, which lets you control playback with the Windows Media Player 12 minimized. Another great feature of the new version is the fact that you can use it to stream media over your home network and the Internet. In this chapter, you will learn how to use Windows Media Player 12, add files to your media libraries, create playlists, and use the search, sort, and view functionalities. You will
215
216
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
also learn some useful keyboard shortcuts that you can use to improve your productivity when working with Windows Media Player 12. Last but not least, you will learn how to stream your media between the computers on your home network and over the Internet. Practice Files You can use any of your media files to complete the exercises in this chapter.
Setting Up Windows Media Player 12 When you first run Windows Media Player 12, you'll be asked to set some configuration settings about how this application is going to be enabled on your computer and how it is going to function. In this exercise, you will learn how to set up Windows Media Player 12 when you start it for the first time, using your own custom settings instead of the recommended defaults. ^ ^ ^
SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12. 1. The Windows Media Player 12 setup window opens, displaying the initial settings. You can choose between Recommended settings and Custom settings. Recommended settings means that all the default settings will be applied without you having any control over the setup. Custom settings means you can define all the important settings about how Windows Media Player 12 will work on your computer.
Searching in Windows Media Player 12
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
Welcome to Windows Media Player
ii
Choose t h e initial settings for Windows Media Player, Vou can change these settings in t h e Player later.
Recommended settings Make Windows Media Player t h e default p r o g r a m for playing media, automatically download usage rights and media information to u p d a t e your media files, and send usage d a t a f r o m t h e Player to Microsoft, S e t Media Guide as my active online store,
Custom settings Customize privacy, playback, and online store settings,
Usage d a t a will be sent to Microsoft if y o u use recommended settings, but t h e information will not be used to identify or c o n t a c t y o u , To learn more about Recommended settings, reap t h e I'iiv-j,;-
Choose Custom settings. Click Next. The Select Privacy Options window opens.
rrai:emen:: online
217
218
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
f
1
;
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
Select Privacy Options
Privacy Options
Privacy S t a t e m e n t
Enhanced Playback Experience i v 1 Display media i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e I n t e r n e t | 7 | U p d a t e music files b y r e t r i e v i n g media i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m t h e I n t e r n e t i J] D o w n l o a d u s a g e rights a u t o m a t i c a l l y w h e n I play or sync a file
Note: Media information that is retrievedmay not be in your language. Enhanced Content Provider 5ervices i S e n d u n i q u e Player ID to c o n t e n t p r o v i d e r s Click Cookies to vie1,",1 or c h a n g e p r i v a c y "settings t h a t a f f e c t conkjes
Windows Media Player Customer EHperience Improvement Program | V ) I w a n t t o help m a k e M i c r o s o f t s o f t w a r e a n d services e v e n b e t t e r b y s e n d i n g Player u s a g e d a t a t o M i c r o s o f t
History 'Store a n d display a list of r e c e n t l y / F r e q u e n t l y p l a y e d : [ 7 | Music
' V | Pictures
l7|Vidfeo
ii|Playlists
B-ac^
I|
Note If you choose Recommended Settings, the Next button will be replaced by Finish. If you click Finish, the entire setup is done, and no further input is required from you.
4. Select the privacy options from the Enhanced Playback Experience section. These options are handy for retrieving album artwork and other artist information, and if you have purchased music, you can choose to download the usage rights automatically when you play the file. It is highly recommended to select these options. 5. The Enhanced Content Provider Services section is about providing information to the content providers that you will interact with in Windows Media Player 12. If you do not want to send them any information, clear the Send unique Player ID to content providers check box. Tip You can also click the Cookies button and customize settings that affect cookies and what information is transmitted over the Web to the content providers with whom you will be working. However, it is best to leave those settings to their default because they will be applied to other Web sites as well, and it will also impact your browsing experience in Internet Explorer.
Searching in Windows Media Player 12
219
6. The Windows Media Player Customer Experience Improvement Program section lets you choose whether to provide information to Microsoft about how you are using this tool. The information is sent anonymously, and the purpose of it is to understand how people use the application. If you want to opt out of this program, clear the check box. 7. In the History section, you decide if you want Windows Media Player 12 to store your history for Music, Pictures, Video, or Playlists. Check the items for which you want to store your history. 8. If you are curious about the Privacy Statement, click the tab and you can read the entire statement from Microsoft. |
Windows
Media
Player
Select Privacy Options
Privacy Options
Privacy Statement
Microsoft is committed to o r o t e c t i n g y o u r privacy as a consumer, The W i n d o w s Media Player privacy s t a t e m e n t e x p l a i n s w h a t d a t a i s c o l l e c t e d , h o w i t i s u s e d , a n d w h a t p r i v a c y s e t t i n g s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e P l a y e r , Click t h e b u t t o n to view t h e online Player privacy s t a t e m e n t .
View S t a t e m e n t
D e p e n d i n g on your privacy settings, t h e Player m a y access Microsoft's WindowsMedia,conn W e b site in order to p r o v i d e y o u w i t h a n e n h a n c e d m e d i a e x p e r i e n c e . Click t h e b u t t o n t o v i e w t h e o n l i n e W i n d o w s M e d i a . c o m p r i v a c y statement,
View S t a t e m e n t
Back
220
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
9. When you have finished configuring all the settings, click Next. This opens a new window in which you are asked to choose which file types will be opened by default with Windows Media Player 12. 1
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
Select the Default Music and Video Player
H o w d o y o u w a n t t o use W i n d o w s Media Player?
• Make W i n d o w s Media Player t h e d e f a u l t music a n d v i d e o p l a y e r
• • C h o o s e t h e file t y p e s t h a t W i n d o w s Media Player will play
1 0 . It is highly recommended to select the Choose the file types that Windows Media Player will play option, unless you plan on using Windows Media Player 12 for every movie, audio, video, and picture file. 1 1 . Click Next. This opens a window in which you can set the associations for Windows Media Player 12.
Searching in Windows Media Player 12
0
yu
Ö «
Set D...
k
Set Pro.,,
221
l U ^ J
Jefltrii Control Panel
Set associations for a program S e l e c t t h e e x t e n s i o n s y o u w a n t t h i s p r o g r a m t o o p e n b y d e f a u l t , a n d t h e n c l i c k Save. r
I.,
^lll •
W i n d o w s M e d i a Piayer Microsoft Windows
Select
All
Name
Descriptio
Current Default
3GPP2 A u d i o / V i d e o
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
3GPP A u d i o / V i d e o
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
3GPP2. A u d i o / V i d e o
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
3GPP A u d i o / V i d e o
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
ADTS Audio
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
Extensions LZ! JSU , 3 g 2
HI • • •
S'^gpp ^
,aac
• !« ,bc3
AC3 A u d i o
Q u i c k T i m e Player
Hi
ADTS Audio
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
ffl JSf; , a d t s
ADTSAudio
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
•
JSfj.aif
AIFF F o r m a t S o u n d
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
H
JSf] , a i f c
AIFF F o r m a t S o u n d
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
H
gj.aiff
AIFF F o r m a t S o u n d
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
iij.alac
A L A C A u d i o File
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
•
S
adt
Save
Cancel
Select the type of media files you want Windows Media Player 12 to play. Tip If you want Windows Media Player 12 to play all files, choose the Select All check box. Otherwise, spend a bit of time selecting the types of files you want played with this application.
When done, click Save. Windows Media Player 12 now asks you to set up the online store.
222
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
f (
W i n d ows M e d i a Player
lUt
Choose an Online Store
Choose the online store that you want to set up now. Vou can set up additional stores later, a Media Guide
Don't set up a store now (you can set one up later in the Player)
Back
Finish
1 4 . Unless you want to start buying music right away, select Don't set up a store now. (You will be able to set up the store later.) Note If you select Media Guide, you will be asked to select between a list of available stores. From there forward, the steps vary depending on the store. Make sure you follow the instructions, and you will be set up in no time. Also, be aware that setting up a store means that you will likely be requested to provide details such as your bank card number, and so on. 15.
Click Finish.
Windows Media Player 12 now starts and is set up according to your needs. ^^ CLEAN UP If you don't plan to use Windows Media Player 12 for now, close it; otherwise, keep it turned on.
Adding Files to Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Now that you have done the initial setup of Windows Media Player 12, it is time to set up your media library and start using this application to play your media files. Windows Media Player 12 takes you directly to the Library view. This is your main command center and, for now, will only contain the songs that come standard with your Windows 7 installation.
Adding Files to Your Windows Media Player 12 Library
223
In this exercise, you will learn how to add your media files to the Windows Media Player 12 library SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12. 1. To set up your library, click Organize -> Manage Libraries. Another menu opens that shows the following options: Music, Videos, Pictures, and Recorded TV. W i n d o w s M e d i a Player •
Organize
»
Library
•
Stream
1 =• Music
r
^
All m u s i c
»t
Play
^S
T
Burn
M a n a g e libraries
Music Videos
p '
ö l
#
jay
Pictures
Sort by
H Sync
| Search
A p p l y media information changes
.
Recorded TV
C u s t o m i z e n a v i g a t i o n pane,,, Layout Options,,. "TVTñTc'rüTr ¡y
Pictures
p
R e c o r d e d TV
•
i$
Ninja Tuna
Kalirnba
Mr. Scruff
H4N_SD
[f1. •
f i r i c r v F p
Electronic
ni«j«i tuna
O t h e r Libraries jackbusch (macwin?
Richard
2008
Sto t o m a n Pine M u s i c , V o l . 1
M a i d w i t h t h e Flaxen Hair
Richard Stotornan
f!
Media Guide
Classical
*
2008 —
1
>-•« ''I^jI' 1
j
2. To add a certain type of media, select the appropriate option. For this specific exercise, choose Music. A window opens that shows your Music libraries.
224
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
-j'
Music. t'tbraty-Loestfons-
Change h o w this library gathers its contents When you include a folder in a library, the files appear in the library, but continue to be stored •n their original locations. Library locations • »
My Music
D e f a u l t save l o c a t i o n
C:\Users\7Tutorials\Music
Add... RernoYE
Public Music C:\UserAPublic\Muslc
Learn m o r e a b o u t libraries
OK
Cancel
See A l s o To learn m o r e a b o u t libraries, see C h a p t e r 3, " S e t t i n g Up Your Libraries on All W i n d o w s 7 Computers."
3. To add new libraries and folders to the list, click Add and then select the items that you want to include. Add all the libraries and folders that make up your music collection. 4. When you have finished, click OK. You are returned to the Library view of Windows Media Player 12.
Adding Files to Your Windows Media Player 12 Library
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
y-,
J
a
• Library • Music • All music
Organize •]
Stream *
»
Play
Burn
W
Sync
P
* | Seajr/i
Manage libraries
Title.
•
225
T|
® *
Apply media information changes Sort by
•
cri
Sleep Away
i:ri
Customize navigation pane,,, Layout
•
Options,,.
i.
¡y
Pictures
™
R e c o r d e d TV
B.
H4N_SD
W N Y C ' î Radiolab
Limits
Jad A b u m r a d & Robe...
Shorts: Do I K n o w V o u ?
Podcast
S h o r t s : T h e Bus S t o p
2010 [P
O t h e r Libraries
• ¡fr
kbusch (rnacwin? tann Martel
L
'
Media Guide
T
J>
Life Of Pi - 05
Life Of PI 5j
Jann Martel Books
Spoken
Ï Next, click Organize -> Apply media information changes. At this point, you may want to go grab a sandwich, depending on how extensive your music collection is. When you come back, you'll see your library, replete with all of your tunes.
226
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
m
Apply Changes Retrieving media information and updating files... Progress
Percent complete;
5
Status:
in progress Cancel
Your music library is now added to Windows Media Player 12, and you can start playing it at any time. Tip If you want to also add your videos, pictures, and recorded TV shows to the media library, repeat the same steps but select the corresponding option at step 2, depending on what you're adding.
^^ CLEAN UP Close Windows Media Player 12 when you are done using it.
The Navigation Pane, Back/Forward Buttons, and Breadcrumbs Now that you have set up your library, it is time to learn how to navigate your way through Windows Media Player 12. When you click on a media type (for example, Music, Pictures, Video) in the Navigation Pane on the left side of the Windows Media Player 12 window, it will expand to show the subcategorizations. If you click Artist, it will list your music files by artist. As you move deeper into your library, you'll also notice the Breadcrumbs along the top of the screen. In the screenshot that follows, they read Library -> Music -> Artist.
227
Adding Files to Your Windows Media Player 12 Library
-Back a n d Foward -Breadcrumbs
m
ndows Media Player
File
View
Play
Tools
Library Organize
Stream
•
L ^ I L s J S Help Music • Artist • Create pi ay list Alburn artist
©S Library l>
g PI ay lists
*
Music
ü Count
Burn
Sync
I .Search Length
Rating
Other m
SUA
Artist 0
Play T
Album Genre
Videos [¿D Pictures IBI Recorded TV E|[> Other media
P
92nd S t r e e t y -
92nd 'Street Y - Galway
Adrienne Rich
Kinnell
Other Libraries
> |P' User TTutorials (macwin7)
^ ^
Media Gijii
llllhli
Die Rekl i
u
o
• • I
I H
-»
• N a v i g a t i o n Pane
You can click any of these terms to return to that level of your library. Note The Breadcrumbs change dynamically, depending on your selections.
Alternatively, you can use the Back and Forward arrows to return to previous screens, exactly the way you would while using a Web browser.
228
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
Searching in Windows Media Player 12 If you have an extensive library of music, videos, or pictures, it won't be very easy to quickly find what you want to play or view. The best way to find something fast is to use the search functionality. In this exercise, you will learn how to use the search functionality in Windows Media Player 12. SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12. ti V
1. For this exercise, let's search through the music library for a specific artist. Click Music and select the Artist view. This shows the entire list of artists found in your music library. -Artist View
, - S e a r c h box
W i n d o w : M e d i a Player File
View
Play •
T o o b _ Help
Library
Organize
•
Stream
Music y
r
Artist
t
Play
Create piayiist
f
i==
A l b u m artist Lib [> -
W
Ë Play
Count
T
Sync
I helden
Length • K B inq
—
W i r sind H e l d e n
SI
5:47:48
J3-M. (3
Artist
'.rftttnnr ¿j [jj
Genre
Videos
¡s]| Pictures : g ) Recorded T V Ejjfi O t h e r m e d i a
P
O t h e r Libraries
[p 1 User 7Tutorials ( m a c w i n 7 )
f ^ Media Guid'j
llhuti
W i r Si n d ...
»
01:45
U
O
I
•
H
^
^
M
T
»
»M j
4«
^
2. In the Search box located on the upper-right side of the Windows Media Player 12 window, type the name of the artist that you want to play.
Searching in Windows Media Player 12
229
3. Windows Media Player 12 instantly narrows your choices as you type. If your particular view does not contain any matches, Windows Media Player 12 will point you toward other matches in your library. ows Media Player File
View
Play
Tools
Library Organize
•
•
l _ = J L § L Ä Help Music • Genre •
Stream
Play
Create playlist
Length
Gount
Sync
helden
i t
Genre
Burn
Rating
£§J) Library !> @ PI ay lists *
J3 Music
There are no items m a t c h i n g 'helden' in this view.
Artist 0
Matches in y o u r library f o r 'helden'
Album
1 Artist
'£) Genre
12 A l b u m s
Videos
91 Songs
[S] Pictures lp
Recorded T V
E§J) Other media
Other Libraries User TTutorials (macwin7)
j ^ T Media Guide
liiliiii
Die Rekla...
•
02:12 '
U
O
• i N« i f f l
• • I
I m
— - — #
)
4. Click the links below Matches in your library for. Clicking Artist will show the list of artists matching your search, Albums will return the list of albums, and Songs will return the list of songs found. CLEAN UP Close Windows Media Player 12 when you are done using it.
Working with View Options and Sorting There are three different View options for Windows Media Player 12: Icon, Tile, and Details. You can choose one by clicking the arrow next to the View Options button or scroll through them by clicking the button itself.
230
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
-View Options button
Hi , h S 3 - |
W i n d o w s -Media Player
• Library • Music • All music Organize
M
Stream
ü #
J
•
®
7Tutonals
@
Playlists
J3
Music ^
Artist
0
Album
'¿i
Genre
tjj
Videos
[J|
Pictures
•bi
Recorded TV
fit
i-
Author
S
O t h e r Libraries
^
Burn
3 Search
Sync
P Contributing artist
Icon E x p a n d e d tile
Author
Details
R e i s d u H f l «-11U!
H4NSD
Media Guide
jffi
Re:sc I z z
jackbusch (macwiriT
F
Title
Play
I hi
IJUf... T O Ï Ï
Author
R e : s o u n d # 1 1 2 : T h e Cha...
58:51
Author
R e w o u n d #116 T h e Fam,,.
1:00:11
Author
R e w o u n d #130: T h e Chi...
59:49
Author
R e w o u n d #133: T h e Foo...
1:00:21
Author
R e w o u n d #133: T h e Foo...
1:00:21
Author
R e : s o u n d # 1 3 4 T h e Con...
1:01:18
Author
R e w o u n d # 1 3 4 T h ? Con..,
1:01:18
Author
R e w o u n d #135 T h e Taki...
36:19
Author
R e : s o u n d # 92 T h e W a t e , . ,
59:51
Author
Rewound # 9 2 The Wate...
59:51
Author
R e : s o u n d # 113 T h e J o u . . .
59:50
Author
Rewound # 1 1 5 The Wo...
1:01:12
Author
R e w o u n d # 115 T h e W o , , .
1:01:12
Author
These views behave very similarly to the views in Windows Explorer. Let's see each view in action: • Icon view This view is pretty self-explanatory. The only details shown are the file name and the album covers (if you have them downloaded). How much information is displayed below the album cover depends on which level of the library you're viewing. For example, in the screenshot following, we are at the Album level, so it shows the artist name below the album name (if available). When viewing the Artist level, only the album name is displayed.
Searching in W i n d o w s Media Player 12
i| W i n d o w s Media Player File
View
Play
GO Organize
•
Library
»
U ^ I I J i J ®
Tools
Help
•
Stream
Music •
• Albun
Create playlist
Play
Burn
Sync
•
Album
Ejjf) Libraty l>
0 Playlists
*
Music Artist 10 Album | !£) Genre §
Videos
[S] Pictures IMI Recorded TV Other media
IP
Other Libraries User 7Tutorials ( m a c w i n 7 )
r?
Media Guide
A wetie
T
03:29
U
O
4®
Hp-
Tile View This is a sort of hybrid between Icon and Details. You'll see the album artwork in addition to a bit more information displayed to the right. In the Album level, you see the artist name, album name, genre, and year. In the Artist view, you also see the number of songs and length. If the album has been rated, this information will also be displayed.
231
232
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the N e t w o r k and the Internet
{ O j W i n d o w s Media Player File
View
Play •
Organize
Library
*
[|
Tools •
Stream
Music •
•
Play
Create playlist
Egf) Library l> -
0 Playlists J3 Music
m
Artist |0
Albun Genre
•
Pictures
h I
m
IS) Recorded TV
2003-05-05 - C-Note, N e w Y o i ^ N Y , USA Regirra-Rektor (live)
[2004] W e t f r o m Birth The Faint Unknown 2004
Other Unknown
h
Length
•
3 star average
2005-07-10 Houston, TX
[2006] The A i r Force XiuXiu Unknown Unknown 3 star average
Maria Taylor Rock
Other Libraries I
Media Guide
•
W i r Sind...
00:22
I
fil ¡m!
[P 1 User 7Tutorials ( m a c w i n 7 )
•
P Count
2D05
E1J) Other media
f?
Sync
Searc/i
h t\
f j ] Videos
[ff
B
Help
U
í 1
fi i j
í
M
O
;
1 it
! H t ft
WÚ?!
HÍI
M
Acid Tongue Jenny Lewis Indie
200S
Acrobatic T e n e m e n t A t The Drive-In Purfk Rock 1996
3 star average
3 star average
• • I
I
H
-m
Details View This is the most customizable view and the most powerful for sorting and searching. It allows you to see the category columns and quickly sort your songs according to these columns. Click the column once to sort the items in ascending order. Click it again to sort it in descending order.
Searching in Windows Media Player 12
233
•_ii W i n d o w : Media Player File
View
^^
)
Play
•
Tools
Library
Organize *
•
Help
Musk
Stream
•
Album
Library
Other
[> | i i PlaylistJ
V
( J i Artist Album
10 Genre [j
Videos
y
Picture:
B i Recorded T V Other Inedi'j
IP
Other Libraries" User 7Tutoriali"(macwin7)
£ * Media Guide
II,.1,1,
Wir Sind...
I—
T
T
00:41
W
Sync
p -I®
Search
*
Release year
—
Unknown
J3 Muiic
0
Play
Create playlist Album
-
•
Unknown
—
You're Better Off Dead!
Children O f B o d o m
Metal
Unknown
Y o u r Majesty
The Anniversary
Indie
2002
Y o u r Majesty
Anniversary
Indie
Unknown
Y o u r Favorite W e a p o n
Brand N e w
Alternative
20Qi
Y o u n g Bodies Heal Quic...
Paperchase
Indie
2000
Y o u Are Free
Cat Power
Unknown
2003
Yes M a n
Various Artists
Soundtracks
2008
Yael Nairn
Yael Nairn
Pop-Folk
2007
Wool
Tilly and T h e W a l l
Indie
Unknown
W N Y C ' j Radiolab
Jad A b u m r a d & Robert,,
Podcast
2010
W N Y C ' i Radio Lab
Jad A b u m r a d & Robert,,
Podcast
2-ÖQT
WireTap Streaminq: Em...
Wiretap Streaminq
Podcast
2DB9
W
O
•
M
I
\MM
«
1
»
I
You'll notice that some View options aren't available at certain levels in the Library. For example, you cannot use Tile or Details view at the top (Library) level, nor can you use Icon when viewing from the Music level. With all three View options, you can change the way the items are sorted by clicking the appropriate category column. For example, click Album once to sort the items in ascending order based on album name. Click Album again to sort the items in descending order by album name.
234
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the N e t w o r k and the Internet
Switching Between View Modes When you open it, Windows Media Player 12 operates by default in the Player Library view mode. From the left side you can access your media libraries, and based on your selections, the middle section of the window changes to show you the content. e
[ a l ''."/iridowz M e d i a Player File
View
0 Q
•
Organize
Play
Tools
Library *
•
Stream
Play *
Create p l a y l i s t
•
¡IUI
E^' Library
Music
[> J l ] M u s i c
Burn
s
B
Videos
Pictures
Sync
* 1 Search
P
fej B
fi
[> ¿1 Playlists
^
e
Help
.
o
S Recorded TV
Other media
Playlists
Videos
¡Ml Pictures si
Recorded T V
| | | i Other media
[JP O t h e r Libraries Iser TTutorials ( r o a c w i n T )
£ ^ M e d i a Guide
iiiiiiii
Wir Sind...
*
00:39'
W
O
•
• I i i
4»)
#
No matter where you are in the Player Library view mode, you will be able to see the Playback controls. The function of each of these buttons is annotated in the following screenshot. Turn Repeat
Mute
On/Off
On/Off Stop
£ ^ M e d i a Guide
Iii
Dre Rekla...
Play or Pause
Seek Bar
^
02:40
ÎÎ
'jlüi7]
Ü
Turn Shuffle
Previous
Next or
Volume
On/Off
or Rewind
Fast
slider
Foward
S e a r c h i n g i n W i n d o w s M e d i a Player 1 2
235
While this view works for most purposes, there are also two additional view modes available: Skin mode and Now Playing mode. Let's see the differences between them: • Now Playing This is a compact mode designed to sit unobtrusively on your desktop. By default, Now Playing mode shows the album artwork, but you can also have it display visualizations (as shown in the screenshot that follows). If you have lyrics downloaded, they will also appear here. The play controls, as always, are embedded at the bottom and you can switch back to the Player Library view mode by clicking the icon in the upper-right corner. B1
W f f S W • • • *-
Playing 'Müssen Nur Wolfen': 192 Ii bits/second
^
^
•
Müssen nur wollen Wir müssen nur wollen wir müssen nur wollen Wir müssen nur müssen nur wollen Wir müssen nur wollen
•
D 4'» -
l ^ T ^
0
• Skin This mode displays the player in the customized skin you've chosen. The appearance and layout will vary depending on the selected skin. The following screenshot shows the Revert skin.
€
Windows M e d i a P l a y e r
ra
-
x
You can switch to any of the modes by right-clicking a blank area anywhere in Windows Media Player 12, selecting View, and then the desired view mode.
236
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the N e t w o r k and the Internet
¡1
w
E E U U
1 W i n d o w s Media Player File View ! —w. „-_
Play
Tools
Help
• Library • M u s i c Organize
T
• Album
•
E§> Library >
0
Playlists
J3 Music Artist 0
«
Library
Ctrl+1
Play
Skin
Ctrl+2
Tools
N o w Playing
Ctrl+3
Help
Skin chooser
Show m e n u bar
Album
Ctrl+M
Y~ur" Majesty
Genre §
Y o u r Majesty
Videos
Y o u r Favorite W e a p o i
l a l Pictures
Y o u n g Bodies Heal Q
i b i Recorded T V
Y o u Are Free
Other media
Yes M a n Yael Nairn
Other Libraries
W
User 7Tutorials ( m a c w i n 7 )
Woo! WNYC's Radiolab
ty
Sync
File
St
View
*
1:"
Play
WNYC's Radio Lab
Media Guide
•
W i r Sind...
00:59
Show m e n u bar
O
»
III
Unknown
Ctrl+M
Unknown
Online stores
2002
•
Plug-ins
Unknown
20D1
DVD features
201)1) t
Switch t o other p r o g r a m
2003 200B
File markers
2007
Statistics Choose columns... Full screen
Unknown 20 ID
Alt+Enter
Refresh Video size
M
Release year
20"07
F5
•
2 D OS
Ii " " I
Tip You can also use keyboard shortcuts to access these views: C t r l + 1 for the Player Library view, Ctrl+2 for the Skin view and Ctrl + 3 for the Now Playing view.
Using Keyboard Shortcuts You can also quickly perform actions on Windows Media Player 12 by using keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following table: Action
Keyboard S h o r t c u t
Video size 50%
Alt+1
Video size 100%
Alt+2
Video size 200%
Alt+3
Toggle display for full screen video
Alt+ Enter
Retrace your steps back through your most recent views in the Player
Alt+Left Arrow
Retrace your steps forward through your most recent views in the Player
Alt+ Right Arrow
Switch to Player Library
Ctrl + 1
Searching in Windows Media Player 12
Action
Keyboard Shortcut
Switch to skin mode
Ctrl+2
Switch to Now Playing mode
Ctrl + 3
Add to play list
Ctrl+7
Add to burn list
Ctrl+8
Add to sync list
Ctrl+9
Select all in list pane
Ctrl+A
Previous (item or chapter)
Ctrl + B
In the Player Library, put the cursor in the search box
Ctrl + E
Next (item or chapter)
Ctrl + F
Turn shuffle on or off
Ctrl + H
Eject CD or DVD (this doesn't work on computers equipped with two or more CD or DVD disc drives)
Ctrl+J
In the Player Library, show or hide the menu bar
Ctrl + M
Create a new playlist
Ctrl + N
Open a file
Ctrl+O
Play or pause playing
Ctrl + P
Stop playing
Ctrl+S
Turn repeat on or off
Ctrl+T
Specify a URL or path to a file
Ctrl + U
Close or stop playing a file
Ctrl+W
Previous playlist
Ctrl + Left Arrow
Next playlist
Ctrl + Right Arrow
Restart video
Ctrl+Shift+B
Turn captions and subtitles on or off
Ctrl+Shift+C
Fast forward through video or music
Ctrl+Shift+F
Use a fast play speed
Ctrl+Shift+G
Play at normal speed
Ctrl+Shift+N
Use a slow play speed
Ctrl+Shift+S
Display Windows Media Player Help
F1
Edit media information on a selected item in the Player Library
F2
Switch the view of items in the details pane
F4
Increase the size of album art
F6
Decrease the size of album art
Shift+F6
Mute the volume
F7
Decrease the volume
F8
237
238
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
Action Increase the volume
Keyboard S h o r t c u t F9
Show menu bar in Player Library
F10
Show shortcut menu
Shift+FlO
Note Some keyboard shortcuts only work in Player Library or Now Playing Mode.
Creating Quick Playlists in Windows Media Player 12 If you are the type of person who listens mostly to the same music on a frequent basis, it is a good idea to create simple playlists so you can easily find and play the artist, albums, or tracks that you are most interested in. In this exercise, you will learn how to create simple playlists in Windows Media Player 12. Practice Files You can use any of your music, video, or picture files to complete the exercises in this chapter.
SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12 and use the Player Library view mode.
O
1. All the playlists can be found by clicking the Playlists button, located on the left side of the Windows Media Player 12 window. This shows the currently defined playlists. If you have no playlist defined, a message displays, indicating that there are no playlists in this library. 2. To create your first playlist, click the Create playlist button. This creates an empty playlist.
Creating Advanced Playlists in Windows Media Player 12
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player J Organize
•
Library
*
•
Playlists
Stream
*
•
Play
Create p l a y l i s M • Title
itiH
T
Burn
Sync A
1 Search
Count
E||> 7 T u t o r i a l s |E •
Playli^ |
J3 Music Artist 0
T h e r e are n o playlists i n t h i s library,
Album
Click here
Genre ^
to create a playlist.
Videos
[ B ] Pictures
O t h e r Libraries :
[P
User 7 t u t o r i a l s ( g e o r g e - p c )
> | P George ( g e o r g e - p c ) IP
Ciprian (ciprian-pc)
3. Type the name of the playlist, and then press Enter. H W i n d o w s M e d i a Player • Organize
Library
»
*
Playlists
Stream
•
Play
Create p l a y l i s t
Searc/i
Title 7 Tutorials IB
Playlists 1 g f | Playlist N a m e |
J
[
Music
T h e r e are n o playlists i n t h i s library.
Artist 0
Click here
Album
to create a playlist,
Genre Q
Videos
Ifci] Pictures
If1
O t h e r Libraries User 7 t u t o r i a l s ( g e o r g e - p c )
o
||p
George ( g e o r g e - p c )
|fp
Ciprian (ciprian-pc)
fit
Media Guide
Anythi.
*
y
o
a I m iff^p.'
I m
Sync
239
240
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
4 . Now click Music and browse your music library. 5. Select the artist, albums, or tracks that you want to add to the playlist.
6.
Drag the selection on top of the playlist that you just created until you see a plus sign followed by Add to and the name of the playlist you want to add it to. W i n d o w s M e d i a Player y
Library
•
Organize
S Music
•
Artist
Create
•
Enya
playlist
Play
Burn
|L£3-
Sync
P H®
ft
Album
Title uicne uniuin ^noraiej
J3
Music
T h e Celts
2
A l d e b a ran
Enya
3
I Want Tomorrow M a r c h O f T h e Celts
ig
Artist
N e w Age World Music
4
0
Alburn
1386
5
Deireadh A n T u a t h
£)
Genre
6
T h e Sun In T h e Stream T o G o B e y o n d (1)
Videos
7
¡y
Pictures
8
Fairytale
.•j
Recorded TV
3
Epona
6gfi
Other media
«
O t h e r Libraries Ciprian (ciprian-pc)
Triad
11
Portrait
12 12
T h e Celts
3
Boadicea
Bard Dance
14
Dan Y D w r
15
T o G o B e y o n d (D)
A D a y W i t h o u t R a i n [2...
1
A Day W i t h o u t Rain
Enya
2
Wild Child
A D a y W i t h o u t Rain [2000]
F!
New Age Media Guide
r
3
2000
4
Only Time Tempus Vernum nanr* Ar Mn r h m i
y
o
t
M
» M
7. Drop the selection. If you click the playlist you just created, you will see that it now contains the selection you just added.
241
Creating Advanced Playlists in Windows Media Player 12
1 cd Ii Ü p H l l
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player • Organize
Library
i*
•
Stream
Playlists *
*
J
0
JJ
Playlist N a m e
Create playlist
# t*J'
•
t
Burn
Play iij==
&
Search
P
Title
Length
C o n t r i b u t i n g artist
ï Tutorials
1
Aldebaran
3:06
Enya
Playlists
5
Deireadh An T u a t h
1:45
Enya
¿ i PI ay I i st N a m - '
8
Fairytale
3:04
Enya
Music
10
Triad
4:25
Enys
<2, A r t i s t
13
Bard Dance
1:23
Enya
©
15
T o G o B e y o n d (II)
2:59
Enya
Album
Sync
O
Genre ^
Videos
l*JI P i c t u r e s £j
Recorded T V
gt'
Other media
(P
O t h e r Libraries Ciprian (ciprian-pc)
Media Guide
*
y o
a t
»>« )
^^ CLEAN UP Listen to the playlist you just created to check if it is the way you want it. When you have finished listening, close Windows Media Player 12.
Creating Advanced Playlists in Windows Media Player 12 You can also create more advanced playlists, which can meet lots of custom criteria, such as type of media, artist, genre, track, year, size, length, and so on. You can be very creative with the type of playlists you can define.
242
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
In this exercise, you will learn how to create advanced playlists in Windows Media Player 12 using custom criteria. Practice Files You can use any of your music, video, or picture files to complete the exercises in this section.
SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12 and use the Player Library view mode. 1. Click the down arrow adjacent to the right side of Create playlist. This shows some additional options. @ "£äJ
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player •
Organize
Library
•
Stream
T
Playlists
>
Play
Create playlist
T
Burn
Search
G
Create playlist E§p 7 T u t o r i a l s B [J
Create auto playlist
Playlists Music <% Artist Q
T h e r e are n o playlists i n t h i s l i b r a r y .
Album
Click here
Genre Q
to create a playlist.
Videos Pictures
[p
i>
O t h e r Libraries
P
User
[p
George (george-pc)
7tutorials (george-pc)
[|p
Ciprian (ciprian-pc)
Media Guide
JJ
AnythL.
•
M
O
LÎH
•i
» I
j
W
Sync
P
o
Creating Advanced Playlists in Windows Media Player 12
243
Click Create auto playlist. The New Auto Playlist window opens. New Auto Playlist;
—"
[
S e l e c t t h e c r i t e r i a t h a t y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e iri t h e a u t o p l a y l i s t .
'
T h e a u t o p l a y l i s t is. u p d a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y e a c h t i m e y o u o p e n it,
A u t o Playlist n a m e :
Playlist N a m e |
^Create a n a u t o p l a y l i s t t h a t i n c l u d e s t h e f o l l o w i n g : •j '¡vlusic in I n y library ^ [ C l i c k h ere t o a d d c r i t e r i a ] A n d a l i o include1 ^ [ C l i c k here t o add criteria] A n d apply the f o l l o w i n g restrictions to the auto playllsti ^ [ C l i c k here t o add criteria]
F:ertio^e
öl
CancÉi
I |
JHdp
In the Auto Playlist name field, type the name of the playlist you want to create. You now have several fields in which you can define your criteria of selection. Click the plus sign beneath Music in my library. A long list of fields opens that contains anything from album artist to file types and other characteristics, which can define your music.
244
Chapter 9
S t r e a m i n g M e d i a Over t h e N e t w o r k and the I n t e r n e t
New Auto PlayOst #
Select the criteria that you want to change in the auto playlist.. The auto playlist is updated automatically each time you open it. Playlist Name
Auto Playlist name:
Create an auto playlistthat includes the following: J'Music i;h Imy libfaty And sIslJ^
Albuni Aitist
i
Alburn
Title
A n d apf A u t o Rating B i t Rate • C o n t e n t P r o v i d e r Genre Contributing Artist Date A d d e d Date E h c o d e d Date Last P l a y e d File T y p e
Repnove
0!
Gancel
Help
5. Select the first criterion. For this exercise, we selected Album artist. Set the condition that the criterion must meet.
Creating A d v a n c e d Playlists in W i n d o w s M e d i a Player 12
245
New Auto Playlist Select the criteria that you want to change in the auto playlist.. The auto playlist is updated automatically each time you open it.
Auto Playlist name:
Playlist Name
Create an auto playlistthat includes the following: j 1 Music ifi iny Iibraty u
A l b u m artist Contairft^ Iclick to setl
J
•H And also include: ^ [Click here to add criteria] And apply the following restrictions to the auto playlist: ^ [ C l i c k here to add criteria]
Remudé
Cancel
Help
Note By default, a condition is set, depending on the field you choose. For example, if you select A l b u m artist, the default condition is "Contains." If you do not agree w i t h this condition, click it and select another one.
6, Click [click to set]. A list opens that contains all the available options.
246
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
N e w A u t o Playlist. Select t h e criteria t h a t y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e i n t h e auto p l a y l e t * J
/
T h e a u t o p l a y l i s t i s U p d a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y e a c h t i m e y o u o p e n it.
A u t o Playlist n a m e :
Playlist N a m e
Create an auto p l a y l i s t t h a t includes t h e f o l l o w i n g : J1'Music in my libraty i
A l b u m artist Contains:
^ [Click here to a d d critt E n i g m a A n d also i n c l u d e : cQa [ C l i c k h e r e t o a d d c r i t i Eric C l a p t o n A n d apply the f o l l o w i n g restric Evanescence [ C l i c k h ere t o a d d c r i t i F a n c y Fink FLASH BACK Fleetwood Mac Florence a n d the M a c h i n e Florin Chilian
Remove
ÜI
Cancel
(
\
Help
7. Select the value that you want. For this exercise, we selected Enya as the value we want to have for Album artist. 8. Add all the conditions that you want your playlist to meet in the Music in my library section. 9. In the And also include section, you can add conditions about what else to include except the music in your library. Click the plus sign to see your options.
Creating Advanced Playlists in W i n d o w s Media Player 12
247
N e w A u t o Playlist S e l e c t t h e criteria t h a t y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e i n t h e a u t o p l a y l i s t T h e a u t o p l a y l i s t i s u p d a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y e a c h t i m e y o u o p e n it,
Playlist N a m e
A u t o Playlist n a m e :
Create an a u t o p l a y l i s t t h a t includes t h e f o l l o w i n g : J ' M u s J c i n m y library Of A l b u r n a r t i s t C o n t a i n s
Eriya
^ [ C l i c k here t o a d d criteria] A n d also i n c l u d e :
A n d app | v | U 5 j c
m
y library
Pictures in my library "TV s h o w s i n m y l i b r a r y Video M
RTI'IÜ^Í
rr¡y l l t f e f y
OK
Cancel
Help
10. For example, if you want to also add videos of your favorite band in the playlist, but not the actual music files, you can select Video in my library. If you do not want to add other types of files, do not select anything in this section. 11. In the And apply the following restrictions to the auto playlist section, you can add limits related to the number of items included in the playlist, total duration, or total size of it. Click the plus sign to see your options.
248
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
N e w A u t o PlayJrrt Select t h e c r i t e r i a t h a t y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e i n t h e a u t o p l a y l i s t . T h e a u t o p l a y l i s t i s u p d a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y e a c h t i m e y o u o p e n it.
A u t o Playlist n a m e :
Playlist N a m e
Create a n a u t o playlist t h a t includes t h e f o l l o w i n g : Music in my library u A l b u m artiit Contains
Enya
^j® [ C l i c k h e r e t o a d d c r i t e r i a ] A n d also i n c l u d e : f f l V i d e o i h m y library [Click here to a d d criteria] A n d also i n c l u d e : ^ [Click here to a d d criteria] A n d a p p l y t h e f o l l o w i n g restrictions t o t h & a u t o playlist:
<1
Limit N u m b e r Of Items
Limit Total Duration r i i t T o t a l Size T o
Fi^rr.QVe
I
OK
[ I
JE^J6çeî
I I
Help
1 2 . Select the option you desire. For this exercise we selected Limit Total Duration To. Set the limit as you prefer. N e w A u t o Playlist Select t h e c r i t e r i a t h a t y o u w a n t t o c h a n g e i n t h e a u t o p l a y l i s t . j
y
T h e a u t o p l a y l i s t i s u p d a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y e a c h t i m e y o u o p e n it,
A u t o Playlist n a m e :
Playlist N a m e
Create a n a u t o p l a y i i s t t h a t includes t h e f o l l o w i n g : J 1 M u s i c i n m y libraty u A l b u m artist C o n t a i n s
Enya
[Click here to a d d criteria] A n d also i n c l u d e : I I V i d e o i n m y library S / ' [Click here to a d d criteria] A n d also i n c l u d e : / [Click here to a d d criteria] A n d a p p l y t h e f o l l o w i n g r e s t r i c t m a i t o t h a ^ u t o playlist: : to seel
h jure
[Click here to a d d criteri
Remove
Gl-
Caneel
Help
Creating Advanced Playlists in Windows Media Player 12
249
13. Click [click to set]. 14. Type the value of the limit that you want to set. N e w A u t o Playlist I
Select t h e criteria t h a t y o u w a n t to c h a n g e in t h e auto playlist. T h e a u t o p l a y l i s t is. u p d a t e d a u t o m a t i c a l l y e a c h t i m e y o u o p e n it,
A u t o Playlist n a m e :
Playlist N a m e
Create an auto p l a y l i s t t h a t includes the f o l l o w i n g : j • ' M u s i c in my library L' A l b u m artist C o n t a i n s
En va
[Click here t o i d d criteria] A n d also i n c l u d e : S v i d e o i n m y library œJ^s [ C l i c k h e r e t o a d d c r i t e r i a ] A n d also- i n c l u d e ; [Click here to add criteria] A n d apply the f o l l o w i n g restrictions to the auto playlist: LifniftötsT duration to ¿
Houb
' ^ [ C l i c k here t o add criteria]
Remove
OK
Cancel
Help
Note By default, a unit of measure is set depending on the field you choose. For example, if you select Limit Total Duration To, the default measure is hours. If you prefer a different unit of measure, click it and select another one.
15. Repeat steps 4 to 14 until you have set all the conditions you want the playlist to meet. 16. When you have finished, click OK. When you access the newly created playlist, you see within it all the music (plus videos or pictures, if you set this in the list of conditions) that meets the criteria you defined. For this exercise, we set our playlist to load all songs and videos from Enya.
250
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
1 a II E IIPE3-I
Windows Media Player ( Q h ^
• Library • Playlists • Playlist Name
1
Organize •
Stream •
Create playlist #
0 *
0
<jg J
J3
§EE
Length
C o n t r i b u t i n g artist
T h e Celts
2:58
Enya
2
Aldebaran
3:06
Enya
3
I Want Tomorrow
4:04
Enya
4
M a r c h o f t h e Celts
3:18
Enya
5
Deireadh an T u a t h
1:45
Enya
Playlist N a m e
Music
• Ij
Album
6
T h e Sun I n t h e S t r e a m
2:57
Enya
^
Genre
1
T o G o B e y o n d (I)
1:22
Enya
^
Videos
8
Fairytale
3:04
Enya
¡y
Pictures
3
Epona
1:36
Enya
10
T r i a d St, P a t r l c k C u C h u l , , ,
4:25
Ertya
11
Portrait
1:24
Enya
12
Boadicea
3:31
Enya
13
Bard Dance
1:23
Enya
14
Dan y Dwr
1:43
Enya
1.5
T o G o B e y o n d (It)
2:59
Enya
1
Watermark
2:26
Enya
2
C u r s u m Perl
4:09
Enya
3
On Y o u r Shore
4:00
Enya
4
Storms In Africa
4:06
Enya
Exile
4:22
Enya
M i s s Clare R e m e m b e r s
2:00
Enya
7
O r i n o c o F l o w (Sail A w a y )
4:26
Enya
8
E v e n i n g Falls
3:40
Enya
3
River
3:12
Enva
=1
Recorded TV Other media
Other Libraries ^
Ciprlan
(ciprian-pc)
George ( g e o r g e - p c )
i
M e d i a Guide
(
t
u
o
''
{
«
o
' i
Sync
• | Search
Title
Artist
^'
»
Burn
1
7 Tutorial; Playlists
•
Play
W'. j
4'»
*
^^ CLEAN UP Listen to the playlist you just created to check if it is the way you wanted. When done listening, close Windows Media Player 12.
Streaming Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Over the Network One of the greatest features in Windows Media Player 12 is the fact that it allows you to stream your music library across all computers from your Homegroup. You can access remote media libraries, and you can also control what is played on other devices on the Homegroup remotely.
Setting Up Media Streaming with the Homegroup
251
See Also To learn more about the Homegroup, see Chapter 6, "Creating the Homegroup and Joining Windows 7 Computers."
In order to take advantage of this feature to its fullest, you need to set a series of configurations. Let's look at them one by one. I m p o r t a n t In order for streaming to work between two or more computers, they all need to be running Windows 7, with the network location set as Home and the Homegroup set up and joined by all computers.
Setting Up Media Streaming with the Homegroup The first step in streaming your media library over the network is to set up media streaming with the Homegroup on the computers that you want to use for this activity. In this exercise, you will learn how to set up media streaming with the Homegroup. SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12 and use the Player Library view mode
m
1. Click Stream. A list opens that displays options related to media streaming. l| W i n d o w s M e d i a Player File
View
Play
jll'^yi Organize 0
•
Tools
User 7 T u t o r i a l s ( m a c w i n 7 )
T
Stream
Albu Genr
Q
*
•
Play
A l l o w r e m o t e c o n t r o l o f m y Player...
¿1
Turn on media streaming w i t h HomeGroup..
Recorded T V
Recorded T V
jp
O t h e r Libraries User 7Tutorials ( m a c w i
!> J3 M u s i c §
Videos
,¿¡1 Pictures raj Recorded TV j a c k b u s c h (¡ackbusch-e fP
Gretta ( j a c k b u s c h - e e e p
M e d i a Guide
iillllli
Endliche...
•
•mf
01:
y
Ü
1
"<
• • I
Sync
P -
A l l o w I n t e r n e t access t o h o m e m e d i a , ,
EH1! O t h e r m e d i a
*
Burn
iÜ - SsvKh
Create playlist
Videos
l O j Pictures ni
Help
Playliiti
252
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
2. Click Turn on media streaming with HomeGroup. Windows 7 now briefs you on the security implications of enabling media streaming. Essentially, enabling media streaming will modify your firewall settings to allow access from networked computers. For this reason, we don't recommend enabling media streaming unless you are on a secure network that you trust (for instance, avoid enabling network media streaming if you are on a public wireless network, such as at a café, library, airport, and so on). S Network and Sharing Center
•
if
Media streaming options
J
I
l
Choose media streaming options for computers and devices M ed ua s t r e a m ing is n o t t u r n e d on M e d i a s t r e a m i n g a l l o w s y o u t o send y o u r m u s i c , p i c t u r e s a n d v i d e o s t o o t h e r c o m p u t e r s a n d d e v i c e s o r y o u r n e t w o r k , f t a l s o a l l o w s y o u t o receive m e d i a f r o m o t h e r c o m p u t e r s a n d devices, If y o u t u r n on media streaming, y o u r current network profile a n d firewall settings w i l l be modified. Y o u s h o u l d t u r n o n m e d i a s t r e a m i n g o n l y o n n e t w o r k s thait y o u t r u s t ; s u c h a s h o m e o r w o r k networks.
Tell m e m o r e a b o u t m e d i a s t r e a m i n g Read t h e p r i v a c y s t a t e m e n t o n l i n e
OK
3, Click Turn on media streaming. The Media Streaming Options window opens.
I
[
H
Search Contrat,,,
Cancel
]
p
Setting Up Media Streaming with the H o m e g r o u p
L «
N e t w o r k a n d Sharing C e n t e r
•
Media streaming options
• 1
=
J
J
253
3
J
J J Search Control...
S |
C h o o s e media streaming options for computers and devices U) IjJ^P
N a m e y o u r m e d i a library:
jackbusch
C h o o s e d e f a u l t settings...
S h o w devices o n ;
Local n e t w o r k
•
Media programs on this PC a n d r e m o t e connections..,
A l l o w All Customize,..
I
Block All
[Allowed
Allowed access using default settings. } A C KBUSCI H-EEEP C
Allowed access using default settings. All -devices are allowed to access your shared media. Choose h o m e g r o u p a n d sharing o p t i o n s Choose power options Tell m e m o r e a b o u t media! s t r e a m i n g Read t h e p r i v a c y s t a t e m e n t o n l i n e
In the Name your media library field, type the name you want to use for your media library. This is how your media library is identified when other computers on the network connect to it. In the Show devices on drop-down list, choose Local network. This reveals all the computers that have successfully connected to the Homegroup.
254
Chapter 9
S t r e a m i n g M e d i a Over t h e N e t w o r k a n d t h e I n t e r n e t
i ^ i d j i ^ i j
I ¡p 1 « Network and Sharing Center
•
I
Media streaming options
Search Contrv(.„
p\
Choose media streaming options for computers and devices > Name your media library; I fß
jackbusch
Choose default settings...
Show devices on:
Local network
Allow «I
I j
Block All
Media programs on this PC and remote connections,.. / i f y t ' V i ' i 1 ' o t i t i i using • ¡S
JACKBUSCH-EEEPC
Customize..
^i'yiYtJ
Remove...
using i/e/iiuit.settings.
Ullo^ed
Alt devices are aiiowed to access your shared media.
Blocke
Choose h o m e g r o u p and sharing options Choose power options Tell m e m ore a b out m edis streamin g Readthe privacy statement online
6. Now it is time to set which devices on your network you want to be able to access your media library. For each of the computers shown, you can allow or block access. Select Allowed for the computers that you want to allow access to your media library and Blocked for those computers that you do not. 7. For the computers for which you selected Allowed, you can further customize access by clicking Customize. The Customize Media Streaming Settings window opens.
Setting Up Media Streaming with the Homegroup
255
Customize media streaming settings C h o o s e w h a t i s s t r e a m e d t o 'JACKBUilCH-EEEPC'
.
, Use d e f a u l t s e t t i n g s
H M a k e all o f t h e m e d i a I n m y l i b r a r y a v a i l a b l e t o t h i s d e v i c e C h o o s e star r a t i n g s ' a
All ratings
O
Only:
Choose parental ratings: All ratings IS 0
Rated 1 star or h i g h e r
I- I Include unrated file;
¡3
Only: Music; Unrated Pictures:: U n r a t e d
M
R e c o r d e d TV: U n r a t e d
E
Video:
H o w d o I c u s t o m i z e >narinci7
Unrated
OK
8. You can filter what is streamed to the selected computer based on star or parental ratings (in case you don't want your children to access certain types of media). Make the selections that best fit your needs. 9. When you have finished, click OK. You are returned to the Media Streaming Options window. 10. Click OK. Your media library is now connected to the Homegroup. CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure for all computers you want to use for streaming media across the Homegroup.
Displaying Remote Media Libraries in the Navigation Pane Once you have set up media streaming with the Homegroup on all computers, you can access remote media libraries directly from Windows Media Player 12. All you need to do is open the application and look at the bottom portion of the Navigation Pane. In the Other Libraries section, you should see a list with all the computers that are turned on and sharing their media library with the Homegroup. Accessing their media libraries is as simple as clicking on these computers and browsing with the mouse.
256
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
1 5 , W i n d o w s M e d i a Player
j Organize
• George (george-pcj • Stream
T
Play
Create playlist
T
*
Üj
w
Burn
Sync
P
Search
Title
^T1 7 Tutorials d ¡i-J Playliits Plsyliit Wstne
Music
I
Videos
^
Pictures
B
Recorded TV
8
Playlists
H Zero 7 - Another Late Night (20 [•I Signs Of Life ¿1 Urma - trend off ' J3 Music Artist £
Alburn
Q
Genre
¡31 Videos |*J| Pictures f1
O t h e r Libraries
'ft"
Ciprian (ciprian-pc)
'f,L
Gäorgä ( g s o r g i - p c )
•
J3 Music fc| Videos
f
M
Pictures
igl
Recorded TV
User
Ptutoilili (georgt-pc)
Media Guide
y
o
4
Upd..
However, chances are you won't be able to see the media libraries of other computers because of how your Windows Media Player 12 is set up. In this exercise, you will learn how to customize the navigation pane so that it shows the media libraries shared by other computers on the Homegroup or the Internet. SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12.
löl
1. Make sure that you are in the Player Library view mode. If you are not, Press Ctrl+1 to switch to this view.
Setting Up Media Streaming with the H o m e g r o u p
I i i Windows Media Player File
View
Play
0 O
Tools
• Unknown
Organize
•
Stream
Help •
•
Play Create playlist
Manage libraries
; Il
• •
Sort by
m
g 13]
Apply media information changes •
Videos
Pictures
Recorded TV
Custor nize navigation pane,,, Layout
•
Options,.. Pictures i b ) Recorded T V fcjjJ) Other media |fp Other Libraries iff1'1 jackbusch (jackbusch-eeef Gretta (jackbusch-eeepc)
f !
Media Guide
Popstar
T
00 27
M
Ü
• • I
J
2. Click Organize. 3. Select Customize navigation pane. The Customize Navigation Pane window opens. C u s t o m i z e N a v i g a t i o n Pane
C h o o s e t h e n e t w o r k l i b r a r i e s y o u w a n t t o see a n d s e l e c t v i e w s s h o w n f o r all l i b r a r i e s :
Other Libraries Library
Other Libraries [^1 Gretta (jackbusch-eeepc) [y] jackbusch (jackbusch-eeepc)
\J1 S h o w O t h e r Libraries Restore
OK
Defaults
Cancel
Sync
P
• 1 Search
S
Klaylistí
#
257
258
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
4. Choose Other Libraries from the drop-down menu. 5. Select the Show Other Libraries check box. 6. Select the boxes next to the remote media libraries that you want to see in your Navigation Pane. 7. When you have finished, click OK. The selected media libraries are now displayed in the Other Libraries section of the Navigation Pane. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure for any other computers that you want configured in this manner.
Allowing Remote Control and Enabling the "Play To" Functionality Another option that is handy for sharing media libraries is remote control. With this option enabled, you can play songs from your computer to others on the Homegroup. For example, if you have a living room computer hooked up to your entertainment system, you can play songs from your netbook via the network using Remote Control and the Play To functionality. In this exercise, you will learn how to allow remote control of a computer and enable the Play To functionality. SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12 and use the Player Library view mode. 1. Click Stream.
Setting Up Media Streaming with the Homegroup
259
W i n d o w s Media Player File
View
Play
Tools
Help
• jaclcbusch (jackbusch-eeepc) Organize
*
Stream
" J3 Music Artis©
Albu
<0 Genr §
Videos
\Q
Pictures
T
•
Create playlist
Pfay •
M
T
Burn
Sync p
I Search
A
#
A l l o w Internet access to h o m e media.., V
A l l o w remote c o n t r o l of my Player...
V
A u t o m a t i c a l l y allow devices to play my media,. ordediW
0
Playlists
M o r e streaming options... _
|®I Recorded TV Ejjf) Other media
i
(p
Other Libraries
ir
jackbusch (jackbusch-e
(> J3 Music Q
Videos
l a l Pictures i h J Recorded T V Gretta (jackbusch-eeep
CI
Media Guide
*
Wir Sind ...
02:19
T
u
o
• • I J
2. To enable remote control of your computer, select the Allow remote control of my Player check box. 3. To enable the Play To functionality on your computer, select the Automatically allow devices to play my media check box. Other computers can now control your Windows Media Player 12 remotely and also play music directly to your computer. CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure for any other computers for which you want to use these features.
260
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
Playing Media Remotely to Another Computer Now that you have set things up, it is time for the fun part: playing media remotely from your computer to another on your Homegroup. In this exercise, you will learn how to use the Play To functionality. SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12 on your computer as well as on the computer on which you want to play media remotely. Use the Player Library view mode.
Ô!
1. In the Playlists section, you see all playlists currently defined in Windows Media Player 12. BE^ l l j ï r i ^ k i
W i n d o w s M e d i a Player • Organize
T
Library
•
Stream
*
Playlists
Playlist N a m e
Create p l a y l i s t
#
*
Play Edit
!•—
T
Burn
Title
Length
Contributing artist
T h e Celts
2:58
Enya
2
Aldebaran
3:06
Enya
3
I Want Tomorrow
4:04
Enya
4
M a r c h o f t h e Celts
3:18
Enya
••5, A r t i s t
5
Deireadh an T u a t h
1:45
Enya
0
Album
6
T h e Sun in t h e Stream
2:57
Enya
¿)
Genre
7
T o G o B e y o n d (I)
1:22
Enya
8
Fairytale
3:04
Enya
9
Epona
1:36
Enya
Recorded T V
10
T r i a d St. P a t r i c k C u C h u L .
4:25
Enya
gT 1 O t h e r m e d i a
11
Portrait
1:24
Enya
12
Boadicea
3:31
Enya
13
Bard Dance
1:23
Enya
14
DanyDwr
1:43
Enya
15
To Go B e y o n d <Xt>
2:59
Enya
1
Watermark
2:26
Enya
2
C u r s u m Perficio
4:09
Enya
3
On Y o u r Shore
4:00
Enya
4
Storms In Africa
4:06
Enya
5
Exile
4:22
Enya
6
M i s s Clare R e m e m b e r s
2:00
Enya
7
0 ri n o c o FI ow (SaiI A w a y )
4:2 6
Enya
E v e n i n g Falls
3:48
Enya
Rivpr
1:1?
J
0
7 Tutorial? Playlists Playlist N a m e |
J3
^
Music
Videos
;>J] P i c t u r e s bi
IP
O t h e r Libraries
^
Ciprian
(ciprian-pc)
George ( g e o r g e - p c )
fT
Media Guide
•
Sync
P
Seanr.fr
1
Iß
J
•
261
Setting Up Media Streaming w i t h the H o m e g r o u p
Select the playlist that you want to play remotely. i / i n d o w s M e d i a Player • Organize
-
Library
•
Stream
B Playlets
*
Play
*>
"
*
Burn
1 Search Length
C o n t r i b u t i n g artist
2
Aldebaran
3:06
Enya
¡a! Playlists
5
Deireadh An T u a t h
1:45
Enya
8
Fairytale
3:04
Enya
Dpen
4:25
Enya
Play
1:23
Enya
J3
Mu
Playl st N a m e
Play t o
»
© H vid
A d d to
^
S
Rename
Pic
s i Ree Ott
Sync P
Title
g t ' 7 Tutorials
S J
Playlist N a m e
Create p l a y l i s t #
J
•
111
v
#
G e o r g e (GEORGE-PC : W i n d o w s M e d i a Player)
Delete O p e n file l o c a t i o n
If
Qtf
fP
Cip
C u s t o m i z e n a v i g a t i o n pane,,,
George ( g e o r g e - p c )
f?
M e d i a Guide
u o
I
m^ai
*»>
Right-click the playlist then select Play to. From the list of options, select the computer on which you want to play that playlist. The Play To window opens. Here, you are given control over the remote computer.
262
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
_P P l a y To - G e o r g e ( G E O R G E - P C : W i n d , , .
,
I
•—• If B
||
X
i
George [GEORGE-PC : Windows Media Placer] Microsoft Corporation W i n d o w s M e d i a Player Clear List Aldebaran )
C o n t a c t i n g m e d i a seiver...
1 Deireadh An T u a t h 1 Fairytale I Triad 1 Bard Dance 1 T o G o B e y o n d (II)
o
•
1
i<4
É
)
-
5. You can Play or Pause songs, Skip to the next song on the Play To list, and even adjust the volume. On the remote computer, the songs begin to play.
Setting Up Media Streaming w i t h the H o m e g r o u p
263
I Windows Media Player J Organize
• Library • Playlists • Playlist Name •
Stream
• #
*
la , Title
Contributing art,.
1
The Celts
2:58
Enya
@ Playlists
2
Aldebaran
3:06
Enya
3
I Want Tomorrow
4:04
Enya
>* J3 Music
4
March of the Celts
3:18
Enya
Artist
5
Deireadh an Tuath
1:45
Enya
Album
6
The Sun in the Stream
2:57
Fnya
Genre
7
To Go Beyond (D
1:22
Enya
Videos
8
Fairytale
3:04
Fnya
Picture;
9
Epona
1:36
Enya
»1 Recorded TV
10
Triad St, PatrickCu Chul...
4:25
Ertya
11
Portrait
1:24
Enya
12
Boadicea
3:31
Ertya
13
Bard Dance
1:23
Enya
14
Dan y Dwr
1:43
Enya
15
To Go Beyond 01)
2:59
Enya
1
Watermark
2:26
Ertya
2
Cursum Perficio
4:09
Enya
3
On Your Shore
4:00
Ertya
4
Storms In Africa
4:06
Enya
5
Exile
4:22
Enya
6
Miss Clare Remembers
2:00
Enya
7
Orinoco Flow (Sail Away)
4:26
Enya
©
M
Ejjf) Other media |f
Qther Libraries Ciprian (ciprian-pc)
^ George (george-pc)
J t ^ T Media Guide
*
-I (®
Length
@ 7 Tutorials
•
Play P
u o I • U**-ltfTf]
y Sluellst
Burn Clear Nif
Sync i f "
0 "
Less Than A Pearl Itt&rCrü
Amarantine Shop
Enya
' Less Than A Pearl
3:47
1 item, 3 mifiutes
«
Tip You can override remote control and manage songs locally, if you want.
CLEAN UP When you have finished playing media remotely, close Windows Media Player 12.
264
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
Streaming Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Over the Internet Windows Media Player 12 has another cool feature that allows you to play your entire media library from any Windows 7 computer over the Internet. And that means everything: songs, videos, photos, even purchased media. This is useful for when you want to enjoy your Windows Media Player 12 library at the office, on your laptop, or simply from another computer in your home. In order to take advantage of this feature to its fullest, you need to set a series of configurations. Let's look at them one by one. I m p o r t a n t In order for remote streaming via the Internet to work between two or more computers, they all need to be running Windows 7, and media streaming must be enabled in Windows Media Player 12.
Creating and Linking an Online ID for Remote Media Streaming The first step in setting up remote media streaming over the Internet is to set up an Online ID by downloading the appropriate software from Microsoft. This online ID provider software, called Windows Live ID Sign-in, simply lets you link one of your online accounts (such as the one you use for email and instant messaging) to your Windows 7 user accounts. At the time of this writing, you can only link your Windows Live account, but there are plans to roll out other online ID providers (such as Google, OpenID, and Facebook). The Online ID you set up needs to then be linked with the user account on your Windows 7 computer. Once this link is set up, you can start using remote media streaming. In this exercise, you will learn how to install the Online ID software from Microsoft, set it up, and link it to a user account from a Windows 7 computer. SET UP Go to the Windows 7 online ID providers Web site at http://windows .microsoft.com/en-US/Windows7/OnlinelDProviders.
f?
1. On the Windows 7 online ID providers page, you can see two download buttons: one for 32-bit editions of Windows 7 and the other for 64-bit editions.
S t r e a m i n g Y o u r W i n d o w s M e d i a Player 1 2 L i b r a r y O v e r t h e I n t e r n e t
265
) W i n d o w s 7 o n l i n e ID p r o v i d e r s - M i c r o s o f t W i n d o w s - W i n d o w s I n t e r n et Explorer ¡f .
) V
File
I f " h t t p : / / w i n cIC'Ais. do micro...
Edit
View
Favorites
Favorites
Tools
X
3
Bing
Help
f - 1 W i n d o w s ? o n l i n e l D providers - Microsoft Windo,,,
Windows 7 online ID providers An or rs ID orovo&r gîveï y o j an account for acoEsrrvg on-"r-e •=Ti'ke=- r ^ h
e-rr.sd or "instant nr»esïag;:nç.
M o r e to
After you oowpJoas on '"ne ID orcYiser softAare you can r< an on "ne user account to » user account or your computer. Dnceyo^rorineiD and your user accountare irfced, yoy cart access certain features on yo^r compter oser the Internet ruth as remote nvedla streaming.
exp
• WhatrttiEDS onrmEäDw'rth itrssmyourr internet lofcn
Isïvsths to. rï&tfis
Windows Live Gdcthe Oi/tton "that sap Te; to your version of Wroows 7 to down'oad W k o w î Live ED Sign-in Assistant 6.5. The Sign-in Asistant aGows you- to irfca Wnoows Lve ID to a WnSows user account Arr. ] running a 32-hit or = 64- &it version of Windows? Download for 32-bit
I
Dort'rvload for-04-bit
'j lOàwfo&t »T«.-. 1*.'. If "w V : - k •
.
r '
. . •. -.-¿ v •; - ,
.vv," -.
\ . v.'.ri: t; -
m ¡l-.-^lJ
[S*.* • m
•f yourior t .asths^Qp^pgrytfjtyOLi u.gfor a - ^ ^ ' o r o t r a r or :n° isr-'is;.
t^CAl Zi tAkhri _
DK.: 5t°r ^ictorLEcm r,e[D
Hfcji I n t e r n e t | P r o t e c t e d M o d e : O f f
•A
-
\ 7 5 %
Download the version suited to the type of operating system you have installed on your computer. Run the downloaded file (wllogin_32.msi for 32-bit editions of Windows 7, wllogin_64.msi for 64-bit). You might receive a security warning, asking for your confirmation to run the file. Internet Explorer - Security Warning Do you want to run this software? Name:
W i n d o w s Live ID Sign-in A s s i s t a n t 5 . 5
Publisher: Microsoft Corporation I V I More options
a 41 •/
[
Run
|
[
Don't Run
W h i l e files f r o m d i e I n t e r n e t c a n b e u s e f u l , t h i s file t y p e c a n p o t e n t i a l l y h a r m y o u r c o m p u t e r . O n l y r u n s o f t w a r e f r o m p u b l i s h e r s y o u t r u s t . W h a t ' s t h e risk?
266
Chapter 9
S t r e a m i n g M e d i a Over t h e N e t w o r k a n d t h e I n t e r n e t
4. Click Run. The Windows Live ID Sign-In Assistant Setup starts. ^ W i n d o w s Live ID Sign-in
Assistant Setup
-
H
fy
Please read the Windows Live ID Sign-in Assistant License Agreement
Windows
W M
Live ID
MICROSOFT SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS
III
MICROSOFT WINDOWS LIVE ID SIGH-HI ASSISTANT I These license terms are an agreement between Microsoft Corporation (or based on where you live, one of its affiliates) and you. Please read them. They apply to the software named above, which includes the ' V I I a c c e p t t h e t e r m s i n t h e License A g r e e m e n t a n d Privacy S t a t e m e n t Privacy s t a t e m e n t at hrtp://go.microsoft,com/fn,llink/?Linl'.Id=74170 You'll g e t f u t u r e u p d a t e s t o t h e Sign-in A s s i s t a n t a n d o t h e r M i c r o s o f t p r o g r a m s f r o m M i c r o s o f t U p d a t e . More i n f o r m a t i o n a t h t t p : / / g o . m i c r o s o f t . c o m / f w l i n k / i ] L i n k I D = 5 7 1 9 1
Print
I
Back
[
Install
|
Cancel
5. Click Install. You are asked if you want to provide help to improve Windows Live programs. j^ji W i n d o w s Live ID S i g n - i n Assistant Setup
Help improve Windows Live
Windows
Live ID
Help i m p r o v e W i n d o w s Live Help us i m p r o v e W i n d o w s Live p r o g r a m s by allowing M i c r o s o f t to collect i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t y o u r s v s t e m , a n d h o w y o u use our s o f t w a r e , This d a t a will n o t b e u s e d t o personally identify you.
h t t p : //go, microsoft, com/fwlink/?LinkId - 1 2 9 6 8 2
Cancel
Streaming Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Over the Internet
267
6. If you want to help Microsoft, select the Help improve Windows Live check box. Otherwise, leave it unchecked. 7. Click Next. The installation process now starts. ^ Windows Live ID Sign-in Assistant Setup
S
es
Installing Windows Live ID Sign-in Assistant
b£3H
Windows Live ID
Be±
Next
[
Cancel
|
I m p o r t a n t If you have any Windows Live Software already installed, such as Windows Live Essentials, the installation process ends and Windows displays the notification, "Newer version already installed." Click OK. W i n d o w s Live I D S i g n - i n Assista h t S e t u p
N e w e r v e r s i o n a l r e a d y installed.
OK
8. After a while, you are notified that the installation has completed.
268
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
—1 l~;-'-;"l
^ Windows Live ID Sign-in Assistant Setup
Completed the Windows Live ID Sign-in Assistant Setup Wizard ft Windows Live ID Click t h e Finish b u t t o n t o e x i t t h e S e t u p W i z a r d ,
j[
Back
Finish
|
Cancel
9. Click Finish. You are done installing the Windows Live ID Sign-il Software. Now it is time to set it up. 1 0 . Go to Control Panel -> User Accounts and Family Safety -> User Accounts. 1 1 . In the User Accounts window, click Link online IDs. m er A c c o u n t s arid F,,,
C o n t r o l Panel H o m e
Search
Remove your password
^ ^ L i n k online I P s ^ * ^ ^
Change y o u r picture '^(P Change y o u r a c c o u n t n a m e ^
Changeyouraccounttype
profile properties Change m y e n v i r o n m e n t variables
^
M a n a g e another a c c o u n t Change User A c c o u n t Control settings
See also Parental Controls
Control
I ® : ®
Panel
Change y o u r password
Create a password reset disk
C o n f i g u r e advanced user
User A c c o u n t s
Make changes to your user account
M a n a g e y o u r credentials
M a n a g e y o u r file encryption certificates
•
\MJ
7 TutorL Administra.., Password ...
Streaming Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Over the Internet
269
The Link Online IDs window opens. You can see here the current user plus the WindowsLivelD provider that you just installed. S
—
M
*
A «
" User
Accounts
•
if I if i.Tf- Corltfoi.
Link Q n l i n e l D s
Ü Q U
,p I
Link online IDs with your Windows user account L i n k i n g a n o n l i n e I D w i t h y o u r W i n d o w s u s e r a c c o u n t m a k e s i t easier t o s h a r e f i l e s a n d c o n n e c t t o o t h e r c o m p u t e r s on a network, H c ^ v d o I b e n e f i t f r o m l i n k i n g m y c n l m e IDs w i t h r n y W i n d o w s user a c c o u n t ?
jackbusch Administrator Password protected O n l i n e l D Provider
WindowsLivelD
OnlinelD
An online ID f r o m this provider ha; n o t been linked Link o n l i n e l D
Add an online ID provider
OK
Click the Link online ID link. The Windows Live ID window opens, in which you can log on with your ID (if you have one) or create one (if you don't).
270
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
¿? W i n d o w s Live ID
Iw£3pi1
Sign in to Windows Live Windows Live ID
1 !Q
l
»
1 ([email protected] Password Forgot your password?
Sign in
]
|
Cancel
D o n ' t have a W i n d o w s LivelD^BJgn u ^ ^
Privacy statement
Terms of l t ü
1 3 . If you have a Windows Live ID, type the e-mail and password, then click Sign In. 1 4 . For this exercise, we will assume that you don't have a Windows Live ID. If this is the case, click Sign up. The Create Your Windows Live ID page opens in your Internet browser.
S t r e a m i n g Your W i n d o w s M e d i a Player 1 2 Library Over the I n t e r n e t
Sign up - Windows Live - Windows Internet Explorer
n o File ^
Edit Favorites
:
httpsv'/signupJiv,,,
View
Favorites
•
Tools
^
271
1 •=. Ii El J - s - l
X
a
Sing
p
*
Help
if Sign up - Windows Live
»' * Windows Live"
Create your Windows Live ID 't gets you "nto a; WfraOWS line services—ara other places you see Ail "nforr-stion is reqiwed-
i j i Already using H o t m a i f . Messertger -or X b o x LIVE? Sign in r o w
I t e e y M e m a i a i f l r e K E. :
1
•Or get e Windows Live email s o a r e d Create a password:
Retype password First narrveLast name: Couprtfy/regspc
Uwted States
ZIP c o d e Geraer •_': M a t
1
j ferr-aie
Brfthyear * I
Done
m
Ô Internet I Protected Mode: Off
I
^ •
^75%
•
Type all the required details and follow the instructions on the Web page. Once your account is created, you are automatically signed in and returned to the Link Online IDs window. There, you can see that your user account is now linked with your Online ID.
272
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
'
W
W
S i «
User A c c o u n t s
•
Link QnlinelDs
»
m
1
ïssnrh Control .
p |
Link online IDs with your Windows user account L i n k i n g a n o n l i n e I D w i t h y o u r W i n d o w s user a c c o u n t m a k e s i t easier t o share files a n d c o n n e c t t o o t h e r c o m p u t e r s on a n e t w o r k , H o w d o I b e n e f i t f r o m l i n k i n g n i v o n l i n e IDs w i t h m y W i n d o w s user a c c o u n t ?
81
jackbusch Administrator Password protected
Orrlir>e I D P r o v i d e r
WindowsLivelD
Or>lir>e I D
a n t h ro c o p y ® live, co m Update credential Remove linked ID
Add an online ID provider
1 7 . Click OK and you are done. Now you can set up Windows Media Player 12 to work with remote media streaming over the Internet. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure on any computers for which you want remote media streaming functionality.
Allowing Internet Access to Home Media The second important step is to allow Internet access to home media on the computer where you keep your media files. Obviously, your host machine should be connected to the Internet, and you should already have some folders added to your Music, Pictures, or Videos libraries. In this exercise, you will learn how to allow Internet access to your home media in Windows Media Player 12.
S t r e a m i n g Your W i n d o w s M e d i a Player 12 Library O v e r t h e I n t e r n e t
273
SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12 and use the Player Library view mode. 1. Click Stream. Wi n do ws M e d i a PI aye r J Organize
•
Library
•
7 Tutoric 0
Playlists &
J3
•
P Lay lists
Stream
/ i/
Create playlist
Edit
|EE
w
Burn
Search C o n t r i b u t i n g artist Enya
A u t o m a t i c a l l y a l l o w devices t o play m y media..
Enya
More streaming options...
Enya
Enya
Music
5
Deireadh a n T u a t h
1:45
Enya
i A l b u m
6
T h e Sun in t h e S t r e a m
2:57
Enya
¡¿) G e n r e
7
To Go B e y o n d (I)
1:22
Enya
8
Fairytale
3:04
Enya
9
Epona
1:36
Enya
10
Triad St PatrickCu Chul...
4:25
Enya
11
Portrait
1:24
Enya
12
Boadicea
3:31
Enya
13
Bard Dance
1:23
Eriya
14
DanyDwr
1:43
Enya
15
To Go B e y o n d (II)
2:59
Enya
1
Watermark
2:26
Enya
2
C u r s u m Perficio
4:09
Enya
3
On Y o u r Shore
4:00
Enya
4
S t o r m s In A f r i c a
4:06
Enya
5
Exile
4:22
Eriya
6
M i s s Clare R e m e m b e r s
2:00
Enya
7
O r i n o c o F l o w (Sail A w a y )
4:26
Enya
8
E v e n i n g Falls
3:48
Enya
q
Rivpr
Artist
_
Pictures
fc^/i Other media
O t h e r Libraries Ciprian (ciprian-pc) George ( g e o r g e - p c )
M e d i a Guide
•
« o
S o
2. Click Allow Internet access to home media. The Internet Home Media Access window opens.
Fnva
i
Sync P
A l l o w I n t e r n e t access t o h o m e m e d i a . . ,
ibi Recorded TV
rr
•
Play
Al I o w re m o t e c o n t r o I of my PI aye r...
Videos
(p 1
PI ay I i s t N a m e
Playl
<8
|y
•
-
#
274
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the Network and the Internet
Internet Home Media Access
Do you want to allow Internet access to home media? Internet access to home media lets you stream music; pictures, and videos from a home computer to a computer outside your home. If this computer is at home, it can send media over the Internet. If this computer is away from home, it can receive media from a home computer, Please note that corporate networks often block home media streaming. Tell me more about accessing home media over the Internet
0 Allow Internet access to home media Do not allow Internet access to home media [
Cancel
j
O Allowing Internet access to home media will prevent this computer from sleeping,
3. Click again on Allow Internet access to home media. This also opens a User Account Control (UAC) prompt. 4. Click Continue. You are informed that Internet access to home media is now enabled. Internet Home Media Access
You have successfully allowed Internet access to home media If this computer is at home; authorized users can access its media over the Internet. If this computer is away from home; you can access media on home computers. Home computers will be listed under Other Libraries in youi Player.
i ^ 1 Access must be allowed on both home and remote computers,
5. Click OK. You are now done and other computers can begin accessing your media library via the Internet.
Streaming Your Windows Media Player 12 Library Over the Internet
275
CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure on any computers for which you want remote media streaming functionality.
Playing Media Remotely over the Internet Now that you have set up Internet access of your media, you can start playing it whenever you want to. In order for remote media playing to work, your remote host computer needs to be turned on and Windows Media Player 12 must be launched. In this exercise, you will learn how to play remote media over the Internet in Windows Media Player 12. SET UP Open Windows Media Player 12 and use the Player Library view mode. 1. In the Navigation Pane, go to the Other Libraries section. Here you should see all the computers and libraries that are available for media streaming, both from your network and the Internet.
¡^P R u s e n , C i p r i a n ¡3 d
Playlists
J,:l M u s i c <3, A r t i s t ©
Alburn Genre
y
Videos
IPictures •rai tj!p •3
Recorded TV Other media V M C L i t e 9 . 4 , 6 , 2 0 5 2 9 (E:)
l'"- 1 O t h e r L i b r a r i e s J
U s e r
J
7
Tutorials (ciprianl E f l l
Music <3
Artist
0
Alburn
'•2> G e n r e y
Videos
.^i
Pictures
HJ
Recorded TV
276
Chapter 9
Streaming Media Over the N e t w o r k and the Internet
The libraries that are available for remote streaming over the Internet have a slightly different icon and use the format: User + Name of the User on that PC + name of the PC. In our example, it is User 7 Tutorials (ciprian-pc). 2. Click the remote computer you want to access. 3. Browse its media library and play the items that you are interested in listening to or viewing. ^^ CLEAN UP Close Windows Media Player 12 when you are done using it. Troubleshooting If you are using a router for your home network and Windows Media Player 12 doesn't display the remote computers and their libraries, it means you need to map ports 44442 to 10245 and 443 to 10245 on your router. To learn more about how to troubleshoot this problem, see Chapter 15, "Troubleshooting Network and Internet Problems."
Key Points •
It is better to use your own custom settings when setting up Windows Media Player 12 instead of the recommended settings.
•
Your media library can include music, video, pictures, and recorded TV shows.
•
Windows Media Player 12 allows you to create advanced playlists that meet very specific criteria.
•
With the help of the Homegroup feature, you can use Windows Media Player 12 to stream media over your home network.
•
With the help of Online IDs, you can stream your media remotely over the Internet.
Chapter at a Glance Cm it pu le I N a i n e C h a n g e s
i ? ¡1X |
You can change the name and the membership of this computer. Changes may affect access to network resources.
Computer name: I WindowsXPSysterrT"
My Music Properties
Full computer name:
I B e m a l Sharing
WindowsXPSystem.
Local sharing and To share this folder with other users tif this computer only, drag it to the Shared DocumentS folder. To make this folder and its subfolder?; private so that only you have access, select the folliswing check box.
Member of O Domain:
Set the Workgroup on Windows XP computers, page 280
1 1 Make this folder private Network sharing and security As a security measure, Windows has disabled remote access to this computer. However, you can enable remote access and safely share files by running the Network Setup Wizard.
^
— 3 Workgroup: 'ORKGROUP-NEW
If nou understand the security risks but want to share*"* files without running the wizard, click here. Learn more about sharing and Security.
rft IH> PlwihioHiiDt AH Itk 11 m« m
Install the Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows XP, page 295
rtinn«" F .it y Tmr.ifl nr Ariv.tnrnl Ir
I tv; rKt.-i-imn mtfciifet rt«* fcMCnWVj ArjnwMt rnti iW.1i* v-flny,
m
to.ty-'ïr. .''Aw: IAritf^ Irrtirifw thr HP Yirfwii tiYjK*, yrtir itrrrr w
Configure Network and Sharing settings in Windows Vista, page 312
Enable Sharing in Windows XP, page 287
ffnH 1
' <"Vrl An rrJ-.-J rfbVn nr.1 rkfk Jw.rf. yif Q) /
Ota»y Ii»l«i {teiu Ufï
vi As ar?J Jrt dull wjtti mi,
i^'.-Arfvjififfri rn«r.-iH ' [ ¿'I e'er tu iHviow d) ul Die n i 1 . a y a e f l » ^ aid iJr'iuJ. mlUyi, ' i.kjdi m Um LKHirtui*y lu ilw ES V.Î'.wwî »rtj ' fiwiv rtfkrt- vi\vtr*t-. Ihnf K r.fi^-lA rf rimvlr.] mft rh* ¡nfi-jnrf m ft wrUiV MA in rnVpbw-A mill tfo If PnWury Pniry. rn The- Wtffwt Ccmtrtiw
iy«
10
Sharing Between Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7 Computers
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Set the workgroup on your Windows XP computer.
•
Enable the Computer Browser and Print Spooler services in Windows XP.
•
Enable sharing in Windows XP.
•
Access shared network folders from Windows XP.
•
Access Windows XP shared folders from Windows 7.
•
Install drivers for a shared network printer in Windows XP.
•
Install a shared network printer in Windows XP.
•
Set the workgroup on your Windows Vista computer.
•
Configure network and sharing settings in Windows Vista.
•
Share folders in Windows Vista.
•
Install drivers for a shared network printer in Windows Vista.
•
Install a shared network printer in Windows Vista.
Sharing folders and printers between Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP is not as easy as it should be, particularly as they all are Microsoft operating systems. Before being able to share anything between these operating systems, you need to make sure that the network and sharing settings are configured correctly on all computers and that they all joined the same workgroup. 279
280
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
In this chapter, you will first learn how to set up Windows XP and Windows Vista so that you can share folders with other Windows computers. You will then learn how to access these shared folders and also how to access a Windows 7 shared printer from both Windows XP and Windows Vista so that you can print the files you need. Practice Files You can use any of your folders on your Windows XP or W i n d o w s Vista computer to complete the exercises in this chapter. Until you get the hang of it, it is best not to use any i m p o r t a n t folders. Also, back up the files and folders you are about to use, just to make sure you d o n ' t lose t h e m by mistake.
Setting the Workgroup on Your Windows XP Computer In order to share files and folders between computers that are running different operating systems—and without too much hassle—it is best to set the same workgroup on all of them. By default, the workgroup set on Windows XP is named "Workgroup," which is the same as with Windows 7 and many other operating systems. However, there may be cases when it is set differently for various reasons, or you just need to change it to another name. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the workgroup in Windows XP. SET UP On the computer running Windows XP, open the Start Menu.
t£
s i a r i
1. Right-click the My Computer shortcut. The contextual menu opens, displaying options specific to My Computer.
Setting the W o r k g r o u p on Your W i n d o w s Vista C o m p u t e r
Administrator Internet I n t e r n e t Explorer E-mail O u t l o o k Express
«I
MSN
My Documents My R e c e n t D o c u m e n t s My Pictures My Music
J
Windows Media Player
M y Met-.4
Control F Tour Windows XP
S r i
Piles a n d Settings Transfer Wizard
Open Explore Search...
Windows Messenger
, •
Manage Map N e t w o r k D r i v e . . . Disconnect N e t w o r k D r i v e . . .
Printers ^
Show on Desktop Rename Properties
All P r o g r a m s
•
j
Run.,,
2. Click Properties. The System Properties window opens. 3. Click the Computer Name tab. 4. In the field labeled Workgroup, you can see the current workgroup that your Windows XP computer has joined. If you need to change it, click the Change button.
2 8 1
282
C h a p t e r 10
Sharing B e t w e e n W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
System Properties System Restore General
|
Automatic Updates Computer Name
Remote
Hardware
Advanced
. L fl Windows uses the following information to identify your computer ^ P * o n the network. Computer description: For example: "Kitchen Computer" or "Mary's Computer". Full computer name:
WindowsXPSystem.
Workgroup:
WORKGROUP
To use the Network Identification Wizard to join a domain and create a local user account, click Network ID.
Network ID |
To rename this computer or join a domain, click Change.
OK
I I
Change...
]
Cancel ~|
The Computer Name Changes window opens. Lmpwultri Nam* rhnnges
?
X|
Y o u c a n c h a n g e the name and the membership of this computi Changes may affect a c c e s s to network resources:
Computer name: Windo^sXPSystem Full oomputer name: WindowsXPSystem.
More... Member of lomain:
Workgroup: WORKGROUP-NEW
[
OK-
] T
Cancel
|
5. In the Workgroup field, type the name of the workgroup that you want your Windows XP computer to join.
Setting the W o r k g r o u p o n Your W i n d o w s V i s t a C o m p u t e r
283
6. Click OK. Windows XP confirms the change. Computer Name Changes
7. Click OK. Windows XP informs you that a restart must be performed in order for the workgroup change to take effect. Computer Name Changes l^J
You must restart this computer for the changes to take effect.
8. Click OK. You are returned to the System Properties window. 9. Click OK. Windows XP asks if you want to restart your computer now. System Settings Gelinge
V
You must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect. Do you want to restart your computer now?
10. Close any open applications, save any work you have open, then click Yes. Your Windows XP computer reboots. N o t e If you do not want to restart immediately, it's okay to click No. However, the change will not be applied until after you restart your computer.
When you log on again, the Windows XP computer joins the specified workgroup. CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure on all your Windows XP computers that you want as part of the same group.
284
Chapter 10
S h a r i n g B e t w e e n W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s V i s t a , a n d W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
Enabling Computer Browser and Print Spooler Services in Windows XP The Computer Browser service allows your Windows XP computer to detect the computers on your network and maintain the list of active network computers continuously. The Printer Spooler service is useful if you plan to use a printer on your network because it allows you to interact with printers and use them to print your documents. By default, these services are enabled in Windows XP. However, depending on how your Windows XP has been configured, it's possible that they are disabled. That's why it is better to check and confirm that these services are enabled and set to start automatically at each logon. In this exercise, you will learn how to enable and set the Computer Browser and Print Spooler services to start automatically. SET UP Open the Start Menu. 1. Right-click the My Computer shortcut. The contextual menu opens, displaying options specific to My Computer. Administrator Internet Internee Explorer
S
E-mail Outlook Express
' MSN
My Documents J My R e c e n t D o c u m e n t s
•
My Pictures My Music
Open
^ ^ ^ Windows Media Player fc , My Net*
Explore
Windows Messenger Q i Control p C ¡j
Tour Windows XP Files and Settings Transfer Wizard
(ffySetF Defaults Printer5
<
M a n a
^
Disconnect Network Drive., show on Desktop Rename
Enabling C o m p u t e r Browser and Print Spooler Services in W i n d o w s XP
285
Tip The My Computer shortcut can also be f o u n d on your desktop, depending on how you have set up your Windows XR
2. Click Manage. The Computer Management window opens. Computer Management File
Action
View
is m
Window
m
l a
Computer Management (Local) Ö
Name
System Tools C l Shared Folders
© î S Local Users and Groups fi 1
Performance ^
Device
Type
Description Starts., stops, and confic
Services
Ei tf^jj Event Viewer ©
J
Help
Logs and
^ WMJ Control
Extension Snap-in
Configures and controls
' I I I I n d e x i n g Service
Extension Snap-in
Provides f a s t a n d Flexible
Alert:)
Manager
E l ^ ^ Storage E ÉÎf 1 Removable Storage &
Disk Défragmenter Disk Management
Ê
Services a n d Applications
~
Ml
I
>
<1
3. Go to the Services and Applications section. 4. Double-click Services to display the list of services currently on your computer.
ElE®
C o m p u t e r Management File
Action ©
a
View ff
Window 0
6
Help ¡§
Eü
=JSJJ y
Jgj Computer Management (Loci El System Tools S |jij¡| Event Viewer Computer Browser ® Q Shared Folders ffi ^ Local Users and Grou Start the service l±l Performance Logs an Device Manager 0 (Sgl Storage Description: Maintains an updated list of computers !+'. Removable Storage on the network and supplies this list to K Disk Défragmenter computers designated as browsers. If lq^ Disk Management this service is stopped., this list will not be B y j g Services and Applications updated or maintained. IF this service is disabled, any services that explicitly Services depend on it will Fail to start. WMI Control
t ^
Indexing Service
Name
Description
Started
Application Manage. !. Provides s.,, ^Automatic Updates Enables th,..
Started
^Background Intellig,,. %ClipBook
Startup Type Disabled
Transfers.,, Enables Cli...
Manual Manual Automatic Manual Disabled
% C O M + Event System Supports S... %COM+System Appl... Manages t,..
Started
Manual Manual
^Cryptographic Serv... Provides th...
Started Started
Automatic
Provides la...
% DHCP Client Manages n... ^Distributed LinkTra... Maintains li...
Started Started
Automatic Automatic
%iDCOM Server Proc...
% Distributed Transac... Coordínate,,, %DNS Client Resolves a... Error Reporting Ser... Allows erro,,, ^ Event Log Enables ev... ^Extensible Authenti... Provides wi... <1, L Extended X Standard /
status
% Alerter Notifies sel... ^Application Layer G... Provides s.,,
Automatic
Manual Started Started Started
Automatic Automatic Automatic Manual
286
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
5. Scroll until you find the Computer Browser service. Double-click it. The Properties window of the service opens. Computer B i n d e r Properties (Local Computer) General | Log 0 n Service name:
F¡ eco v ery D ependencies j Browser
Display name: Description:
Maintains an updated list of computers on the network and supplies this list to computers
/v V.
Path to executable: ICAWINDGWS\system32\svchost.exe -k netsvcs Startup type:
S e r v i c e status: Start
V
Automatic
Stopped Stop
1
Pause
1 1
Resume
Y o u c a n specify the start parameters that apply w h e n y o u start the s e r v i c e from here. Start parameters:
•K
| [
Cancel
~)
, jlj.
6. Look at the Startup type line. If it is set to Automatic, then things are fine. If it is not, click the Startup type drop-down list and select Automatic. 7. Look at the Service status line. If it indicates Stopped, then the service is not running. Click Start; if the status shows Started, then everything is fine. Tip When you click Start, if you receive an error message that the computer browser service started then stopped, d o n ' t worry—everything is okay. Continue making the settings described in the next sections and everything will w o r k out.
8. When you have finished, click OK. You are returned to the list of Services. 9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 for the Print Spooler service. The Computer Browser and Print Spooler services are enabled and set to start automatically. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Computer Management window.
Enabling Sharing i n W i n d o w s X P
287
Enabling Sharing in Windows XP Before you begin to share files, folders, or printers, you need to make sure sharing is enabled on your computer. While there are many ways you can do that, we will share the most simple procedure possible. In this exercise, you will learn how to enable sharing in Windows XP and how to share folders with the computers from your home network. SET UP Open the My Computer shortcut. 1. Browse to a folder you would like to share with the network. 2. Right-click the folder. The contextual menu opens.
Open Es^ilpre Search... Queue-It-iJp A d d to PlayMst.. Pla^jalthLMedia£|ayer ( ^ S Sharing har and Security S e n d To
>
Cut Copy Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties
3. Select Sharing and Security. The Properties window of the folder opens.
288
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
My Music Properties General
Sharing
Local sharing and security
P
To share this foldei.i^ith.other users of this c o m p u t e r only, drag it to the S h a r e d . D o c u m e n t ^ folder. To m a k e this folder a n d its subfolders private so that only y o u h a v e a c c e s s , select the following c h e c k box. F l M a k e this'folder private
A
N e t w o r k sharing a n d security As a security m e a s u r e , W i n d o w s has disabled remote a c c e s s t o this computer. H o w e v e r , y o u c a n e n a b l e remote a c c e s s a n d safeiy share files by running the Network Setup Wizard. if y o u u n d e r s t a n d the security risks but w a n t to share files without running the wizard, click here.
L e a r n more a b o u t sharing a n d security.
[
OK
j [
Cancel
j
•
Tip Another way to access this w i n d o w is to right-click the folder, select Properties f r o m the contextual menu, then go to the Sharing tab of the Properties window.
4. In the Network sharing and security section, click If you understand the security risks but want to share files without running the wizard, click here. If this message is not present, it means that sharing is already enabled. If this is the case, skip to step 7. The Enable File Sharing window opens. Enable File Sharing If y o u e n a b l e sharing on this c o m p u t e r w i t h o u t u s i n g the N e t w o r k J \
S e t u p W i z a r d , the c o m p u t e r c o u l d be v u l n e r a b l e to a t t a c k s from the Internet. W e strongly r e c o m m e n d that y o u run the N e t w o r k S e t u p W i z a r d t o p r o t e c t your c o m p u t e r . O Use
wizard to e n a b l e file sharing ( R e c o m m e n d e d )
® J u s t e n a b l e file sharing
OK
11
Cancel
5. Select the Just enable file sharing check box. 6. Click OK. You are returned to the Properties window of the folder you want to share.
Enabling Sharing in W i n d o w s XP
HQ
My Music Properties General]
289
Shaiing
..ooal sharing a n d security To share this folder with other users of this c o m p u t e r •• j P
only, drag it to the S h a r e d D o c u m e n t s folder. To m a k e this folder a n d its subfolders private so that only y o u h a v e a c c e s s , select the following c h e c k bo:-:. M a k e thfS-folder private
N e t w o r k sharing a n d security J ii
To share this folder with b o t h n e t w o r k users a n d other users o f this c o m p u t e r , select the first c h e c k box b e l o w a n d type a share name. 0 S h a r e this folder on the n e t w o r k Share name: I
My Music
I Allow n e t w o r k users to c h a n g e my files
L e a r n more a b o u t sharing a n d security. jj
W i n d o w s Firewall will b e c o n f i g u r e d t o allow this folder t o b e s h a r e d with other c o m p u t e r s o n the n e t w o r k . V i e w r o u t W i n d o w s Firewall settings
OK
Cancel
Apply
7. In the Network sharing and security section, select the Share this folder on the network check box. This means sharing is now enabled. 8. If you want to share the folder, select the Share this folder on the network check box. 9. If you want to change the name used for sharing the folder, type a new name in the Share name text box. 10. If you want to allow others to change the files inside the folder, select the Allow network users to change my files check box. 11. Click OK. Sharing is now enabled and the selected folder is shared. Tip Once sharing is enabled, you only need to use steps 1 to 3, then steps 7 to 12. Steps 4 to 6 will no longer be valid.
CLEAN UP Share all the folders you want to make available to your network.
290
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Accessing Shared Network Folders from Windows XP If you have computers with multiple operating systems installed and you have set the same workgroup on all of them and configured the file sharing settings correctly, you should have no problem accessing everything that's shared on your home network from Windows XP. In this exercise, you will learn how to access shared network folders from Windows XP. SET UP Open the My Computer shortcut. 1. Go to the Other Places section, which is located on the left side of the My Computer window. 7
My C o m p u t e r
File
Edit
View
Back "
Favorites -
Tools
%
Help
i r
Search
Folders
i n *
Address | ^ My Computer r i l e s S t o r e d on This C o m p u t e r S y s t e m Tasks
*
p) View system inFormation
Shared Documents
Administrator's Documents
¿j Add or remove programs Change a setting Hard Disk Drives Other Places
^
t ^ ^ D Local Disk (C:)
Devices w i t h R e m o v a b l e S t o r a g e
Shared Documents Qr Control Panel
. Details
H
3 « Floppy (A:)
j
j
l
DYE? Grivj-ffi.:)
^
My Computer 5ystem Folder
2. Click My Network Places. A list opens that shows the shared folders identified so far by Windows XP. The list is likely to be incomplete. Therefore, continue following the next steps.
Accessing Shared N e t w o r k Folders f r o m W i n d o w s XP
1 TS My Network. Places File
Edit
View
Favorites
Q B
| ^
Address
Tools
»
Help
JD Search
1
Folders
lBfe
My Network Places Local Network
Network Tasks ^ Add a network place ^ View net work connections Set up a home or small office network ^ Set up a wireless network t, fr-r a hrmr nr ~rri alt nifj4=
Documents on Ciprian-pc
filme on Ciprian-pc
fi? Music on Ciprian-pc
^ View workgroup computers jters i» Pictures on Ciprian-pc
^"T^ljUW ILUIIJ ÍUI iie-LWliiTsi UPnP devices
•ä
Users on Ciprian-pc
tU Desktop j
My Computer My Documents
Ir^t Shared Documents t jj Printers and Faxes
Click View workgroup computers. A list opens that shows all the currently active computers that are a part of the same workgroup as your Windows XP computer.
BEBI
rV Workgroup File
Edit
QBack ' Address
View
Favorites •
^ Workgroup
jÎ
Tools
tf
Help
y J Search
Folders
ff|Y| » J
0
Ü
291
292
C h a p t e r 10
Sharing B e t w e e n W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
4. Double-click the computer whose shared folders you want to access. You can see all the folders and devices shared by that computer. T Ciprjan-pc File
Edit
View
E Favorites
Qeack T
IT
Tools ^
Help
'Search
Folders
[TTT|^
Address 1 -j \\Ciprian-pc Network Tasks
v-1 ^
|{
' J
Documents
filme
^ Add a network place
(
^
View network connections
C*
ty Set up a home or small ^
office network Set up a wireless network for a home or small office View workgroup computers
\f
]•[ Show icons for networked UPnP devices
j
J
jf
Music
/
j
HP Photosmart C5200 series
Users
j
KIT
Pictures
Printers and Faxes
i i
Other Places
H
^ Workgroup
1
O
^
My Computer ^ Documents
1
Shared Documents
1
Pointers and Faxes
1
Details
? |
5. To access a folder, simply double-click it. If everything is set up correctly, you should be able to access the folder's contents and work with it. Important If you receive an "access denied" error when you access a shared folder, it means the file sharing settings on the computer are not compatible with your operating system. Depending on the operating system used on that computer, refer to the appropriate chapter in this book to learn how to correctly configure the sharing settings. Ciprian-pc
r^
\\Ciprian-pc\filme is n o t accessible, You might n o t h a v e permission to use this n e t w o r k resource administrator o f this server t o find o u t i f ' / o u h a v e access permissions.
Contact the
Access is denied, OK
^^ CLEAN UP When you have finished accessing shared folders, close the Computer window.
Accessing W i n d o w s X P Shared Folders f r o m W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
293
Accessing Windows XP Shared Folders from Windows 7 Computers Once you've completed setting up your Windows XP computer, your Windows 7 computers should be able to access the shared folders. This is a pretty easy task. In this exercise, you will learn how to access your Windows XP shared folders from Windows 7. SET UP Open the Computer window or Windows Explorer. 1. Go to the Network section. A list opens, showing all the computers in your home network that are turned on at that moment and that Windows 7 can detect. H
Ok.,'*
t
Organize *
J
Network
H
•
N e t w o r k and Sharing Center
:avorites
Add a printer
C o m p u t e r (3)
lesktop CIPRIAN-PC
¿i D o w n l o a d s ] R e c e n t Places
•* j)
Libraries
P"
Documents Music
t g g
Pictures Videos
ni
Homegroup
fl1
Computer
A
GEORGE-PC
'A
W I N D O W S X P SYSTEM
M e d i a D e v i c e s (3) CIPRIAN-PC: 7 Tutorials:
CIPRIAN-PC: Ciprian: j*
•Jetinrork CIPRIAN-PC GEORGE-PC [yjlîl
WINDOWSXPSYST
6 items
in
GEORGE-PC: G e o r g e :
L
S e a i r / j iV-eitvorir »
Ü^
a
®
294
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
N o t e You can have additional computers turned on, but it is possible that Windows 7 will not be able to detect them due to incompatible network and sharing settings.
2. Double-click the Windows XP computer you want access. A list opens that shows all the shared folders and devices on that computer. ¡¿i h 0 W
h
1
Organize t
Net..,
• WINDOWSxPS...
N e t w o r k and Sharing Center
Favorites E Desktop £
Search
•
View r e m o t e printers
Wlt-JOOWSXFSYSTEM
i p
-
,m
®
My Music ^J
Share
Downloads
'.. j R e c e n t P l a c e s
1 Libraries Documents Music Pictures g
Videos
•lomegroup
f
Computer
Vp
Network CIPRIAN-PC
£«i
GEORGE-PC
-»*
W I N D O W S X P SYST
K
1 , t m
3. Double-click the folder you want to open. You can now work with the contents of the shared folder, according to the permission levels set on the Windows XP computer. I m p o r t a n t If you have set up your shared folder to not allow access to everyone, you will receive a network error. Make sure that you share your folders on Windows XP so that everyone has access to them.
Installing
Drivers for a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s
N e t w o r k Error
W i n d o w s
| £3
cannot
access
\ \ W I N D O W S X P S Y S T E M \ M y
Vista
2 9 5
|
Pictures
VOL d o n o t h a v e p e r m i s s i o n t o a c c e s s W W I I M D G W S X P S Y S T E M \ M y P i c t u r e s . C o n t a c t y o u r n e t w o r k a d m i n i s t r a t o r t o r e q u e s t access, F o r m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t p e r m i s s i o n s , see W i n d o w s H e l p a n d S u p p o r t
Close
^^ CLEAN UP When you have finished, close the Computer or Windows Explorer window.
Installing Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows XP Installing a network printer is a process that varies greatly depending on the manufacturer of the printer. If you are using Windows XP and the printer is connected to another computer and shared with the network, you need to first install the Windows XP drivers for the printer. Some drivers allow the detection of network printers, and when you install them, you set up everything in one pass. Other drivers do not. If the driver does not allow the detection of shared network printers, you need to first install the driver, then manually add the printer using the Add a Printer Wizard. To further complicate matters, the setup of a printer driver is different, based on the manufacturer and the model you have. Also, the number of steps is almost never the same. However, the basic principles apply to all setup programs provided by the different printer manufacturers. In this exercise, you will learn how to install the drivers for a printer in Windows XP using the setup program provided by the manufacturer of the printer. For the purposes of this exercise, we are using the setup for the HP PhotoSmart C5280 printer. SET UP Write down the manufacturer of the shared network printer and its exact model. 1. Download the Windows XP driver from the Web site of the company that manufactured your printer.
296
C h a p t e r 10
Sharing B e t w e e n W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, a n d W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
Printer drivers are typically provided as a self-extracting archive file and include the ".exe" extension in their file name. Jafl 100_235_PS_A IO_02_Full_No nNet_enu_NB,
2. Run the printer driver setup file. The self-extraction process starts. Usually, the driver setup displays a progress window.
Tip Some drivers ask you to choose where you want the extracted files to be placed. Others simply start the self-extraction process w i t h o u t asking. If you are asked for a location, select the folder where you want the driver to reside, then click the Unzip or Extract b u t t o n (depending on what it is called).
3. Wait for the self-extraction process to end. Depending on the size of the driver, the extraction can take a while to complete. Once finished, you should see the first driver installation window. Hxl
HP - P h o t o s m a r t All-ln-One series
S e l e c t Install to begin installing your new HP device. Thank y o u for purchasing from HP!
x
Installing Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows Vista 297
Tip Some self-extractors f o r printer drivers do not automatically start t h e first installation w i n d o w . In such a case, y o u need to manually start it yourself. Go to t h e folder where t h e driver was extracted and run t h e setup.exe file.
Click Install. After a few seconds, the installation wizard displays some information about the process that is about to start and what you need to pay attention to. HP
PliotGsni'jrt AÜ In One series
Please Allow All HP Install Wizard Processes
Firewall or anti-spy ware software may show alert dialogs related to this installation.
Please allow any HP programs to proceed if you see one of these alerts by selecting an option such as: - Unblock -Yes - Allow - Permit Blocking an installation will likely cause the installation to fail,
In addition., if you are running any anti-virus software, you may want to temporarily disable it because anti-virus software can significantly increase the time it takes to complete installation and has been known to cause installations to fail.
WARNING: This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties.
Next >
|
|
Cancel
Tip This screen (or one similar to it) is shown mostly by HP printer drivers b u t n o t by other manufacturers and models. Some manufacturers prefer to start the installation immediately, w i t h fewer preliminary w i n d o w s f o r you to read.
Click Next. You are asked if you want to perform an Easy Install or an Advanced Install.
298
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
i.HF
É ' h o t o s m a r t atMr*-fJree s e r i e s
Choose Easy I n s t a l l o r A d v a n c e d I n s t a l l
m
This installation includes the following agreements and default settings: The Software End User License Agreement Automatic Software Updates The Recommended Software Package * Includes the HP Vah.oof toolbar, your direct source to HP resources on the Web, Select an install option and click next, O Easy I n s t a l l ( r e c o m m e n d e d )
w
%
I accept the installation agreements and default settings.
O Advanced Install I prefer to review all of the installation agreements and default settings, including the opportunity tn choose what soFtware gets installed.
* This package may include software that is capable of connecting aver the Internet to transmit data In compliance with the HP Privacy Policy. Ciick Mere Far The MP Privacy Policy Click Here For Details On The Internet Connection Capabilities
Cancel
6. Easy installs work only if the printer is connected to your computer. In this case, it is not, so choose Advanced Install, then click Next. In addition, using Advanced Install is often a better choice because Easy Install usually installs additional software you don't need, such as toolbars, trial versions of products you will never use, and so on. You are asked if you want HP to check for software updates automatically.
Installing Drivers f o r a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s
Vista
299
Ht HP - P h o t o s m a r t AU-Jn-Oiie series
m
A u t o m a t i c a l l y Check For U p d a t e s
To get the latest features, reduce the chance of problems with your HP products, and have the best chance to automatically fix problems if they should occur, you need to keep your HP software up to date. You can either do this manually or allow HP to check For updates automatically.
Would you like HP to check for software updates automatically? ® Yes, please check for updates automatically (recommended) O NOj I prefer to do this myself
Frequently Asked Questions HP Privacy Policy
Cancel
Choose the option you prefer, then click Next. You are asked if you want the setup to install all the software needed for your printer as well as additional elements recommended by HR or if you want to make a custom installation of software. HP
Photosmart AU In-One series
I n s t a l l a t i o n Options Choose one of the following,
O
Recommended* Installs everything your device needs to work including a suite of software recommended for your installation.
\ C u s t o m (for a d v a n c e d u s e r s ) * This option allows you to choose what software is installed.
x This package may include software that is capable of connecting over the Internet to transmit data in compliance with the HP Privacy Policy. Click here for details on the Internet connection capabilities.
Next >
I
|
Choose Custom (for advanced users), then click Next. A list opens that shows all the software proposed for installation.
Cancel"
300
C h a p t e r 10
Sharing B e t w e e n W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, a n d W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
HP
P h o t o s m a r t A l l In One series
Custom Installation Select the software you would like to install fSjjHF- Phutosmarfc All-fa-One Drive,- EJlWate fRequired @HP Solution Center 0 H P Imaging Device Functions @HP Customer Participation Program* 0 O C R Software by I.R.I.S. Qshop for HP Supplies
HP Update* Provides an easy and convenient way to keep your HP devices and software up-to-date.
BSE
0 H P Photosmart Essential 2.5* QYahooI Toolbar customized for HP*
II Total Required Disk Space: Available Disk Space:
420 MB
Required Disk Space:
125307 MB
* This package may include software that is capable of connecting over the Internet to transmit data in compliance with the HP Privacy Policy. Click here for details on the Internet connection capabilities.
9. Clear the check boxes adjacent to the software that you don't need (for example, Yahoo! Toolbar, Shop for HP Supplies, and so on), then click Next. The licensing agreement appears. HP - P h o t o s m a r t All-lri-One series License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully.
End User License Agreement PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT: Tlus End-User license Agreement ("EULA") is a contract between (a) you (either an individual or the entity you represent) and Ob) Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP") that governs your use of the software product ("Software"). This EULA does not apply if there is a separate license agreement between you and HP or its suppliers for the Software, including a license agreement in online documentation. The term "Software" may include (i) associated media, (ii) a user guide and other printed materials, ancT(iii) "online" or electronic documentation (collectively "User Documentation"). RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE ARE OFFERED ONLY ON THE CONDITION THAT YOU AGREE TO ALL. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA. BY INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING, OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THIS EULA. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THIS EULA, DO NOT INSTALL, DOWNLOAD, OR OTHERWISE USE THE SOFTWARE. IF YOU PURCHASED THE SOFTWARE BUT DO NOT AGREE TO THIS EULA, PLEASE RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS FOR A REFUND OF THE PURCHASE PRICE; IF THE SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED ON OR MADE AVAILABLE WITH ANOTHER HP PRODUCT, YOU MAY RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED PRODUCT. 1. THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE. The Software may include, in addition to HP proprietary soft ware ("HP Software"), software under licenses from third parties ""*" ("Third Party Software" " ¿ i d "Third - n Party y T License"), h i j i d PJ Party a Software is licensed to you subject to the terms and conditions of the coiresponding Third Party License. Generally, Generally the Third Party License is located in a file such as license.txt or readme file; you should contact HP support if you cannot find any Third Party License. If the Third Party Lict Licenses include licenses that provide for the availability of source code (such as the GNU General Public License) and the corresponding source code is not included with the Software, then check the product support pages of HP's website (hp.com) to learn how to obtain such source code." 1. LICENSE RIGHTS. You will have the following rights provided you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA:
Installing Drivers f o r a Shared N e t w o r k Printer i n W i n d o w s
Vista
301
1 0 . Click I Agree. You are asked to specify where the HP PhotoSmart software is to be installed. HP - Photosmart All-in-One series
m
Destination Folder Click Next to Install to this folder., or click Change to Install to a dlFFerent folder, Install Photdsmart All-in-One series to:
C:\Program Files\HP\
Change.,,
< Back
Next >
1 1 . If you want to change the location, click Change and select the folder where it should be installed. Otherwise, simply click Next. The setup will take a while to install the software you selected. When it has finished, you are asked to connect the printer to your computer. HP - Ptioioümart 41lln-Ciiie sarws
m 1. Make sure the device is powered on. 2. Connect the U5B cable.
@ If you are unable to connect your device now, click this box and then click Next to finish installing the software. You can connect your device later,
Help
Next >
Cancel
302
Chapter 10
Sharing Between Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7 Computers
12. Select the check box adjacent to If you are unable to connect your device now, click this box and then click Next to finish installing the software. 13. Click Next. The installation process continues. After a while, a message appears telling you that the installation process has ended. HP
PhotoSmart All In-One series
The software installation for your HP PhotoSmart All-In-One series is complete,
m
Thank you for purchasing HP products. Any previous version of this software found on your computer has been updated to provide you the latest features and support.
Additional screens may appear to help you get started with your HP Photosmart All-in-One series.
Click "Finish" to exit this installation.
â Finish
14. Click Finish. The printer drivers are now installed. However, the installation process is not yet done. Be patient for a couple of moments and read the following section to learn how to finish up. T i p Other manufacturers offer setup programs f o r their drivers t h a t allow y o u to select a shared n e t w o r k printer in a d d i t i o n to a local one. W h e n using such drivers, it is e n o u g h to select the shared n e t w o r k printer and c o n t i n u e t h e installation. W h e n y o u have finished, e v e r y t h i n g works and there's no need to f o l l o w t h e instructions in the next section.
^^ CLEAN UP Read the next section to learn how to complete the installation of the shared network printer.
Installing Drivers for a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s Vista 3 0 3
ling a Shared Network Printer in Windows XP Once you've completed installing the printer driver in Windows XP, it's time to install the shared network printer. Unlike the previous procedure, in which the steps can vary greatly depending on the manufacturer and model of the printer, this procedure has the same number of steps and always progresses in the same way. In this exercise, you will learn how to install a network shared printer in Windows XP. SET UP Turn on the printer and the computer to which it is connected. Then, open the Control Panel. 1. Click Printers and Other hardware. The Printers And Other Hardware panel opens. f- Printers and Other Hardware File
Edit
View
Back -
Favorites ,l
¡^
Tools
if
Help
y-15earch
Folders
*
|3 :
Address |Q* Printers and Other Hardware See Also ^ ^ ^
^
Add Hardware
Pick a task...
Display Sounds, Speech, and Audio Devices
View installed printers or Fan printers
^ Power Options •y System
f
Troubleshooters 1 1
1 J
Printers and Other Hardware
|->| Add a printer
^
Hardware Printing 7) Home or Small Office Networking
or pick a Control Panel icon C ^B T -
Game Controllers
Mouse
Printers and Fanes
2. Click Add a printer. The Add Printer Wizard opens.
Keyboard
1
-
^¡¡r
Phone and Modem Options
Scanners a ° d Cameras
304
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
1 Add Printer Wizord
1
Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard <
9 This wizard helps y o u install a printer or m a k e printei connections.
I
If y o u h a v e a P l u g a n d Play printer that c o n n e c t s , t h i o u g h a U S B poit (oi any other hot p l u g g a b l e port, s u c h .as 1E E E 1 3 5 4 , infrared, a n d so oh J, y o u do not n e e d to use this wizard. Click C a n c e l to close the wizard, a n d t h e n plug the printer's c a b l e n t o y o u r c o m p u t e r or point the printer t o w a i d y o u r computer's infrared port, a n d turn the printer on. W i n d o w s ' will automatically install the printei for y o u .
T o c o n t i n u e , c l i c k Next.
B=
\
Next >
j|
Cancel
3. Click Next. You are asked to select the option that best describes the printer you want to use. Add Printer Wizard L o c a l or Network Printer T h e wizard n e e d s to k n o w w h i c h type of printer to set up.
Select the option that describes the printer y o u w a n t to use: O L o c a l printer a t t a c h e d to this c o m p u t e r [ ^ 1 Automatically d e t e c t a n d install my P l u g a n d Play printer 0 A n e t w o r k printer, or a printer a t t a c h e d to another c o m p u t e r
,1
\
To set up a n e t w o r k printer that is not a t t a c h e d to a print server, use the " L o c a l printer" option.
< Back
Next >
Cancel
4. Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer. 5. Click Next.
Installing Drivers for a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s Vista 3 0 5
You are asked to select the printer to which you want to connect. Add Printer Wizard
m
S p e c i f y a Printer If y o u don't k n o w the name or address of the printer, y o u c a n search for a printer that meets your needs.
W h a t printer do y o u want to connect to? 0 Browse lor a printer O Connect to this printer (or to browse for a printer, select this option and click Next): Name: Example: \\server\printer O Connect to a printer on the Internet or on a home or office network: URL: Example: http://server/printers/myprinter/.printer
< Back
"¡I
Next >
|
|
Cancel
You have several options. The easiest is to select Browse for a printer. Click Next. Windows XP shows a list of computers from your workgroup that have a printer installed. Add Printer Wizard
m
B r o w s e for Printer W h e n the list of printers appears, select the one y o u want to use.
Printer:
\ \ C I P R I A N - P C \ H P PhotoSmart C5200 series
Shared printers: Microsoft W i n d o w s Network g. ¿g
WORKGROUP \ \ C I P R I A N - P C \ H P PhotoSmart C5200 H P PhotoSmart C5200 series CIPRIAN-PC HP PhotoSmart C5200 series
HP PhotoSmart C5200 series
Printer information Comment: Status:
Ready
D ocuments waiting:
< Back
~]\
Next >
]
[
Cancel
306
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
8. Double-click the computer to which the printer is connected, then select the printer. 9. Click Next. Windows XP warns you that you are about to connect to the printer from the selected computer. Connect to Printer You are about to connect to a printer on CIPRIAN-PC, which will automatically install a print driver on your machine. Printer drivers may contain viruses or scripts that can be harmful to your computer. It is important to be certain that the computer sharing this printer Is trustworthy. Would you like to continue? Yes
I [
No
10. Click Yes. You are informed that the computer to which the printer is attached does not have the correct drivers installed. Connect to Printer The server for the 'HP PhotoSmart C5200 series' printer does not have the correct printer driver installed. If you want to search for the proper driver, click OK. Otherwise, click Cancel and contact your network administrator or original equipment manufacturer for the correct printer driver, OK
1 (
Cancel
N o t e If the printer is connected to another computer w i t h Windows XP installed, then you will not receive this warning. If this is the case, skip to step 12.
11. Click OK. Windows XP now searches for drivers and finds those that you just installed in the previous section. When it is done searching, the Add Printer Wizard indicates that the procedure has successfully completed.
Installing Drivers for a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s Vista 3 0 7
Add Printer Wizard
Completing the Add Printer Wizard Y o u have successfully completed the A d d Printer Wizard. Y o u specified the following printer settings: HP PhotoSmart C5200 series on CIPRIAN-PC Yes
Finish
1 2 . Click Finish. The shared network printer is installed on your computer and you can now begin using it. % P r i n t e r s a n d Faxes File
Edit
^^ Back
View I
T
Address
Favorites I
l y | Add a printer i ^ i Set up Facing
1
^
1
fr
Help
Search
|j
Folders
\\ll\~
Printers and Faxes
Printer Tasks
1
Tools
5ee Also
1
Troubleshoot printing
1
Get help with printing
1 Other Places
H Ä
n
ij
)
HP Photosmart C5200 series on CIPRIAN-PC G
1 i
Control Panel ^ Scanners and Cameras [Q My Documents My Pictures ^ My Computer
Details
j 3
CLEAN UP Close the Printers and Faxes window.
-
308
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Setting the Workgroup on Your Windows Vista Computer By default, the workgroup set on Windows Vista is named "Workgroup," which is the same as in Windows 7 and many other operating systems. However, there may be cases when it is set differently, or you simply want to change it to another name. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the workgroup on your Windows Vista computer. SET UP On the computer running Windows Vista, open the Control Panel. 1. Click System and Maintenance. The System And Maintenance panel opens. I ^ I I J E l J ® f* •
Control Panel
Control Panel H o m e •
S y s t e m and Maintenance
•
System and Maintenance
Nl ^
P\
I I Search
•
Welcome Center Get started with Windows
Find which version of Windows y o u are using
Security Backup and Restore Center
Network and Internet
Back up your c o m p u t e r
Hardware and Sound Programs User Accounts and Family Safety
i v V
S
y
Restore files f r o m backup
s t e m
View a m o u n t cf RAM and processor speed Check your computer's Windows Experience Index base score
Appearance and
IjjfJJ Allow remote access
Seethe name of this computer
Personalization Clock, Language, and Region
J**i(>
Windows Update iinHati Turn automatic updating on or off
Additional Options
H A )
Check f o r updates
View installed updates
Power Options Require a passwcrd when t h e computer wakes
Change what t h e power buttons do
Change when t h e computer sleeps C\
Indexing Options Change h o w Windows searches
EW* ^^ ^H
Problem Reports and Solutions Check for new solutions
Choose how t o check for solutions
View problem history
Performance Information and Tnnh
2. Click System. The System window opens, in which you can see information about your operating system and the configuration of your computer. The currently set workgroup is specified in the Computer name, domain, and workgroup settings section.
Setting the W o r k g r o u p on Your W i n d o w s Vista C o m p u t e r
i = y I ' 0 * Control Panel
Tasks Ql Device Manager ^Jl Remote settings Q
System protection
rj Advanced system settings
• System and Maintenance
• System
*J
309
fil
i r B i i ^ i
1 1 Seort/i
V i e w basic i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t y o u r c o m p u t e r Windows edition Windows Vista"" Ultimate Copyrights 2007 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved. Service Packl
System Rating:
Windows Experience Index: Unrated
Processor:
AMD Phenom(tm) IIX4 905 e Processor 3.07 GHz
Memory (RAM);
2.30 GB
System type:
32 - bit Op eratin g System
Computer name, domain, and workgroup settings Computer name:
WIN-167UFGDFH0C
Full computer name:
WIN-167UFGDFH0C
(^Change settings
Computer description: Workgroup; See also
WORKGROUP
Wi n d ows a ctivati o n
Windows Update
Windows is activated
5ecurrty Center
Product ID: 89580-OEM-7332132-00031
Performance
QChange product key Learn more online.
If you need to make changes to the workgroup, click Change Settings. If you receive a UAC prompt, confirm your choice. The System Properties window opens.
310
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
System Properties Computer Name | h f o d w i p i e j A d v a n c e d [ System Protection W i n d o w s uses the following infoinnation to identify .your computet on the network. Computer description: For e:-: am pile '"Kitchen Computer" or "Mary's Connpufer". Full computer name:
WIN-167UFGDFH0C
Workgroup:
WORKGROUP
To usfe a wizard to join a domain or Workgroup.. Click Network ID.
Network ID..
To rename this; computer or c h a n g e its domain oi workgroup, c l i c k Change.
0^
Change.
Cancel
suffis
4. Click the Change button. The Computer Name/Domain Changes window opens. C o m p u t e r N a m e / D o m a i n Changes Y o u c a n c h a n g e the name a n d the membership of this computer. Changes might affect access to network resources. More information
Computer name: WIN-167UFGDFH0C Full computer name: WIN-167UFGDFH0C More... Member of Domain:
@
Workgroup: WORKGROUP-NEW
OK
| |
Cancel
Setting the W o r k g r o u p on Your W i n d o w s Vista C o m p u t e r
311
5. In the Workgroup field, type the name of the workgroup that you want your Windows Vista computer to join. 6. Click OK. Windows Vista confirms the change. ComputerNairre/ftomain Change^
|
Welcome to the WORKGROUP-NEW workgroup,
OK
7. Click OK. Windows XP informs you that a restart must be performed in order for the workgroup change to take effect. Computer N a m e / D o m a i n Changes
iJhfti You must restart your computer to apply these changes B e f o r e r e s t a r t i n g , s a v e a n y o p e n f i l e s a n d c l o s e all programs,
8. Click OK. You are returned to the System Properties window. 9. Click Close. Windows Vista asks if you want to restart your computer now. Microsoft Windows
You must restart your computer to apply these changes Before restarting, save a n y o p e n files a n d d o s e a l l p r o g r a m s .
|
Restart N o w
|
[
Restart Later
|
312
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
10. Close any open applications, save any work you have open, and then click Restart Now. Your Windows Vista computer now reboots. N o t e If you do not want to restart immediately, it's okay to click Restart Later. However, the change will not be applied until after you restart your computer.
When you log on again, the Windows Vista computer joins the specified workgroup. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure on all of your Windows Vista computers that you want as part of the same group.
Configuring Network and Sharing Settings in Windows Vista Before you begin to share files, folders, or printers, you need to make sure that your network and sharing settings are configured correctly so that your Windows Vista operating system can access other computers and be accessed on your home network. In this exercise, you will learn how to correctly configure your network and sharing settings in Windows Vista so that they are compatible with other operating systems used on your home network. SET UP Open the Network and Sharing Center. The steps are the same as in Windows 7. See the "Opening the Network And Sharing Center" section, in Chapter 4, "Creating the Network." 1. Look at the Network section and check to see whether your current network profile is set as a Public network or Private network. If it is set as Public network, you need to change it.
Configuring Network and Sharing Settings in Windows Vista
313
•Current network location
15Î
*
Network and Internet • Nei work and Sharing Center
Search
tf View computers and devices
N e t w o r k and Sharing Center View full map
Connect to a network Set up a connection or network Manage network connections
WIN-167 U FG D FHOC (This computer)
Diagnose and repair
0
1ÎJP Network (Public network) Access
Local and Internet
Connection
Local Area Connection
Sharing and Discovery
Internet Options Windows Firewall
Network discovery
O Off
File sharing
O Off
Publicfolder sharing
O Off
-
Printer sharing
ô Off (no printers installed)
V
Password protected sharing
o On
V
Media sharing
O Off
Q
V ©
Show me all the files and folders I am sharing Show me all the shared network folders on this computer
To change the network profile, click Customize. If you do not need to change it, skip to step 7. The Set Network Location window opens.
314
C h a p t e r 10
Sharing B e t w e e n W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, a n d W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
^
Set N e t ' , Y o r k L u ' i a t i c n
Customize n e t w o r k settings Network, name: Location type:
Network Public Discovety of other c o m p u t e r s a n d devices will he limited, and t h e u-se o f t h e n e t w o r k b y s o m e p r o g r a m s m a y b e r e s t r i c t e d ,
• Private T h i s a l l o w s y o u t o see c o m p u t e r ; a n d d e v i c e s , w h i l e m a k i n g y o u r c o m p u t e r discoverable,
Help me choose
M e r g e or delete network locations
_Ne*t_
•
|
Cancel
|
3. Select Private. The Private network location is the equivalent of the Home or Work network profile in Windows 7. This allows your computer to be discovered on the network and configures many of your network and sharing settings correctly. 4. If you want to change the network icon, click Change, then select a new one. 5. When you have finished, click Next. If you receive a UAC prompt, confirm your choice. The Set Network Location window informs you that the network location has been successfully set.
Configuring N e t w o r k and Sharing Settings in W i n d o w s Vista
,
315
r s i
a
f&i
\
Close
1
Set N e t w o r k L o c a t i o n
Successfully set n e t w o r k settings Network name:
Network
Location type:
Private T h i s a l l o w s y o u t o see o t h e r c o m p u t e r s a n d devices, w h i l e m a k i n g y o u r c o m p u t e r discoverable.
i / i e w o r c l i a n a e n e t w o r k a n d s l w i n q settinas i n N e t w o r k arid Sharing C e n t e i V i e w c o m p u t e r s a n d devices ori the n e t w o r k
Click Close. You are returned to the Network And Sharing Center window. Look at the Sharing and Discovery section to see if everything is set correctly. Let's take each setting, one by one. Sharing and Discovery Network discovery
0
On
W h e n n e t w o r k d i s c o v e r y i s o n , t h i s c o m p u t e r c a n see o t h e r n e t w o r k c o m p u t e r s a n d d e v i c e ; a n d i s visible to other network computers, W h a t is network discovery? (4) T u r n o n n e t w o r k d i s c o v e r y 0 Turn
off network discovery [
Workgroup: WORKGROUP
'jt^'Apply
1
1^1 C h a n g e s e t t i n g s
N e t w o r k d i s c o v e r y i s f a s t e r i f all c o m p u t e r s a r e i n t h e s a m e w o r k g r o u p ,
In the Network discovery subsection, Turn on network discovery must be selected. If it is not, select it, then click Apply. Next is the File sharing subsection. File s h a r i n g
o
On
W h e n file sharing i s on, files and printers t h a t y o u h a v e shared f r o m t h i s c o m p u t e r can b e accessed b y people on the network, £ Turn ©
on file sharing
Turn off file sharing I
'jT'Apply
|
316
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
9. Turn on file sharing must be selected. If it is not, select it, then click Apply. Next is the Public folder sharing subsection. P u b l i c f o l d e r shai i n g
O
Off
W h e n P u b l i c f o l d e r sharing is on, people on t h e n e t w o r k can a c c e : : files in t h e Public folder. W h a t is t h e Public folder? © T u r n on sharing so a n y o n e w i t h n e t w o r k access can o p e n files © T u r n on sharing so a n y o n e w i t h n e t w o r k access can o p e n , c h a n g e , a n d create files (®) T u r n o f f s h a r i n g ( p e o p l e l o g g e d o n t o t h i s c o m p u t e r c a n still a c c e s s t h i s f o l d e r ]
I '^AppiiH 10. You should turn on the Public folder sharing only if you plan to use it. By default, it should be turned off. To turn it on, select one of the first two settings and click Apply. Next is the Printer sharing subsection. Printer sharing
O Off (no printers installed]
(S
T h e r e are n o p r i n t e r : a t t a c h e d t o t h i s c o m p u t e r . Turn on printer sharing T u r n off printer sharing I
'
A.p p ty
|
11. If there are no printers currently connected to your computer, you can simply ignore this subsection. However, if you do have printers attached, then you need to decide if you want to turn on printer sharing or keep it turned off. Select the settings you want, then click Apply. Next is the Password protected sharing subsection. Password protected sharing
0
On
W h e n p a s s w o r d p r o t e c t i o n i s on, o n l y p e o p l e w h o h a v e a user a c c o u n t and p a s s w o r d o n t h i s c o m p u t e r can access shared files, printers a t t a c h e d t o t h i s c o m p u t e r , a n d t h e P u b l i c f o l d e r . T o g i v e o t h e r p e o p l e access, y o u m u s t t u r n o f f p a s s w o r d p r o t e c t i o n , © Turn on password protected sharing Turn off password protected sharing I
®Appiy~1
Sharing Folders in W i n d o w s Vista
317
1 2 . To maximize compatibility with other operating systems on your network, it is best to select the Turn off password protected sharing option, then click Apply. Turning off this setting allows other computers on the network to connect to your shared files and folders without requiring the user to type the user account and password that is defined on the Windows Vista computer. Next is the Media sharing subsection. Media sharing
O Off
(A)
W h e n m e d i a sharing ¡5 on, p e o p l e a n d devices on t h e n e t w o r k can access shared m u s i c , pictures, a n d v i d e o s on this c o m p u t e r , and this c o m p u t e r can f i n d t h o s e t y p e s of shared files on t h e n e t w o r k . [
Change...
1 3 . If you want to share media over the network, turn on Media sharing. Otherwise, there is no problem with keeping it turned off. This setting does not in any way impact your ability to share files and folders with the other computers on your network. Your network and sharing settings are now correctly configured on your Windows Vista computer. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Network and Sharing Center window. Repeat this procedure on all your Windows Vista computers, as needed.
Sharing Folders in Windows Vista Now that the workgroup and your network and sharing settings are configured correctly on your Windows Vista computers, you can begin sharing folders with the other computers on the home network. In this exercise, you will learn how to do that. SET UP Open the Computer shortcut. 1. Browse to a folder you would like to share with the network. 2. Right-click the folder. The contextual menu opens.
318
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
f
%Ji
Computer
•
L o c a l Disk (C:)
i l l Vrews F a v o r i t l_11 • I- (.Empty)
3pen
•
Users
»
^ Share
T Tutorials
Birm
Name
Date m o d i f i e d
Typ-
^Contacts
1 0 / 2 5 / 2 0 1 0 12:08 ...
File
Desktop
1 1 / 2 / 2 0 0 6 1:23 P M
File
Documents
1 0 / 2 5 / 2 0 1 0 12:08 ...
File
Downloads
1 1 / 2 / 2 0 0 6 1:23 P M
File
Favorites
1 1 / 2 / 2 0 0 6 1:23 P M
File
Links
1 1 / 2 / 2 0 0 6 1:23 P M
Mu; ictr fc Save Vid
_ m i n S M l ü l 2 M
File Eile •
Open Explore A d d t o W i n d o w s M e d i a Player list Play w i t h W i n d o w s M e d r i Player Shop for music online Share.,, Restore previous versions Send To Cut Copy
Folders
Create S h o r t c u t Music File F o l d e r
Delete Rename
3. Click Share. The File Sharing Wizard opens, showing the user accounts with which the selected item is already shared.
Sharing Folders in W i n d o w s Vista
319
I S ^
J
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with P e o p l e w i t h o u t a user a c c o u n t a n d p a s s w o r d f o r t h i s c o m p u t e r can access files y o u share w i t h e v e r y o n e . T o c h a n g e t h i s s e t t i n g , use t h e N e t w o r k a n d S h a r i n g C e n t e r .
Add Name '
7 Tutorials
P e r m i s s i o n Level Owner
•
Tell m e a b o u t d i f f e r e n t w a y s t o share i n W i n d o w s .
Share
Cancel
Click the drop-down menu. A list appears that shows the user accounts with which you can share.
^
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to snare with P e o p l e w i t h o u t a us.er a d ^ i u n t a n d p a s - s w o r d f o r t h i s c o m p u t e r c a n a c c e s s f i l e s y i To change this setting, u™ the N e t w o r k and Sharing Center.
7 Tutorials • Guest E v e r y o n e (All users in t h i s list) ¡ C r e a t e a n e w user..,
N o t e The d r o p - d o w n menu list contains all the user accounts defined on your computer along w i t h a user account called Everyone. This is a generic user account that stands for any of the users defined on your Windows Vista computer.
320
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
5. Select the user account with which you want to share. 1 ^ 1 JJ
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with P e o p l e w i t h o u t a user a c c o u n t a n d p a s s w o r d f o r t h i s c o m p u t e r c a n access files y o u share w i t h e v e r y o n e . T o c h a n g e t h i s s e t t i n g , use t h e N e t w o r k a n d S h a r i n g C e n t e r .
- r
E v e r y o n e ( A l l users i n t h i s list)
Add
Name
P e r m i s s i o n Level
i
Owner
7 Tutorials
T
T e l l m e a b o u t d i f f e r e n t w a y s t o share i n W i n d o w s .
[
Share
] [
Caneel~
6. Click Add. This adds the selected user account to the list below the drop-down menu. 1 ^ 1 i
,
ij
File S h a r i n g
Choose people to share with P e o p l e w i t h o u t a user a c c o u n t a n d p a s s w o r d f o r t h i s c o m p u t e r c a n access f i l e s y o u share w i t h e v e r y o n e . T o c h a n g e t h i s s e t t i n g , use t h e N e t w o r k a n d S h a r i n g C e n t e r .
^ Name '
I
Add
1
P e r m i s s i o n Level
7 Tutorials
Owner
•
Everyone
Reader
»
Tell m e a b o u t d i f f e r e n t ways t o share i n W i n d o w s .
I
Share
\ |
Cancel
I
7. Repeat steps 4-6 until you add all the user accounts with which you want to share.
Sharing Folders in W i n d o w s Vista
321
8. By default, all the added user accounts will receive Reader permissions to the shared item. If you want to change that, click the permission level assigned. A list opens, displaying the available permission levels you can assign.
File S h a r i n g
C noose people to snare with P e o p l e w i t h o u t a u s e r a c c o u n t a n d p a s s w o r d t o r t h i s c o m p u t e r c a n acce-ss f i l e s y o u s h a r e w i t h e v e r y o n e . T o c h a n g e t h i j s e t t i n g , use t h e N e t w o r k a n d S h a r i n g C e n t e r .
* Name '
7 Tutorials
^.Everyone
!
Add
P e r m i s s i o n Level Owner
*
Reader
T
^
Reader Contributor Co-owner Remove
Tell m e a b o u t d i f f e r e n t w a y s t o share i n W i n d o w s
|
.-'Share
| |
Cancel
9. Select the desired permission level for each of the user accounts with which you want to share the item. Reader means that the user account can only read the contents of the folder. Assigning a Permission level of Contributor means that a user can also modify the contents of existing files. Co-owner means that a user account can also add or remove files. 10. When you have finished adding user accounts and setting permission levels, click Share. After a few seconds, you are informed that the selected folder has been shared.
322
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
i Q f
g
File S h a r i n g
Your folder is shared. Y o u m a y £,-J3Vi|j t h e s e l i n k s t o n o t i f y 1 p e o p l e t h a t y o u h a v e s h a r e d t h e s e f i l e s , o r c o n y t h e l i n k s o n t o t h e W i n d o w s c l i p b o a r d , w h e r e y o u can paste t h e m into a n y p r o g r a m y o u choose.
Music (. U
\\WlN-lfiTUFGDFHQC\UseriV T u t o r i M M w s i c
S h o w m e all t h e f i l e s I a m s h a r i n g .
|
Done
|
Tip If problems occur while attempting to share the selected library or folder, you will see a message at the b o t t o m of the screen similar to the following: "1 error(s) occurred when sharing this folder." If you click the error message, you can view details about the root cause of the problem so that you can fix it and t r y again.
11. Click Done. The selected folder is now shared with the user accounts you specified. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure for all the items you want to share. When you have finished, close the Computer window.
Accessing Shared Network Folders from Windows Vista Computers When all operating systems are configured correctly, accessing shared network folders from your Windows Vista computers is a very easy task. Simply open the Network shortcut on your Start Menu or the Network section of the Computer window. This shows you the list of computers on your network that are turned on and a part of the same workgroup as your Windows Vista computer.
Sharing Folders in W i n d o w s Vista
igE Network and Sharing Center Favorite Linfc^ [Empty)
K w h
Name
Category
ILs Add 3 printer
Workgroup
CIPBIAN-PC
ftl)
j 1 CIPRIAN-PC: Ciprian:
E
E
S
A
Network location CIPRIAN-PC: 7 Tutorials:
WIN-167UFGMHK.
Siv WIN-167UFGDFH0C: 7 • Tutorial;:
WIFfJMUFGDFHOC
m When accessing computers on your network, you might be asked to enter a user account and password. Connect to 5 ï
CIPRIAN-PC.Iocsldomain
» l
Connecting to CIPRIAN-PC User n a m e :
g Giprian-PC\Ciprian
Password;
• • • • • • «?! R e m e m b e r my p a s s w o r c
1
qs
II
Cancel
In the User Name field, don't forget to type first the name of the computer you are connecting to, followed by a (backslash character), then the user name. Next, type the password and select the Remember My Password check box. Once you click OK, you will be able to connect to that computer and its shared folders or devices.
323
324
:
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Accessing Windows Vista Shared Folders from Windows 7 Computers Accessing Windows Vista shared folders from Windows 7 computers is easy. Simply open the Network section in Windows Explorer. When you double-click the Windows Vista computer, you should be able to access its files without the need to type any user names or passwords. If you are prompted for a user name and password, don't forget to first type the computer name in the user name field, followed by (backslash character), and then the user name.
Installing Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows Vista Installing a network printer is a process that varies greatly depending on the manufacturer of the printer. If you are using Windows Vista and the printer is connected to another computer and shared with the network, you need to first install the Windows Vista drivers for that printer. Some drivers allow the detection of network printers, and when you installed them, everything was set up for you in one pass. Other drivers do not. If the driver does not allow the detection of shared network printers, then you need to first install the driver and then manually add the printer using the Add a Printer Wizard. To further complicate things, the setup of a printer driver is different, based on the manufacturer and the model. Also, the number of steps is almost never the same. However, the basic principles apply to all setup programs provided by the different printer manufacturers. In this exercise, you will learn how to install the drivers for a printer in Windows Vista using the setup program provided by the manufacturer of the printer. For the purposes of this exercise, we will set up an HP PhotoSmart C5280 printer. SET UP Write down the manufacturer and the exact model of the shared network printer. 1. Download the Windows Vista driver from the Web site of the company that manufactured your printer. Printer drivers are typically provided as a self-extracting archive file and include the ".exe" extension in their file name.
Installing Drivers f o r a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s Vista
325
2. Run the printer driver setup file. If you receive a UAC prompt, click Continue. The self-extraction process starts. Usually, the driver setup displays a progress window. 7% Extracting
Cancel
]
Tip Some drivers ask you to choose where you want the extracted files to be placed. Others simply start the self-extraction process w i t h o u t asking. If you are asked for a location, select the folder where you want the driver to reside, then click the Unzip or Extract b u t t o n (depending on what it is called).
3. Wait for the self-extraction process to end. Depending on the size of the driver, the extraction can take a while to complete. Once finished, you should see the first driver installation window.
HP - Photosmart All-ln-One series S e l e c t Install t o b e g i n i n s t a l l i n g y o u r n e w H P d e v i c e . T h a n k y o u for purchasing from HP!
m
326
Chapter 10
Sharing Between Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7 Computers
T i p Some self-extractors f o r printer drivers do not automatically start t h e first installation w i n d o w . In such a case, y o u need to manually start it yourself. Go to t h e f o l d e r where the driver was extracted and run t h e setup.exe file.
4. Click Install. After a few seconds, the installation wizard displays some information about the process that is about to start and what you need to pay attention to. HP - P h o t o S m a r t A l l - I n - O n e serins
Please Allow All HP Install Wizard Processes
Firewall or anti-spyware s o f t w a r e may show alert dialogs related to this installation,
Please allow any HP programs to proceed if you see one of these alerts by selecting an option such as: - Unblock - Yes - Allow - Permit
Blocking an installation will likely cause the installation to fail.
In addition, if you are running any anti-virus s o f t w a r e , you may want to temporarily disable it because anti-virus s o f t w a r e can significantly increase the time it takes to complete installation and has been known to cause installations to fail.
WARNING: This program is protected by copyright law and international treaties.
< Back
Cancel
T i p This screen (or one similar to it) is shown mostly by HP printer drivers but not by o t h e r manufacturers. Some manufacturers prefer to start t h e installation immediately, w i t h fewer preliminary w i n d o w s f o r y o u t o read.
Installing Drivers f o r a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s Vista
327
Click Next. You are asked if you want to perform an Easy Install or an Advanced Install. xj HP •
All-fii
Choose Easy I n s t a l l o r A d v a n c e d I n s t a l l
m
This installation Includes the following agreements and default settings: The Software End User License Agreement Automatic Software Updates The Recommended Software Package * Includes the HP Yahoo! toolbar, your direct source to HP resources on the Web. Select an install option and click next. .y-'f
Easy I n s t a l l ( r e c o m m e n d e d ) I accept the installation agreements a.nd default settings. d
Advanced Install I prefer to review all of the installation agreements and default settings, including the opportunity to choose what software gets installed.
* This package may include software that is capable of connecting over the Internet to transmit data in compliance with the HP Privacy Policy. Click Here For The HP Privacy Policy Click Here For Details Qn The Internet Connection Capabilities
Next >
I
I
Cancel
Easy installs work only if the printer is connected to your computer. In this case, it is not, so choose Advanced Install, then click Next. In addition, using Advanced Install is often a better choice because Easy Install usually installs additional software you don't need, such as toolbars, trial versions to products you will never use, and so on. You are asked if you want HP to check for software updates automatically
328
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
. HP - P h o t o i m a r t All-in-One series Automatically Check For Updates
m
To get the latest features, reduce the chance of problems with your HP products, and have the best chance to automatically fix problems if they should occur, you need to keep your HP software up to date, You can either do this manually or allow HP to check for updates automatically.
Would you like HP to check for software updates automatically? 1
Yes, please check for updates automatically (recommended)
,».« Wo, I prefer to do this myself
Frequently Asked Questions HP Privacy Policy
-c fter|:
Next >
j
J
Cancel
7. Choose the option you prefer, then click Next. You are asked if you want the setup to install all the software needed for your printer as well as additional elements recommended by HP, or if you want to make a custom installation of software. Ç J P ? -P1ijottJsTflâitÂII-èl-Orïe
l»S3«1
Installation Options Choose one of the following.
Recommended* Installs everything your device needs to work including a suite- of software recommended for your installation.
o Custom (for advanced users)* This option allows you to choose what software is installed.
x This package may include software that is capable of connecting over the Internet to transmit data in compliance with the HP Privacy Policu. Click here for details on the Internet connection capabilities.
<Sacli
8. Choose Custom (for advanced users), then click Next. A list opens that shows all the software proposed for installation.
Cancel
Installing Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows Vista
329
HP - PhotoSmart All-in-One series Custom Installation
m
Select the software you would like to install
£?]HP Photosmart All-in-One Driver Software (Required) [7]HP Solution Center
Shop for HP Supplies Provides direct, online access to purchase HP supplies.
|_/|HP Imaging Device Functions |_/|HP Customer Participation Program* |sgOCR Software by I.R.I.S.
G hop for HP Supplies iTjHP Update*
I /¡HP PhotoSmart Essential 2,5* I
lYahoo! Toolbar customized for HP*
Total Required Disk Space: Available Disk Space:
42Ö MB 2737 MB
Required Disk Space:
This package may include software that is capable of connecting over the Internet to transmit data in compliance with the HP Privacy Policy. Click here for details on the Internet connection capabilities. 1
< Back
tfcït >
Cancel
Clear the check boxes adjacent to the software you don't need (for example, Yahoo! Toolbar, Shop for HP Supplies, and so on), then click Next. The licensing agreement appears. (0 HP - Photosmart All-in-One series License Agreement
Please read the following license agreement carefully.
E n d User License Agreement PLEASE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT: This End-User license Agreement ("EULA") is a contract between (a) you (either an individual or the entity you represent) and (b) Hewlett-Packard Company ("HP") that governs your use of the software product ("Software"). This EULA does not a p p l y if there is a separate license agreement between you and HP or its suppliers for the Software, including a license agreement " ™ ^teement in online documen' documentation. The term "Software" m a y include (i) associated media, (ii) a user guide and other printed materials, a :(iii) "online" or electronic documentation (collectively "User Documentation''). RIGHTS IN THE. SOFTWARE A R E OFFERED ONLY ON T H E CONDITION T H A T YOU AGREE TO ALL TERMS A N D CONDITIONS OF THIS EULA. BY INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING, OR OTHERWISE USING T H E SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO BE B O U N D BY THIS EULA. IF YOU DO N O T ACCEPT THIS EULA, DO N O T INSTALL, DOWNLOAD, OR OTHERWISE USE T H E SOFTWARE. IF YOU PURCHASED T H E SOFTWARE B U T DO N O T AGREE TO THIS EULA, PLEASE RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS F O R A REFUND OF T H E PURCHASE PRICE; IF T H E SOFTWARE IS INSTALLED ON OR M A D E AVAILABLE WITH A N O T H E R HP PRODUCT, YOU M A Y RETURN THE ENTIRE UNUSED P R O D U C T . 1. THIRD P A R T Y SOFTWARE. The Software may include, in addition to HP proprietary software ( " H P Software"), software under T licenses from third parties ("Third Party ¿ i d "Third Party j ^ny Third Pa Party is licensed to y o u subject to " ' Software" " " • License"), ' " A n y Third ; ~Software ~ " 5 the terms and conditions of the corresponding Third Party License. Generally,, itne Third Party License is is loca located in a file such as arty License license .txt or readme file; y o u should contact HP support if you cannot find any Third Party License. include :ense. If the Third Party Licenses Lici licenses that provide for the availability of source code (such as the G N U General Public License) and the corresponding source code is not included with the Software, then check the product support pages of HP's website (hp.com) to leam h o w to obtain such source code." 2. LICENSE FIGHTS. You will have the following rights provided you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA:
I Agree
330
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
10. Click I Agree. You are asked to specify where the HP PhotoSmart software is to be installed. i
HP • Photosmart All-in-One •serres' Destination Folder Click Next to install to this polder, or click Change to install to a different folder
Install Photosmart All-in-One series to:
C:\Program Files\HP\
m Change...
11. If you want to change the location, click Change and select the folder where it should be installed. Otherwise, simply click Next. The setup will take a while to install the software you selected. When it has finished, you are asked to connect the printer to your computer. W HP - Photosmart All-In-One series Connect Your Device Mow
1. Make sure the device is powered on. 2. Connect the USB cable.
m
Installing Drivers for a Shared Network Printer in Windows Vista
331
1 2 . Select the check box adjacent to If you are unable to connect your device now, click this box and then click Next to finish installing the software. 1 3 . Click Next. The installation process continues. After a while, a message appears telling you that the installation process has ended. H P - P h o t o s m a r t A l l - i n - O n e series
The software installation for your HP Photosmart All-In-One series is complete.
Thank you for purchasing HP products. Any previous version of this software found on your computer has been updated to provide you the latest features and support,
Additional screens may appear to help you get started with your HP Photosmart All-in-One series.
Click "Finish" to exit this installation.
1 4 . Click Finish. The printer drivers are now installed. However, the installation process is not yet done. Be patient for a couple of moments and read the following section to learn how to finish up. Tip Other manufacturers offer setup programs f o r their drivers that allow y o u to select a shared n e t w o r k printer in a d d i t i o n to a local one. W h e n using such drivers, it is e n o u g h to select t h e shared n e t w o r k printer and c o n t i n u e t h e installation. W h e n y o u have finished, e v e r y t h i n g w o r k s and there's no need to f o l l o w t h e instructions in t h e next section.
CLEAN UP Read the next section to learn how to complete the installation of the shared network printer.
332
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Installing a Shared Network Printer in Windows Vista Once you've completed installing the printer driver in Windows Vista, it's time to install the shared network printer. Unlike the previous procedure, in which the steps vary greatly depending on the manufacturer and model of the printer, this procedure has the same number of steps and always progresses in the same way. In this exercise, you will learn how to install a network shared printer in Windows Vista. SET UP Turn on the printer and the computer to which it is connected. Open the Control Panel. 1. Click Hardware and Sound. The Hardware And Sound panel opens. 1 - ^ . B j^j^l
^ |iF£] • Control Panel • Hardware and Sound • Control Panel Home System and Maintenance
Add a printer
Change default printer
Remove a printer
Send a fax
II AutoPlay
Network and Internet Hardware and Sound
"
Change default settings for media or devices
Play CDs or other media automatically
Programs User Accounts and Family Safety
^^
Appearance and
^^
Clock. Language, and Region
Manage audio devices
Change pointer appearance
Power Options
Ease of Access
Classic View
Change system sounds
Mouse Change button settings
Personalization
Additional Options
Sound Adjust system volume
^
Change power-saving settings
Change what the power buttons do
Require a password when the computer wakes
Change when the computer sleeps
Personalization Change size of on-screen items
Adjust screen resolution
How to correct monitor flicker (refresh rate]
Scanners and Cameras
ESQ View scanners and cameras
Scan a document or picture
^¿qp Keyboard Change cursor blink rate
Check keyboard status
Device Manager
2. Under Printers, click the Add a printer link. The Add Printer Wizard opens.
l l ^ l P
/ Printers
4R»
Security
•
1 | Se c r th
•»- |
Installing Drivers for a Shared N e t w o r k Printer in W i n d o w s Vista 3 3 3
Is (<
j
S"B A d d P r i n t e r
Choose a local or network printer Add a local printer Use t h i s o p t i o n o n l y i f y o u d o n ' t h a v e a USB p r i n t e r . [ W i n d o w s a u t o m a t i c a l l y i n s t a l l : USB p r i n t e r s w h e n y o u p l u g t h e m in,)
Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer M a k e sure t h a t y o u r c o m p u t e r i s c o n n e c t e d t o t h e n e t w o r k , o r t h a t y o u r B l u e t o o t h or wireless printer is t u r n e d on.
Next
j I
Cancel
|
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer. Click Next. The wizard begins searching for available printers and lists the devices that it finds. 1 ^ 1 1®
A d d Printer
Searching for available printers.. P Hhotosmait C5200 series on Qprien-pc Cinrian-nclHP PhotoSmart C52Ù0 series
.i I
j
Stop
The printer that I want isn't listed
Next
]
j
Cancel
Tip If no printer is found, verify that it is turned on and connected to the computer. Also, check that the proper drivers are installed and that your network and sharing settings are correct.
334
Chapter 10
Sharing Between W i n d o w s XP, W i n d o w s Vista, and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
5. Select the printer you want to install, then click Next. Windows Vista connects to the printer you selected. After a few seconds, you are asked to type a printer name. m 's
..
- d d Printer
Type a printer name Printer n a m e :
|
Hp
P h b t o s m a r t C520EI series o n G p r i a n - p c
j V \ S e t as the default printer Till:; p r i n t e r has b e e n installed w i t h t h e HP P h o t o S m a r t C 5 2 0 0 series d r i v e r ,
|
Nad
| 1
Cancel
|
For an unknown technical reason, the printer name actually cannot be changed. You can only use the name provided by the computer that shared it. 6. If you want to set the printer as your default printing device, select the Set as the default printer check box. 7. Click Next. You are informed that the printer has been successfully added.
^
j
S"B
A d d Printer
You've successfully added HP PhotoSmart C5200 series on Ciprian-pc
To see if t h e p r i n t e r is w o r k i n g c o r r e c t l y , or to see t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g i n f o r m a t i o n f o r t h e p r i n t e r , p r i n t a test page, Print a t e s t p a g e
I
Finish
j
Key Points
335
8. Click Print a test page to check if the printer works. 9. If everything is working well, click Finish. The printer is now installed and you can begin to use it. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Hardware and Sound panel.
Key Points •
To share files and folders between Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, and other operating systems, make sure that your home computers are in the same workgroup.
•
In order to share files from Windows XP with other computers, you need to enable sharing.
•
Accessing a Windows 7 shared printer from a computer running Windows XP requires that you first install the Windows XP drivers for it, then add it as a shared network printer on your Windows XP computers.
•
In order to share files from Windows Vista with other computers, you need to configure your network and sharing settings correctly.
•
Accessing a Windows 7 shared printer from a computer running Windows Vista requires that you first install the Windows Vista drivers for it, then add it as a shared network printer on your Windows Vista computers.
Chapter at a Glance Set the Workgroup on all computers, page 338
AirPort
TCP/IP
DNS
WINS
802.1X
Proxies
NetBIOS Name
Ethernet
MACeOOKPRO-aAC4 Is currently being used
— Workgroup:
Connect to Windows 7 shared folders, page 348
WINS Servers:
m
Connect to Server
Server A d d r e s s :
)LüCo3
(
©
Browse
) (
Connect )
C Share files and folders using AFP File Sharing: Off [J Share files and folders using FTP
Configure Mac OS X file sharing settings, page 339
Warning; FTP user names and passwords are not encrypted. 0 Share files and folders using SMB (Windows) When you enable SMB sharing for a user account, you must enter the password for that account. Sharing files with some Windows computers requires storing the Window* n«r'« armunt password on this computer in a less : O ' O J On 1
Account
l i f t Jack Busch • 1er
• n &
jerry new win?
Add Printer
là
Windows
Type Device URL
i
tèk
Advanced
LPD/LPR Host or Printer Another Device
3
Jt-
ipd://192.168. l.S/shared
® Install a Windows 7 shared printer in Mac OS X, page 356
Name: [Shared on EEE-PC Location: Print Using:
Generic PostScript Printer
3
:
11
Sharing Between Mac OS X and Windows 7 Computers
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Set the workgroup on your Mac OS X.
•
Set up Mac OS X to share with Windows 7.
•
Access OS X shared folders from Windows 7 computers.
•
Set up Windows 7 to share with OS X.
•
Access Windows 7 shared folders from OS X computers.
•
Access a Windows 7 shared printer from OS X.
•
Install a Windows 7 shared printer in Mac OS X.
Sharing folders from Mac OS X with Windows 7 computers has never been easier. Thanks to OS X's built-in support for the Microsoft Server Message Block (SMB) Protocol, allowing read and write access to Windows 7 computers can be done with just a few tweaks in the Mac's System Preferences. The SMB Protocol is designed to provide easy network sharing capabilities so that people can access files, folders, printers, and other devices over the nodes of a network. In this chapter, you will first learn how to set up Mac OS X so that you can share folders with your Windows 7 computers. Then, you will learn how to access these shared folders and how to access a Windows 7 shared printer from Mac OS X so that you can print the files you need.
337
338
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Practice Files You can use any of your files and folders on your Mac and Windows 7 computer to complete the exercises in this chapter. Until you get the hang of it, it is best not to use any i m p o r t a n t files. Also, back up the files and folders you are about to use, just to make sure you don't lose t h e m by mistake.
Setting the Workgroup on Your OS X Computer In order to share files and folders between computers running different operating systems— and without too much hassle—it is best to set the same workgroup on all of them. By default, the workgroup set on Mac OS X is named "Workgroup", which is the same as in Windows 7 and many other operating systems. However, there may be cases when it is set differently for various reasons, or you just need to change it to another name. In this exercise, you will learn how to change the workgroup on your Mac OS X computer. SET UP On the computer running Mac OS X, open System Preferences. 1. Open the Network pane. A window that lists your network devices opens. W H
""
Network S h o w All
Location:
Automatic
Status: (
Ethernet Not Connected
I FireWire Not Connected
Connected
¡j T u r n A i r P o r t O f f ;
AirPort is c o n n e c t e d to dip H o m e a n d has the IP address 1 9 2 . 1 6 8 . 2 . 8 .
Network Name:
m
Ci p H o m e 0 A s k t o j o i n new networks
Known networks will be joined automatically. If no known networks are available* you will be asked before joining a new network.
-
jri
j <|
» •
?Show AirPort status in m e n u bar
Click t h e lock to prevent f u r t h e r changes,
.
1
Assist me.,.
[
.
J
Advanced...
Revert
)
(7)
Apply
Setting Up Mac OS X to Share w i t h W i n d o w s 7
339
2. Select the network device you are using to connect to your home network. 3. Click Advanced. A window showing the properties of that device opens. Airport AirPort
TCP/IP
DNS
NetBIOS Name:
WINS
802. IX
MACG00KPR0-GAC4
Proxies
Ethernet
MACBOOKPRO-BAC4 Is c u r r e n c y bfiing used.
Workgroup: WINS Servers:
(?)
(
Cancel
)
(
OK
)
4. Click the WINS tab. 5. In the field labeled Workgroup, type the name of the workgroup that you want your Mac OS X computer to join. 6. Click OK. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Network and System Preferences windows.
Setting Up Mac OS X to Share with Windows 7 Setting up network sharing settings in Mac OS X so that they work with Windows 7 computers is not a very difficult task. It involves just a few steps and, with a bit of attention, you can get it right from the first try. Just as Windows 7 has its network and sharing settings in the Network And Sharing Center, OS X has them in the System Preferences panel.
340
C h a p t e r 12 Sharing B e t w e e n Ubuntu Linux a n d W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
r\
n
System Preferences S h o w All
Personal
Appearance
ïft
bd
pi
©
Desktop & Screen Saver
Dock
Exposé & Spaces
Language & Text
Security
Spotlight
Displays
Energy Saver
Keyboard
Mouse
Trackpad
Print & Fax
5ourid
Startup Disk
Time Machine
Universal Access
Hardware
CDs & DVDs
FI
à
Internet & Wireless
B
MobileMe
0
Network
Bluetooth
Sharing
Dale St Time
Parental Controls
Software Update
System
§ Accounts
Speech
Other
@
^J
Citrix DoubleCommand online plug-in
$ Flip4Mac WMV
% Growl
\ Media Booster Startup Sound
In this exercise, you will learn how to customize the network sharing settings in OS X so that they are compatible with Windows 7 computers. ^ ^ ^
SET UP Open System Preferences. 1.
In the Internet & Wireless section, click Sharing. The Sharing window opens.
Setting Up Mac OS X to Share w i t h W i n d o w s 7
r\
rs
Sharing
Show All
[Q,
Computer Name:
jack-macbook C o m p u t e r s o n y o u r local n e t w o r k can access y o u r c o m p u t e r at: j a c k m a c b o o k . focal
On
• • • • • • • • • • •
341
Service
' ~£dit ~
.^
File S h a r i n g : O f f
DVD or CD Sharing
File Sharing allows o t h e r users to access shared f o l d e r s o n t h i s c o m p u t e r a n d allows a d m i n i s t r a t o r s t o access all volumes.
Screen Sharing File S h a r i n g
Options...
Printer Sharing
Shared Folders:
Scanner Sharing
Users:
Web Sharing Remote Login
I
Y o u can't give other users access to this shared folder because It
Remote Management
isn't available.
R e m o t e A p p l e Events Xgrid Sharing Internet Sharing Bluetooth Sharing
+
-
Click the lock to prevent f u r t h e r changes,
Select the check box next to File Sharing. With this option selected, OS X displays the IP Address for your Mac.
®
342
C h a p t e r 12 Sharing B e t w e e n Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 C o m p u t e r s
IP address
r\ r>
Sharing
Show All
Computer Name:
j a c k - m a book C o m p u t e r s o n y o u r local n e t w o r k can access y o u r c o m p u t e r at: j a c k mac b o o k , I i cal
On
• • m • • • • • • • • •
i
|
Service
f> Windows Sharing: On
DVD or CD Sharing
W i n d o w s users can access shared f o l d e r s on t h i s c o m p u t e r , and a d m i n i s t r a t o r s all v o l u m e s , a t srrrb://
Screen Sharing File S h a r i n g
f
^^ '^—r
.
Options...
)
Printer Sharing Scanner Sharing
Shared Folders:
Users:
Web Sharing Remote Login Remote
Management
Remote A p p l e Events Xgrid Sharing Internet Sharing Bluetooth Sharing
Click t h e lock to prevent f u r t h e r c h a n g e !
I m p o r t a n t Take note of the IP address of your Mac. You might need to know it in case of problems or when t r y i n g to map the Mac shared folders on other computers.
3. Click the Options button. The Options window opens.
Setting Up Mac OS X to Share w i t h W i n d o w s 7
! ! Share files and folders using AFP File S t a r i n g : O f f
Q Share files and folders using FTP W a r n i n g : FTP u s e r f r a m e s ¿ n o p a s s w o r d s a r e n o t e n c r y p t e d .
0 Share fil es and folders using SMB (Windows) When you enable 5M£ sharing for a user account, you m u s t enter the p a s s w o r d for that account. Sharing files w i t h some W i n d o w s c o m p u t e r s requires storing the W i n d o w s user's account p a s s w o r d on tiiis c o m p u t e r in a less secure m a n n e r .
•
jerry
I~1
new
1^1
wiri7
Done
4. Select the check box next to Share files and folders using SMB (Windows). 5. Choose which accounts will have sharing enabled. I m p o r t a n t You w i l l n e e d t o b e l o g g e d i n u n d e r o n e o f t h e s e a c c o u n t s f o r W i n d o w s c o m p u t e r s t o access y o u r M a c .
6. Click Done. You are returned to the Sharing window.
343
344
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Sharing
U|
i
! Show All 1
Computer Name: jack-rnacbook Computers on y o u r local network can access y o u r c o m p u t e r at; j a c k rnacbook. local
On
• • • • • • • • • • •
(
Edit...
O Windows Sharing: On
¡ Service DVD o r C D S h a r i n g
Windows u s i r s can access shared folders on this computer, and administrators all volumes, at s m b : / / 132.168.1.6.
Screen S h a r i n g File S h a r i n g
: Options...
Printer S h a r i n g
Shared Folders:
Scanner S h a r i n g
Users:
Well Sharing Remote Login Remote Management R e m o t e A p p l e Eveflts Xgrid Sharing Internet Sharing Bluetooth Sharing
®
Click the lock to prevent f u r t h e r changes.
7. To add a folder for sharing, click the + button below Shared Folders. The Finder opens. <
^
ES
^
DEVICES M
j a c k - m ai book
3
STORAGE
Í 3 OS5Í Leopard
till
jfij Desktop
T ) q7 L
(J| Screen s h o t 2 0 1 . . t 6 , 3 9 , 3 2 P M . p n g • [ _ j shared a
Date Modified 6 : 3 9 PM 6 : 5 0 PM
songs.rtf
4/25/10
j j j BOOTCAMP
Applications Q j Documents 0
Movies
Jj
Music Pictures
*
)
Inbox jackbusch
Cancel
'
Add
)
Setting Up Mac OS X to Share w i t h W i n d o w s 7
345
Browse to the folder that you'd like to share with Windows computers, then click Add. After clicking Add, you are returned to the Sharing window, in which you can set up read or write permissions to the shared folder. Sharing
Computer Name: jack-macbook C o m p u t e r s o n y o u r local n e t w o r k can access y o u r c o m p u t e r at: j a c k macboofc, local
Qn
¡Service
•
DVD or CD Sharing
•
Screen Sharing
0
File S h a r i n g
rj
Printer Sharing
•
Scanner Sharing
Q
Web Sharing
•
Remote Login
•
Remote Management
•
R e m o t e A p p l e Events
•
Xgrid Sharing
""Ëdïi ..—_
\
9 Windows Sharing: On W i n d o w s users can access shared f o l d e r s on t h i s c o m p u t e r , a n d a d m i n i s t r a t o r s all v o l u m e s , a t s m b : / / I K . 168,1.6. .
Shared Folders: Eshared
Options...
Users: J L J a c k Busch X . U n k n o w n User
/' R e a d & W r i t e [
Read O n l y
Jl i |
Internet Sharing Bluetooth Sharing
Click the lock to prevent further changes.
*
©
In the Users section, click in the right column, alongside the user for which you want to customize sharing permissions. A menu opens in which you can choose one of the available sharing permissions settings for that user.
346
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
n
n
Sharing
C o m p u t e r Name:
jaek-macbook Computers on your local network can access your computer at: jackmacbook. focal
On
• • • • • • • • • • • a
Service
^
DVD or CD Sharing
Windows users can access shared fotders on this computer, and administrators all volumes, at smb:// 192x168.1,5.
Screen Sharing File Sharing
W i n d o w s Sharing: On
Printer Sharing Scanner Sharing
Shared Folders:
Options...
Users:
Web Sharing
X J a c k Busch
Read & Write J |
Remote Login
JL Unknown User
Read & Write
Remote Management Remote Apple Events
Write O n l y ( D r o p Box)
Xgrid Sharing
No Access
Internet Sharing Bluetooth Sharing
• i c k the lock to prevent fu rther changes.
©
1 0 . Select the permission level you desire for that user: Read & Write, Read Only, Write Only (Drop Box), or No Access. Tip For convenience, assign Read and/or Write permissions to the Everyone user. By doing this, Windows 7 users w o n ' t need to type a user name and password to connect to the Mac shared folder. However, this means that everybody on your home network has access to your shared folder. If you don't want this, it is safer to allow access only to certain users.
1 1 . When done adding shared folders and setting permissions, close the Sharing window. Tip You can add multiple folders, each w i t h different read and write permissions. This is useful, for example, if you'd like to set up a Write Only drop box (where multiple users can turn in assignments or documents into a single folder but other users cannot read them) or a Read Only folder for reference.
You are now sharing the selected files with the other computers on your network. ^^ CLEAN UP Close System Preferences. If you want to access the shared folders from your Windows computers, remain logged on with one of the user accounts for which you enabled those shared folders.
Accessing Ubuntu Shared Folders f r o m W i n d o w s 7 Computers
347
Accessing OS X Shared Folders from Windows 7 Computers Once you've completed setting up your Mac, your Windows 7 computers should be able to access the shared folders under Network In Windows Explorer. If you have allowed read/write access for everyone, or if your credentials for your Macintosh are the same as for your Windows 7 (for instance, exact same user name and password), there shouldn't be any extra steps involved. You just need to be logged on under the user account you configured for file sharing on your Macintosh. If your Mac doesn't show up immediately, wait for a few seconds, and then click the refresh button.
¡36' File
]•
Edit
•
Metwo...
View
Organize *
>
Tools
JACK-MACBOOK
•
iior:'? WC.,.
I
Help
M
N e t w o r k and Sharing Center
, EI ®
Terry bootcamp
Computer
Share
^ Network:
^
JACKBLISCH-EEEPC
jackbusch
Users M
1
Share
J A C K - M A C BO OK A
J,
shared
bootcamp jackbusch
J
I
Share
shared ^
storage
storage I
Share
Control Panel RprvrlpRin
4 items
Troubleshooting If you have trouble getting the Mac to show up under Network in Windows Explorer, it is recommended to create a network drive. In most cases, this helps your Windows 7 computer to find your Mac shared folders the next time you access them. The instructions on how to map a network drive are found in the "Mapping Network Drives" section in Chapter 7, "Sharing Libraries and Folders."
348
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Setting Up Windows 7 to Share with OS X In order to access Windows 7 shared folders from your Mac OS X computer, you first need to set the network location in Windows 7 to Home Network. See A l s o
For m o r e i n f o r m a t i o n o n n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n s a n d h o w t o set t h e m , see t h e " S e t t i n g t h e
N e t w o r k Location" section in Chapter 4, "Creating the Network."
Also, you need to make sure that the workgroup is set the same for both Mac OS X and Windows 7 computers. See A l s o
For i n f o r m a t i o n o n h o w t o c h a n g e t h e W o r k g r o u p o n W i n d o w s 7 c o m p u t e r s , see t h e
"Setting the W o r k g r o u p " section in Chapter 4.
If these settings are made, your Mac OS X should be able to easily access Windows 7 shared folders on your home network.
Accessing Windows 7 Shared Folders from OS X Computers Once you've completed setting up your Windows 7 computer, your Mac OS X computers should pick up the shared folders. In order to access them, you need to use the Connect To Server functionality. r>
A
Finder o o
1
I
File
Edit
View
| e j STORAGE Qj OSX Leopard
[aï cn>w
DEVICES
fl
JWl jack- mac book
S Libr \M\ Mov Là] Mus
¿2 BOOTCAMP * SHARED |M] ]ackbusch-eee pc
Applications f t ! Documents 0
Movies
CtST
Hi Computer £ Home
Û9ÈC CtSH Û9ÎD CtSK
13 Desktop 0 Network CJ ¡Disk
•
^Applications ÈJ Publ1 ¡3' Documents ¿J Site:! X Utilities
Desktop
CtSA Û9ÈO
Û3ÈU
Recent Folders -
Go to Folder...
Û9ÈC StK
C o n n e c t to Server. .
J3 Music
s-
Qgj Pictures ¿S Inbox Dropbox
«J
Select Startup Disk on Desktop
Picti
• PLACES Q
Help
Forward
U h é L e H t k 9 U
i_J copi 1Ü Des 1 E l Doc 1
•
Window Back
r
!IJ
10 items, 6.37 GB available
Accessing Ubuntu Shared Folders f r o m Windows 7 Computers
349
In this exercise, you will learn how to access Windows 7 shared folders from Mac OS X. SET UP Open a Finder window. 1. In the Go menu, select Connect to Server. A Connect To Server window opens. ^ ^
Connect to Server
Server A d d r e s s :
jsmb://192.168.1.5
I
Q-
Favorite Servers.
Q
Remove
^
Browse
j
'
Connect
)
A 2. In the Server Address field, type smb:// followed by the IP Address of the Windows 7 computer to which you want to connect. 3. Click Connect. A window opens that asks for a user name and password to connect to the Windows 7 computer.
I
Enter your name and password for the server "192.168,1,5". Connect as' Q Cuest Registered User Name: I ?tutorials| Password:
•»<•»•••
_ Remember this password in my keychain Cancel
Connect
4. Enter your Windows 7 user name and password.
350
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
N o t e These are the same credentials you w o u l d use when logging on to your Windows 7 user account.
5. Select the Remember this password in my keychain check box. This will set your OS X to remember the user name and password so that it won't ask these details each time you connect to the Windows 7 shared folders. 6. Click Connect. This opens a window in which you are asked which volumes you would like to mount. Your choices consist of all the shared folders on your Windows 7 computer.
r
1
Select the volumes you want to m o u n t on "192.163.1.5":
Cancel )
A 7. Choose the shared folder that you'd like to mount. Tip You can mount multiple volumes by holding the Shift key as you select each folder name.
8. When you're finished selecting the shared folders, click OK. This opens a window in which you see your Windows 7 machine in two places: in the left sidebar under Shared, and listed with your other volumes when you click your Macintosh's name under Devices.
Accessing Ubuntu Shared Folders f r o m Windows 7 Computers
n,
r\
O
jack-macbook
or
O i U f c J
• m •
e
STORAGE
*
OSX Leopard BOOTCAMP r
SHARED
A m B
Name
IE
a
BOOTCAMP
351
Date Modified Today, 10:33 AM
Network OSX L e o p a r d
T o d a y , 6:15 PM
STORAGE
T o d a y , 2:35 PM
Users
Sep 6 , 2 0 1 0 6 : 3 7 A M
( • J 192.168.1.5 « p
jackbusch-eeepc
PLACES P^l Desktop •'.-V Applications Q l Documents H
Movies
J 3 Music fail Pictures £
Inbox
{ i f jackbusch
Tip Clicking the icon for your Windows 7 machine (under Shared) displays the other shared folders that you did not mount. You can browse t h e m and access them as if they were mounted.
You can browse the contents of your Windows 7 shared folders just like they were local drives. You should also have the same read/write privileges as the user account you used to log on to the shared folders. rs
o
o
L j jackbajsch =
E l
m I
S
CD
3 LJ Default • desktop.ini Cj Gretta
' DEVICES jack-macbook £ j STORAGE Cj OSX Leopard 192.168.1.5
BOOTCAMP
Cj
Public
Connected as: jack
C ¡ • j jackbu sch -eeepc
lift] Users
• PLACES E l Desktop •>-\ Applications ¡ 3 Movies Music
¿si Pictures Inbox jackbu sch
NTUSER.DAT
•
ntuser.dat. LOG i
^
I
22 items, 46,36 GB available
C L E A N U P Close t h e Finder.
•
• ntuser.dat, LOG 2 • NTUSER.D...824}.TM.blf • NTUSER.D-.egtrans-ms • NTUSER.D...egtrans-ms • ntuser.ini L l Pictures ¡^ Saved Games
|_jj Documents
^ ~
Ll Andrew Bird ^ AppData LJ Contacts Û Desktop Cj] Documents L~~J Downloads l J Favorites Ca Links Q MacSync Q Music
3
»
352
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Automatically Mount Your Windows 7 Shared Folders on OS X If you want to forgo the entire process of mounting your Windows 7 shared folder each time you reboot, one great trick is to add it to the login items on OS X. This saves you the trouble of having to mount it each time you want to connect to it. In this exercise, you will learn how to set your Mac OS X computer to automatically mount your Windows 7 computer upon login. SET UP Open System Preferences. 1. Open the Accounts pane. This opens the Accounts window. Here, you can see your account, plus any others defined on your OS X computer. Accounts
<x
Show All
|
Password
Login Items
1
These items w i l l o p e n automatically w h e n y o u l o g in: Other Accounts A
Guest A c c o u n t Sharing onty
Hide
• • • • •
Item
Kind
^GrowlMenu
Application
% Growl HelperApp
Application
12] GrowlHelperApp
Unknown
i ^ i iTunes Helper
Application
^
Stickies
Application
Drop box
Application
To hide an application when you log in, select the checkbox in the Hide Vriext 10 application.
f n ^ Login O p t i o n
I
Click the lock to make changes,
i^)
A u t o m a t i c a l l y M o u n t Your W i n d o w s 7 Shared Folders on OS X
353
Click the Login Items tab. Click the + sign, located roughly in the center of the window. A Finder window appears. '
Accounts
l'
T DEVICES
SB. G e o r g e ' s MacBo. Macintosh
hd
E J ¡Disk 192.168.2.5 C o n n e c t e d as: C i p r i a n g, 1
Disconnect
beikin
Desktop
<JS george 3
Documents
fit
Applications
7
i_j
7tutorials
¿1filme ln~l g a m e s s e t u p KIT L£] Music
Music "lPictures
reason...torials.pdf
H
827.jpg
®
2000ldeavlrus.pdf A Tribute., r Dad.doc
lij
adresaXtremPC.txt AlinaTomkl.doc
Cj
PLACES Q
I _to_read
Tj
.) "i7j
Angajari stuff autorun_v4.rar Brainben...t2006.pdf calit_soft.rar
L D Call o f J u . . , d I n B l o o d T
CERERE.doc
Pi
Corporate
§
( Cancel
a
Click the iock to m a k e changes.
In the Shared section, select the Windows 7 computer. Select the shared folder you want to mount. Click Add. You are returned to the Accounts window.
Geek
Default.rdp •
Add
'
A
®
354
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
« ry
Accounts S h o w All
Password
Login Items
These items will open automatically when vou log in: Other Accounts ft
Hide
• • • • •
Cue it Account Sharing onty
a
Item Growl Menu ^ Growl HelperApp
Kind Application Application
U; Growl HelperApp
Unknown
l i j i i T u n e s Helper
Application
Stickies
Application
. / Dropbox
Application
^
Volume
Documents
T o hide a n a p p l i c a t i o n w h e n y o u log in, select t h e c h e c k b o x i n t h e Hide c o l u m n next t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n .
"j^f Login Option
LJ
Click the lock t o make changes.
(7)
7. Select the check box beside the Windows 7 shared folder. 8. Close the Accounts window. The next time you reboot, Mac OS X automatically mounts the selected volume. ^^ CLEAN UP Close System Preferences and all open documents and applications and reboot your Mac OS X computer.
Accessing a Windows 7 Shared Printer from OS X Snow Leopard OS X 10.6 features a Windows tab in its Add A Printer dialog box. There's only one problem: It doesn't work very well, at least not for shared printers connected to Windows 7. Fortunately, you can still print to a shared Windows 7 printer from a Mac OS X computer by using a moderately simple workaround. The trick is to use the Line Printer Daemon/Line Printer Remote (LPD/LPR) protocol.
Accessing a W i n d o w s 7 Shared Printer f r o m OS X
Enabling the Correct Printing Services in Windows 7 Before you can install a Windows 7 shared printer, you need to enable a few additional printing services. Otherwise, you'll have problems and won't be able to access the printer. In this exercise, you will learn how enable the required Windows 7 printing services so that you can install your Windows 7 shared printer from Mac OS X. SET UP Install the printer on your Windows 7 computer and ensure that it prints correctly. 1. Type windows features in the Start menu search box. A list of search results displays. Control Panel (7) T u r n W i n d o w s features o n o r o f f Get m o r e features, w i t h a n e w e d i t i o n of W i n d o w s 7 ij| J
Find o u t w h a t ' ; n e w i n W i n d o w s 7 G e t t i n g Started A d d gadgets to the desktop
Ql. Get m o r e gadgets o n l i n e
Documents (42) H o w - t o A d d N o Reply All a n d N o F o i w a r d t o O u t l o o k 2007 and,,, '•• ' b a t c h l _ r e v i e w S i d o c s (£[] b a t c h l _ a r t i c l e s , d o c x ® ©
Project I _ V l _ 0 9 2 4 1 0 . d o c Jack
Revisws_VlJ92410.doc
¿¿I hoiidayfiestaware.xrnl
Files (1) p r e s s u r e c o o k i n g . o r g and disasterpreparedness.net.zip
2. Click the Turn Windows features on or off search result. The Windows Features window opens.
355
356
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
#frfclr»i Ftatares
| a || la
Turn Windows features on or off T o t u r n a f e a t u r e o n , s e l e c t Its c h e c k b o i . T o t u r n a f e a t u r e o f f . c l e a r its check box, A filled box m e a n s t h a t o n l y part of t h e feature is t u r n e d on. g
Internetinformation
Services
I n t e r n e t i n f o r m a t i o n Services H o s t a b l e W e h C o r e tfl IVj .
M e d i a Features
(+1 i l l
M i c r o s o f t .NET F r a m e w o r k 3.5,1
g] •
M i c r o s o f t Message Q u e u e ( M S M Q ) Seiver Gi
P r i n t a n d D o c u m e n t Services IV]
Internet Printing Client
|7]
LPD P r i n t Service
m Fl
1
Scan M a n a g e m e n t
m
L.
W i n d o w s Fax a n d S c a n
OK
I
I
Cancel
Tip Another way to display this window is to go to Control Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features -> Turn Windows features on or off.
3. Scroll down to Print and Document Services, and then expand it by clicking the + sign directly beside it. 4. Select the LPD Print Service and LPR Port Monitor check boxes. 5. Click OK. ^^ CLEAN UP Wait a few seconds while Windows 7 installs these services.
Installing a Windows 7 Shared Printer in OS X Now that you have Windows 7 set up correctly, you can finally install the network shared printer from Windows 7 on your Mac OS X computer. In this exercise, you will learn how to install a Windows 7 shared printer in Mac OS X. SET UP Install the printer on your Windows 7 computer, ensure that it prints correctly, and share it with your home network. See Also For i n f o r m a t i o n on how to share a printer w i t h your network in W i n d o w s 7, read the "Sharing a Printer w i t h Your N e t w o r k " section in Chapter 8, "Sharing and W o r k i n g w i t h Devices."
1. Open System Preferences.
Installing a W i n d o w s 7 Shared Printer in OS X
O O J
I
System Preferences I I
Show All
I
ffl fe b Appearance
Desktop & Screen Saver
Dock
m
v®
Exposé & Spaces
Language & Text
à Security
^ Spotlight
Hardware
^v
m
CDs & DVDs
Displays
§ Energy Saver
m
C
Keyboard
Mouse
B Trackpad
w Print & Fax
Sound
Internet & Wireless
B
©
Mobile Me
Network
0
m
Bluetooth
Sharing
H
I
Parental Controls
Software Update
Speech
5tartup Disk
v
%
Flip4Mac WMV
Growl
System
il
i
Accounts
Date & Time
Other
0
¿y
Citrix DoubleComrnand online plug-in
%
i
# Time Machine
Universal Access
Media Booster Startup Sound
2. In the Hardware section, click Print & Fax. This opens the Print & Fax window, which contains the list of currently installed printers and fax devices. Print & Fax
E
S h o w All
No printers are available. Click A d d (+) to set up a printer.
©
Default printer: [ Last Printer Used Default paper size:
Click the lock to prevent f u r t h e r changes.
US Letter
t ]
3
©
357
358
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
3. Click the + sign (located at the left side of the window). The Add Printer dialog box opens. «
r
O
Add Printer
Default
Fax
LP
lA/r-n A ¿vialf
Window's
belkin workgroup
C D
V Icon and Text Icon Only Text Only Use Small Size Remove Item
mm\ .„II G G II I I J —
Name: No Selection Location: Wo Selection Print Using:
4. Right-click the toolbar of the window. Tip If you have a single-button mouse, right-click means you need to hold down the Ctrl key before you click your mouse button.
5. Choose Customize Toolbar. This opens a window in which you can customize the items placed on the toolbar.
Installing a W i n d o w s 7 Shared Printer in OS X
A d d Printer
Default
^
Fax
m
IP
WFndowil
,
S
Drag your favorite items into the toolbar...
Fax
Q
-
a
•
Default
Separator
Space
'
Search
£
m
Advanced
ip
Windows
Flexible Space
Customize
H
.. or drag the default set into the toolbar. 3
Show
%
"
Default
Fax
IP
Icon a n d T e x t
tk
Windows
$ \
Search
Use s m a l l s i z e
Done Arltf'
6. Drag the Advanced icon to the toolbar. 7. Click Done. 8. Click Advanced. A list of advanced configuration parameters opens. O
A
Add Printer
Default
E © Fax
Type: Device:
IP
n @ j
Windows
Advanced
t
search
LPD/LPR Host or Printer Another Device
URL: I pd://192.16S. 1.5/shared
Name: Shared on EEE-PC Location: Print Using:
Generic PostScript Printer
(
Add
)
A
359
360
Chapter 12 Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
9. In the Type field, choose LPD/LPR Host or Printer. 10. Leave the Device field set to Another Device. 11. In the URL field, type lpd://HOSTIPADDRESS/SHARENAME, replacing your Windows 7 computer's IP address for HOSTIPADDRESS and the share name of your printer for SHARENAME. 12. Enter anything you'd like for the Name field. This can be different from the actual share name of your printer. Make it something descriptive, such as Shared HP C4700 on Win7. 13. Leave the Location field blank. 14. In the Print Using field, select a printer. I m p o r t a n t Selecting a printer is tricky. It may require some trial and error to get the best results. Ideally, you should choose the driver specific to your printer, but not all manufacturer printer drivers support LPD/LPR network printing. If the manufacturer's driver doesn't work, t r y a Gutenprint version for your model, if it exists. (Gutenprint comes pre-installed w i t h OS X 10.6. You can also download Gutenprint drivers f r o m www.sourceforge.net.) If those both fail, t r y the Generic PostScript Printer driver. The Generic PostScript Printer driver (or one of the other generic Apple drivers) works for most printers, but for some, it causes erratic behavior—for example, printing 10 blank pages for no reason.
15. Click Add when you have finished. You might be asked to set printer options.
Installable Options
192.168.1.3
Make sure y o u r printer's o p t i o n s ¿re accurately s h o w n here so y o u can t a k e full a d v a n t a g e of t h e m .
F o r i n f o r m a t i o n o n y o u r p r i n t e r a n d its o p t i o n a l
h a r d w a r e , c h e c k t t i e d o c u m e n t a t i o n t h a t c a m e w i t h it.
• Duplex
Printing
Unit
Cancel
Continue
16. Configure the printer and click Continue. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Print & Fax window, and then close System Preferences.
Key Points
361
The Windows 7 shared printer is now installed and you can start using it from any application. It will appear just like a local printer when you bring up the Print dialog. When you click Print, the document should be printed from the Windows 7 shared printer.
This workaround is one of the easiest ways to print to a Windows 7 shared printer from a Mac OS X computer, and pending a perfect solution from either Apple or Microsoft, it's likely the best way to share a printer between a Mac OS X and Windows 7 computer.
Key Points •
To share files and folders between Mac OS X and Windows 7 with less hassle, make sure that your home computers share the same workgroup.
•
In order to share files from Mac OS X with other computers, you need to configure your File Sharing settings.
•
Accessing a Windows 7 shared printer from OS X requires you to install additional printing services on Windows 7.
Chapter at a Glance Sharing service is n o t i n s t a l l e d You need to install the Windows networks sharing service in order to share your folders.
© File |ji
& Edit
View
Öi°Pen
U*smb.conf # # # # # # #
||
*smb.conF (/etc/samba) - gedit Search *
Tools
j^Save
Documents Ö
4
Close
Install service
Help
«^Urido
9e
Install the sharing service in Ubuntu, page 364
X
testparm -s smb.conf.master >smb.conf This minimizes the s i z e of the r e a l l y used smb.conf f i l e which, according to the Samba Team, impacts performance However, use t h i s w i t h c a u t i o n i f your smb.conf f i l e c o n t a i n s nested " i n c l u d e " statements. See Debian bug #483187 f o r a case where using a master f i l e is not a good i d e a .
Change the workgroup in the Samba configuration file, page 368
[global] ## B r o w s i n g / I d e n t i f i c a t i o n ### # Change t h i s to the workgroup/NT-domain name your Samba server w i l l p a r t of workgroup = WORKGROUP-NEW # server s t r i n g is the e q u i v a l e n t of the NT D e s c r i p t i o n f i e l d server s t r i n g = %h server (Samba, Ubuntu) # Windows I n t e r n e t Name Serving Support S e c t i o n : # WINS Support - T e l l s the NMBD component of Samba to enable i t s WINS Se Plain Text •
Tab Width: 8 »
©- ^
Folder Sharing
Ln 38, Col 29 Folder Sharing
Set the correct sharing settings for each folder you want to share, page 370
Ï Share this folder Share name:
test
Comment: '{ Allow others to create and delete files in this folder HIT Guest access (for people without a user account)
Windows Security
Cancel
Enter Network Password Enter your password to connect to: UBUNTU
Type the login details correctly when accessing an Ubuntu shared folder from Windows 7, page 373
Domain: UBUNTU ["71 Remember my credentials !' Access is denied,
I
Cancel
|
12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Install the sharing service in Ubuntu Linux.
•
Set the Workgroup to match other computers on your home network.
•
Share folders.
•
Access Ubuntu Linux shared folders from Windows 7.
•
Access Windows 7 shared folders.
•
Access a Windows 7 shared printer.
•
Mount a Windows 7 shared partition or folder.
Sharing files, folders, and printers between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 computers is a reasonably simple procedure. And even though you are required to install a special Ubuntu service to make things work, it is not difficult, and with a bit of attention, all settings can be configured correctly in one go. In this chapter, you will first learn how to set up Ubuntu Linux so that you can share folders with your Windows 7 computers. Then, you will learn how to access these shared folders and how to access a Windows 7 shared printer from Ubuntu Linux so you can print the files you need. At the end of the chapter, you will learn how to mount a Windows 7 shared folder or partition in Ubuntu Linux to provide easy access.
363
364
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
Installing the Sharing Service in Ubuntu Linux Before you can start exchanging files and folders between a computer running Ubuntu Linux and computers running other operating systems, you need to install the sharing service. The service is not a part of a default installation of Ubuntu Linux, and it can be installed using several methods, some more complex than others. In this exercise, you will learn how to install the sharing service in Ubuntu Linux using the most visual and easy-to-follow procedure. SET UP Open the Home Folder, which is located in the Places menu. 1. By default, the user account you are logged on with is selected. A list with the folders you own is opened. Right-click any folder from this list. This opens a contextual list of possible actions. george File
Edit
View
Back Places
Go
Bookmarks
Forward »
X
^
•
Help
''f1
(¿=1
ft!
Q,
100%
-Q george
george QSl Desktop File System Network
Desktop
Doa
¿¡i Windows 7 IS Documents J& Music iH Pictures
Oper in New l a b Open in New Window
i_J Floppy Drive 3, Trash
Open
Music
•0
Pi
Open With Other Application.. Cut Copy
Templates
M Videos
Make Link
i£H Downloads
Eename... Videos
EX
Copy to Move to Move to Trash [
_ C i hpi n a . . .
Sharing Options "Documents" selected ( c o n t d i n i n j ^ V H
Installing the Sharing Service in U b u n t u Linux
Click Sharing Options. The Folder Sharing window opens. Q e m
Folder Sharing
Folder Sharing
& Share this folder Share name:
Documents
Comment: Allow others to create and delete Files in this folder Guest access (for people without a user account)
Cancel
Create Share
Select the check box beside Share this folder. Immediately, Ubuntu Linux displays a warning window, stating that the sharing service is not installed.
d
Sharing service is not installed You need to install the Windows networks sharing service in order to share your folders. Close
Install service
I m p o r t a n t If y o u do not receive this warning, it means t h e sharing service is already installed. In such a scenario, close t h e Folder Sharing w i n d o w and ignore all the other steps described in this exercise.
Click Install service. You are asked to enter your password.
366
Chapter 12
Sharing Between U b u n t u Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Enter your password to perform administrative tasks The application 'Synaptic Package Manager' lets you modify essential parts of your system.
Password:
Cancel
OK
Note If you are using an Ubuntu Linux Live CD, you might not receive this prompt. In this case, simply skip step 5.
5. Type your user account password, then click OK. The installation process begins. After a few seconds, you are notified that all changes have been successfully applied. Changes applied
Changes applied "^.iJ
Successfully applied all changes. You can close the window now.
> Details Close
6. Click the Close button. Ubuntu Linux asks you to restart your session.
0
Restart your session You need to restartyour session in order to enable sharing. Close
Restart session
Setting the Workgroup on Your UbuntuLinux Computer
367
7. Save any open files you might have, then click Restart session. After the restart, the sharing service is installed and fully functioning. ^^ CLEAN UP The folder you tried to share at the start of this exercise was not shared. To start sharing files and folders, follow the instructions detailed in the "Sharing Folders in Ubuntu Linux" section on page 369.
Setting the Workgroup on Your Ubuntu Linux Computer In order to share files and folders between computers running different operating systems—and without too much hassle—it is best to set the same workgroup on all of them. By default, the workgroup set on Ubuntu Linux is named "Workgroup," which is the same as in Windows 7, Mac OS X, and many other operating systems. However, there may be times when it is set differently, or you just need to change it to another name. I m p o r t a n t Keep in m i n d that y o u cannot change the w o r k g r o u p if y o u have not first enabled t h e sharing service in U b u n t u Linux. To learn h o w to enable it, see the previous section, "Installing the Sharing Service in U b u n t u Linux," on page 364.
In this exercise, you will learn how to change the workgroup on your Ubuntu Linux. SET UP On the computer running Ubuntu Linux, open the Terminal. ^
1. In the Terminal window, type sudo gedit /etc/samba/smb.conf and press Enter. Ubuntu requests that you enter your user account password. george@iubuntu: ~ File Edit View Search Termiral Help george@ubuntu:-i sudo gedit /etc/samba/smb.conf [sudo] password for george:
I
N o t e If y o u have used t h e Terminal prior to this exercise, y o u w o n ' t be requested to enter y o u r user account password.
368
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
2. Type your user account password and press Enter. This opens the Samba configuration file in a gedit window. *smb.conf (/etc/samba) - gedit File
Edit
View
# # # # # # #
Tools
' Save
L4 [¿É°pen • *smb.conf
Search
Documents
Help
Undo
m
^
9t
X
testparm -s smb.conf.master >smb.conf This minimizes the size of the really used smb.conf file which, according to the Samba Team, impacts performance However, use this with caution if your smb.conf file contains nested "include" statements. See Debian bug #483187 for a case where using a master file is not a good idea.
4
^ G l o b a l
S e t t i n g ^ =
[global] ## Browsing/Identification ### Changs th-is. t n the w n i - k g i - n u p / N T - d n m a i n name your Samba server will part of workgroup = WORKGROUP-NEW # server string is the equivalent of the NT Description field server string = %h server [Samba, Ubuntu) # Windows Internet Name Serving Support Section: # WINS Support - T e l l s t h e NMBD component of Samba to enable i t s WINS Server Plain Text v
Tab Width: 8 v
Ln38,Col29
INS
3. Find the workgroup setting in the Global Settings section of the configuration file. 4. Change the value of the workgroup field to match the name of the workgroup that you want your Ubuntu Linux to join. 5. Click Save. ^^ CLEAN UP Save any open files, then restart your Ubuntu Linux computer. After the restart, Ubuntu Linux joins the specified workgroup.
Sharing Folders in Ubuntu Linux
369
Sharing Folders in Ubuntu Linux Once you have enabled the sharing service and set up the workgroup to be the same on all your home computers, you can successfully start sharing files, folders, or printers. In this exercise, you will learn how to share folders in Ubuntu Linux with the computers on your home network. SET UP Open the Home Folder, which is located in the Places menu. 1. Right-click any folder. This opens a contextual list of possible actions. 'S Q
george
File Edit View Go Back
-
Places
Bookmarks
~ Forwari »
It
F
f it) george
C
#
1
^
100%
*
george •
Desktop
•
File System
IjÜI Network
Desktop
Do
S Trash
Cut I
Ji Music Templates
J3 Videos IliS Downloads
Open With Other Application..
Music
Ij0 Documents 41 Pictures
Open in New lab Open in New Window
LJ Floppy Drive lyii Windows?
Open
J ä
Videos
Copy
Make Link | EX
Eename... Copy to Move to Move to Trash Compress... Sharing Options
"Documents" selected (containinl
Send To... Properties
370
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
2. Click Sharing Options. The Folder Sharing window opens. Q9<>>
Folder Sharing
Folder Sharing
kii Share this folder Share name:
test
Comment: MT Allow others to create and delete files in this folder M l G u e s t access (for people w i t h o u t a user account)!
Cancel
Create Share
3. Select the check box beside Share this folder. 4. In the Share name field, type the name you want to use for the shared folder. 5. In the Comment field, type any comments you might have. If you don't have any, there is no problem in leaving this field empty. 6.
If you want to allow people who are accessing this folder to be able to add and remove files or folders within it, select the Allow others to create and delete files in this folder check box.
7. If you want to allow everyone to access this folder, including people without a user account defined on the Ubuntu Linux computer, select the Guest access (for people without a user account) check box. If this option is not selected, each time someone tries to access the shared folder, that person will be required to type a user account and password defined on the Ubuntu Linux computer. 8. When you have finished configuring all the settings, click Create Share. If you selected the Allow others to create and delete files in this folder, option, you will receive a prompt alerting you that Nautilus needs to add some permissions to your folder in order to share it.
Sharing Folders in Ubuntu Linux
m
371
Nautilus needs to add some permissions to your folder "test" in order to share it The folder "test" reeds the following extra permissions f o r sharing to work: - write permission by others Do you want Nautilus Lo add these permissions to the folder automatically? Cancel
Add the permissions automatically
9. Click Add the permissions automatically. The folder is now shared with the network, based on the settings you specified. CLEAN U P Repeat t h e p r o c e d u r e f o r any o t h e r f o l d e r s y o u w a n t t o share w i t h t h e other computers on your home network. I m p o r t a n t This procedure for sharing folders works only if you are sharing folders found in the Home folder. If you try to use this procedure to share folders found in other locations, such as system locations, it will not work, and you will receive the following error message: "net usershare returned error 255: net usershare add: cannot share path as we are restricted to only sharing directories we own." To share folders other than the ones your user account owns, you need to go through a rather complicated procedure that involves editing configuration files. Also, doing this adds security risks. The security recommendation is to share only folders that your user account owns. "
Folder Sharing Folder Sharing
k i Share this folder Share name:
apfc|
Comment: i
Allow others to create and delete files in this folder Guest access (for people w i t h o u t a user account)
'net usershare' returned error 255: net usershare add: cannot share p a t h / e t c / a p t as we are restricted to only sharing directories we own. Ask the administrator to add the line "usershare owner only = false" to the [global] section of thesmb.conf to allow this.
Cancel
Create Share
372
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Accessing Ubuntu Shared Folders from Windows 7 Computers Once you've completed setting up your Ubuntu Linux computer, your Windows 7 computers should pick up the shared folders. Accessing them is a pretty easy task. In this exercise, you will learn how to access your Ubuntu shared folders from Windows 7. SET UP Open the Computer window or Windows Explorer. 1.
Go to the Network section. This opens the list with all the computers in your home network that are turned on at that moment and that Windows 7 is able to detect. si %
•
Organize
Network
N e t w o r k and Sharing Center
J
j" Favorites H
•
•
Search Network:
A d d a printer
a
&
Computer (3)
Desktop &
¿J B
¿j
Downloads
' j j k t f
GEORGE-PC
' j j ^ !
CIPRIAN-PC
R e c e n t Places Drop box
Libraries
't
UBUNTU
Hornegroup
Media Devices (5) Computer
Network L >
CIPRIAN-PC GEORGE-PC UBUNTU
{A.
8 items
N o t e You can have additional computers turned on, but it is possible that Windows 7 is not able to detect them due to incompatible network and sharing settings.
Accessing U b u n t u Shared Folders f r o m W i n d o w s 7 Computers
373
Double-click the Ubuntu computer you want to access. A list of all the shared folders and devices on that computer is displayed. G E D L ^ l H * Met™1: Organize *
• UBUNTU
•
Network and Sharing Center
Favorites
- |
I | Search UBUNTU
View remote printers
^¡1 »
[_jj
'if'
CIPRIAN-PC\HP_Photasmart_C520 0_? e ri e 5:6
Bullzip_PDF_Printer:4
1 5 Desktop
~
Downloads Recent Places
j
documents
downloads
.Share
J r * J Share
.i
, „ Libraries |
FaÉ
Documents
MiorMofti>iPS_Dooument_Writer2 '
Music @
Pictures
0
Videos
untitled Share
Homegroup
0
test
I 1 •Share
Snagit_lD:i
Computer
Network ¡>f' CIPR1AN-PC fiÇI GEORGE-PC UBUNTU
1 J
d o c u m e n t s ft\UBUNTU) 1
Share
Double-click the folder you want to open. If you have set up your shared folder to not allow Guest access, then you are prompted to enter a user account and password that is recognized and has permissions on the Ubuntu Linux computer. Windows Security
Enter Network Password Enter y o u r password t o c o n n e c t t o : U B U N T U
UBUNTUVgeorge
Domain: UBUNTU J
R e m e m b e r my credentials
A c c e s s is denied.
OK
Cancel
374
Chapter 12
Sharing Between U b u n t u Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
4. In the top input field, first type the name of the Ubuntu computer, then type \ (backslash character) followed by the name of the user account (do not include any spaces between the name of the Ubuntu computer, the backslash character, and the name of the user account). As an example, if the computer name is UBUNTU and the user account is named george, you need to type UBUNTU\george. 5. In the second field, type the password of the user account. 6.
If you don't want to be asked to type the user account and password each time you access the shared folders on this computer, select the Remember my credentials check box.
7. Click OK. This reveals the contents of the shared folder.
jv I J
•
Network
Organize »
Burn
Favorites
:
Desktop Downloads '.. j Recent Places
•
UBUNTU
•
documents
Name
SÈ ' Type
g | JSJ5S-M
10/17/2010 5:46 PM
BMP File
f § GDGCJC-P
10/17/2010 5:32 PM
BMP File
p^i s m b . c o n f ( - e t c - s a m b a ) •- gedit_002
10/17/2010 5:32 PM
BMP File
p£ s m b . c o n f ( - e t c - s a m b a ) •• gedit_003
10/17/2010 5:41 P M
BMP File
Music i b j Pictures Videos
Homegroup
Computer
Network CIPPIAN-PC GEORGE-PC UBUNTU
4 iterni-
:Seap:h documents
Date m o d i f i e d
Documents
*
I I
N aw fo Ider
¿af Libraries
0
*
O f f l i n e status; O n l i n e O f f l i n e availability: N e t available
¡33
# si
Accessing W i n d o w s 7 Shared Folders f r o m U b u n t u Computers
375
You can now work with the contents of the shared folder, according to the permission levels set on the Ubuntu Linux computer. ^^ CLEAN UP When done, close the Computer or Windows Explorer window.
Accessing Windows 7 Shared Folders from Ubuntu Computers Once you've completed setting up your Windows 7 computer, your Ubuntu Linux computers should pick up the shared folders. In order to access them, you need to use the Connect To Server functionality. Applications
Places
System
^
^ Home Folder i
Desktop Documents Music . Pictures Videos Downloads
l ~ l Computer B
Floppy Drive
IqS Network Connect to Server... Search for Files...
In this exercise, you will learn how to access Windows 7 shared folders from Ubuntu Linux. SET UP Open a Connect To Server window. 1. In the Service type field, select Windows share.
376
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
Connect to Server Service type:
Windows share
Server:
george-pc
Optional information: Share: Folder: User Name:
george
Domain Name: IÜJ Add bookmark Bookmark name: Help
wir>7share| Cancel
Connect
2. In the Server field, type the name of the Windows 7 computer. 3. In the User Name field, type the name of a user account defined on the Windows 7 computer. 4. If you want to bookmark this computer and its shared folders, select the Add bookmark check box, then type the name you want to use in the Bookmark name field. 5. When you have finished, click the Connect button. You are now asked to type the password for the user account that you entered in step 3.
Password required f o r george-pc Domain: Password:
WORKGROUP
"I
Forget password immediately Remember password i m t i l y o u logout ft) Remember forever Cancel
Connect
Accessing Windows 7 Shared Folders from Ubuntu Computers
377
6. Type the password. 7. If you don't want to enter it each time you access the shared folders of this Windows 7 computer, choose the Remember forever option. 8. Click the Connect button. This opens a list with all the shared folders. Q File
Windows shares on george-pc Edit
^ Back
View *
Places
Co
Bookmarks
Help
Forward T
X
C
#
W
100%
^ W i n d o w s shares on george-pc
-¡•i george S I Desktop O File System IÜSI Network =
ADMINS
Apocalyptica
cs
DS
Documents
eclipse
FS
CS
MS
Music
Pictures
S$
Users
VS
Floppy Drive
E Trash M3 Documents i j l Music m Pictures .0 Videos .¿J Downloads
IS items
Tip You can identify the partitions defined on the Windows 7 computer by the $ sign following the letter (for example, C$, D$, E$). Unfortunately, you won't be able to access them at all. You can open only the shared folders. You can now work with the shared folders from the Windows 7 computer. Tip If you want to access the shared folders from the same Windows 7 computer, but you haven't made a bookmark, go to Places -> Network. You will find the shared folders there. CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure for all Windows 7 computers you want to access.
378
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Accessing a Windows 7 Shared Printer from Ubuntu Computers Accessing a network printer shared from a Windows 7 computer requires a bit of work and involves installing Ubuntu Linux drivers for the particular printer. In this exercise, you will learn how this process works. SET UP Start the Windows 7 computer and turn on the shared network printer that you want to share with Ubuntu Linux computers. 1. Open the System menu. •C* Applications
Places
System
^
Preferences p| Additional Drivers ^ •
Computer Janitor Disk Utility Language Support
E
Log FileViewer Login Screen
I S Network Tools Printing ku, startup Disk Creator Synaptic Package Manager System Monitor System Testing Time and Date fljt Update Manager
2. Go to Administration -> Printing. This opens the Printing window, in which you can see the printers identified on your computer and the home network.
Accessing a Windows 7 Shared Printer from Ubuntu Computers 414
P r i n t i n g - localhost Server
Printer
4 > Add
Croup
c
View
Help Filter: Q>
Bullzip PDF Printer:4
CIPRIAN-PC \HP_Photosmart_C5200_series:6
Fax:3 Connected to localhost
Locate and right-click the network printer that you want to access. The contextual menu for the printer opens. Properties Duplicate
Ctrl+D
Rename Delete Enabled • Shared Set As Default Add to Group View Print Queue
• Ctrl+F
380
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
4. Click Properties. The Printer Properties window opens for the selected printer. O
Printer Properties - , CIPHrAN-PC\HP_Photosmart_C5200_serles:6' on localhost
Settings Policies Access Control Job Options Ink/Toner Levels
Settings Description:
\\CIPRIAN-PC\HP PhotoSmart C5200 series
Location: Device URi:
tp vmlp://C IP Rl AN -P C\H P P h o to s Chang e.
Make and Model:
Local Raw Printer
Printer State:
idle
Change..
Tests and Maintenance Print Test Page
Print Self-Test Page
Apply
Clean Print Heads
Cancel
5. Look at the Make and Model field. If it's listed as Local Raw Printer, it means that the appropriate printer driver is not installed. If the printer's actual make and model information is displayed, then the driver is already present and you can ignore the following steps. The network printer will work on your Ubuntu Linux computer. 6. Click the Change button found on the right side of the Make and Model field. The Change Driver window opens.
Accessing a W i n d o w s 7 Shared Printer f r o m U b u n t u Computers
I 9 ©
381
Change Driver
Choose Driver ® Select printer f r o m database Provide PPD file Search f o r a printer driver to download The f o o m a t i c printer database contains various manufacturer provided PostScript Printer Description (PPD) files and also cangenerate PPD files for a l a r g e n u m b e r o f (non PostScript) printers. But in general manufacturer provided PPD files provide better access to the specific features of the printer. Makes Gestetner Heidelberg Hitachi HP IBM Imagen Imagistics InfoPrint
Cancel
Forward
7. Select the manufacturer of the printer you want to access. In our example, it is HP. 8. Click Forward. A list opens that shows all the models of printers for which Ubuntu Linux has drivers.
382
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 Computers
Change Driver
Choose Driver Drivers HP Photosmart c5200 Series, hpcups HP Photosmart CS200 Series hpijs, 3.
Back
Cancel
Forward
9. Find the correct model of printer and select it. For this example it is Photosmart C5200.
In the drivers section, you will see another list with available drivers. 1 0 . If you are presented with more than one version of a driver, select the one with "cups" in the name. CUPS stands for Common Unix Printing System, and these drivers generally tend to work better. 1 1 . Click Forward. You are asked if you want to transfer the current settings.
Accessing a Windows 7 Shared Printer f r o m Ubuntu Computers
Change Driver
383
1
Existing Settings Try to transfer the current settings !Use the new PPD (Postscript Printer Description) as is. This way all current option settings will be lost. The default settings of the new PPD will be used. Try to copy the option settings over from the old PPD. This is done by assuming that options with the same name do have the same meanin Settings of options that are not present in the new PPD will be lost and options only present in the new PPD will be set to default.
Back
Cancel
Forward
12. Because the printer is not yet installed, there are no true settings to transfer. Therefore, select Use the new PPD (Postscript Printer Descriptions) as is. 13. Click the Forward button. You are now asked about additional options to enable or configure. The list depends on the printer model. For our HP PhotoSmart c5200 model, we are only allowed to install the Duplexer. The Duplexer is a feature which allows printing on both sides of the paper. Change Driver
Installable Options This driver supports additional hardware that may be installed in the printer. @ Duplexer Installed
Back
Cancel
||
Apply
384
Chapter 12
Sharing Between Ubuntu Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
1 4 . Install and configure the options you desire. When you have finished, click Apply. You are taken back to the Printer Properties window. '
Printer Properties - , C^PR^AN-PC\HP_Photosma^t_C5200_se^les:6 , on localhost
Settings
Settings
Policies
Description:
Access Control
Location:
Installable Options Printer Options
Device URI:
Job Options Ink/Toner Levels
\\CIPRIAN-PC\HP PhotoSmart C5200 series
<^Make"and Model: Printer State:
tpvmlp://CIPRIAN-PC\HP_Photos
Charge...
HP PhotoSmart C5200 Series7hp7~^hange... idle
Tests and Maintenance Print Test Page
Print Self-Test Page
Apply
1
Clean Print Heads '
Cancel
1
OK
Tip If y o u look at the Make and M o d e l field, y o u can see t h a t n o w it has t h e name of the printer y o u just installed. If y o u have a different result, close the Printer Properties w i n d o w and start again, carefully f o l l o w i n g t h e steps described in this exercise.
1 5 . To test the printer, click the Print Test Page button. You are informed that the test page was submitted.
a
Submitted Test page submitted as j o b 1 OK
1 6 . Click OK. If a test page prints, your setup is correct. You can now use the network printer from Ubuntu Linux. ^^
CLEAN UP Close the Printer Preferences window.
M o u n t i n g Windows 7 Shared Partitionsand Folders in Ubuntu
385
Mounting Windows 7 Shared Partitions and Folders in Ubuntu If you want to have even easier access to Windows 7 shared partitions and folders, it can be a good idea to have them mounted permanently each time you log on to Ubuntu Linux. The procedure you need to follow for mounting them is slightly more complex. However, once done, you will save time accessing shared partitions and folders, and you will find it much more convenient to do so. In this exercise, you will learn how to mount a Windows 7 shared partition or folder in Ubuntu Linux. ^ ^ ^ a
SET UP Open the Terminal. 1. In the Terminal window, type sudo mkdir /media/mountname and press Enter. Replace mountname with the name you want to give the folder you want to mount. In our example, we wanted to call it music; therefore, we typed sudo mkdir /media/music. Ubuntu will request that you enter your user account password. ~ ^ File
george@ubuntu: ~
Edit
View
Search
Terminal
Help
gearge@ubuntu:-$ sudo mkdir /media/music [sudo]
password for george:
2. Type your user account password, then press Enter. 3. Type sudo gedit /etc/fstab, then press Enter. This opens the fstab file in a gedit window.
386
Chapter 12
Sharing Between U b u n t u Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
4. Go to the end of the file and type the following line: //servername/sharename / media/mountname cifs username=myusername,password=mypassword 0 0. Replace the following fields: •
servername Type the name of the Windows 7 computer sharing the folder or partition you want to mount. In our example, it is george-pc.
•
sharename Supply the name of the shared folder or partition as it is on the Windows 7 system. In our example, it is named music.
•
mountname Provide the name of the folder you just created in step 1. The names must be the same. In our example, it is named music.
•
myusername This is the name of the user account defined on the Windows 7 computer. This user account must have access permissions to the shared folder or partition. In our example, it is named george.
•
mypassword Type the password of the user account defined on the Windows 7 computer. In our example, it is pass.
In our example, the whole line looks like this: //george-pc/music /media/ music cifs username=george,password=pass 0 0.
Mounting Windows 7 Shared Partitionsand Folders in Ubuntu
387
I m p o r t a n t Make sure y o u d o n ' t t y p e any spaces between t h e username, the c o m m a f o l l o w i n g it, and t h e password. The setup w o n ' t w o r k if y o u d o n ' t insert t h e proper n u m b e r of spaces in the correct locations.
5. When you have finished, click Save. 6. Close the gedit window. You are now back to the Terminal window. george@>ubuntu: ~ File Edit View Search Terminal Help george@ubuntu:-í sudo mkdir /nedia/rousic [sudo] password for george: george@ubuntu:-í sudo gedit /etc/fstab george
7. Type sudo mount -a, and then press Enter. This causes the mounted folder or partition to appear on your Ubuntu desktop, with the name equal to the sharename field you entered in step 6. Applications
Places System
music
The Windows 7 shared folder or partition is now mounted each time you log on to your Ubuntu Linux computer. T i p To remove t h e m o u n t e d f o l d e r or partition, open t h e Terminal and f o l l o w step 3. Remove t h e line y o u added in step 4. Then, f o l l o w steps 5 and 6, and skip step 7. The next t i m e y o u reboot y o u r U b u n t u Linux computer, t h e folder or p a r t i t i o n w i l l no longer be m o u n t e d .
388
Chapter 12
Sharing Between U b u n t u Linux and W i n d o w s 7 Computers
Key Points •
The sharing service is not installed by default in Ubuntu Linux; you need to manually install it yourself.
•
The workgroup can be changed in the Samba configuration file.
•
When sharing a folder, don't forget to set the access permissions as you want to have them.
•
When accessing an Ubuntu shared folder from Windows 7, pay attention to the way you type the user account and password.
•
You can access Windows 7 shared folders by using the Connect to Server functionality.
•
When accessing a Windows 7 shared printer, you need to install the Ubuntu Linux printer drivers for the particular printer.
•
Mounting Windows 7 shared folders or partitions makes it easier to access them when you need to work with them.
Chapter at a Glance Use the User Account Control (UAC) security tool that's included in Windows Vista and Windows 7, page 393
User feedback l r*qtJ*4*«f fl*v*1e • perm issions to administrator?
Application ¡0 launches as •••"¥>V • administrator
g. Applrittnjr' docs not run 'I ©
Application is ^ closed and " administrator privileges afp g<
^
• • Cwt/pTPwel • System and Security • Windows Updrte Ccnbcl Piie11 lc*r<
¡1 Smrzh C-onftpi Patfl
p *
Windows Update
CheCkfw update C Kinij» i*«iiu|l View update Ret ore Hidden update Updrtcv ftnjurntiy asknl
Set Windows Update to be turned on automatically and to check for updates regularly, page 400
¿f WindiMi
i - .. Chocking for updates.
M«l r«
AlrH
I Windows f irewaJl has biodred some features of thJs program Wnlirn Fimullk-n bfcxkrd mn Icnltrm ,i ¡¡Tenvnt a, put* prnqle rn
Protect your computer from unauthorized access from other computers on the network or the Internet using Windows Firewall, page 428
•
Ook
MMl*
Mla'toi, tr*
I', i'jHrtmir, en
J nrtumkn:
71
G 6 • a w « IiuBfcs
rf.
I
tari
Review r«*flt mrss»g« and reiol»* problems
Check the status of your system and get alerts using the Action Center, page 457
t'J fl.fli &S ofiorfe p
Keeping the Network Secure In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Configure User Account Control (UAC).
•
Open Windows Update.
•
Configure Windows Update settings.
•
Check for and install updates manually.
•
Restore hidden updates.
•
Review your Windows update history.
•
Remove installed updates.
•
Open Windows Defender.
•
Use Windows Defender.
•
Turn off Windows Defender.
•
Open the Windows Firewall.
•
Turn the Windows Firewall on and off.
•
Customize the list of allowed programs.
•
Add new programs to the allowed list.
•
Remove programs or disable rules from the allowed list.
•
Create a new rule.
•
Enable, disable, or delete an existing rule.
•
Restore the Windows Firewall default settings.
•
Protect your computer from viruses and other security threats.
•
Use the Action Center.
•
Open the Action Center and review its messages.
•
Configure the list of messages displayed by the Action Center.
391
392
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
If you arrived at this stage, your home network is fully configured. You are able to connect to the other computers on your network and share files, folders, and devices. You can also stream your media over the network and the Internet. Simply put, you can finally take full advantage of the capabilities that your home network offers. In order for everything to keep working at optimal levels, it's time for you to learn how to keep your network secure. This means a mix of enabling and using the right security tools that Windows 7 has to offer in addition to the installation of third-party security products. In this chapter, you will first learn how to take advantage of important security tools provided by Windows 7: the User Account Control (UAC), Windows Update, Windows Defender, Windows Firewall, and the Action Center. You will also learn how to protect your computers from viruses. We will show you where to find the best security solutions available on the market via some great Internet Web sites, which are updated on a regular basis with the latest security tools and performance patches. Practice Files You w o n ' t need any practice files to complete the exercises in this chapter.
Understanding User Account Control When Windows Vista was launched, User Account Control (UAC) was the most criticized and misunderstood feature. Even though it was very important for security, many people chose to disable it, subsequently exposing their systems to potential security risks. Many problems could have been avoided if people understood the benefits offered by UAC. In response to that criticism, Windows 7 brings further changes to what is in reality a very good feature. In order to avoid further misunderstanding and to prevent people from exposing their computers to security risks, this section will explain UAC in detail and present the reasons why you should always keep it turned on.
How UAC Works
393
What Is UAC? UAC is a security feature of Windows Vista and Windows 7 that helps prevent unauthorized changes to your computer. These changes can be initiated by users, applications, viruses, or other types of malware. UAC makes sure these changes are made only with the approval of the administrator of the computer. If the administrator does not approve these changes, they will never be executed, and the system will remain unchanged.
How UAC Works Unlike Windows XP, in Windows Vista and Windows 7, applications run by default without any administrative permissions. As a result, they cannot make any changes to the operating system. When an application wants to make system changes, such as modifications that affect other user accounts, modifications of system files and folders, or installation of new software, UAC prompts the user to ask for permission. ^ User A c c o u n t Control
' S3
Do you want to allow the following program to make changes to this computer?
"
S h o w details
Program name:
UserAccountControlSettingr
Verified publisher
Microsoft Windows
Yes
No
C h a n g e jjghfep thes£: n o t i f i c a t i o n s a p p e a r
If the user clicks No, the change won't be performed. If the user clicks Yes, the application receives administrative permissions and is able to make the system changes it is programmed to do. These permissions will be in force until the application stops running or the user closes it. The next time the application runs, it starts again without administrative permissions.
394
Chapter 13
Keeping the Network Secure
For an easier understanding, the UAC algorithm is explained in the following diagram. H o w UAC W o r k s
Application wants to run & receive administrative permissions UAC initiates ' J elevation prompt to user
Application 0 launches as
<•*• "Yesi"
administrator
£
User feedback requested Elevate permissions to administrator?
Application does not run
Application is closed and administrator privileges are gone
ë
Changes Requiring Administrative Privileges There are many changes that require administrative privileges, and depending on how UAC is configured on your computer, they can cause a UAC prompt to pop up and ask for permissions. Changes requiring administrative permission are as follows: •
Running an application as an administrator.
•
Changing system-wide settings or to files in the Windows and Program Files folders.
•
Installing and uninstalling drivers and applications.
•
Installing ActiveX controls.
•
Changing settings to the Windows Firewall.
•
Changing UAC settings.
•
Configuring Windows Update.
•
Adding or removing user accounts.
•
Changing a user's account type.
•
Configuring Parental Controls.
The Differences Between UAC Levels
•
Running Task Scheduler.
•
Restoring backed-up system files.
•
Viewing or changing the folders and files of another user account.
•
Changing the system date and time.
395
Having UAC turned off means any user and any application can make any of these changes without a prompt for permissions. This would allow viruses and other forms of malware to infect and take control of your system much easier than when UAC is turned on.
The Differences Between UAC Levels Unlike Windows Vista, where you had only two options—UAC turned on or off—in Windows 7, there are four levels from which to choose. The differences between the levels are as follows: •
Always notify At this level, you are notified before applications make changes that require administrative permissions or before you or another user change Windows 7 settings. When a UAC prompt appears, your desktop is dimmed and you must choose Yes or No before you can continue to do anything else on your computer. Security Impact: This is the most secure setting but also the most annoying. If you do not like the UAC implementation from Windows Vista, you won't like this level either.
•
Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer This is the default level; it notifies you only before programs make changes to your computer that require administrative permissions. If you manually make changes to Windows 7, you are not notified by UAC. This level is less annoying because it doesn't stop the user when making changes to the system; it only shows prompts if an application wants to make changes. When a UAC prompt appears, the desktop is dimmed and you must choose Yes or No before you can continue to do anything else on your computer. Security Impact: This is less secure because some malicious programs can simulate the keystrokes or mouse moves of a user. These programs can change Windows 7 settings. However, if you are using a good security solution, these scenarios should never occur.
•
Notify me only when programs try to make changes to my computer (do not dim my desktop) This level is identical to the previous level, except when a UAC prompt appears, the desktop is not dimmed and other programs might be able to interfere with the UAC dialog window. Security Impact: This level is even less secure because it is easier for malicious programs to simulate keystrokes or mouse
396
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
moves that interfere with the UAC prompt. Again, a very good security solution can compensate for the slight decrease in security. • Never notify At this level, UAC is turned off and doesn't offer any protection against unauthorized system changes. Any user or application can make system changes without any prompts for permission. Security Impact: If you don't have a good security solution, you are very likely to have security problems when using this level. With UAC turned off, it is easier for malicious programs to infect your computer and take control of it and/or its settings. Recommendation Use either of the first t w o levels. The third level can be used as well when you have a very good security solution in place. The f o u r t h level should always be avoided because it negatively impacts the security of your system.
Configuring UAC Now that you know what this feature does and how it works, it's time to show you how to configure the level of security you desire. In this exercise, you will learn how. SET UP Open the Control Panel. 1.
Click System and Security. The System And Security window opens. E D C ä J l ö l J
9
•
Control Panel
•
System and Security
Control Panel Home System and Security Network and Internet Hardware and Sound Programs User Accounts and Family Safety Appearance and
Ease of Access
I I Search Control Pa net
Action Center Ruiim'i j' mi i i h111ULd'!.• iLdLu in 'I n ¿Jveissues ^JjS. 1 Change User Account Control s e t t i n g s ^ Troubfeshoot common computer problems Restoneym» lumpuiet tu ait feHlita ITme ^Ul
W i n d o w s Firewall Check firewall status
< * !
Personalization Clock, Language, and Region
T I
•
\x-y •»4I Vjfc tiST
Allow a program through Windows Firewall
System View amount of RAM and processor speed Check the Windows Experience Index Allow remote access Seethe name of this computer ^ Device Manager W i n d o w s Update Turn automatic updating on or off
Check for updates
Power Options Require a password when the computer wakes Change when the computer sleeps
View installed updates
Change what the power buttons do
Backup and Restore Back up your computer Restore files from backup r -Jjj^
BitLocker Drive Encryption Protect your computer by encrypting data on your disk
Manage BitLocker
.¿S Administrative Tools i^—l Free up disk space Defragmentyour hard drive Çp) Create and format hard disk partitions
ty
View event togs
^ Schedule tasks
p]
Configuring UAC
397
2. In the Action Center section, click the Change User Account Control settings link. The User Account Control Settings window opens, which shows the current level set for UAC. ® User A c c o u n t C o n t r o l Settings
|
g
||
El
Choose when to be notified about changes to your computer User A c c o u n t Control helps prevent potentially h a r m f u l programs f r o m m a k i n g changes to y o u r computer, T t l l n e - ' i : e =•:••: J t . • •'•.:•:•: j i " : Cc-it c
-ic:
Always n o t i f y
:t
Default - Notify me only w h e n programs t r y to make changes t o m y c o m p u t e r *
Don't n o t i f y me w h e n I make changes to W i n d o w s settings
R e c o m m e n d e d if y o u use familiar programs and visit familiar websites. Never n o t i f y
|
*VOK
] |
Cancel
|
3. Move the slide to the UAC level you want to use on your computer. I m p o r t a n t Before changing the UAC level, don't forget to review the previous section, "The Differences Between UAC Levels." It is very important to first understand the differences between each level before making any changes.
4. Click the OK button. 5. Depending on what level UAC was set before making the change, you might receive a UAC prompt. Click Yes if you do. CLEAN UP Close the System and Security window. The UAC is set to the level you selected and will provide you with the corresponding level of security, depending on the choice you made.
398
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Should I Disable UAC When I Install My Applications and Turn It On Afterward? The biggest annoyance caused by UAC is when you install applications. During installation, you can receive a lot of UAC prompts (depending on how many applications you install). You might be tempted to disable it temporarily while you install all your applications and then enable it again when you're done. In some scenarios, this is a bad idea. Certain applications make lots of system changes and can fail to work if you turn on UAC after their installation, even though they work when you install them with UAC turned on. This is because when UAC is turned off, the virtualization techniques used by UAC for all applications are inactive. This causes certain user settings and files to be installed to a different place, so they no longer work when UAC is turned back on. To avoid these problems, it is better to have UAC turned on at all times.
Keeping Your System Up to Date Keeping your system up-to-date is very important for keeping it as secure as possible. Viruses and other forms of malware that exploit security problems in Windows 7 and other operating systems appear on a daily basis. Being up-to-date means having fewer security issues and fewer chances of your computer becoming infected and exploited by unauthorized parties. Therefore, you should have Windows Update turned on at all times and configured to automatically install the most important updates. Windows Update is one of the tools that were redesigned completely in Windows Vista. Instead of having to browse to a specific Microsoft Web page (as with Windows XP), the entire update process was managed directly by the operating system. Windows 7 keeps the same approach as Windows Vista but introduces a small number of changes to this process—mostly cosmetic. This section will cover the important bits you need to know about this tool so that you keep your computer up-to-date with latest security and performance patches and updates for Windows 7.
Opening W i n d o w s Update
399
Opening Windows Update You can open the Windows Update tool using several methods. In this exercise, you will learn how to open Windows Update using two of the existing methods. ^ ^ ^
SET UP Open the Control Panel. 1.
Click System and Security. The System And Security window opens.
• Cont.,,
• System and Secur... •
C o n t r o l Panel H o m e
*•
•
| Se-ajr/i Control Panel
Action Center R e v i e w y o u r c o m p u t e r ' s s t a t u : a n d r e s o l v e issues
System and Security
' ^ j 1 C h a n g e U ser A c c c u n t C o n t r o l s e t t i n gs
Network and Internet
Troubleshoot c o m m o n computer problems
Hardware and Sound
R e s t o r e y o u r c o m p u t e r t o a n earlier t i m e
Programs
Windows Firewall
User A c c o u n t s a n d F a m i l y
Check firewall status
Safety
A l l o w a p r o g r a m t h r o u g h W i n d o w s Firewall
Appearance and Personalization
J& |
e •. •
Clock, L a n g u a g e and Region
System V i e w a m o u n t o f R A M a n d processor speed Check t h e W i n d o w s Experience Index
Ease o f A c c e s s
' $ ' A l l o w r e m o t e access Seethe n a m e of this computer
Kj --J
^ Device M a n a g e r
Windows Update Turn automatic updating on or off Check for updates
View installed updates
Power Options Require a password w h e n t h e c o m p u t e r wakes Change what the power buttons do C h a n g e w h e n t h e c o m p u t e r sleeps
Backup and Restore B ack u p y o u r c o m puter - JSj
Restore files f r o m b acku p
Ritl.nrlc^t: f l r i v p F n r n f n t i f j n
2. Scroll down and click the Windows Update section. The Windows Update window opens, which gives you a quick overview on how up-to-date your operating system is and how many updates are available.
400
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
a hsH U '
8
S y s t e m a,,,
Control Panel H o m e
k
Search
W i n d o w s Update
Control
Panel
Windows Update
C h e c k f o r update: Change settings View update history Restore hidden updates Updates: frequently asked questions
i j j K i No important updates ^¡¡g/ available 35 optional updates are available
Most recent c h e c k f o r updates: Updates were installed:
No updates are currently selected.
Today at 6:26 PM 10/14/2010 at 11:32 PM. View update history
Vou receive updates:
For W i n d o w s and other products f r o m Microsoft Update
See also
Installed Updates
Tip Another way to open this tool is to go to Start Menu -> All Programs -> Windows Update.
You can now access all the configuration settings available in Windows Update and use the tool to check for updates, install available updates, view your update history, or restore hidden updates. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Windows Update window when done working with it.
Configuring Windows Update Settings Windows Update has a pretty good set of default settings. Without the need for you to intervene, this tool is turned on, regularly checks for updates, and automatically installs the important ones on your computer. This helps to keep your operating system as up to date and secure as possible with the most relevant updates. Even so, it is a good idea to check these settings, understand them, and configure them to better meet your specific needs. In this exercise, you will learn how to configure your Windows Update settings so that the tool behaves as you want it to.
Configuring W i n d o w s Update Settings
401
SET UP Log on as administrator and open Windows Update. 1.
In the left column, click Change settings. The Change settings window opens, which contains all the settings that you can configure for the Windows Update tool.
, ^
v./
« Windows Upd...
• Change settings
•
+f
Seorr/i Control Pon-ef
Choose how Windows can install updates When your computer is online; Windows can automatically check for important updates and install t h e m using these settings, When new updates are availably you can also install t h e m before shutting down t h e computer, H o w does automatic updating help me? Important updates Install updates automatically (recommended)
Install new updates:
Every day
3:00 A M
Recommended updates [V~l Give me recommended updates the same way I receive important updates W h o can install updates [V] Allow all users to install updates on this computer Microsoft Update [yl Give me updates for Microsoft products and check for new optional Microsoft software when I update Windows Software notifications 0 Show me detailed notifications when new Microsoft software is available Note: Windows Update m i g h t update itself automatically first when checking for other updates, Read our privacy statement online.
t OK
Cancel
2. Go to the Important updates section. Here you can set how important updates are installed on your computer: •
Install updates automatically (recommended) This sets Windows Update to automatically install important updates as they are available. It is also the most recommended option because it allows you to keep your computer as up to date as possible without any intervention on your part
402
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
•
Download updates but let me choose whether to install them This option allows Windows Update to automatically download the important updates. Once this is done, you are notified and can choose whether to install them. This option is recommended for those who want more control over the update process.
•
Check for updates but let me choose whether to download and install them This option instructs Windows Update to notify you before performing any downloads and installations. When a new update is detected, you are prompted to choose what you want to do next.
•
Never check for updates (not recommended) This option disables any automatic update check functionality. It is highly risky because your computer will be updated only if you make manual checks for updates. It is recommended not to use this option, unless you have a regular habit of manually checking for updates.
Important updates Install updates automatically (recommended) Install updates a u t o m a t i c a l l y ( r e c o m m e n d e d }
Download updates but let me choose whether to install them Check for updates but let me choose whether to download and install them Recornr ^ e v e r check for updates [not recommended] FT] Give me recommended updates the same way I receive important updates
3. Choose the option that best fits your needs. 4. If you select Install updates automatically (recommended), you can also set when the new updates are installed. You can select a specific day of the week, every day, or even the hour when installations should occur. Important updates Install updates automatically [recommendedj
Install new updates:
Every day
03:00
Tip To be as up to date as possible, it is best to select Every Day, then specify an hour when your computer is generally turned on.
5. If you want recommended updates to be treated like important updates, select the Give me recommended updates the same way I receive important updates check box.
Configuring W i n d o w s Update Settings
403
R e c o m m e n d e d updates
Give me recommended updates the same way I receive important updates W h o c a n install updates
[V] Allow all users to install updates on this computer Microsoft Update
FT] Give me updates for Microsoft products and check for new optional Microsoft software when I update W i n d o w s Software notifications
0 Show me detailed notifications when new Microsoft software is available
6. If you want to allow all users to install updates on your computer, select the Allow all users to install updates on this computer check box. Otherwise, leave it cleared. Recommendation It is best to always select this option because it helps ensure that your computer is up to date at any time, independent of the user accounts using it.
7. Windows Update allows you to check for updates to other Microsoft products, such as Microsoft Office, Windows Live Essentials, Silverlight, and so on. To receive them, select the Give me updates for Microsoft products and check for new optional Microsoft software when I update Windows check box. Otherwise, leave it cleared. 8. If Windows Update is set to check for new optional Microsoft software, you can set it to show you detailed notifications about the update. To enable this behavior, select the Show me detailed notifications when new Microsoft software is available check box. Otherwise, leave it cleared. 9. When you're finished configuring all the settings, click OK. Note Depending on the model of your computer and where you bought it, you can have additional configuration options that were added by the manufacturer. To learn about the additional options, check the documentation provided with your computer.
Windows Update is now configured to work according to your needs. CLEAN UP Close the Windows Update window.
404
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Checking for and Installing Updates Manually Be default, Windows Update automatically checks for Windows 7 updates each time you log on, and it installs the updates according to the way it is configured to act. However, you can also perform manual checks and installations of updates. In this exercise, you will learn how to manually check for updates and how to install them on your Windows 7 computer. SET UP Open Windows Update. 1.
In the left column, click Check for updates. Windows Update starts checking for the latest available Windows updates.
Iw
•
Control Panel
Control Panel Home
•
System and Security
•
Windows Update
W
If :
Seord; Contra! Panel
W i n d o w s Update
Check for updates Change settings View update history Restore hidden updates Updates: frequently asked questions Most recent check for updates:
Today at 16:51
Updates were installed:
Today at 16:28. View update hrstoiy
You receive updates:
For Windows and other products from Microsoft Update
See also Installed Updates
2. After a while, a summary of the findings appears. If there are updates available, they are separated into two categories: important updates and optional updates.
Checking for and Installing Updates Manually
e
Windows Update
j : •/
405
Download and install your selected updates 2 important updates selected, 45,3 MB
2 important updates are available 1 optional update is available
1 optional update selected, 2,8 MB
[
Install updates
M ost recent ch eck for u pd ates:
Tod ay at 16:29
Updates were ¡installed:
29,03.2010 at 20:36,
|
View update history You receive updates:
For Windows and other products from Microsoft Update
Find out more a bout free software from Microsoft Update. Click here for details.
I m p o r t a n t Do not click the Install Updates button yet. Follow the steps recommended below.
Click the updates summary to review the list of available updates. This opens the list of available updates, separated by category: •
Important updates are those that fix security, stability, and compatibility problems in Windows 7. They can also add functionality. One good example is Service Packs. They are labeled as important because they help maintain your security and keep your performance up to date. Within this section is a subsection called Recommended Updates. These updates can fix stability and compatibility problems for applications that are installed on your computer, such as compatibility fixes for Windows Media Center or Internet Explorer, Definition Updates for Windows Defender or Microsoft Security Essentials, and updates for Microsoft Office.
•
Optional updates are extras that consist of language packs, additional software, or drivers for your computer's components. Most of these updates can be skipped unless they provide some specific functionality or drivers that you need.
406
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
^ ^
y^j t
« Wind,,,
•
Select u p d a t e s t o i n s t a l l
|
Search Contrat Panel
Select the updates you want to install ¡3 I m p o r t a n t (23 O p t i o n a l (1)
Na
Size
M i c r o s o f t „NET F r a m e w o r k 4 GEent
W i n d o w s 7 (2] M i c r o s o f t NET F r a m e w o r k 4 Client Profile f o r Wi...
41,0 M B
S e c u r i t y U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t . N E T F r a m e w o r k 3....
4,3 M B
Profile f o r W i n d o w s 7 x64-based Systems [KB9 82670] Recommended Update T h e M i c r o s o f t .NET F r a m e w o r k 4 Client Profile provides a subset of features f r o m t h e .NET F r a m e w o r k 4r T h e Client P r o f i l e is designed to run client applications and to enable t h e fastest possible d e p l o y m e n t f o r W i n d o w s Presentation F o u n d a t i o n (WPF) a n d Windows Forms technology.
«
Published:
24.08.2010
You may need to restart y o u r
fj c o m p u t e r after
1—
installing this
update.
Total selected: 2 i m p o r t a n t updates, 1 o p t i o n a l u p d a t e
|
OK
Cancel
4. Click each update to learn more about it. A description of the update will appear that gives you information about what it does and when it was published. You are also notified if it will require a restart of your computer after it is installed. 5, Select the updates you want to install on your computer by selecting the check boxes beside their names. 6, For updates that you do not want installed, clear the check boxes beside their names. 7. When you have finished, click OK. Windows Update starts to download and install the selected updates.
Checking for and Installing Updates Manually
407
I =JI_S . ¡ S «
System and Security
C o n t r o l Panel H o m e
•
•
W i n d o w s Update
Search
Control
Panel
Windows Update
Check f o r updates Change settings View u p d a t e history
i
•
Downloading updates...
Restore h i d d e n updates Updates: f r e q u e n t l y asked
D o w n l o a d i n g 2 updates (7,1 M B total, 9 3 % c o m p l e t e )
questions "VStop download
M o s t recent c h e c k f o r updates:
T o d a y at 16:29
Updates were installed:
29.09.2010 at 20:36. View u p d a t e history
Y o u receive updates:
For W i n d o w s and other p r o d u c t s f r o m M i c r o s o f t Update
SeesJsc
Find o u t m o r e a b o u t free s o f t w a r e f r o m M i c r o s o f t Update.
Installed Updates
Click here f o r details.
W i n d o w s A n y t i m e Upgrade
Note If for any reason you want to cancel the download process, you can always press the Stop Download button.
When done, Windows Update informs you that the updates were successfully installed. B E S S ,
"
« System and Security • W i n d o w s Update
Control Panel H o m e
-
+ti
Search
Control
Panel
Windows Update
Check f o r updates Change settings View u p d a t e history Restore h i d d e n updates Updates: f r e q u e n t l y asked questions
The updates were successfully installed Restart n o w to finish installing updates.
I
Restart n o w
|
Succeededi 1 u p d a t e W i n d o w s can't u p d a t e i m p o r t a n t files and services w h i l e t h e system is using t h e m . Save any open files, and t h e n restart t h e c o m p u t e r ,
See also
M o s t recent check f o r updates:
T o d a y at 16:01
Updates were installed:
T o d a y at 17:05. View u p d a t e history
Y o u receive updates:
For W i n d o w s and other products f r o m M i c r o s o f t Update
Installed Updates
If the Restart now button is displayed, it means you need to restart your computer in order for the updates to be applied. Close any applications and documents you have open, then click Restart now.
408
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Tip You can use your computer without restarting it. If you want to do so, simply do not click the Restart Now button. The update process will finish the next time you restart your computer.
Your computer is now updated and secure. ^^ CLEAN UP If you did not need to restart your computer, close the Windows Update window.
Postponing Restarts Required by Windows Updates Some of the updates automatically installed by Windows Update require a restart in order for them to be applied to the operating system. In such cases, you receive a notification to restart your computer. W i n d o w s Update
i I
Restart y o u r computer to finish installing i m p o r t a n t updates W i n d o w s c a n ' t u p d a t e i m p o r t a n t files a n d services w h i l e t h e system is u s i n g t h e m . M a Ice sure to save y o u r files b e f o r e restarting. Remind meire
|
JlOminutes
Restart n o w
| |j
Postpone
f you want to restart when you receive the notification, first save any work you nave in progress, close all your applications, then click Restart Now. This restarts your computer and finalizes the update installation process. f you do not wish to restart, go to the Remind me in drop-down menu, select when you want to be reminded again, and then click Postpone. You will be notified again when the selected time is up, and you will be able to choose the most convenient option again.
Hiding or Preventing Updates from Installing There are scenarios for which you might not want a certain update to be installed on your computer. A scenario that we have encountered on several occasions is Windows 7 proposing an update for an outdated or bad driver for one of the computer's components. This happens especially when it comes to video cards. If you download the latest driver for your video card directly from the Web site of
Checking for and Installing Updates Manually
its manufacturer (AMD, ATI, Intel, NVIDIA, and so on), you will notice that the one proposed by Windows Update is, most of the time, an older version. Another scenario is when you do not require the functionality added by an update, such as Microsoft's browser ballot, which was imposed by the European Union. You might not need to install this update because you might have already installed the browsers you need. To avoid these issues, it is better to review the available updates before installing them. Therefore, check for updates, but also check the available updates and what they offer. When you click an update, Windows Update presents some information about what it does. If you don't want the update, right-click it, and then select Hide Update. r ^ i r B i E a a jjl ^
j^|
« Windows...
•
Select updates to install
• |
I | J -: / .
Select the updates you want to install • l n « t . t ä i
Name
Size A
W i n d o w s 7 (1]
i » L fii, i tiCf] Set urity Update for Windaws 7 f o r • Optional (JbJ
[ajj!
Copy details
P i
H i d e update
Security Update for Windows 7 for x64-based Systems (KB982132) A A security issue has been i d entified th at cou Id a 11 ow a n unauthenticated remote attacker to c o m p r o m i s e y o u r system and gain control over it. You can help protect y o u r system by installing this update f r o m Microsoft. After y o u Install this update, y o u may have to restart y o u r system.
Published:
12.10.2010
You m a y need to i j ^ J j j j restart your c o m p u t e r ^ J F after Installing this update. = -Tir
Update has finished downloading and is ready f o r install
More i n f o r m a t i o n Support iliforrhatron
No updates are selected.
|
OK
| |
Cancel
|
The upgrade is dimmed and it will not be installed or shown by future update checks.
409
410
Chapter 13
Keeping t h e N e t w o r k Secure
Restoring Hidden Updates Once you hide an update, it is not installed on your computer and is never shown in future update checks. If you want to restore it and make it available again, you need to go through a series of steps. In this exercise, you will learn how to restore the updates that you have previously hidden. ^ ^ ^
SET UP Open Windows Update. 1.
In the left column, click Restore hidden updates. The Restore Hidden Updates window opens.
2. To view information about an update, right-click it, then choose View details.
v...,'5
""
«
Win...
•
Restore h i d d e n upda...
Search Control Panel
Restore hidden updates After restoring updates, you can choose to install them. We suggest you restore all important updates, Restoring and installing hidden updates •
Name
Importance
Size
W i n d o w s 7 (2)
S
C a n o n - Printer:
•
Update for W i m
View details
Optional [KB971033)
Important
1.2 M B
C o p y details W i n d o w s 7 Langue i O
A r a b i c L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Systems (KB972813)
Optional
50.1MB
o
B u l g a r i a n L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB9728...
Optional
39,7 M B
C h i n e s e ( S i m p l i f i e d ) L a n g u a g e P a c k - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Syste..,
Optional
152.8 M B
C h i n e s e ( T r a d i t i o n a l ) L a n g u a g e P a c k - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Syste,,.
Optional
174.1MB
•
C r o a t i a n L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Systems (KB972813)
Optional
45,0 M B
•
Czech L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Systems (KB972813)
Optional
52.5 M B
•
D a n i s h L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB972813)
Optional
47,4 M B
•
D u t c h L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Systems (KB972813)
Optional
50,6 M B
•
Estonian L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Systems (KB972813)
Optional
37,8 M B
•
F i n n i s h L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB972813)
Optional
52,2 M B
•
F r e n c h L a n g u a g e Pack - W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB972813)
Optional
90.6 M B
•
Restore
Cancel
This opens a Windows Update window that shows information about the update.
Restoring H i d d e n Updates
Windows
411
Update
Canon - Printers - Canon MP270 series Printer D o w n l o a d size: Update type:
14.7 M B
Optional
C a n o n Printers s o f t w a r e u p d a t e released i n M a y , 2010 More information: http://winqual.micro5crft.corTVsijpport/?driverid=20359753 Help and Support: h t t p : / / s u p p cit, m i crc ü eft. c c m / s e l e c t / ? t a r g e t = h u b
Close
3. When you're done reading the information, click Close. 4. Read the information available about the hidden updates until you find the one(s) that you want to restore. 5. Select the check box beside the name of the update you want to restore. Note If you want to restore more than one update, select the corresponding check boxes for each of them.
6. Click Restore. Windows Update checks again for available updates and shows you a quick report.
412
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
h
OO-l?
S y s t e m a,,,
C o n t r o l Panel H o m e
Checkfor
•
l ^ a J
Search Control Panel
W i n d o w s Update
Windows Update
update:
Change settings View update history
_T.
Restore h i d d e n updates
Updates are available for your computer
Updates: f r e q u e n t l y asked
1 important
N o u p d a t e s are
questions
u p d a t e is
currently selected.
available 3 optional u p d a t e s are available
M o s t recent c h e c k f o r updates:
Y e s t e r d a y a t 11:06 P M
Updates w e r e installed:
10/14/2010 at 11:32 P M . View update history
Y o u receive updates:
For W i n d o w s and o t h e r products from Microsoft Update
See a|su Installed Updates
The restored update is now available for installation. See Also To learn how to manually check for updates and how to install them, see the "Checking for and Installing Updates Manually" section on page 404.
^^ CLEAN UP Close the Windows Update window.
Reviewing Your Windows Update History Windows Update stores a complete log of its activities. This log contains information such as which updates were installed and when, the status of the installation process, and the importance of each update. There are times when you might be interested to know such details. Luckily, making this check is very easy.
Reviewing Your W i n d o w s Update History
413
In this exercise, you will learn how to review your Windows Update history and view complete information about the updates installed on your computer. SET UP Open Windows Update. 1.
In the left column, click View update history. The View Update History window opens. .
U
'
«
Windo,,,
•
V i e w u p d_a t e h i s t o r y
"
~
'
Search
' "
Control
..
.Mart
Panel
Review your update history C h e c k t h e S t a t u s c o l u m n t o e n s u r e a l l i m p o r t a n t u p d a t e s w e r e s u c c e s s f u l , T o r e m o v e a n u p d a t e see I n s t a l l e d Updates, Trouble:hoot problems w i t h installing updates
Name
Status
Importance
Date I n s t a l l e d
W i n d o w s Live Essentials
Successful
Optional
17,10,2010
C a n o n - P r i n t e r s - C a n o n M P 2 7 0 series P r i n t e r
Successful
Optional
17,10,2010
S e c u r i t y U p d a t e f o r W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB...
Successful
Important
17,10,2010
S e c u r i t y U p d a t e f o r W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB...
Successful
Important
17.10.2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97...
Successful
Optional
17,10,2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97...
Successful
Optional
16,10,2010
A T I T e c h n o l o g i e s I n c . - D i s p l a y - A T I R a d e o n H D 5700 Seri...
Successful
Optional
14,10,2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97...
Successful
Optional
14,10,2010
•
OK
2. To easily find more of the updates you're interested in, it is best to use the column sort option. For example, if you click the Name column, it will sort all updates by name, in ascending order. If you click it again, it will sort them in descending order. You can do the same with the other columns (Status, Importance, and Date Installed). 3. Right-click the update you are interested in knowing more about. This opens a contextual menu that contains two options: View Details and Copy Details.
414
Chapter 13
Keeping t h e N e t w o r k Secure
Name
Status
Importance
Date Installed
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97...
Successful
Optional
08.10.2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97,,,
Successful
Optional
06.10.2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97,,,
Successful
Optional
04.10.2010
1 S e c u r i t y U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t . N E T F r a m e w o r k 3.5.1, W i n . . .
Successful
Tmnnrtanl"
Il-1.10.2010
Security Update f o r M i c r o s o f t .NET F r a m e w o r k 4 on W i n d . . .
Successful
V i e w details
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97...
Successful
C o p y details
U p d a t e f o r W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Systems (KB2158563)
Successful
Important
1.2010 .2010 —(JZT0.2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97...
Successful
Optional
01.10.2010
U p d a t e f o r W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB979538)
Successful
Recommended
01.10.2010
U p d a t e f o r W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d Systems (KB2158563)
Failed
Important
30.09.2010
U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t Silverlight (KB2416427)
Successful
Important
30.09.2010
U p d a t e f o r W i n d o w s 7 f o r x 6 4 - b a s e d S y s t e m s (KB979538)
Successful
Recommended
30.09.2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97...
Successful
Optional
28.09.2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97,,,
Successful
Optional
26.09.2010
D e f i n i t i o n U p d a t e f o r M i c r o s o f t S e c u r i t y Essentials - KB97,,,
Successful
Optional
25.09.2010
4. Select View details if you want to learn more about that specific update. This opens a window containing complete details about the update, such as installation date and time, installation status, the type of update, what the update does, where to find more information about it, and a help and support link. W i n d o w s Update Security Update for W i n d o w s 7 f o r x64-based Systems (KB979687] Installation d a t e
1 0 / 1 4 / 2 0 1 0 11:32 P M
Y o u m a y n e e d t o restart y o u r c o m p u t e r f o r t h i s u p d a t e t o t a k e e f f e c t . Installation status Updatetype:
Successful
Important
A s e c u r i t y issue h a s b e e n i d e n t i f i e d t h a t c o u l d a l l o w a n u n a u t h e n t i c a t e d r e m o t e a t t a c k e r t o c o m p r o m i s e y o u r s y s t e m a n d g a i n c o n t r o l o v e r rt. Y o u c a n h e l p p r o t e c t y o u r s y s t e m b y i n s t a l l i n g t h i s u p d a t e f r o m M i c r o s o f t . A f t e r y o u install t h i s update, y o u m a y have t o restart y o u r system. More information:
http://go.microsaft.corn/fvulinlc/?Unk]D=190553 Help and Support: http://support.microsoft.com
I
Close
I
5. When done reading the information, click Close. 6. If you want to copy the information about the update to another application, select Copy details in the contextual menu shown in step 3. You can then use the Paste option to transfer the information to its destination. 7. When you're done reviewing the history of updates, close the View update history window. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Windows Update window.
Removing Installed Updates
415
Removing Installed Updates If you mistakenly installed a Windows Update, such as an incorrect or old driver, or simply an update that you do not really need, you can uninstall it at any time. In this exercise you will learn how to remove installed updates from your computer. SET UP Open Windows Update.
3f
1.
Click Installed Updates, which is located at the bottom of the left column. The Installed Updates window opens. Here you can see all the installed updates, separated by category. i _ = _ i r i j s Programs
•
• Programs and Features • Installed Updates
Control Panel H o m e
Search
Installed Updates
Uninstall an update
Uninstall a program
To uninstall an update select it f r o m the list and then dick Uninstall or Change.
'$1 Turn Windows features on or off
Organize •
ft
Uninstall
Name
Program
Microsoft Windows (76) I I I Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB982132)
Microsoft Windows
f l Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB981957)
Microsoft Windows
51 Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB979688)
Microsoft Windows
HI Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB979687)
Microsoft Windows
in Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2387149)
Microsoft Windows
! ( L j Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2378111)
Microsoft Windows
Ü Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2296011)
Microsoft Windows
Ü1 Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2281679)
Microsoft Windows
i l l Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2207566)
Microsoft Windows
0 Security Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2416471)
Microsoft Windows
ST^ i <
^— a ji: .
u m;. a
- tvc-w no m
h u u
Microsoft Windows
B Update for Microsoft Windows (KB2345886)
*
a H [J
u tt hi
:
M i c r o s o f t C o r p o r a t i o n Parent name: M i c r o s o f t W i n d o w s Support link: http:/Au pport.mi crosoft. cam/?kbi d-2^78111
2. Scroll through the list and click the update you want to remove. Tip To find the update you want to remove more quickly, use the sorting function for each of the available columns. For example, if you click the Name column, all updates will be sorted by name, in ascending order. If you click it again, the names will be sorted in descending order. You can do the same with the other columns.
3. Click Uninstall. You are asked to confirm the uninstall operation.
416
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Uniristall an u p d a t e
I
A r e y o u sure y o u w a n t t o uninEtall t h i s u p d a t e ?
Ye;
I I
No
4. Click Yes. The uninstallation process now starts.
5. When finished, you are taken back to the Installed Updates window. 6.
Repeat steps 2 to 5 for all the updates that you want to remove. The update you selected is now removed from your computer, and it will be available again for selection during the next update check.
^^
CLEAN UP Close the Windows Update window.
What Is Windows Defender? Windows Defender is an application built to detect and remove spyware and other similarly harmful programs. It is included by default in all versions of Windows 7, and it can be used to protect your system. However, there are better alternatives available, including some that are free, such as Microsoft Security Essentials, which provide both spyware and virus protection. If you choose to use Windows Defender, this section will cover the basics you need to know about how this application works and how to use it.
Turning O f f W i n d o w s Defender 4 1 7
Opening Windows Defender Due to the fact that Windows Defender doesn't offer a lot of security features (it sticks only to spyware protection), Microsoft has chosen to hide it somewhat within the Windows 7 operating system. Unfortunately, it doesn't have a direct application shortcut in the Start menu. You need to search a bit in order to access it. In this exercise, you will learn how to open Windows Defender. ^ ^ ^
SET UP Open the Control Panel. 1. On the upper-right side of the Control Panel window, look for a line that says View by. Click the menu near it, then select Large icons. This displays your Control Panel items alphabetically, similar to the way they were presented in Windows XP.
• Cant... • All C... •
5eord? Control Panel
Adjust your computer's settings . •
RemoteApp and Desktop Connections Speech Recognition
JSj.' System
|
Large rcons '
Sound
a.
ic Center
Sync
Taskbar and Start Menu
| frjfcj Troubleshooting
User Accounts
HH
Windows Defender
Mr
2.
View by:
Windows CardSpace Windows Firewall
Gïi
Windows Update
Scroll down until you find the items that begin with the letter W.
3. Click the Windows Defender shortcut. The Windows Defender window opens.
418
Chapter 13
K e e p i n g t h e N e t w o r k Secure
•
Windows Defender ^
Home
•=.
Scan
^
History
Q
Tools
Il
S 11 - 33-—1
(]
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted software
Check for updates n o w
U p d a t e d d e f i n i t i o n s e n a b l e d e t e c t i o n s o f t h e latest h a r m f u l or u n w a n t e d software and prevent it fro m running on your computer.
G o o n l i n e t o vievv t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g t i p s
Status Last s c a m
Fvlot a v a i l a b l e
Sran schedule:
D a i l y a r o u n d 02:00 ( Q u i c k jc
Real-time protection:
On
Antiipyware definitions:
V e r s i o n 1.15.(5 J,0 c r e a t e d o n l l J O i a U O a t 1 f M
Tip Another way to launch Windows Defender is to type the word defender in the Start menu search box, then click the Windows Defender search result.
^^ CLEAN UP In the Control Panel window, click the View By menu again, then select Category. This will revert your Control Panel to its original appearance. If you don't make this change, you might have issues completing other exercises, because the Control Panel structure will be different from the default view.
Using Windows Defender The Windows Defender interface is pretty easy to understand and use. There are no sophisticated options, but only the things you would expect from a spyware protection solution. In this exercise, you will learn the basics of how to use Windows Defender. ^ ^ ^
SET UP Open Windows Defender.
TurningOffWindowsDefender4 1 9
1. The Windows Defender window has five application areas: Home, Scan, History, Tools, and Help. You also have Back and Forward buttons to help you navigate through the different application areas you access. -Back -Forward ^ finde ws Defender
,
History
Q
Tools
,
.s
to-
( j )
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted software
g g j
Updated definitions enable detections of the latest harmful or unwanted software and prevent it f r o m running on your computer,
I a
Check for updates now
t a online t o vie^troiiblesliaotiiKi tifj5
Status Last scan!
Not available
Scan schedule:
Daily around 02:00 (Quick scan)
Real-time protection:
On
Antispyware definitions:
Version 1.75.657,0 created on £1,02,2010 at 13:49
2. When you start the application, you are brought to window called Home. This window shows details such as the date of the last system scan, the status of the Real-Time Protection offered by the application, the version of the definitions used to identify spyware, plus different application messages, such as the need for new definitions. If you are in a different area and you want to access these statistics, click Home. 3. If you want to run a quick scan for spyware, click Scan. The scan process begins. After a few minutes, the results are displayed.
420
Chapter 13
Keeping t h e N e t w o r k Secure
Windows Defender Si,
s
Home
J"'
Scan | v
J
History
(J
Tools
I - é h
(?)
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted software
g
Scanning four computer... Cancel This m i y h t take a f e w minutes, Scan t y p e :
Quick scan
Start t i m e :
16:23
T i m e elapsed:
00:00:04
Resources s c a n n e d :
30!
R es o ti rce:
C : \ W i n c l c w s \ S y s t e m 3 2 \ S A M C LI. DL L
4. If you want to make a full system scan for spyware or a custom one, click the arrow beside Scan, then choose the option you want. If you select Custom scan, you are asked to define the parameters (which drives or folders should be included) of the custom scan before starting the process. : Windows Defender ^
Home
*
Sc;,n ; »
Protection against spyware and poterj
!
J)
History
Q
Tools
(?)
Full scan Custom scan,..
;I
Cancel scan
Updated definitions enable d e i S i S r a f f r W W i a n ^ harmful or unwanted software and prevent ft f r o m running on your computer.
Check for updates now kO Go online to view troubleshooting tips
Status Last s a m :
Wot available
Scan schedule:
Daily around 02;00 (Quick scan)
Real-time protection:
On
Antispyware definitions:
Version 1.75.657.0 created on i 1.02.2010 at 13:49
T u r n i n g O f f W i n d o w s Defender 4 2 1
5. If you want to check the activities performed by Windows Defender in the past, click History. This loads a quick report with the alerts you received during the time you used this application and the actions you selected for it to perform. ^
Windows Defender
Ç "
ft*
Ho
S L h J C I J Jr
Bean I -
J
History
Q
Tools
(?) | »
Protection a g a i m t spyware and potentially unwanted software
'
History Review actions taken on potentially unwanted software, To review or m o n i t o r software t h a t you've permitted to run on y o u r computer, go to Allowed item5. To remove or restore software t h a t was prevented f r o m running, go to Quarantined items,
b f j You've j o i n e d Microsoft SpyNet (Basic membership). Chang* settings Actions taken on programs: A c t i o n Taken
'"» Tear history
6. If you want to configure different aspects of Windows Defender, click Tools. This opens the Tools And Settings section. Here you can configure the way you want Windows Defender to run. Also, you can join the Microsoft SpyNet community and help identify spyware infections. You can view all the Quarantined items, the Allowed Items list, and access the Windows Defender Web site or the Microsoft Malware Protection Center portal.
422
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
= = W i n d o w s Defender
Home
^
Scan | -
£
History
Q
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted software
Tools and Settings Settings »
Options
M i c r o s o f t Spy N e t
Choose h o w y o u w a n t t h e
Join t h e o n l i n e c o m m u n i t y t h a t helps
program, t o run
i d e n t i f y and s t o p spyware infections.
Q u a r a n t i n e d items
A l l o w e d items
To oh
0
R e m o v e or restore s o f t w a i e
View software t h a t y o i f have chosen n o t
t h a t was prevented f r o m
to monitor.
running;,
W i n d o w s Defender website
M i c r o s o f t M a l w a r e P r o t e c t i o n Center
Get m o r e t o o l s a n d t h e latest
Get i n f o r m a t i o n o n d e f i n i t i o n updates
security i n f o r m a t i o n online.
a n d u p t o date i n f o r m a t i o n o n malware.
7. If you want to get help regarding Windows Defender and learn how to use it, click the Help icon (the question mark). This opens the Windows Help And Support window, which contains help information about Windows Defender.
T u r n i n g O f f W i n d o w s Defender 4 2 3
W i n d o w s Defender ^
History
Tools
(V)
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted software Check f o r updates
Tools and Settings
View privacy s t a t e m e n t o n l i n e A b o u t W i n d OWE Defender
Sittings ~ ' I !.
1V
Options
M i c r o s o f t Spy N e t
C h o o s e h o w y o u v r a nt t h e
Jom t h e o n l i n e c o m m u n i t y t h a t helps
program to run
i d e n t i f y and s t o p spyware i n f e c t i o n s .
Tools
4s
Q u a r a n t i n e d items
Allowed item.
R e m o v e or restore s o f t w i l i e
V i e w software tKat y cur have chosen n o t
that was prevented f r o m
to monitor.
running.
0
W i n d o w s Defender website
M i c r o s o f t M a l w a r e Protection Center
Get m o r e t o o l s a n d t h e latest
Get r n f o i m ^ t i o n on iLefpnition irpd^tes
security i n f o r m a t i o n , online.
an^E up to date i n f o r m a t i o n on m a l w a l e
8. If you want to access other options beside Help, click the arrow adjacent to the Help icon. This opens a menu with additional options: View Help, Check for updates, View privacy statement online, and About Windows Defender (this shows information such as client version, engine version, and antispyware definitions). These are all the interface elements and functionalities of the Windows Defender application. CLEAN UP When you're done working with the tool, close Windows Defender.
424
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Turning Off Windows Defender If you decide to install a complete Internet security solution or security products other than Windows Defender, it is best to first turn it off. Having multiple security solutions with similar features enabled is not good idea, as it can create problems between the different security applications and cause them to malfunction. In this exercise, you will learn how to turn off Windows Defender. SET UP Open Windows Defender. 1. Click Tools. The Tools And Settings window opens. Sl^lCül
i W i n d o w s Defender Ç
ft*
Home
Scan
£
History
^
Tools
(?)
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted software
Tools and Settings Settings i v
!
Options
M i c r o s o f t Spy M et
Ch oose h o w yo u w a n t t h e
Join t h e o n l i n e c o m m u n i t y t h a t helps
program, t o run
i d e n t i f y and s t o p i p y w a r e infections,
Tools
1
*
Q u a r a n t i n e d items
A l l o w e d items
R e m o v e or restore s o f t w a i e
View software t h a t y o u have chosen n o t
t h a t was prevented f r o m
to monitor.
running,,
W i n clows D ef end er w e b s ite
M i c r o s o f t M a l w a r e P r o t e c t i o n Center
Get m o r e t o o l s a n d t h e latest
Get i n f o r m a t i o n o n d e f i n i t i o n updates
security i n f o r m a t i o n o n l i n e
a n d u p t o date i n f o r m a t i o n o n m a l w a i e
2. Click Options. This opens a list of configuration options, organized by type.
Turning O f f W i n d o w s Defender
r L
W i n d o w s Defender H o m
" II B IPS- 1 *
Scanf*
History
Q
Tocls
(j
Protection against spyware and potentially U n w a n t e d software
Options A u t o m a t i c scanning [Vl Use this p r o g r a m
Default actions Real-time p r o t e c t i o n
W h e n t h e setting is on, this p r o g r a m w i l l alert all users if spyware or other potentially u n w a n t e d software attempts to run or install itself on this computer.
Excluded fries and folders Excluded file types Advanced
I
1 Display i t e m s f r o m all users of this c o m p u t e r
Administrator
W h e n t h e setting rs on, t h i s p r o g r a m w i l l allow y o u to see t h e History, Allowed items, and Quarantined items f r o m at! users. Items are h i d d e n by default to protect user privacy.
3. Click Administrator. This opens the list of administrative settings that are available for this tool. 1
V1. 'Ji/rri--rr,w- p f ' h r i z * ' Ç
j j ^ Home
Stan 1 -
^
History
ß
Tocls
( j ) | -
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted software
, Options Automatic scanning Default actions
• Use this program
Real-time protection
When the setting is on. this program will alert all users if spyware or other potentially unwanted software attempts to run or install rtself on this computer.
Excluded fries and folders Excluded file typ es Advanced
PI Display items from all users of this computer
Administrator
When the setting is on, this program will alfow you to see the History.. Allowed items, and Quarantined items from all users, Items are hidden by default to protect user privacy.
1
"Sp'Save ^J J
Cancel
]
4. Clear the Use this program check box. 5. Click the Save button. This disables Windows Defender. A confirmation window pops up to tell you the tool is turned off.
425
426
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
t i l WindowsDeFender
|j3_|
This program is turned off If you are using another program that checks for harmful or unwanted software, use the Action Center to check that program's status. If you would like to use this program, click here ir, turn it on.
Close
6. Click the Close button. ^^ CLEAN UP Now that Windows Defender is turned off, don't forget to install a more complete security solution. It is not safe to use your computer without a security solution that provides anti-spyware protection.
Turning On Windows Defender There are times when you might need to turn on Windows Defender again. One such scenario might be if you want to run a quick scan to see if your other security solution hasn't escaped any threats. Having Windows Defender run a quick scan can be a good idea. In such a scenario, all you need to do is to open Windows Defender. When you do this, you are notified that it is turned off. i t f W i n d o w s DeFender
| J3 J
fijfr' This program is turned off If you are using another program that checks for harmful or unwanted software, use the Action Center to check that program's status, If vou would like to use this proar^m, click here to turn It on,
j
Close
Click the click here to turn it on link. The application starts automatically, and you can now use it again.
W h a t Is the W i n d o w s Firewall?
427
r '
& ( 131M
Windows Defender Ç
(ft*
Home
Scan | »
History
Q
Tools
(?)
Protection against spyware and potentially unwanted s-ottware
Upctatecl definitions enable detentions of f i l e latest harmful o r u n w a n t e d software and prevent L t f r o m running o n your
| £ ] ,.;0 , n | i n e M
Check for update; new tioubkshootiii.-i t i n ,
computer,
Statu; Last scan:
Wot available
Scan schedule:
Daily around 02:00 (Qurck scan)
Real-time protection:
On
Antispyware definitions:
Version 1.75.657,0 created on 11.02.2010 at D:49
•
I m p o r t a n t If you have other security products installed, don't leave Windows Defender turned on as well, unless you are absolutely sure it doesn't conflict with the other solutions. It is best to run a quick double-check scan, make sure no spyware threats are left unidentified on your computer, and then turn it off again.
What Is the Windows Firewall? The Windows Firewall is a security application that is built into Windows 7. It helps block unauthorized access to your computer while permitting authorized communications to and from your computer. This application has been improved with each new version of Windows. Windows 7 now allows this tool to filter both inbound and outbound traffic or set rules and exceptions depending on the type of network you are connected to. If you are not using a third-party security suite that includes a firewall, then it is highly recommended that you use the Windows Firewall; it does provide a good level of security. This section will detail all there is to know about the Windows Firewall and how to use it.
428
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Understanding How the Windows Firewall Works Windows Firewall has a predefined set of rules that is applied as soon as it is turned on. By default, it allows you to do many things: browse the Internet; use instant messaging applications; connect to a Homegroup; share files, folders, and devices with other computers; and so on. The rules are applied differently depending on the network location set for your current network connection. See Also For more information about network locations, see the "Setting the Network Location" section in Chapter 4, "Creating the Network."
Some of the applications that you install on your computer (such as uTorrent, for example), automatically add an exception to the Windows Firewall so that they work as soon as you launch them. However, if they don't add such an exception, Windows Firewall asks you to allow them access to the Internet. At this point, you receive a security alert (similar to the one shown in the image that follows), in which you are asked to select the network locations that you will allow to access the application: private networks (such as home or work networks), or public networks (such as airports, coffee shops, etc.). ii
W i n d o w s Security Alert
Windows Firewall has blocked some features of this program W i n d o w s r i r e w a l l has blocked some f e a t u r e s o f | j T o r r e n t o n all public a n d p r i v a t e n e t w o r k s , Name: Publishers
B i t l o r r e n t , Tnc.
Path:
C: \program files\utorrent\utorrent, e x e
Allow ^ T o r r e n t to corn m urn care on t h e s e n e t w o r k s : [ 7 | P r i v a t e n e t w o r k s , such a s m y h o m e o r w o r k n e t w o r k
'ublic n e t w o r k s , such a s t h o s e i n a i r p o r t s a n d c o f f e e s h o p s ( n o t r e c o m m e n d e d b e c a u s e t h e s e n e t w o r k s o f t e n h a v e little o r n o s e c u r i t y )
W h a t 3re t h e risks sF allowing a p r o m am t h r o u g h a firewalls
Ulow ;
Cancel
By default, Windows Firewall selects the appropriate check box for the network that you are currently using. However, you can select either of the two options or both, depending on what you want to do. When you're done, click Allow Access to allow the application to communicate on the selected type(s) of network. To block access, simply click Cancel.
Opening the W i n d o w s Firewall
429
Note If you do not have administrator access, you are not able set any exceptions, and the programs that do not comply with the standard set of rules are automatically blocked.
Opening the Windows Firewall The Windows Firewall is turned on by default in Windows 7, and it runs silently in the background, as a service. The application prompts you whenever you need to make a decision, and you don't need to open it unless you want to see its status or configure it to better meet your needs. In this exercise, you will learn how to open the Windows Firewall. ^ ^ ^ SET UP Open the Control Panel. 1. Click System and Security. The System And Security panel opens, with all tools and configuration options available for this category. f i l i a l f ^ V j • l ^ f j • Control Panel • System and Security > Control Panel Home
Action Center Review your computer's status and resolve issues
System and Security
Change User Account Control settings
Network arid Internet
Windows Firewall
Programs
Appearance and
Check firewall status
m
Personalization Clock, Language, and Region Ease of Access
Troubleshoot common computer problems
Restore your computer to an earlier time
Hardware and Sound
User Accounts and Family Safety
Search Control Panel
9
Allow a program through Windows Firewall
System View amount of RAM and processor speed Check the Windows Experience Index gp Allow remote access Seethe name of this computer Device Manager
Windows Update Turn automatic updating on or off
Check for updates
View installed updates
Power Options Require a password when the computer wakes Change when the computer sleeps
Change what the power buttons do
Backup and Restore Back up your computer
Restore files f r o m backup
BitLocker Drive Encryption Protect your computer by encrypting data on your disk
Manage BitLocker
Administrative Tools
Free up disk space Defragment your hard drive ^ Create and format hard disk partitions ^ View event togs
2. Click Windows Firewall. The Windows Firewall application opens to its main window.
'Çj.1 Schedule tasks
S3
430
Chapter 13
Keeping t h e N e t w o r k Secure
L h J I S I j s J W
W
w •
Control Panel
Control Panel Home Allows program or feature through Windows Firewall
•
System and Security
Windows Firewall can help prevent hackers or malicious software from gaining access to your computer through the Internet or a network. How does a firewall help protect my computer?
Turn Windows Firewall on or off
What are network locations?
Advanced settings
®
Help protect y o u r computer w i t h Windows Firewall
Change notification settings
'£.1 Restore defaults
Search Control Panel
• Windows Firewall
1
Home or w o r k (private) networks
Connected
A
Networks at home or work where you know and trust the people and devices on the network
Troubleshoot my network Windows Firewall state;
On
Incoming connections:
Block all connections to programs that are not on the list of allowed programs
Active home or work (private) networks:
l^ll'
Notification state:
Notify me when Windows Firewall blocks a new program
I
ù
Network
Public networks
Not Connected
4
See also Action Center Network and Sharing Center
Tip Another way to launch Windows Firewall is to type the word firewall in the Start Menu search box, and then click the Windows Firewall search result.
3. In the center of the window, you can see information about the status of your network connections and how the Windows Firewall is set for each type of connection. In the left column, there are links to different configuration options for the Windows Firewall and other tools such as the Action Center. See Also To learn more about how to configure the Windows Firewall and how to work with it, see the following sections.
^^ CLEAN UP When you are done working with the tool, close the Windows Firewall window.
Turning the Windows Firewall On or Off If you choose to install a third-party security application, such as a complete Internet security suite or simply another firewall, it is best to disable the Windows Firewall so that it doesn't create conflicts and problems. In this exercise, you will learn how to disable the Windows Firewall and how to enable it again, when needed. SET UP Log on as administrator and open the Windows Firewall.
Turning the W i n d o w s Firewall O n o r O f f
1.
431
Click the Turn Windows Firewall on or off link, which is located in the left column. This opens the Customize Settings window, which shows if the application is turned on. By default, the Windows Firewall is turned on for both types of network locations: Home Or Work (Private) and Public. You can choose to turn it on or off for both or just for one of the locations.
ÈÊÎ' « W i n d o w s Firewall
•
C u s t o m i z e Settings
•
\*-f M bearch Lontrcri Panel
Customize settings for each type of network Y o u c a n m o d i f y t h e f i r e w a l l s e t t i n g s f o r each t y p e o f n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n t h a t y o u use,
What are network locations? H o m e o r w o r k (private) n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n s e t t i n g s •jji
>:3) T u r n o n W i n d o w s Firewall I J B l o c k all i n c o m i n g c o n n e c t i o n s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e I n t h e list o f a l l o w e d p r o g r a m s [V] N o t i f y m e w h e n W i n d o w s Firewall b l o c k s a n e w p r o g r a m T u r n o f f W i n d o w s Firewall ( n o t r e c o m m e n d e d )
Public n e t w o r k l o c a t i o n settings '.jjjfri
a- T u r n on W i n d o w s Firewall ( H B l o c k all i n c o m i n g c o n n e c t i o n s , i n c l u d i n g t h o s e I n t h e list o f a l l o w e d p r o g r a m s m N o t i f y m e w h e n W i n d o w s Firewall b l o c k s a n e w p r o g r a m
j|g)
(:3") T u r n o f f W i n d o w s Firewall ( n o t r e c o m m e n d e d )
OK
I I
Cancel.
|
2. If you want to turn it off for a network location, select the Turn off Windows Firewall (not recommended) option. If you select this option for both network locations, the Windows Firewall will be turned off completely. If you choose it for one, Windows Firewall will be turned off only when you connect to that type of network location. 3, To turn the Windows Firewall on for a network location, select the Turn on Windows Firewall option.
432
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
4. Beneath the Turn on Windows Firewall option, there are two other settings you can make. The first blocks all incoming connections to your computer. We do not advise enabling this unless you want your computer to not be available to anyone or any application. The second addresses receiving notifications when the Windows Firewall blocks a new program. We advise that you enable this option; otherwise, if an application doesn't access the network or the Internet correctly, you won't know why. Check any of these options that you want to enable. 5. When you have finished, click OK. You are returned to the Windows Firewall window. ^^ CLEAN UP Close the Windows Firewall window. I m p o r t a n t You can turn Windows Firewall on or off only if you are logged on as an administrator. This setting will apply to all users defined on your computer. Also, if you disable the Windows Firewall, make sure that your user and others have proper security alternatives installed.
Customizing the List of Allowed Programs The Windows Firewall allows you to edit its communication rules so that you can permit or deny network access for certain applications or services. In this exercise, you will learn how. SET UP Log on as administrator and open the Windows Firewall. 1.
Click the Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall link. The Allowed Programs window opens, which contains all the programs that are allowed to go through the Windows Firewall. By default, the list is not editable— you can use it for viewing purposes only.
Customizing the List of A l l o w e d Programs
433
3
J1ÉHT
W i n d o w s Firewall
•
Allowed Programs
• J
Ü
J 1 Search Control Panel
p 1
Allow programs to communicate through Windows Firewall T o add, c h a n g e o r r e m o v e a l l o w e d p r o g r a m s a n d ports, click C h a n g e settings, | fy} C h a n g e s e t t m gs
W h a t are t h e risks of a l l o w i n g a p r o g r a m to c o m m u n i c a t e ? A l l o w e d p r o g r a m s a n d features: Name
H o m e / W o r k [Private)
Public
• C o n n e c t to a N e t w o r k Projector
• • • •
• • • •
H Core N e t w o r k i n g
0
0
I B Branch C a c h e - C o n t e n t Retrieval (Uses HTTP) • Branch Ca c h e - H o s t e d Cache Client [Uses HTTPS) • Branch Ca c h e - H o s t e d Cache Server [Uses HTTPS) • Branch Ca c h e - Peer Discovery [Uses WSD)
• Distributed Transaction Coordinator
•
0
0
• ¡SCSI Service
•
• • • • •
H
0
0
DropboM
0 File and Printer Sharing
0
0
0
HomeGroup
iTunes
-
I
Details... ~| I
I
A l l o w a n o t h e r program,,,
OK
I I
Remove
Cancel
|
|
|
I m p o r t a n t When the Allowed Programs window opens, some of the program name check boxes are selected. This means that the rules defined for those programs are active and used by the Windows Firewall. The programs that are not selected don't have any active rules used by the Windows Firewall. There are also some selected check boxes in the Home/Work (Private) and Public columns. If a check box is selected in any of these columns, it means that the rule defined for that program is applied to the selected network location. Some programs have rules for one network location, while others have rules for both. The rules are active only for the network locations that are selected. To v i e w details a b o u t any allowed p r o g r a m , select it, t h e n click Details. A w i n d o w opens t h a t presents t h e properties for t h e selected application.
434
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
¡SCSI S e r v i c e P r o p e r t i e s Name:
Description: This f e a t u r e is u s e d f o r c o n n e c t i n g to ¡SCSI t a r g e t s e r v e r s a n d devices.
H o w do I v i e w a n d edit all p r o p e r t i e s ?
1
o,
|
1
1
3. When done reading the information, click OK. This closes the properties window of the application and returns you to the list of allowed programs. 4. To modify any of these settings, click Change settings. This causes the Change Settings button to become dimmed and the list of allowed programs and features to become editable.
W i n d o w s Firewall
• A l l o w e d Programs
• |
| Search Control Panel
fi
|
Allow programs to communicate through Windows Firewall To add, change, or r e m o v e allowed p r o g r a m s a n d ports, click Change settings. W h a t are t h e risks of a l l o w i n g a p r o g r a m to c o m m u n i c a t e ?
[
' f f i C h a n g e settings
]
A l l o w e d programs and features: H o m e / W o r k [Private)
Name
• Connect t o a N e t w o r k Projector
• • • • •
0 Core N e t w o r k i n g
0
• BranchCache - Content Retrieval [Uses HTTP) • BranchCache - Hosted Cache Client [Uses HTTPS) • BranchCache - Hosted Cache Server [Uses HTTPS} • BranchCache - Peer Discovery [Uses WSD)
• Distributed Transaction Coordinator
•
0 F i l e a n d Printer Sharing
0
0
0
HomeGroup
• Media Center Extenders • Netloqon
Service
• • • • •
Ul
0
• • • • • •
• • •
• ¡SCSI Service
-
Public
[
Details...
[
A l l o w another program...
OK
] [
s
] [
Remove ~]
Cancel
]
]
A d d i n g New Programs to the A l l o w e d List
435
5. You can now edit the list of active rules, add new programs and features to the list, or remove existing rules. When you're done making changes, click OK. The changes you made are now applied. See Also To learn how to edit the list of active rules, read the following sections in this chapter.
^^ CLEAN UP Close the Windows Firewall window.
Adding New Programs to the Allowed List You can easily add new programs to the list of allowed programs through Windows Firewall. In this exercise, you will learn how. SET UP Log on as administrator and open the Windows Firewall. Go to the Allowed Programs window and make the list of allowed programs and features editable, as described in the previous section.
*
1. Click Allow another program. The Add A Program window opens, in which you see a list with some of the programs installed on your computer. Add a Program S e l e c t t h e p r o g r a m y o u w a n t t o a d d j o r click B r o w s e t o Find o n e t h a t i s n o t l i s t e d , a n d t h e n click O K , Programs: C t e a r e a S y s t e m Repair DISL k e r n e l Explorer Jninstall G o o g l e T a l k W i n d o w s DVD M a k e r . ¿ ^ W i n d o w s Fax a n d Scan 'Windows Media C e n t e r A/indows R e m o t e A s s i s t a n c e tXPS Viewer
Path: '.''.•'hdr =ji f u
C : \Windows\systern32\recdi5c, exe
Browse,..
:.h jriL:lijrl :iriG a j j n j u r d r i K
You can choose which n e t w o r k location t y p e s to a d d this p r o g r a m t o , N e t w o r k location t y p e s , ,
Add
Cancel
436
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
2. If you can find the program you want to add, skip to step 4. If you cannot find it, click Browse. This opens the Browse window. •fr
Browse «
Organize
t
P r o g r a m Files
•
uTorrent
-
(j 1 1 Search uTorrent g| x
New folder
¡¿i Recent Place?
Name uTorrent
Libraries |H|
Documents
.Jji
Music
ltd
Pictures
Q
Videos
fi EH
| S
Type
Date m o d i f i e d 10.J25/2Ü10 7 : 4 2 P M
upplicatir
Homegroup
¡f
Computer
^
Network
File n a m e :
uTorrent
Applications
Of
(*,exe;*.coin;*.icd) Cancel
3. Find the location where the program is installed, select its main executable file, then click Open. This adds it to the list of Programs that can be selected for inclusion into the allowed programs list.
A d d i n g N e w P r o g r a m s t o t h e A l l o w e d List 4 7 2
Add a Program
|>»ti;
Select t h e p r o g r a m y o u w a n t t o a d d , o r d i c k B r o w s e t o f i n d o n e t h a t i s n o t listed, a n d t h e n click OK. F'rogr arris! • lu T o r r e n t . C r e a t e a S y s t e m Repair Disc ' ^ ¡ I n t e r n e t Explorer Uninstall Google Talk W i n d o w s DVD Maker j ^ l W i n d o w s F a x a n d Scan W i n d o w s Media C e n t e r •.ei- W i n d o w s R e m o t e A s s i s t a n c e • 4 X P 5 Viewer
Path:
C :\Frogram Files\uTorrent\uTorrent, exe
Browse,,.
w h a t a r e t h e risks o f ^ b l o c k i n g a p r o g r a m ? Vou can c h o o s e which n e t w o r k location t y p e s t o a d d this p r o g r a m t o . N e t w o r k location t y p e s -
Add
Cancel
Select the program you want to add, then click Network location types. This opens the Network Location Types window, in which you can select through which type of network location you allow the program to communicate. Choose Network Location T y p e ! Allow this p r o g r a m o r p o r t t o c o m m u n i c a t e t h r o u g h W i n d o w s Firewall f o r t h e s e l e c t e d n e t w o r k locations: [ 7 ] Home/Work (Private): Networks at home or work where y o u know and trust t h e people and devices on the n e t w o r k [F
Public: N e t w o r k s in public places such as a i r p o r t s o r c o f f e e shops
W h a t a r e n e t w o r k locations?
Ok
Cancel
438
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
5. Select the network locations through which you want to allow the program to communicate then click OK. This brings you back to the Add a Program window. 6. Make sure the program that you just configured is selected, then click Add. This brings you back to the Allowed Programs window. Notice that the newly added program appears on the list.
« W i n d o w s Firewall
•
A l l o w e d Programs
T | ^ |j| Search Control Panel
fi
|
Allow programs to communicate through Windows Firewall T o a d d , change, or remove allowed programs and ports, click Changesettings. W h a t are t h e risks of a l l o w i n g a p r o g r a m to c o m m u n i c a t e ?
|
^ C h a n g e settings
|
A l l o w e d programs and f e a t u r e s Name
H o m e / W o r k [Private)
Public
• C o n n e c t t o a N etwork P roj ector
• • • • •
• • • • • •
0 Core N e t w o r k i n g
0
0
0 |.i Torrent
0
• Branch Cache - Content Retrieval (Uses HTTP) • Branch Cache - Hosted Cache Client [Uses HTTPS) • Bran ch Ca ch e - H osted Ca ch e Server [Uses HTTPS) • Branch Cache - Peer Discovery (UsesWSD)
• Distributed Transaction Coordinator
•
0 F i l e a n d Printer Sharing
0
0
0
HomeGroup
• • • • •
• •
• iSCSI Service • Media Center Extenders
—
-
I
Details...
f
Allowanotherprogram...
OK
I I
>
I I
Remove ~|
Cancel
]
]
7. Click OK. The change is now applied to the list of active rules used by the Windows Firewall. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure for all the programs that you want to add. When you have finished, close the Windows Firewall window.
Removing Programs or Disabling Rules f r o m the A l l o w e d List
439
Removing Programs or Disabling Rules from the Allowed List Removing programs from the list of allowed programs through the Windows Firewall or disabling active rules can be done just as easily as adding them. In this exercise, you will learn how. SET UP Log on as administrator and open the Windows Firewall. Go to the Allowed Programs window and make the list of allowed programs and features editable, as shown in the "Customizing the List of Allowed Programs" section. 1. Select the rule you want to disable or remove. Allowed programs and features Name
H o m e / W o r k (Private)
Public
0
D Performance Logs and Alerts
•
• • •
0 Remote Assistance
0
0
0 Network Discovery ^ ^ octosh ape.exe
• Remote Desktop • Remote Event Log Management • Remote Scheduled Tasks Management • Remote Service Management • Remote V o l u m e Management • Rowtin g a n d Rem ote Ac c ess • Secure Socket Tunneling Protocol • SNMP Trap
0
• • • • • • • • Details.,
• • • • • • • •
—
-
•
Remove
2. If you want to disable the rule, simply clear the check box on the left side of the rule name. It will no longer be used by the Windows Firewall. 3. If you want to disable the rule for a certain network location only, clear the corresponding check box found in the column of that network location. For example, if you want a rule to not be applied to the program when you are connected to a public network, clear the check box from the Public column. The same applies for Home/Work (Private) network locations. 4. If you want to remove the program from the list of allowed programs, click Remove. You are asked to confirm the removal.
440
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Delete a P r o g r a m
G
I f y o u r e m o v e ' o c t o s h a p e . e x e 1 f r o m t h e E x c e p t i o n s list, i t m i g h t s t o p w o r k i n g p r o p e r l y . T o d i s a b l e i t t e m p o r a r i l y , c l e a r its c h e c k b o x . D o y o u s t i l l w a n t t o r e m o v e it?
Ves
No
5. Click Yes. This brings you back to the Allowed Programs window. Notice that the program was removed from the list. 6. Click OK. The change is now applied to the list of active rules used by the Windows Firewall. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat this procedure for all the programs that you want to remove or for the rules you want to disable. When you have finished, close the Windows Firewall window.
Gaining Additional Control by Using the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security The Windows Firewall with Advanced Security is a tool that allows a lot more control over the rules applied by the Windows Firewall to protect your computer. With it, you can tweak all properties of every security rule, define new rules, or disable undesired ones. This tool is quite advanced, so if you just want to stick to the basics, it is best not to fiddle with it. However, if you want to be more hands-on regarding the security rules applied to your computer, then this tool is of great utility. This section will give you an overview of the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security and its major capabilities.
Removing Programs or Disabling Rules f r o m the A l l o w e d List
441
Opening the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security The Windows Firewall with Advanced Security is simply a more advanced way of showing the rules that govern the functioning of the Window Firewall. The same settings are shown in a different and complex way, each with the complete set of parameters applied to it. To access it, first open the Windows Firewall. Then, click Advanced Settings. This opens the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window. i l * Wirräows Firewall with MvancedSECiwtty Fils
Action
View
^
|| -I-
Help
^ ^ I BI B H W i n d o w s Firewall with Advanci ¿3. I n b o u n d Rules Q
O u t b o u n d Rules
Ji^ Connection Security Rules
Windows Firewall with Advanced Security on Local Computer
r
Actions W i n d o w s Firewall w i t h Adva,..
^^
Windows Firewall with Advanced S ecurity provides network security for Windows computers.
Monitoring
J
Overview Domain
Profile
¿? Windows Firewall is On. Inbound connections that do not match a rule are blocked. ' O ' Outbound connections that do not match a rule are allowed. Private Profile is Active O
Windows Firewall is on.
Q
Inbound connections that do not match a rule are blocked.
ejj^J I m p o r t Policy,,. Export Policy.,, Restore Default Policy Diagnose / Repair View [OJ
Refresh
|i_"|
Properties
•
Help
•
Outbound connections that do not match a rule are allowed. Public Profile H: Windows Firewall is on. O
Inbound connections that do not match a rule are blocked. Outbound connections that do not match a rule are allowed.
HH Windows Firewall Properties Getting Started Authenticate communications between computers Create connection security rules to specify how and when connections between computers are authi protected by using Internet Protocol security (IPsec], S3 *
w
1 * \
Connection S ecurity R ules J«
•
Tip Another way to access this is to search for the word firewall in the Start menu search, and then click the Windows Firewall With Advanced Security shortcut.
In the center of this window, you can see the status of the Windows Firewall. On the left side, there is panel in which you can access the currently defined rules (inbound, outbound, and connection security rules) and monitor what is going on with the Windows Firewall.
442
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
On the right side, there is the Actions panel, in which you can define actions to take. This panel changes dynamically, presenting varying options based on the items you access in the left panel.
Understanding Inbound, Outbound, and Connection Security Rules In order to provide the security you need, the Windows Firewall has a standard set of rules that are used depending on the location of the network to which you are connected. These rules are split into three categories: •
Inbound rules These rules are applied to the traffic that is coming from the network or the Internet to your computer. Inbound traffic includes: files that you are copying from another computer to yours, files downloaded from a Web page, e-mails received, remote connections made to your computer over the network or the Internet, and so on. These rules can be configured so that they are specific to computers, users, programs, services, ports, or protocols. You can also specify to which type of network adapter (for example, wireless, cable, virtual private network) or user profile they are applied.
•
Outbound rules These are rules that apply to the traffic going from your computer to the network or the Internet. Outbound traffic includes: connecting to a Web site to browse its contents, uploading files to a Web page, sending an e-mail, remote connections made from your computer to another over the network or the Internet, and so on. These rules can be configured so that they are specific to computers, users, programs, services, ports, or protocols. You can also specify to which type of network adapter (for example, wireless, cable, virtual private network) or user profile they are applied.
•
Connection Security rules These rules are used to secure traffic between two computers while it crosses the network. One example would be a rule specifying that connections between specific computers must be encrypted. Unlike the inbound or outbound rules, which are applied only to one computer, connection security rules require that both computers have the same rules defined and enabled. By default, there are none defined for Windows 7 or Windows Vista computers. They are generally defined by users or a network administrator (in business networks). For the typical activities done over a home network, such rules are not required to be defined. There's no need for you to implement them on your home network.
Removing Programs or Disabling Rules f r o m the Allowed List
Windows Firewall with Advanced Security File
Action
View
i i H I
^ I
Help B E )
¡¿p Windows Firewall with Advanct
Actions
Inbound Rules
Inbound Rules
Outbound Rules SS^ Connection Security Rules >
^
Monitoring
^
Do
pTorrent
Pri
(lS) pTorrent % BranchCache Content Retrieval (HTTP-In)
BranchCache - Content Retr,
All
^ BranchCache Hosted Cache Server (HTT...
BranchCache - Hosted Cach.
All
% BranchCache Peer Discovery (WSD-In)
BranchCache - Peer Discove,
All
Connect to a Network Projector (TCP-In)
Connect to a Network Proje.,
Prr
Connect to a Network Projector (TCP-In)
Connect to a Network Proje.,
Do
^ Connect to a Network Projector (WSD Ev,,, Connect to a Network Proje.,
Prr
#
Connect to a Network Projector (WSD Ev... Connect to a Network Proje..
Do
#
|Q[
New Rule...
V
Filter by Profile
V
Filter by State Filter by Group View
[O] Refresh Export List... •
Help
Connect to a Network Projector (WSD Ev... Connect to a Network Proje..
Do
% Connect to a Network Projector (WSD Ev... Connect to a Network Proje..
Prr
^Torrent
Connect to a Network Proje.,
All
O
Enable Rule
4
Cut
^ Connect to a Network Projector (WSD-In)
@ Core Networking - Destination Unreacha.,. Core Networking
All
@ Core Networking - Destination Unreacha.,. Core Networking
All
(§) Core Networking - Dynamic Host Config.., Core Networking
All
tfe
c°py
@ Core Networking - Dynamic Host Config.., Core Networking
All
X
Delete
@ Core Networking - Internet Group Mana..,
Core Networking
All
@ Core Networking - IPHTTPS (TCP-In)
Core Networking
All
® Core Networking - IPv6 (IPv6-In)
Core Networking
All ^
n
I
Properties •
Help
You can access the rules defined in each category by clicking the appropriate section on the left panel of the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window. In each section, there are rules marked with either a green check mark or a gray one. The green check marks represent active rules, and gray check marks represent disabled rules that are not used by the Windows Firewall.
Viewing and Modifying the Properties of a Rule You can easily view the properties of a rule (inbound, outbound, or connection security). To do so, simply right-click the rule in which you're interested, then select Properties. This opens the Properties window for the selected rule.
443
444
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Core N e t w o r k i n g - D y n a m i c H o s t C o n f i g u r a t i o n P r o t o c o l ( D H C P - I n ) Pro. . | Protocols a n d Ports General
]
-y
I
Scope
I
Advanced
Programs a n d S e r v i c e s
I
Users
Computers
This is a predefined rule a n d some of its properties c a n n o t be modified.
General Nam N e t w o r k i n g - D t n a S n f i H o s t Configuration P r o t o c o l ( D H C P - I n Description: Allows D H C P (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) m e s s a g e s foe stateful auto-configuration.
¡71 E n a b l e d Action Q
Allow the c o n n e c t i o n Allow the c o n n e c t i o n if it is s e c u r e
Äjgpmizs., B l o c k the c o n n e c t i o n
Learn ir.o r e aboiX these ":el::mq.::
OK.
Cancel
| |
Apply
The properties are organized by category, each with its own tab: •
General This includes the name of the rule, a description of the rule, whether it is enabled or not, and if it allows or blocks a connection.
•
Programs and Services This tab shows which programs and Windows services the rule applies to.
•
Computers On this tab, you can see whether or not this rule applies to specific computers. If no computer is specified, then the rule applies to connections to all computers.
Removing Programs or Disabling Rules f r o m the Allowed List
445
•
Protocols and Ports On this tab, you see the list of protocols and ports to which the rule applies.
•
Scope This tab shows if the rule applies to specific IP addresses or to any address.
•
Advanced On this tab, you can see which type of network location and network adapter (network device) the rule applies to and if it allows the computer to accept unsolicited inbound traffic that has passed through other devices such as routers or firewalls.
•
Users On this tab, you see the user accounts to which the rule applies and the ones to which it doesn't apply. If no specific user account is listed, it means it applies to all user accounts.
To modify the properties of the rule, you can simply use the available options in each of the tabs. Once you have set up the configuration you need, simply click OK and the changes are applied.
Monitoring with Windows Firewall with Advanced Security Monitor The Windows Firewall with Advanced Security also offers some monitoring features. If you click on the Monitoring section in the left panel, you can access several monitoring reports, organized by category. IÉ" Windows Firewall with Advanced Security File
Actipn
View
Help
- I Î B I H I Af Windows Firewall with Advam
Actions
EJ Inbound Rules B3 Outbound Rules *
Monitoring fl
Firewall
i i . Connection Security Rul 4 iy^ Security Associations Main Mode
Monitoring
Window? Firewall is helping to protect your computer
f ^ Connection Security Rules
|OJ Refresh
J Domain Profile
0 Private Profile is Active A c t i v e Networks
Quick Mode
Network
Firewall Slate 10
Windows Firewall is on.
Q Inbound connections that do not match a tule are blocked. C/' Outbound Connections that do not match a rule are allowed.
General Settings Display a notification when a program is blocked:
Yes
Apply local firewall rules:
Yes
Apply local connection security rules:
Yes
Help
446
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
This is what is shown in each category: •
Firewall This category shows all the active inbound and outbound rules used by the Windows Firewall to function.
•
Connection Security Rules
•
Security Associations This category shows the security associations currently established on your computer, including detailed information about their settings and endpoints. A security association defines the shared security information used to protect the communications between two computers: your computer and another one.
This shows all active Connection Security rules.
Note Security associations are generally used in business networks where computers need to share information in a more secure environment. They don't generally apply to home networks.
Creating a New Rule As you can imagine, the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows you to create your own custom rules that include even more advanced settings than the default version of the Windows Firewall. In this exercise, you will learn how to create your own rules in the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security. For this exercise, we will use as an example creating a rule for the ActiveSync application included in Windows operating systems. ActiveSync is the client used to connect and synchronize Windows Mobile phones to Windows computers. This application is useful for many owners of Windows Mobile smartphones. In order for the application to function properly, it uses the following inbound TPC ports: 990, 999, 5678, 5721, 26675, and outbound UDP port 5679. Let's create a rule for the inbound ports. SET UP Log on as administrator and open the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security.
M
1. Go to the Action menu, then click New Rule. The New Inbound Rule Wizard opens. You will use this to create the new rule.
Creating a New Rule
•jit New Inbound Rule Wizard Rule Type Select the type of firewall rule to create. Steps: Rule Type *
Protocol and Porta
*
Action
«
Profile
4
Name
What type of rule would you like to create?
Program Rule that controls connections for a program. o
Port Rule that controls connections for a TCP or UDP port. Predefined: BiahrhCache - Content Retrieval (Use's HTTP] Rule that controls connections for a Windows experience. Custom Custom rule.
Learn more about rule tvoes
« Back
1
Next >
1
Cancel
]
2. Select the type of rule you want to create. Your options are: Program, Port, Predefined, and Custom. For our exercise, select Port. 3. Click the Next button. You are asked to select the type of protocols and provide the actual ports to which the rule applies. Wß
¡ÉT Kew Inbound Rule W¡23Fd P r o t o c o l and Ports Specify the protocols and ports to which this rule applies. Steps: 4 Rule Type Protocol and Ports *
Does this rule apply to TCP or UDP? #
*
Profile
*
Name
TCP UDP
Action
Does this rule apply to all local ports or specific local ports? All local ports a
Specific local ports:
990,999,5678,5721,26675 Example: 80,443, 5000-5010
Learn rflüre about protocol and ports
I
M^te
Ii
Next>
Cancel
447
448
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
4. ActiveSync uses TCP inbound ports 990, 999, 5678, 5721, and 26675. Therefore, select TCP. 5. Select Specific local ports and type 990,999,5678,5721,26675. If you need to add a rule to all ports, select All Local Ports. 6. Click Next. You are asked to select which type of action the rule will take: allow or block. H N e w I n b o u n d Rule Wizard
| js_|
Action Specify the action tc be taken when a connection matches the conditions specified in the rule. Steps"
é
Rule Type
•é Protocol arid Ports « Action •
Profile
é
Name
W h a t action should be taken when a connection matches the specified conditions?
i
Allow the connection This includes connections that are piotected with IPsec as well as those are not. Allow the c o n n e c t i o n if it is s e c u r e This includes only connections that have been authenticated by using IPsec. Connections will be secured using the settings in IPsec properties and rules in the Connection Security Rule node. | UitfeofflEe,
|
Ulock the connection
Learn more aboui actions
i Back
11
Next j.
,| |
Cancel
7. For our exercise, we need to allow traffic through the TCP protocol and the ports mentioned in step 4. Therefore, select Allow the connection. 8. Click Next. You are asked to select to which type of network location the rule applies.
Creating a New Rule
y New Inbound
449
Rule W i z a r d
Profile Specify the profiles for which this rule applies. Steps: I
Rule Type
W h e n does this rule apply?
Protocol and Ports «
Action
i
Profile
*
Name
•
Domain Applies when a computer is connected tci its corporate domain.
J
Private Applies when a computer is connected to a private network location. Public Applies when a computer is connected to a public network location.
Learn rriore about profiles
^ Back
I
Ne:jt:>
|
Cancel
See Also For more information about network locations, see the "Setting the Network Location" section of Chapter 4, "Creating the Network."
9. Select the type of network locations where the rule should be applied. For our exercise, it is best to have this rule enabled for safer locations such as Domain and Private. Select the Domain and Private check boxes and clear the Public check box. 10. Click Next. You are now at the last step in the wizard. 11. Type the name you want your rule to have. Make it something descriptive so that it gives you a good idea about what the rule does.
450
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
¡¿f1 N e w In b o u n d Rule W i z a r d
Name Specify the name and description of this rule. Steps; Rule Type M
Protocol and Ports.
4
Action
4
Profile
.
Name
Name: Inbound Ports for Active'By nc Description (optional): Allow ports 990, 999, 5679, 5721, 26675
: Back
11
Finish
|
1 2 . Type the description for the rule that provides a bit more detail. 1 3 . Click Finish. The rule is now created and allows TCP inbound traffic for ports 990, 999, 5678, 5721, and 26675. ^^ CLEAN UP To create a rule for the outbound traffic used by ActiveSync, follow the same steps. At step 4, you need to select UDP and then type the port 5679. The rest of the procedure is the same. When done, you can close Windows Firewall with Advanced Security. I m p o r t a n t The principles in the New Inbound Rule Wizard are the same for all types of rules. Only certain configuration options differ, based on the type of rule you define: program, port, predefined, or custom. For all rules, you need to specify the action to be taken, the network profile to which it applies, and the rule name and description.
Enabling, Disabling, or Deleting an Existing Rule Just like with the standard Windows Firewall, the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows you to enable inactive rules, disable active ones, or simply delete rules you no longer need. In this exercise, you will learn how to do this. SET UP Log in as administrator and open the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security.
Enabling, Disabling, or Deleting an Existing Rule
4 5 1
1. Open the category of the rule that you want to disable (inbound, outbound, or connection security) and select the rule that you want to enable, disable, or delete. 2. Right-click the rule to open the contextual menu. E7]ActiveySync Inbcj¿¡¿ '@'BranchCache Co '@'BranchCache
Ho
' @ ' B r a n c h C a c h e Pet C o n n e c t to a Net C o n n e c t to a Net C o n n e c t to a Net
Disable Rule Cut Copy Delete Properties
C o n n e c t to a Net C o n n e c t to a Net
Help
Tip You can select multiple rules by pressing and holding the Ctrl key on your keyboard and selecting the rules with the mouse.
3. If the rule is active and you want to disable it, select Disable Rule. 4. If the rule is inactive and you want to enable it, select Enable Rule. 5. If you want to remove the rule, select Delete. You are asked to confirm your choice. W i n d o w s Firewall with A d v a n c e d Security
1
A r e y o u sure y o u w a n t t o delete these rules?
Yes
6. Click Yes. The rule is now enabled, disabled, or deleted, according to your selection. CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure for all the rules you want to enable, disable, or delete. When done, you can close Windows Firewall with Advanced Security. I m p o r t a n t Before disabling or deleting a rule, make sure that you understand what it does and what this change means to the security of your system. If you are not sure about what its impact will be, it is best not to fiddle with it. Also, if your Windows Firewall seems to be acting out of your control, it is best to reset its settings by using the instructions found in the following section.
452
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Restoring the Windows Firewall Default Settings If you have been using this tool for a long time and have made many changes to its settings, chances are that some things might stop working. For such cases, it is best to reset all rules to the default settings and values created by Microsoft. Then you can start from scratch and define the rules that apply to your programs so that everything works again as it should. In this exercise, you will learn how to restore the default settings of the Windows Firewall. SET UP Log on as administrator and open the Windows Firewall.
^t
1.
Click Restore defaults. The Restore Defaults Window opens, in which you are warned about the consequences of the change you are about to make.
^Itf? «
W i n d o w s Firewall
•
Restore d e f a u l t s
Search
Control
Panel
Restore default settings R e s t o r i n g d e f a u l t s e t t i n g s w i l l r e m o v e all W i n d o w s Firewall s e t t i n g s t h a t y o u h a v e c o n f i g u r e d f o r all n e t w o r k locations, This m i g h t cause s o m e p r o g r a m s t o stop w o r k i n g .
Restore d e f a u l t s
Cancel
2. Read the information shown and click Restore defaults. You are asked to confirm your action.
Protecting Your C o m p u t e r f r o m Viruses and O t h e r Security Threats
Restore Defaults C o n f i r m a t i o n
A
453
Ç a
Restoring the default settings w i l l delete all settings of Windows Firewall that you have made since W i n d o w s was installed. This may cause some prog ra m s to stop worki n g Do you w a n t to continue?
Ves
IMo
3. Click Yes. You are returned to the Windows Firewall window, and all the settings you created are deleted. Everything is now reset to the initial settings and values existing at the time when Windows 7 installed on your computer. ^^ CLEAN UP When you have finished, close the Windows Firewall window.
Protecting Your Computer from Viruses and Other Security Threats In order to have a safe and pleasant computing experience, it is highly recommended to install complete security solutions such as Internet security suites (which include antivirus, anti-spyware, firewall, and other protection features) or individual antivirus, anti-spyware and firewall solutions. Windows 7 offers by default built-in firewall and anti-spyware solutions, which were covered in the prior sections of this chapter. However, they are not enough to completely secure your system.
Why Should I Install Additional Security Solutions in Windows 7? This is a question many people ask. Windows 7 offers by default a pretty good protection level. The Windows firewall protects from network and Internet threats, while Windows Defender protects your computer from spyware. Unfortunately, this is not enough. With only these solutions enabled, you won't have any form of protection from computer viruses and other more advanced threats such as rootkits (a form of "virus" which is able to hide its presence by concealing its processes from the monitoring mechanisms of your operating system).
454
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
In order to be completely protected, you need to install at least an antivirus solution on top of the Windows Firewall and Windows Defender. The best way to remain protected is to use a complete security package, generally called an Internet Security Suite. These packages include antivirus, anti-spyware, and firewall protection, plus other security modules, such as spam filters for your e-mail client, monitors for your Internet browser, parental controls, and so on.
Finding Security Solutions Compatible with Windows 7 There are many security solutions on the market, most of them commercial. However, there are also free solutions available. Before making a choice, it is best to see which options are available on the market. In order to make an informed decision, we recommend that you check the following Internet sources: •
Consumer security software providers (http://www.microsoft.com/windows /antivirus-partners/windows-7.aspx) This Microsoft page lists all of the security software providers that offer solutions compatible with Windows 7, Windows Vista, and Windows XP.
•
Security for Everyone at 7 Tutorials (http://www.7tutorials.com /security-everyone) The 7 Tutorials Web site provides a series of reviews for the latest Internet Security Suites. The 7 Tutorials team regularly tests the latest offerings from both a security and usability perspective. The aim of the reviews is to highlight those solutions that provide the best mix of security and user friendliness.
•
AV Comparatives (http://av-comparatives.org) This is the Web site of an independent security organization that regularly tests the quality of security provided by antivirus products. Their tests are very professional and evaluate all the important security aspects of an antivirus solution. If you want to know which security company has the best detection engine for viruses, this Web site is the place to visit.
•
AV Test (http://www.av-test.org) This Web site is run by the AV-Test GmbH company, which offers security testing and consultancy services. They run regular reviews of the latest security products on the market and publish the results of their evaluations. Just like AV Comparatives, this Web site is a great destination for learning how effective the latest security offerings on the market are.
Using the A c t i o n Center
•
Home PC Firewall Guide (http://www.firewallguide.com/) This Web site provides test results for firewall products and also links to the latest reviews published by other Web sites for firewalls, antivirus products, and Internet security suites. It's a good destination, especially for those interested in knowing how firewall products or modules rank.
•
Internet Security Suites Software Reviews at TopTenReviews (http:// lnternet-security-suite-review.toptenreviews.com) This Web site regularly reviews all kinds of software, including antivirus solutions and complete Internet security solutions. If you want to know the latest top 10 together with a complete feature comparison table, this Web site is a good destination.
455
Using the Action Center Windows 7 comes with a convenient way to help you review the state of your system and find solutions to security and maintenance issues. The feature that facilitates this is called the Action Center, and it is built upon the foundation set by the Windows Security Center, which was first introduced by Windows XP Service Pack 2 and then tweaked by Windows Vista. This section will explain all the functionality of the Action Center and show how to configure it so that you receive only the notifications that are relevant to you.
Explaining the Action Center Action Center continuously monitors the state of your system's security. If it notices any kind of problem, such as your antivirus being disabled, it immediately notifies you so that you can take corrective action. It also monitors a series of maintenancerelated items, including checking whether you have any scheduled system backups, trying to find solutions to recent computer issues, and checking for any maintenance problems, and so on. When a problem is detected, the user is notified and guided to what he can do to fix it.
456
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Messages Displayed by the Action Center In the notification area of the Windows 7 taskbar, there's always a little white flag icon. This is the icon of the Action Center. When there are messages for the user, the white flag is overlaid by one of two icons: a red x, and a black clock. The red x overlay indicates that there is at least one important message, so you need to pay attention. The black clock overlay means that there is a scheduled task running in the background (for example, a scheduled Windows Defender scan).
r
r; r-
Hover the mouse cursor over the flag icon and you see a tooltip, giving you some brief information about what is happening with your system.
To see the list of messages that you need to pay attention to, click the Action Center icon (the white flag). 2
important messages
4 total messages
Click to see antispyware programs (Important) Turn on Microsoft Security Essentials (Important} Address a problem w i t h Vahoo! Messenger 'jjjjf Set up backup
Open Action Center
O p e n i n g t h e A c t i o n C e n t e r a n d R e v i e w i n g Its M e s s a g e s
457
Opening the Action Center and Reviewing Its Messages Reviewing the list of messages displayed by the Action Center is a simple task. There are few steps to follow, and the way the tool communicates with the user is very easy to understand. There's no complicated jargon involved, and typically, you can intuitively understand what the tool recommends for you to do to keep your computer secure and your data backed up properly. In this exercise, you will learn how to open the Action Center and review its messages. SET UP Go to the notification area of the taskbar (the lower-right side of the screen). 1.
Click the Action Center white flag icon. This shows a summary of the current active messages. 2 important m e s s a g e s • •$¡¡1 4 total messages
Click to see antispyware p r o g r a m : (Irnpcrtant) T u r n on M i c r o s o f t Security Essentials (Important] Address a p r o b l e m w i t h Yahoo! Messenger '.jjj Set up backup
2. Click the Open Action Center link. The Action Center window opens. In this window, you can see the current status of your system and all the recommendations the tool has to offer.
458
Chapter 13
Keeping t h e N e t w o r k Secure
B a s a GO-lF.
Control Panel
Control Panel H o m e Change Action Center settings '^p1 Change Lfser Account Control settings
• System and Security • Action Center
•
M Seorrii Control Panel
Action Center has detected one or more issues for you to review.
Security
<9
View archived messages View performance information
»
Review recent messages and resolve problems
Spywareand unwanted software protection (Important) Windows Defender and Microsoft Security Essentials both report that they are turned off.
[
View antispyware options
Turn off messages about spywareand related protection
Virus protection (Important) Microsoft Security Essentials reports that it is turned off. Turn off messages about virus protection
Get a different antivirus program online
Maintenance Address a problem with Yahoo! M e s s e n g e r Yahoo! Messenger has stopped working 1 time(s], last occurring on 12,10.2010 21:02. Go online for product support. 5ee also
View message details
Archive this message
Backup and Restore Windows Update
Set up backup
Windows Program Compatibility Troubleshooter
Your files are not being backed up.
'S'Set tip backup
Turn off messages about Windows Backup
3. The messages shown by the Action Center are split into two categories: Security and Maintenance. To maximize or minimize either of these two categories, click the arrow to the right of the category name. Tip All messages shown by the Action Center use the following color coding: Red means it is a very important message that you should not ignore, and yellow indicates that it is a recommendation that can be ignored if you do not consider it important.
You can check all the messages and recommendations shown by the tool and decide what you want to do about them. To learn more about the possible messages you can receive, read the sidebar "Explaining the Action Center Messages" that follows the Clean Up instructions. ^^ CLEAN UP When you have finished working with the tool, close the Action Center.
O p e n i n g the A c t i o n Center and Reviewing Its Messages
Explaining the Action Center Messages The Action Center informs you when the following problems are identified: •
Windows Update (Important) This message warns you that Windows Update is set to never check for updates, leaving your computer exposed to all sorts of security risks. The recommended setting is to automatically download and install updates. To review the available options, click the Change Settings button, then select the appropriate update option.
•
Spyware and unwanted software protection (Important) This message warns you that Windows Defender or any other anti-spyware solution you installed is turned off. To see a list of available options, click View Antispyware Programs.
•
Virus protection (Important) This message occurs when your antivirus is not installed, is disabled, or uses outdated definitions. It is strongly recommended to either install an antivirus application, turn on your antivirus (if you already have one), or update your antivirus definitions.
•
User Account Control (Important) Account Control is disabled.
•
Network firewall (Important) This message warns you that Windows Firewall or the firewall you installed (for example, ESET, ZoneAlarm, Symantec, Kaspersky, and so on) is turned off. You should always have a firewall turned on. To see the available options, click View Firewall Options.
•
Internet security settings (Important) This message occurs when certain Internet Explorer security settings are configured lower than their default level. You can easily reset them to the desired level by clicking the Restore Settings button in the Action Center message about Internet security.
•
Network Access Protection This message refers to a security feature deployed in corporate environments to manage health information for client computers in a centralized manner. This setting depends on the Network Access Protection Agent service and further software settings; it will not be an issue for home users.
•
Set up backup This message notifies you that you should set up a backup task. This is not as important as the preceding security issues, although if you have enough available storage space, you could set your system to perform regular backups of your files and settings.
This message warns you that the User
459
460
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
•
Check for solutions to problem reports This message notifies you about reported problems with your software and hardware and checks for solutions online.
•
Check for updates This message notifies you about noncritical software updates, either for Windows components or for other Microsoft products.
•
Troubleshooting: System Maintenance This message notifies you about any maintenance routines that need to be carried out in order to help your computer run more smoothly.
Configuring the List of Messages Displayed by the Action Center The great thing about the Action Center is that it is a very configurable application. You can easily customize which type of alerts and messages you want to receive, depending on how you have configured your Windows 7 installation and the additional software you installed. In this exercise, you will learn how to configure the list of messages that is displayed by the Action Center. SET UP Open the Action Center. 1. Click the Change Action Center settings link on the upper-left side of the Action Center window. This shows a summary of the currently active messages, grouped by category.
Configuring the List of Messages Displayed by the Action Center
{^ojj^i
w
ActL.
• Change Action Center...
I Search Control Panel
•
fi
Turn messages on or off For each selected item, Windows will check for problems and send you a message if problems are found. H o w does A c t i o n Center check f o r problems?
Security messages 0 Windows Update
[J] Spyware and related protection
[y] Internet security settings
[y] User Account Control
[y] Network firewall
[yl Virus protection
Maintenance messages [y] Windows Backup
[y] Check for updates
|y] Windows Troubleshooting
Related settings Customer Experience Improvement Program settings Problem reporting settings Windows Update settings
Note A message is an area that Action Center regularly checks for problems. If a problem is identified, Action Center informs you through a message.
2. Select the check boxes for the messages that you want to receive. 3, Clear the check boxes for the messages that you do not want to receive.
461
|
462
Chapter 13
Keeping the N e t w o r k Secure
Recommendation We strongly recommend that you do not disable the messages from the Security category. If there are security issues w i t h your computer, you w o u l d miss important alerts that could help you fix t h e m promptly.
4. When you have finished, click OK. Action Center will now show only the messages you selected. ^
CLEAN UP Close Action Center.
Key Points •
The User Account Control should be turned on at all times.
•
Keep Windows Update turned on, and use it actively to keep your system up to date with the latest patches from Microsoft.
•
Using Windows Defender can be a useful security measure if you do not use more complete security suites. If you do have more complete security solutions installed, it is best to disable Windows Defender so that it doesn't create conflicts.
•
The Windows Firewall is a great security tool you can use to protect against unauthorized connections to your computer.
•
The Windows Firewall with Advanced Security is a special view of the Windows Firewall with which you can create advanced security rules.
•
It is very important for you to have antivirus protection on your system. Don't hesitate to read the Web sites we recommend so that you can find the best security solution that works for you.
•
By using the Action Center, you get a good perspective on the status of your system, and you are always notified when Windows 7 identifies problems.
Chapter at a Glance = o ,*r a Parental Conbc.l! I
"STSS
* I if 11 WT* Cí/itaf finer
Ser up how 7 Tutorials Child will use the computer PwcnlCal Controls: Current $«ingi: $ On, enforce current settings 7 Tutorials Chikf Z off
Turn on Parental Controls, page 466
Wind mi Setting Time timilv
S
(lime fljtmgc
I - ¡ 11 Seatf Ccnim Pùfiel
User Controls » Time ftertrittiom
Control when 7 iLitorials Child will use the computer Click
dreg the hourtyoti win* to Mock Or allow. II 1 2 J *
5 6 7 S 5 10 11 31 1 M t M 7 M H U 12
Set time limits and application restrictions, page 468
@
Define restrictions for games, page 472
- T
Uíír ConbpU » (urn* C
¡ I -•>• " >'
Control which types of games 7 Tutorials Child cart play Can 7 Tutoiuh Child pity g.imr'.1 t- V«
I
«Nç Btoík tc< »Ucwi gimes by »ring end content types Ktnimum jilead tilling: fUAIt 1S ON Game descriptors blocked: Hone
r ô l f g W .
Btock (fir iltow) any game en your campul G»gantK » Stock or A*ow fpecrfic game: AXteys blocked: ftone ülort-ed None
Cptwns
T«4s »
Parental Conlwit
Ik 1
FreeCefl
Hearts
Wiradmn ftnmttl (,«nti«l% ^
Receive notifications from Parental Controls, page 478
Internen Checker*
Parental Controls has btockcd this game To find uul why Itiis gime il btotked, Sheik ynui Parental CcJitirh settings. If yfw nred*íf«í in rhis yaffle, r , l pnninyon flt»n the pmon Who set ujj Parental C«itich.
T T "
¿Í
— — fpider Soleairr
p ^
-
a
«
Setting Up Parental Controls In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Turn on Parental Controls.
•
Set time limits and application restrictions.
•
Set up restrictions for games.
Your home network is now up and running. Everything is correctly set and you can share media, libraries, folders, and devices between the computers on your network. But there's one more thing to consider: If you have children using computers on the home network, it's a good idea to use Parental Controls. This feature of Windows 7 allows you to define when children can use the computer (during which days of the week and at what time intervals in each day), which games they are allowed to play, and which programs they are allowed to use. In this chapter, you will learn how to turn on Parental Controls, how to define time limits, and how to apply restrictions for games and applications. Practice Files You do not need any practice files to complete the exercises in this chapter.
Turning On Parental Controls Before setting up Parental Controls, you need to create a standard user account for your child that has no administrative permissions. If your child's user account has administrative permissions, he will have all the required rights to override any controls you want to apply. See Also To learn more about user accounts and how to set them up, see Chapter 2, "Setting User Accounts on All Computers."
465
466
Chapter 14
S e t t i n g U p Parental C o n t r o l s
Once you have created a user account for your child, you can begin enabling Parental Controls. In this exercise, you will learn how to do that. ^ ^ ^ SET UP Open the Control Panel. 1. Click User Accounts and Family Safety. The User Accounts And Family Safety panel opens, which contains all the settings related to user accounts. I .=.J!_B_lS ^ j )
v
•
Control...
•
User A c c o u n t s and Family Safety
Co-ntrol Panel H o m e
User Accounts
U s e r A c c o u n t s arvd Farmity Safety Appearance and Personalization
A d d or r e m o v e user accounts
Change y o u r W i n d o w s password
N e t w o r k and Internet
Programs
•
C h a n g e y o u r a c c o u n t picture
System and Security
Hardware and Sound
Seortt Contai Panel
Parental Controls
M
® Set up parental controls f o r a n y user
TS1 '
Windows Cards pace M a n a g e i n f o r m a t i o n Cards t h a t are used to log on to online services
Credential Manager M a n a g t W i n d o w s credentials
Clock, Language, and Region Ease of Access
2. Click Parental Controls. The Parental Controls panel opens. You are asked to which user account you want to apply Parental Controls.
Turning On Parental Controls
I
rm
«
User A c c o u n t s and Family...
•
Parental Controls
-
J
467
L
U
®
* I +f I J Search Con trc>( Partei
Control: Panel H o m e
Choose auserandsetup Parental Controls
Game Rating Systems
W h a t can I do with Parental Controls?
é
Users
I f y o u w a n t t o apply Parental Controls t o s o m e o n e w h o isn't i n this l i s t create a new user a c c o u n t f o r t h e m to use. W h y do I need an a c c o u n t f o r this? ¿ ^ C r e a t e a n e w user a c c o u n t A d d i t i o n a l controls If y o u w a n t to use additional features like W e b Filtering and A c t i v i t y Reporting o n this c o m p u t e r , y o u need t o install additional controls. H o w do I install a d d i t i o n a l controls? See a tso User A c c o u n t s
Select your child's user account (which, for the purposes of this exercise, is named 7 Tutorials Child). The User Controls window opens. Here you can see if Parental Controls are enabled for the selected user account, and if they are enabled, what types of limits are defined (time limits, game ratings, or program limits).
468
Chapter 14
Setting Up Parental Controls
I }(T^T) v «
Parental Controls
•
•I
User Controls
= J | _ < Ë _ ®
I I -Search Control Panel
Set up how 7 Tutorials Child will use the computer Parental Controls:
Current Settings:
itfi On, enforce current settings
7 Tutorials Child
f j Off
Standard user Password protected
W i n d o w s Settings T i m e limits C o n t r o l w h e n 7 Tutorials Child uses t h e c o m p u t e r ^
Games
»
C o n t r o l games by rating, c o n t e n t or t i t l e
j^f El
T i m e Limits:
Off
Game Ratings:
Off
Program Limits:
Off
A l l o w and block specific programs A l l o w a n d block any programs on, y o u r c o m p u t e r
4 . Select the On, enforce current settings option. 5. Click the OK button. Parental Controls are now enabled, using the default settings. Note that the default settings do not apply any limits to your child's user account. To learn how to define limits, read the following sections. ^^ CLEAN UP There is no cleanup required.
Setting Time Limits and Application Restrictions Now that Parental Controls are enabled, it's time to define the restrictions you want applied. The easiest restrictions you can define are related to the time when the computer can be used by your child and which applications she is allowed to use. In this exercise, you will learn how to set restrictions. SET UP Open Parental Controls. 1. Select your child's user account.
Setting Time Limits and A p p l i c a t i o n Restrictions
469
The User Controls window opens. On the right side of the window, you can see if any limitations are currently applied. i - B B a i a « Parental Controls
•
• I
User Controls
III Sg&rch Control Panel
Set up how 7 Tutorials Child will use the computer Parental Controls:
Current Settings:
itfi On, enforce current settings © ^
7 Tutorials Child Standard user Password protected
Windows Settings T i m e limits Control when 7 Tutorials Child uses the computer Games Control games by rating, content, or title w 1 A
T i m e Limits:
Off
Game Ratings:
Off
Program Limits:
Off
Altow and block specific programs Allow and block any programs on your computer
First, let's apply limits to when your child can use her account. Click Time Limits. N o t e If you are not interested in setting time limits, skip to step 7.
The Time Restrictions window opens, in which you can see a table comprised of the days of the week and the hours in a day. By default, the table is empty (the squares are all white), which means no time restrictions are defined.
« User Controls
• Time Restrictions
III Search Control Panel
•
Control when 7 Tutorials Child will use the computer Click and drag t h e hours y o u want to block or allow. M i d n i g h t (AM) 12 1 2 3 4 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday I
I Allowed
[]
Blocked
5
6
7
8
9
| N o o n (PM) 10 11 12 1 2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12
470
Chapter 1 4
Setting Up Parental Controls
3. To block a certain hour in a day, simply click the appropriate square. The square turns blue, which indicates that you child cannot use the computer at that particular hour during that particular day of the week. 4. Click all the squares that correspond to the hours and days for which you want to block access. The previous image shows how the table needs to be completed if you want to block access each day (between 10 P.M. and 8 A.M.) so that your child doesn't stay up late at night playing on the computer. 5. If you want to cancel blocking a time slot, simply click it again and it will turn white. 6. When you have finished setting the time slots, click OK. You are returned to the User Controls window. 7. To set applications restrictions, click Allow and block specific programs. You are asked to decide which programs your child's user account can use. r ^ w i B a ,
" UserControls
• A p p l i c a t i o n Restrictions
• |
j
-Sean:/] Control Panel
fi
|
Which programs can 7 Tutorials Child use? (d) 7 Tutorials C h i l d can use all p r o g r a m s O 7 Tutorials C h i l d can o n l y use t h e programs I a flow
OK
] [
Cancel
]
8. Select the second option, which is the one that has can only use the programs I allow appended to the name of the user account (in this exercise, 7 Tutorials Child can only use the programs I allow). A list appears that shows the currently installed applications on your computer.
Setting Time Limits and Application Restrictions
471
I \ ^ «
User Controls
• A p p l i c a t i o n Restrictions
Search
Control Parrel
Which programs can 7 Tutorials Child use? • 7 Tutorials Child can use all programs o 7 Tutorials Child can only use t h e programs I allow Check t h e p r o g r a m s -that can be used! File
Description
Product N a m e
I
W i n d o w s Contacts
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating Sy...
1^1 ®
wabmig.exe tilWinMail.exe
M i c r o s o f t (R) Contacts I m p o r t To,..
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating Sy...
W i n d o w s Mail
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating Sy...
C : \ P r o g r a m FilesWVindows Media Player I2]
WMPDMC.exe
W i n d o w s Media Player Digital M , „
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating Sy.„
Ij/J
wmplayer.exe
W i n d o w s Media Player
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating Sy...
C:\Program Files\Windows NT\ Accessories i^l
wordpad.exe
Windows Wordpad Application
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating Sy...
C : \ P r o g r a m FilesVWindows Photo Viewer Ö ^ I m a g ingDevices.exe
I m a g i n g Devices C o n t r o l Panel
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d d w s ® Operating Sy„.
C ¡\ W i n d o w s \ e h o m e •
E l ehexthost.exe
Media Center Extensibility Host
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating Sy...
•
Jj
Media Center Media Status Agqr...
M i c r o s o f t ® W i n d o w s ® Operating 5y...
ehmsas.exe
A d d a p r o g r a m to this list:
Browse...
Check A l l
QIC
Uncheck All
Cancel
9. Select the check boxes adjacent to the programs that your child can use and leave the check boxes cleared for the ones that you don't want him to use. 10. If a program is not on the list, click Browse, navigate to its location, and then select it. 11. When you have finished selecting the programs your child can access, click OK. You are returned to the User Controls window. 12. Click OK. CLEAN UP Close the Parental Controls window.
472
Chapter 14
Setting Up Parental Controls
Setting Restrictions for Games Another important parental control option you might want to take advantage of is setting up restrictions for the kinds of games your child can play. This can be very important to you, especially if he is very young. Fortunately, Parental Controls makes it very easy for you to set such restrictions. In this exercise, you will learn how to set restrictions for the games your child is allowed to play. SET UP Open Parental Controls. 1. Select your child's user account. The User Controls window opens. 2. Click Games. The Game Controls window, in which you can block and allow games based on a variety of criteria, opens. S @ i,^ j ^ l
« User Controls
•
Game Controls
• |
C
s
| | Search Control Panei
Can 7 Tutorials Child play games? m Yes No
Block (or allow) games by rating a n d c o n t e n t types Set g a m e ratings M a x i m u m a l l o w e d rating: ADULTS ONLY, i n c l u d i n g unrated games G a m e d e s c r i p t o r s blocked:
None
Block (or allow) a n y g a m e o n y o u r c o m p u t e r b y n a m e Block or A l l o w specific games Always blocked:
None
A l w a y s allowed:
None
1
® p
Control which types of games 7 Tutorials Child can play
©
]
OK
|
|
Setting Restrictions f o r Games
473
You are asked if you allow your child to participate in computer games. Select No if you don't want your child to play any games at all. Select Yes if you want to allow game play. If you select No, all the other options are grayed out and you can end the exercise at this step (there are no other settings to be made). If you want to block or allow games by rating and content type, click Set game ratings. The Game Restrictions window opens, displaying a long list of restrictions you can define.
, »
«
Game Controls
•
G a m e Restrictions
Search Control Panet
•
p
— Control which types of games 7 Tutorials Child can play
=E
-
I f a g a m e h a s n o r a t i n g , c a n 7 T u t o r i a l s C h i l d p l a y it? A l l o w games w i t h no rating (_) B l o c k g a m e s w i t h n o r a t i n g
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ( e s r b ) y
W h i c h ratings are ok f o r 7 Tutorials Child to play? T h e E n t e r t a i n m e n t S o f t w a r e R a t i n g B o a r d d e f i n e s t h e s e ratings. uiDua
©
¡3
EARLY C H I L D H O O D T i t l e s r a t e d E C - Early C h i l d h o o d h a v e c o n t e n t t h a t m a y b e s u i t a b l e f o r ages 3 a n d o l d e r . Titles in this category c o n t a i n no material t h a t parents w o u l d f i n d inappropriate.
EVERTÖNE EVERYONE
©
ra
T i t l e s r a t e d E - E v e r y o n e h a v e c o n t e n t t h a t m a y b e s u i t a b l e f o r p e r s o n s ages 6 a n d o l d e r . Titles i n this category m a y contain m i n i m a l v i o l e n c e s o m e c o m i c mischeif, a n d / o r m i l d language.
PHIWÏ+ EVERYONE 10-t-
©
E
TEEN
©
T i t l e s r a t e d E1Q+- - E v e r y o n e 1 0 a n d o l d e r h a v e c o n t e n t t h a t m a y b e s u i t a b l e f o r ages 1 0 a n d older. T i t l e s i n t h i s c a t e g o r y m a y c o n t a i n m o r e c a r t o o n , f a n t a s y o r m i l d v i o l e n c e , mild language, and/or m i n i m a l suggestive themes. TEEN T i t l e s r a t e d T - T e e n h a v e c o n t e n t t h a t m a y b e s u i t a b l e f o r p e r s o n s ages 1 3 a n d o l d e r .
aic m ¡ a n T i t l e s i n t h i s c a t e g o r y m a y c o n t a i n v i o l e n t c o n t e n t , m i l d
or strong language, and/or
strong language.
OK
J
[
Cancel
J
Select whether you allow your child to play games that have no rating. Unrated games are usually casual games. They can be downloaded from the Internet, mostly from smaller independent publishers. Select Allow Games With No Rating or Block Games With No Rating, depending on your preference.
474
C h a p t e r 14
Setting Up Parental C o n t r o l s
Which ratings are ok for 7 Tutorials Child to play? The Entertainment Software Rating Board defines these ratings.
©
V
EARLY CI-OLDHOOD Titles rated EC - Early Childhood have content that may be suitable for ages 3 and older, Titles in this category contain no material that parents would find inappropriate. EVERYONE Titles rated E - Everyone have content that may be suitable for persons ages 6 and older, Titles in this category may contain minimal violence, some comic mischeif, and/or mild language. EVERYONE 10+ Titles rated E1Q+ - Everyone 10 and older have content that may be suitable for ages 10 and older. Titles in this category may contain more cartoon, fantasy or mild violence mild language and/or minimal suggestive themes. TEEN Titles rated T - Teen have content that may be suitable for persons ages 13- and older. Titles in this category may contain violent content, mild or strong language, and/or strong language. MATURE Titles rated M - Mature have content that may be suitable for persons ages 17 and older, Titles in this category may contain mature sexual themes, more intense violence and/or strong language. ADULTS ONLY Titles rated AO - Adults Only halve content suitable only for adults. Titles in this category may include graphic depictions of sex and/or violence, Adult Only products are not intended for persons under the age of IE,
6. You are asked to select the acceptable ratings for your child. The list contains the standard ratings as defined by the Entertainment Software Rating Board: Early Childhood, Everyone, Everyone 10+, Teen, Mature, and Adults Only. Read carefully what each rating means and select the maximum rating allowed for your child, depending on his or her age—and your personal preference. Scroll down a bit farther and you find another list that contains more specific types of content that you can block. These restrictions will be applied in addition to the general rating you just set. The list of content that can be blocked is comprehensive. It includes anything from intense violence to mild language. Select the types of content that you want to block.
S e t t i n g Restrictions f o r Games
Block these types of content Even if a game has an allowed rating, you can block it for the type of content it contains, [y Online Rating Notice
Online Interactions Are Not Rated by the ESRB
0 Alcohol and Tobacco Reference
Alcohol and Tobacco Reference
• Alcohol [r
Reference
Animated Blood
Reference to and/or Images of alcoholic beverages Discolored and/or unrealistic depictions of blood
[7] Blood
Depictions of blood
[71 Blood and Gore
Depictlons of blood or the mutilation of body parts
Cartoon Violence
Violent actions involving cartoon-like situations and characters. May Include violence where a character is unharmed after the action has been Inflicted
[r Comic Mischief
Depictions or dialogue Involving slapstick or suggestive humor
|T1 Crude Humor
Depictions or dialogue Involving vulgar antics, including 'bathroom' humor
[3 Drug and Alchohol Reference
Drug and Alchohol Reference
[7] Drug and Tobacco Reference
Drug and Tobacco Reference
[71 Drug Reference [71 Edutainment
Reference to and/or Images of illegal drugs Content of product provides user with specific skills development or reinforcement learning within an entertainment setting. Skill development is an integral part of product
|T1 F a n t a s y V i o l e n c e
Violent actions of a fantasy nature involving human or non-human characters in situations easily distinguishable from real life
[r
Overall content of product contains data, facts, resource information, reference materials or instructional test
Informational
[7]Intense Violence
Graphic and realistic-looking depictions of physical conflict. May involve extreme and/or realistic blood, gore, weapons and depictions of human Injury and death
7. When you have finished setting restrictions, click OK. You are returned to the Game Controls window.
475
476
C h a p t e r 14
S e t t i n g Up Parental C o n t r o l s
j ^ 11^*
« User C o n t r o l s
•
Game Controls
•
^
Search Control Panel
P
Control which types of games 7 Tutorials Child can play Can 7 Tutorials Child play games?
m Yes ©
No
Block (or allow) games by ratingi and content types Set game ratings Maximum allowed rating: EVERYONE 10 including unrated games Game descriptors blocked: Alcohol and Tobacco Reference Blood, Blood and Gor^ Drug Reference^ Drug and Alchohol Reference, Drug and Tobacco Reference Edutainment, Intense Violence, Online Rating Notice Block (or allow) any game on your computer by name
Always blocked: None Always allowed: None
8, To block or allow games by a specific name, click Block or Allow specific games. The Game Overrides window opens, in which you can individually choose the games (from those installed on your computer) that your child is allowed to play.
Setting Restrictions for Games
^^ .
. -v>l 4V ^
Game C o n t r o l s
•
Game Overrides
I I .vej.nrn Con ft-ni Panet
* I
fi
4 7 7
|
Control specific games 7 Tutorials Child can and can not play A l l o w e d R a t i n g s E10+- - EVERYONE 1 0 + , E - EVERYONE, Ec - EARLY C H I L D H O O D Denied D e s c r i p t o r s O n l i n e Rating N o t i c e A l c o h o l a n d T o b a c c o R e f e r e n c e B l o o d , B l o o d a n d Gore, D r u g a n d A l c h o h o l Reference, Drug a n d T o b a c c o Reference Drug Reference Edutainment; Intense Violence U s e r Rating Title/Rating Chess Titans E FreeCell E Hearts E Internet Backgammon E O n l i n e Rating N o t i c e Internet Checkers E: O n l i n e Rating N o t i c e Internet Spades E: O n l i n e Rating N o t i c e Mahjong Titans E M !. .
Status
Always
Setting
Always Allow
Block
Can p l a y
©
®
©
Can p l a y
©
®
©
Can p l a y
©
®
©
Can n o t play
©
©
®
Can n o t play
©
©
®
Can n o t play
©
©
®
Can p l a y
©
m
©
OK
I [
Cancel
9. For each game installed on the computer, you have three choices: •
User Rating Setting The game will be allowed or blocked, based on the game rating and the rules you defined.
•
Always Allow The game is allowed, independent of the other restrictions that you have set (rating or type of content).
•
Always Block restrictions.
The game is always blocked, independent of other defined
For each of the games on your computer, select your desired setting. 10. When you have finished setting the games from the list, click OK. You are returned to the Game Controls window. 11. Click OK. The Game Controls window closes and you are returned to the User Controls window. 12. Click OK. The game restrictions you have defined are now applied to your child's user account.
478
Chapter 14
Setting Up Parental Controls
^^ CLEAN UP Close the Parental Controls window.
Understanding Messages from Parental Controls When Restrictions Are Applied When your child wants to log on to the computer during a day and hour that is set as blocked, she will receive the following message: "Your account has time restrictions that prevent you from logging on at this time. Please try again later."
Your child will be unable to log on unless you set that specific slot as allowed. If you have set restrictions for games, those games that are restricted display an icon (the well-recognized red circle with a diagonal line through its center) to indicate the restricted status. Also, if your child tried to play a restricted game, a popup window appears with the message, "Parental Controls has blocked this game."
GO W> Organize »
• I •f- M Search Gomes Options
Tools •«
m
Parental Controls
More Games from Microsoft ' Games (11)
* A
Internet Backgammon
Windows Parental Controls Parental C o n t r o l s has b l o c k e d t h i s g a m e To find out why this game is blocked, check your Parental Controls settings. If you need access to this gam^ ask permission from the person who set up Parental Controls. •ose
Purbfe Place
Solitaire
Internet Backgammon
Spider Solitaire
No Rating Provided Learn more about ratings
|
PI
Key Points
479
If your child tries to run a blocked program, again, a pop-up window appears with the message, "Parental Controls has blocked this program." Windows Parental Controls
Parental Controls has blocked this program An administrator can allow this program by opening Parental Controls and changing the permissions, mlp.exe Path: c:\program flles\common flles\microsoft shared\ink
1
o<
|
If you want access to this program, you will need permission. Ask an administrator for permission.
I m p o r t a n t The tricky part about blocked programs is that Parental Controls will allow some of the Windows-specific programs to run, even if they are not marked as allowed (for example: Calculator and Internet Explorer). However, any third-party applications that are installed on the computer w o n ' t be allowed to run on your child's user account unless marked as allowed.
Key Points •
Turning on Parental Controls can be done only if your child has a standard user account.
•
You can easily set time limits in addition to restrictions on applications and games.
•
Game restrictions can be set using many criteria, including the rating and the types of content they contain.
•
Your child is notified each time he tries to log on at a restricted time or run a blocked game or application.
Chapter at a Glance Q^
Troii.. • M ï h w -
-
ij
Troobleshoot problems - Network and TntPrrwt
Network and troubleshoot your computer problems using wizards, p a g e 4 8 2
Identify and resolve wireless connectivity problems, p a g e 4 8 6
SI
E
@
A pu ¡wi ld htfpl pri-.tr' unijlfiorin d »c««;j (4 l»nnjreup file t «rid print»!, Y'eu cki gttthi pitwwrd irom on G|0(RGË>PCif stwlhtr mt»nbe*gftht homtgrow.
W.ytian tr'fidWtnwntjrc JB pi taST
ll
Typt the pmword:
hom^rùupasï £j HnmiCitoup
Thr p.Mv«sord « nfonrn.
Ptattt try «piiV Pjunoidi HE uiï-itratfryt
M f Virtu»1 îerwri -Window! IrtttitMt&jpfonjr
©
, m * Mv f/lttlBJ.V .
ï f ' W nws
, £ Suggfcjft* St*1 "
Bri M«f m niM »
¿9 Fir*Mil
il - Q •
» - P
SiftV-
Töoli * if *
i
» ÏJW, J
BELKtN Address issues about joining the Homegroup, p a g e 4 9 0
Firewall > Virtual Servers Thtf functign vtJt Allen teil ti raut* * (port SilV, F l * S-tv-r (Port 71), ar 4l rtatwart! *tnrr Into
ciiArcmnet«
1
ftaftiïC^WÉ*
Add AeftvflWeiWï Clear entry Ii Vj
TorrtSrtl Tor*rt?
'
-
*
I L~*jQ I
RM?» S » :. 3Û?7Û 3Û??Û
00th Sorti -
( 3 3 - 5C12t
Bnlh -
Manually change port forward settings on your router to allow applications to connect to the Internet, p a g e 4 9 4
c , ** r
Mijrt^S itt.irt^f""]
M»
itt.uaj.8
todo
MUÙJ.^
9980 _
15
Troubleshooting Network and Internet Problems
In this chapter, you will learn how to •
Fix problems using the Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards.
•
Change the date and time settings on your computer to resolve joining Homegroup errors.
•
Manually configure port forwarding settings on your router.
•
Find troubleshooting help on the Web.
Now that you have your home network set up and secured, everything should function without problems—well, most of the time, anyway. For those times when there are problems, Windows 7 offers a simple way of identifying possible root causes and fixes. With the use of Network and Troubleshooting wizards, anyone can identify the root cause of almost any network issue and fix it in minutes. For those situations when they cannot help you, this chapter has some additional tips. In this chapter, you will learn about the Network and Troubleshooting wizards, how they work, and how to use them to fix your network problems. Since wizards cannot help with every problem, you will also learn how to troubleshoot problems with your wireless connection. Then, you will learn how to solve problems with joining the Homegroup and how to do manual port forwarding on your router. Last but not least, you will also learn where to find help online, so that you can solve your home networking problems. Practice Files You w o n ' t need any practice files to complete the exercises in this chapter.
481
482
Chapter 15
Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems
Fixing Problems Using the Network and Internet Troubleshooting Wizards The Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards are very versatile tools for solving your home networking problems. We highly recommend using them—they are really effective and can help you solve many of the most common problems you might encounter with your home network. In this exercise, you will learn how to start any of the available Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards and how to work with them to fix your problems. SET UP Open the Network And Sharing Center. 1. Click the Troubleshoot problems link. The Troubleshoot Problems - Network And Internet window opens. s
w
« Trou... • Networ.,
if
I
issjicrt
l U s J
Troubleshooting
Troubleshoot problems - Network and Internet Network Internet Connections Connect to t h e Internet or to a particular website.
fc.
Shared Folders Access s l w e d files and folders on other c o m p u t e r s .
HomeGroup View c o m p u t e r s or shared files in a h o m e g r o u p .
Network Adapter J
T r o u b l e s h o o t E t h e r n e t , wireless,, o r o t h e r n e t w o r k a d a p t e r s . Incoming
Connections
A l l o w other c o m p u t e r s t o c o m m u n i c a t e w i t h y o u r c o m p u t e r t h r o u g h W i n d o w s Firewall »1 U H I
C o n n e c t i o n t o a W o r k p l a c e Using DirectAccess Connect t o y o u r workplace network over the Internet
Printing
7 Printer Troubleshoot problems preventing printing f r o m completing,
2. Click the appropriate wizard, depending on your problem: •
Internet Connections This wizard can help when you are connected to a network but can't get onto the Internet, or if you have trouble accessing particular Web sites.
Fixing P r o b l e m s Using t h e N e t w o r k a n d I n t e r n e t T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g W i z a r d s
483
•
Shared Folders Use this wizard when you are experiencing problems accessing shared files and folders on other computers in your network.
•
Homegroup If you have problems viewing computers or shared files and folders in your Homegroup, use this wizard.
•
Network Adapter This wizard comes in very handy when problems occur with your wireless or network adapters and anything that seems to be related to your physical connection to the network.
•
Incoming Connections This is a useful wizard when other computers have trouble connecting to the shared files and folders on your computer.
•
Connection to a Workplace Using DirectAccess This wizard can be used when you're experiencing problems connecting to enterprise network domains. Note This wizard works only for Windows 7 Ultimate and Windows 7 Enterprise users.
•
Printer
When printing problems occur, this a helpful wizard.
The selected troubleshooting wizard starts. For our exercise, we selected the Network Adapter Wizard.
.
-' Network Adapter
Troubleshoot and help prevent computer problems Network Adapter
Troubleshoot Ethernet, wireless, or other network adapters.
Advanced Publisher: Microsoft Corporation Read the privacy staitement online
Next
Cancel
Click the Next button. Depending on your computer and the type of wizard you started, you might be asked to select the network adapter you want to diagnose.
484
Chapter 15
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g N e t w o r k and I n t e r n e t P r o b l e m s
4. If you are asked to choose the network adapter that you want to diagnose, choose Local Area Connection for diagnosing your cable-based network connection or Wireless Network Connection for diagnosing your wireless network connection. Windows 7 starts to search for problems.
Network Adapter
Detecting problems
Close
5. If a problem is found, you will see a summary of the problem and the steps you need to follow in order to fix it. Follow the instructions presented by the wizard.
)
Network Adapter
Plug an Ethernet cable into this computer An Ethernet cable looks like a t e l e p h o n e cable b u t w i t h larger c o n n e c t o r s on t h e ends. Plug this cable i n t o t h e o p e n i n g o n t h e back o r side o f t h e c o m p u t e r . M a k e sure t h e other end of t h e cable is p l u g g e d i n t o t h e router. If t h a t does n o t help, t r y using a d i f f e r e n t cable.
Check to see if the problem is fixed Click here after y o u f o l l o w t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s above.
Skip this step C o n t i n u e t r y i n g t o fix t h e p r o b l e m .
Fixing Problems Using the N e t w o r k and Internet Troubleshooting Wizards
485
N o t e Sometimes, due to the nature of your problem, the wizard will recommend that you contact your Internet service provider because the problem can be fixed only by them.
6. When you have finished carrying out the instructions, click Check to see if the problem is fixed. Windows 7 determines if the problem was fixed and shows a summary of its findings. " v
3
"
j 15] N e t w o r k A d a p t e r
7. If the problem is fixed, click Close. If the problem persists, try clicking Explore additional options and follow the instructions there. I m p o r t a n t If the Troubleshooting Wizard hasn't detected any faults but you still have problems, it might mean that you have used the w r o n g wizard. In this case, t r y another wizard from the list of available options that is more closely related to the issues you are experiencing.
If all went well, your network or Internet problem is fixed. For those times when the wizards cannot help, read the next sections. CLEAN UP Close the Network and Sharing Center.
486
Chapter 15
Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems
Starting the Network and Internet Troubleshooting Wizards from the Command Line In the event that you have problems starting Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards with the mouse, you can start them from the command line. To do so, open the Command Prompt and type the appropriate command for the wizard you want to start, as detailed in the following list: •
To open the Internet Connections troubleshooter, type msdt.exe -id NetworkDiagnosticsWeb
•
To open the Shared Folders troubleshooter, type msdt.exe -id NetworkDiagnosticsFileShare
•
To open the HomeGroup troubleshooter, type msdt.exe -id HomeGroupDiagnostic
•
To open the Network Adapter troubleshooter, type msdt.exe -id NetworkDiagnosticsNetworkAdapter
•
To open the Incoming Connections troubleshooter, type msdt.exe -id NetworkDiagnosticslnbound
Identifying and Resolving Wireless Connectivity Problems The most commonly reported networking problems are related to wireless connectivity. Many people have difficulty with older routers that don't work well with newer operating systems such as Windows 7 and Windows Vista. Other problems might be the result of incorrect wireless network card drivers installed on the operating systems. The list of possible problems is almost endless. In order to help, we've created some flowcharts that should help you identify what is wrong when wireless connection problems occur.
Fixing Problems Using the N e t w o r k and Internet Troubleshooting Wizards
487
To understand the flowcharts, start at the top. Each chart asks you several questions (within the diamond objects), which provide a Yes or No answer. Depending on the answer, follow the appropriate path in the flowchart until you arrive at one of the possible answers that are contained inside the ellipses.
488
Chapter 15
Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems
Fixing Problems Using the N e t w o r k and Internet Troubleshooting Wizards
489
I m p o r t a n t Some older routers are not really compatible with Windows 7. If you have a model older than three to four years, you probably need upgraded firmware for it, or you need to replace it with a newer model. To learn if your router is compatible with Windows 7, you can check the Windows 7 Compatibility Center Web site, which you can find at http://www.microsoft.com/windows/compatibility/windows-7/en-us/default.aspx.
490
Chapter 15
Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems
Changing the Date and Time Settings on Your Computer to Resolve a Password Error One of the problems you might encounter when joining the Homegroup is receiving a "The password is incorrect" error, even if you have typed the correct Homegroup password. I
S)
a
Join a Hcrmegro.up
Type the homegroup password A p a s s w o r d helps p r e v e n t u n a u t h o r i z e d access to h o m e g r o u p files a n d printers,-You can g e t t h e p a s s w o r d f r o m George o n GEORGE-PC o r a n o t h e r m e m b e r o f t h e h o m e g r o u p , fl/Wgre car, j r i n d i:he f i n trie n r o u p uassMi.'urd: Type the password:
hornegroupass^ HomeGroup T h e password is incorrect. Please t r y again, P a s s w o r d s are c a s e - s e n s i t i v e .
Next
Csncel
This error is actually not related to the password you typed; it is the result of the date and time settings not being synchronized between your computer and the computer that created the Homegroup in the first place. In order to resolve it, you need to set the date and time correctly on both computers or simply change it on your computer to match the settings on the computer that created the Homegroup, even if those settings are not correct.
Changing the Date and Time Settings on Your C o m p u t e r to Resolve a Password Error
Monday, January 04, 2Q10 <
J a n u a r y , 2010
Su M o 27 28 3 GD 10 11 17 18 24 25 31 1
Tu We Th, Fr 29 30 31 1 5 6 7 8 12 13 14 15 19 20 21 22 26 27 2S 29 2 3 4 5
>
5a 2 9 16 23 30 6
10:25:21 AM
C h a n g e date a n d t i m e settings.,.
In this exercise, you will learn how to change the date and time settings on your computer. SET UP Go to the notification area of your computer's taskbar and click the time. 1. Click the Change date and time settings link. The Date And Time window opens, in which you will make all the necessary changes. • p
QatesndTfme Date and Time | Additional
flajto
| -Internet Time |
Date: M o n d a y , J a n u a r y 04, 2010
Time:
10:26;31 A M |
V ' C h a n g e date a n d t i m e , , ,
T i m e zone ( U T C + 02:00) A t h e n s , B u c h a r e s t , I s t a n b u l C h a n g e t i m e zorie, ,
D a y l i g h t S a v i n g T i m e b e g i n s o n S u n d a y , M a r c h 28, 2010 a t 3:00 A M , T h e c l o c k i s set t o g o f o r w a r d 1 h o u r a t t h a t t i m e , N o t i f y m e ' w h e n the clock changes Get m o r e t i m e z o n e i n f c r m a r i o n o n l i n e H o w d o I set t h e c l o c k a n d t i m e z o n e ?
[
OK
| |
Cancel
| |
apply
491
492
Chapter 15
Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems
N o t e Alternatively, you can search for the w o r d date in the Start search box, then click Date And Time.
2. Click the Change date and time button. The Date And Time Settings window opens. This is the window in which you actually change the date and time. ¿si;
Date a n d T i m e S e t t i n g s Set t h e date a n d t i m e : Date:
Time:
îf
V
N o v e m b e r , 2010
Su
Mo
31
1
Tu 2
We
Th
Fr
4
:I3
3
Sa 6
7
a
14
15
16
17
21
22
23
24
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
a
id
i l
12
13
18
19
20
25
26
27
Change calendar settings OK
Cancel
3. Change the date in the Date box and the time in the Time box to match the corresponding settings on the computer that created the Homegroup. 4. Click OK. You are returned to the Date And Time window. 5. Click Change time zone. The Time Zone Settings window opens. :f- L T i m e Z o n e S e t f i f t g s S e t t h e t l m e zone: T i m e zone: I (UTC +02:0(J) A t h e n s . B u c h a r e s t , I s t a n b u l A u t o m a t i c a l l y adjust c l o c k f o r D a y l i g h t Saving C u r r e n t date a n d t i m e ;
I Ime
Friday, N o v e m b e r 05, 2010, 8:27 P M
OK
Cancel
Configuring Port Forwarding Settings on Your Router
493
7. In the Time zone drop-down list, select the time zone so that it matches with the computer that created the Homegroup. 8. Click OK. You are returned to the Date And Time window. 9. Click OK. The date and time settings on your computer are now synchronized with the computer that created the Homegroup. ^^ CLEAN UP Restart the procedure to join the Homegroup. I m p o r t a n t If you are running Windows 7 in a virtual machine and this error occurs, even t h o u g h the date and time of the virtual machine and the computer that created the Homegroup are synchronized, the problem is likely the result of having incorrect network connection settings for your virtual machine. You are probably using Network Address Translation (NAT). In order for the j o i n i n g to be successful, you need to use the Bridged connection.
Configuring Port Forwarding Settings on Your Router In a typical home networking setup, the router is the center of your home's Internet connection. All traffic goes through it and is filtered by it. By default, your router will block traffic through the ports that are considered nonstandard use. For example, games that can be played online (for instance, FIFA 11), applications such as BitTorrent clients (uTorrent, Blizzard Downloader, BitComet), Windows Media Player, or VPN (Virtual Private Network) applications need to use specific ports that may be blocked by your router, depending on how it is configured. In such a scenario, the games or applications you use won't be able to fully connect to the Internet and function correctly. Therefore, you need to establish which ports are used by these games or applications and "unblock" them in the router's settings by performing what is called manual port forwarding. What is port forwarding? First, you need to understand that every Internet Protocol (IP) Address (the address used by your computer to be identified on the network) is divided into thousands of ports. When your computer sends data to another computer, it sends it from a port on its IP Address to a port on the other computer's IP Address. A port can be used only by one
494
Chapter 15
Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems
program at a time. If the router blocks a port used by a game or an application, it cannot communicate and send data to the computer where it needs to send it. Port forwarding is when you configure your router to allow communication through a certain port for a certain IP Address that is used by a computer on your network. For example, you would use this with a computer on which you have set up Windows Media Player 12 to do media streaming over the Internet. This way, you can connect to another computer from work or a friend's house and exchange media with it. If Windows Media Player 12 doesn't show the remote computers in the Other Libraries section, even if the configuration you've done is correct, it means the ports used by the application to do media streaming over the Internet are blocked. The ports used by Windows Media Player 12 for remote media streaming are TCP 44442 and 443. You need to map them both to port 10245. See Also For more information about IP Addresses and what this concept is, check out the Glossary and the "Installing and Configuring Your Router" section, in Chapter 1 "Setting Up Your Router and Devices."
In this exercise, you will learn how to set up manual port forwarding. For the purposes of this exercise, we use a Belkin N+ Wireless router. SET UP Open your router's administration page. 1. Type the administrator password to access your router's settings. 2. Go to the Port Forwarding configuration page. Depending on your router, the path might be very different. For example, on Belkin routers it is found in the Firewall -> Virtual Servers section. On Linksys routers it is found in the Applications & Gaming -> Port Range Forwarding section. On D-Link routers it is found in the Advanced -> Port Forwarding Rules section.
I
In this page, you can see the current ports that are forwarded and for which of the computers in your home network.
Configuring Port Forwarding Settings on Your Router
¿Î Firewall > Virtual Servers-WirnJows-JnîernéitEKpîorer •
)
1 S
| 6] http://152.16l. 2 ,l/fw_virt.titrri
^ Favorites
• -,
$ Suggested Site? "
G e t M o r e Add-ons
a
BELKIN
A
! '
¡1
El
1 ® P - l
] Brn S
T
^ Firewall i= Virtu a Servers
LAM S e t u p
-ft
"
495
f
a
«p
§ 3 f
*
Piijt '
Safety*
Tub 8
if 1
T
Router S e t u p Hornel Help| L o g o u t
Internet S t a t u
Firewall > Virtual Servers
LAW Settings •HE^CJiertf L i ^
This f u n c t i o n will allow y o u to r o u t e e x t e r n a l ( I n t e r n e t ) calls f o r services such as a web s e r v e r ( p o r t 8 0 ) j FTP s è r v e r { P o r t 2 1 ) , o r o t h e r applications t h r o u g h y o u r R o u t e r t o y o u r i n t e r n a l network. More I n f o
Static ftoyung Internet WAN Connection Tfp£
C l e a r Change?
DNS
Wireless
Clear entry
Channel and SSID Slsfcari}?
Enable
Quest- ftpoess WS Use as
Point
M AC Address Control Firewall
Apply C h a n g e s
Description
1
* Inbound port
Private IP address
i.
©
Torrentl
ISBTSO
i 30770
Both
»
±92,160,2, 5
[10771
s
m
Torr$rrt2
54321
. 54321
Both
T
192.168,3,2
[ s W
3.
a
VPN
I1QH01
- 10001
Both
»
192.160,2, 8
FIFA
9980
- 9989
TCP
T
192(16^,3
4. r
jj
Add Active Worlds
MAC. Address Cloning
1 000 1.3300
L ^ Internst | Protected Mode: Ein
T
\ 100%
Go to an empty entry and select the Enabled check box. Type a description for the port forwarding you are about to do. To make things easier, it is best to type the name of the application that uses the ports you are about to forward. For our exercise, you could type WMP12. Type the inbound port used by the application. In our example of Windows Media Player 12, it is 44442. Type 4 4 4 4 2 in both fields in the Inbound port column.
N o t e If y o u need to o p e n a range of ports—let's say f r o m 44442 to 4 4 4 4 5 — y o u could t y p e 44442 in t h e first field and 44445 in the second. This w o u l d o p e n all the ports between t h e start and end p o r t .
496
Chapter 15
Troubleshooting N e t w o r k and Internet Problems
6. Select the type of traffic that is allowed through this port. Your choices are TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), or Both (TCP and UDP). Windows Media Player 12 uses TCP. Therefore, select TCP. 7. In the next column, type the IP Address of the computer for which you want to open the specified port. 8.
In the next column (Private Port on Belkin routers), you need to specify to which port you want to map the specified inbound port you typed at step 5. Most times, this is identical to the inbound port. However, Windows Media Player 12 needs you to map port 44442 to 10245. Therefore type 10245 in both fields. N o t e You can also specify a range of ports, if needed, as described in the Note in step 5.
9. Click Apply Changes (or Save Settings on other routers). Now inbound port 44442 is mapped to 10245, and the router permits TCP traffic for your computer for this combination of ports. ^^ CLEAN UP Repeat the procedure and map all the ports as you need. For Windows Media Player 12, you also need to map port 443 to 10245 so that remote streaming via the Internet functions correctly. In the case of remote media streaming, you should also repeat this procedure on the router that filters the traffic of the network where the other computer is located. I m p o r t a n t A port forwarding rule on your router is applied only to the computer w i t h the specified IP Address. Other computers are still blocked from using the rule. If you want a port forwarding rule to be applied to all computers on your home network, you need to create a rule for each computer. See Also If your router's configuration pages are very different than the ones described in this exercise, it is best to consult your router's manual and learn how to implement port forwarding on your specific model.
Finding Troubleshooting Help on the Web In case the troubleshooting wizards and the tips that are found in this chapter do not help, you should definitely search for help online. We recommend the following Web sites: • Windows 7 Compatibility Center ( h t t p : / / w w w . m i c r o s o f t . c o m / w i n d o w s /
compatibility/windows-7/en-us/default.aspx) When specific software or hardware devices do not work on Windows 7, you should check if they are compatible with Windows 7 in the first place. This Web site has a very thorough list of software and hardware you can use to quickly see whether your software or hardware truly is compatible with Windows 7.
Key Points
•
497
Port Forward ( h t t p : / / p o r t f o r w a r d . c o m ) If you need help understanding how to forward ports manually on your router, this is the place you must visit. This Web site has an extensive list of support documentation that shows how to implement port forwarding for almost any router model ever manufactured. It also provides free software downloads to help you test your port forwarding.
•
Microsoft Answers ( h t t p : / / a n s w e r s . m i c r o s o f t . c o m / e n - u s / d e f a u l t . a s p x ) This is a very active community of experts and normal computer users who share their experiences with Microsoft products. If you have a problem, you should definitely report it to this community and you will be able to find help from real people.
•
Super User ( http://superuser.com ) This is a very active community where people share their questions and problems about computing. You can post a summary of your problems, receive answers in a very short time, and also rate the quality of the feedback you receive. This community prides itself on the quality of their responses.
•
How-To Geek ( http://www.howtogeek.com ) This is one of the best how-to Web sites on the Internet. It features an incredibly long list of tutorials and also has a very active community that can help you solve your problems.
•
The Windows Club ( h t t p : / / f o r u m . t h e w i n d o w s c l u b . c o m ) This is a very friendly community, populated by many Microsoft Most Valuable Professionals who have lots of knowledge about Microsoft products.
•
7 Tutorials ( h t t p : / / w w w . 7 t u t o r i a l s . c o m ) This Web site is operated by the authors of this book. It features lots of tutorials and also troubleshooting guides on how to fix problems with your network or your operating system.
Key Points •
The Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards can help you fix most network and Internet problems.
•
Manual port forwarding on your router allows applications to use nonstandard ports to communicate over the Internet so that they function correctly.
•
If you cannot fix your problem using the Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards and the advice found in this chapter, check out the Web sites that we recommend.
499
Glossary
Glossary 32-bit In Windows, this refers to the way memory is accessed. 32-bit applications access memory in 32-bit "chunks" (4-bytes). A processor with 32-bit memory addresses can directly access 4 GB of byte-addressable memory. 64-bit In Windows, this refers to the way memory is accessed. 64-bit applications access memory in 64-bit "chunks" (8-bytes). Many new applications (such as graphics and multimedia programs) work best with 64-bit or higher access memory. A processor with 64-bit memory addresses can directly access more than 4 GB of byteaddressable memory. 802.11a A wireless protocol that operates in the 5-gigahertz (GHz) range. The 802.11a standard offers an enhanced data speed up to 54 megabits per second (Mbps) and became available after 802.11b. 802.11b A wireless protocol that is capable of data speeds up to 11 megabits per second (Mbps) and works in the frequency range of about 2.4 gigahertz (GHz). 802.llg A wireless protocol that operates in the 2.4-gigahertz (GHz) band, is compatible with 802.11b devices, and operates at up to 54 megabits per second (Mbps). 802.lln A higher-speed wireless network protocol that improves the throughput over previous standards. It operates at up to 600 megabits per second (Mbps) in the frequency range of about 40 megahertz (MHz). ActiveX controls Small program building blocks used to create distributed applications that work over the Internet through Web browsers. Examples include customized applications for gathering data, viewing certain kinds of files, and displaying animation. This technology was first used in Internet Explorer 3.0 (1996).
Ad hoc network Temporary network that allows wireless devices within range of each other to locate and communicate without involving central access points. ADSL (Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line)
High-
speed digital network connection that is generally used to connect a home and an Internet service provider (ISP).
Anti-spyware An application designed to protect against, identify, and remove known or potential spyware on your computer. Antivirus An application designed to protect against, identify, and remove known or potential viruses on your computer or your smartphone. Authentication The process of establishing and confirming with some degree of confidence the identity of the user requesting authorization to perform a certain computing task, such as logging on to a computer. Bandwidth A measurement of how much data can be sent through a connection. It can be expressed in bits per second or multiples of it (kilobits/s, megabits/s, and so on). Bluetooth A technology created by Ericsson in 1994 that uses radio communications to wirelessly link devices over short distances. Applications include mobile phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), and wireless headsets. It can cover only short distances, about 30 feet (10 meters). Command Prompt A Windows program that acts as a DOS-like command line interpreter. The command prompt can be used to run advanced commands in text mode. Direct connection A permanent connection between a computer and a network.
500
Glossary
Domain Name System (DNS) The system that
translates Internet domain names (Web site names such as www.google.com or www.7tutorials.com) into Internet Protocol (IP) numbers. This system allows you to type a friendly, human-recognizable name such as a Web address instead of actually typing its IP address. The DNS server performs this conversion function.
Driver (or device driver) A computer program
that allows other programs to interact with a hardware device. For example, the driver for your computer's video card allows games to interact with it and generate the advanced graphics shown on your screen. Drivers are hardware dependent and are specific to each operating system.
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
A
networking protocol used by computers to obtain Internet Protocol (IP) numbers and other network information. The IP is obtained from a DHCP server on the local network or from an advanced networking device such as a router that can automatically assign addresses.
Dynamic IP Address A temporary IP address given to a computer or network device for the duration of the network session. Ethernet A technology that allows users to physically connect computers using Ethernet cables. Ethernet is the most used standard for local area networks (LAN), and it generally transmits data at speeds of 10 or 100 megabits per second (Mbps). Ethernet cable A generic name for cables that are used in cabling computer networks such as Ethernet. The most common types of Ethernet cables are Category 5 (Cat5) and Ethernet crossover cable. Encryption The process of transforming information to make it unreadable to all except those who are authorized and possess the required information to decipher it (usually referred to as encryption key).
Entertainment Software Rating Board (ESRB)
A
self-regulatory organization that assigns age and content ratings for computer and video games and other types of entertainment software in North America.
Extranet A computer network that allows controlled access from the outside of the network. Extranets are typically used by businesses or educational institutions. File Sharing A networking feature that allows more than one person to access the same file at the same time, from different computers. File Transfer Protocol (FTP) A network protocol
optimized and used to copy files from one host to another over a TCP/IP-based network, such as the Internet.
Firewall A hardware or software solution that is designed to block unauthorized access while permitting authorized communications, based upon a set of rules and other criteria. They are designed to prevent unauthorized Internet users from accessing private networks connected to the Internet. All messages entering or leaving an intranet pass through the firewall, which inspects each message and blocks those that do not meet the specified security criteria. Firmware Small programs that control the very basic low-level internal operations for various electronic devices such as routers, digital cameras, hard disks, motherboards, and so on. Without firmware, a device would be completely non-functional. Gateway A network node equipped for interfacing with another network that uses different protocols (also called protocol converters). Gateways are important network points that act as the entrance to other networks, translating between the different protocols used in communication. Hotspot A location where a wireless network is available to the public. They are generally found in airports, hotels, coffee shops, restaurants, and so forth.
Glossary
Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)
A network-
ing protocol that is the foundation of data communication for the World Wide Web (WWW). HTTP functions as a request-response protocol that facilitates the moving of the files across the Internet.
Internet Protocol (IP) The principal communication protocol used for dispatching data across a large computer network. It is the primary protocol that establishes the Internet. Internet Protocol (IP) Address A unique number
consisting of four parts separated by dots. Every device on the Internet (and on any network) must have a unique IP address to participate and be part of it. An example of an IP address is: 192.168.0.1.
Internet The global system of interconnected computer networks that use the standard Internet Protocol Suite (TCP/IP) to serve all the users worldwide. The Internet carries a vast range of information resources and services, such as the inter-linked hypertext documents of the World Wide Web (WWW) and the infrastructure to support electronic mail. Intranet A private network that is contained in a larger one. The main purpose of an Intranet is to share information and resources among a restricted group of people, such as the employees of a company. Local Area Network (LAN)
A computer network
limited to a small physical area, usually in the same building or floor of a building. Home networks are very good examples of LANs.
Logon The process of connecting to a computer or a network by inputting a specific username and password. Line Printer Daemon
(LPD)/Line Printer Remote
(LPR) A network protocol used for submitting print jobs to a remote printer. This is used mostly for Unix-based operating systems (Ubuntu Linux, Mac OS X).
Media Access Control (MAC) address
A unique
identifier that is assigned to network interfaces
501
for communications. Most often, a MAC address is assigned by the manufacturer of a network interface card (NIC) and stored in its hardware (the card's read-only memory). It is stored as six groups of two hexadecimal digits, separated by hyphens (-). For example: 01-2c-45-6e-89-ab.
Modem A device that modulates an analog carrier signal to encode digital information. It also demodulates a carrier signal to decode the transmitted information. These signals can be transmitted over telephone lines and demodulated by another modem at the receiver side to recover the digital data. Nautilus The official file manager of the GNOME desktop that is included in Linux distributions such as Ubuntu Linux. Network A collection of computers and devices (such as printers, smartphones, etc.) interconnected by communication channels that facilitates communications among users and allows them to share information and resources. Network Adapter Synonym for Network Interface Card (NIC)—A hardware network card installed into the computer that is used to connect the computer to a network. Network Address A unique identifier for a computer on a network. The network address is most times used as another name for an Internet Protocol (IP) address. Network Address Translation (NAT)
A technol-
ogy that allows a local area network (LAN) to use one set of Internet Protocol (IP) addresses for internal traffic and a second set for external traffic.
Network Discovery A network setting in Windows that determines whether your computer can see other computers and devices on the network and whether they can see your computer. Network Interface Card (NIC)
A hardware net-
work card installed into the computer that is used to connect the computer to a network.
502
Glossary
Pairing Used for establishing communications over Bluetooth. Pairing occurs when two Bluetooth devices agree to communicate with each other and establish a connection. Point-to-Point Protocol
over
Ethernet
(PPPoE) A network protocol used with many Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) services where individual users connect to the DSL modem to have access to the Internet. Mainly used by telephone companies to connect their clients to the Internet.
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)
A
method for implementing virtual private networks (VPN), which is used by companies to connect employees to the company Intranet from external networks.
Port Is an application-specific or process-specific software construct serving as a communications endpoint. A specific port is identified by its number, commonly known as the port number, the Internet Protocol (IP) address with which it is associated, and the protocol used for communication. PostScript Printer Description (PPD)
Files that
contain PostScript code used to invoke features for printing jobs. PPDs function as drivers for PostScript printers.
Protocol A formal set of rules that must be followed for computers and networks to exchange information. Proxy server A computer that is between a user's computer and a computer or network that the user wants to access. When a proxy server is established, the user's computer makes all of its requests for data from the proxy server; the proxy server then makes requests from the computer that contains the data. This adds an extra layer of security to the network and is often used in corporate local area networks (LANs). Router A piece of hardware that handles data being sent between two networks. Routers look at the source and destination addresses of the data packets passing through and decide
which route to use to send them. In home networking, a router is usually a hardware device that routes data from the local area network (LAN) to the Internet.
Samba A Unix-specific software that provides file and printer services for Windows clients. It is used by nearly all distributions of Linux, including Ubuntu Linux, to facilitate networking interactions with Windows computers. Service Set Identifier (SSID) A name that identifies a wireless network. It can be up to 32 characters long. Server This is most often a computer that provides a specific kind of service to client computers. For instance, there are mail servers, print servers, Internet servers, and data servers, all of which provide a service to users on a network. Servers are most often used in domains, but workgroups can have servers as well (such as Windows Home Server). Server Message Block (SMB) A protocol used
to provide shared access to files, folders, and printers between the nodes of a network. This protocol is used mostly by Windows operating systems.
Spyware Software that is installed on a user's computer without the user's knowledge. Spyware often monitors the use of the computer without the user's knowledge or consent and can acquire personal information or copy keystrokes. Static Internet Protocol (IP) Address
An Internet
Protocol (IP) address that never changes.
Subnet Mask Used to determine what subnet an Internet Protocol (IP) address belongs to. It has the same format as the IP address. Transmission
Control
Protocol/Internet
Protocol
(TCP/IP) The set of protocols that transfers data on the Internet. TCP/IP software is included with every major kind of computer operating system and is required to obtain direct access to the Internet.
Glossary
Universal Serial Bus (USB) A specification for
establishing communication between devices and personal computers. USB can connect computer peripherals such as memory sticks, digital cameras, mice, keyboards, printers, flash drives, external hard disk drives, and so on.
User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
A simple proto-
col used to transfer data over the Internet.
Uniform Resource Locator (URL) The address of
a web page on the World Wide Web. For example: http://www.7tutorials.com.
Virtual machine A software implementation of a computer. It literally simulates a computer and executes instructions as it if were a physical machine. Virtual Private Network (VPN)
A network that
uses the Internet to provide remote offices or individual users with secure access to their organization's network. Generally used by businesses to connect their employees to the organization's Intranet.
Virus Auto-replicating and harmful computer software. A virus will copy itself and may display messages, delete files, rename files, change Web browser home pages, steal data, and so forth.
Wide Area Network (WAN)
503
A computer network
that covers a large area—for example, a city, region, or country. WANs are used to connect local area networks (LANs) together.
Wi-Fi Protected Access Pre-shared key (WPA-PSK and WPA2-PSK) A protocol for
securing wireless networks that encrypts all network traffic using a 256-bit key. The WPA2 protocol is an improved version of WPA.
Windows Internet Name Service (WINS)
A
Microsoft networking protocol that allows legacy computer applications to be used on modern TCP/IP networks.
Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP)
A deprecated
security protocol for wireless networks. Compared to WPA and WP2, this protocol can be easily hacked.
Wireless The transfer of information without the use of wires. World Wide Web (WWW) A term used to describe the Internet. Worm A virus that does not infect other programs but instead makes copies of itself and infects other network computers. A worm might also harm files and programs.
Index Numbers
7 Tutorials Web site 497 32-bit defined 499 32-bit vs. 64-bit drivers 2 64-bit defined 499 128-bit encryption 123 802.11a defined 499 802.11b defined 499 802.llg defined 499 802.lln defined 499
A
accessing defined ibraries (Windows 7) 62-63 OS X shared folders from Windows 7 347 Ubuntu shared folders from Windows 7 computers 372-375 Windows 7 shared folders folders from OS X 348-351 Windows 7 shared folders from Ubuntu computers 375-377 Windows 7 shared printer from OS X 354-356 Windows 7 shared printers from Ubuntu computers 378-385 Windows Vista shared folders from Windows 7 computers 324 Windows XP shared folders from Windows 7 computers 293-295 accessing Homegroup computers 140-142 access key/password (routers) 9 Accounts window (OS X) 352 Action Center configuring list of messages displayed by 460-462 messages displayed by 456-457 opening and reviewing messages in 457-460 overview 455-456
ActiveSync application exercise (Windows Firewall) 446-451 ActiveX controls defined 499 adapters, network 80-84, 85 Add A Device Wizard 202-203, 204-205 Add A Printer Wizard 295 Add a Program window (Windows Firewall) 435 Add Network Location Wizard 179-180 Add Printer dialog box (Windows 7) 358 Add Printer Wizard 306 Ad hoc network defined 499 ad hoc wireless networks connecting other computers to 99-100 creating 95-98 sharing files on 100-101 administrative privileges, changes requiring 394-395 administrator user account 40 ADSL (Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line) defined 499 Advanced Install (printer drivers) 297-298, 327 Advanced Security tool (Windows Firewall) custom rules, creating 446-451 inbound/outbound/connection security rules 442-443 monitoring with Advanced Security monitor 445-446 opening 441-442 overview 440 rule properties, viewing/modifying 443-445 rules, enabling/disabling/deleting 450-451 Advanced Sharing sharing disk drives with 198 using to stop sharing folders/partitions 169-173 Advanced Sharing Settings window 120 Advanced Sharing, using to share folders/ partitions 162-169 Albums view (WMP 12) 229 algorithms, UAC 394-395 Allow and block specific programs option 470 Allowed Programs window (Windows Firewall) 432,435 Allow games with no rating option 473
505
506
Allow network users to change my files check box
Allow network users to change my files check box 289 Allow others to create and delete files in this folder option (Ubuntu Linux) 370 Allow remote control of my Player check box 259 Allow Windows To Manage Homegroup Connections option 124 Always Allow/AlwaysBlock settings (games) 477 Android-based smartphones 201, 208 Android operating system 201 Antispyware defined 499 Antivirus defined 499 application restrictions for children, setting 468-472 Artist view (Windows Media Player 12) 228-229 Assigning a Permission level of Contributor 321 associations for Windows Media Player, setting 220 Authentication defined 499 Automatically allow devices to play my media check box 259 Automatically Log On window 57-58 AV Comparatives (security) 454 AV Test (security) 454
B
Back/Forward buttons (Windows Media Player 12) 227 backing up wireless network settings 102-105 Bandwidth defined 499 Belkin N+ Wireless router, installing/configuring installing and configuring 10-24 Belkin routers 496 Block games with no rating option 473 Bluetooth Bluetooth File Transfer Wizard 206,209 defined 499 enabling and allowing connections on computers 199-201 transferring files between mobile phones and Windows 7 with 198-199 transferring files from computers to mobile phones via 206-210 transferring files from mobile phones to computers via 209-212 turning on Bluetooth on mobile phones 201 Breadcrumbs (Windows Media Player 12) 226-227 Browse For Folder window 176
c
caching shared folders 168 Change access level 168 Change connection settings window 93 Change Driver window (Ubuntu printers) 380 Change Guest Options window 47 Change settings window (Windows Update) 401 Change Sharing Options button 193 Change User Account Control settings link 397 Change Your Account Type window 54-55 Change Your Picture window 51 Check for solutions to probolem reports messages (Action Center) 459 Check for updates messages (Action Center) 459 Choose the file types that Windows Media Player will play option 220 command line starting Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards from 486 Command Prompt 486 defined 499 Computer Browser service enabling in Windows XP 284-286 Computer Management window 285 Computer Name Changes window 282 Computer Name/Domain Changes window 114 Computer Name/Domain Changes window (Vista) 310 computers accessing in Homegroup 140-142 joining in Homegroup 138-140 Computer window 140 configuring advanced parameters for Add Printer dialog 359-360 Belkin N+ Wireless router (example) 10-24 D-Link DIR-615 router 24-34 Homegroup options 133 list of messages displayed by Action Center 460-462 network adapters 80-84 network and sharing settings in Windows Vista 312-316 network sharing settings 121-124 routers 7-9 settings for Windows Media Player 12 216-219 User Account Control (UAC) 396-398 Windows Update settings 400-403 Confirm Deletion window 56 Connect Automatically check box (wireless networks) 88 connecting connection types, router 8 to hidden wireless networks 89-95
drivers, printer (Ubuntu Linux)
other computers with ad hoc wireless networks 99-100 to wireless networks 86-89 wireless connectivity problems 486-487 connections enabling Bluetooth and allowing connections on computers 199-201 connection security rules (Windows Firewall) 442 Connection to a Workplace Using DirectAccess wizard 483 Connect To Server functionality 348 Connect To Server functionality (Ubuntu Linux) 375 Connect To Server window (OS X) 349 Connect using different credentials check box 177 Control Panel accessing System window from 113 accessing Turn Windows features on or off option 356 accessing wireless networks via 94 opening Network And Sharing Center with 79 control panel, user accounts 41-43 Cookies button (Windows Media Player 12) 218 Copy Network Settings wizard 104-105 Copy this network profile function 104 Create A Homegroup window 130 Create New Account window 43-44 C:\Users folder for new user accounts 44 Customer Experience Improvement Program section (Windows Media Player 12) 219 Customize Media Streaming Settings window 254-255 Customize Navigation Pane window (WMP 12) 257 Customize Settings window (Windows Firewall) 431 customizing Add Printer dialog toolbar 358-359 Custom settings (Windows Media Player 12) 216 Homegroup settings 132 list of allowed programs (Windows Firewall) 432-434 network sharing settings 121-124 network sharing settings in Windows 7 119 sharing permissions (OS X) 345 Windows Firewall custom rules, creating 446-451
D
Date And Time window 491 date/time settings resolving passwords errors with 490-493 date/time settings bug (Homegroups) 145 default user account 40-41 deleting
507
Delete Account window 56 folders from libraries (Windows 7) 67-68 Homegroups 145 installed Windows updates 415-416 libraries (Windows 7) 73-75 mapped network drives 184-186 pairing between mobile phones and computers 211-212 passwords from user accounts 50 rules (Windows Firewalls) 450-451 user accounts 54-56 Details view (Windows Media Player 12) 232 devices deleting from Devices And Printers panel 211-212 key points of sharing and working with 213 Devices And Printers (Device Stage) 3 - 4 Devices And Printers panel 190, 195, 204 devices, network 338 devices, sharing and working with 189 Device Stage devices excluded from 4-5 devices included in 4 examples of usage scenarios 5-7 finding 3 - 4 overview 2-3 Direct connection defined 499 Discoverable settings 204 displaying remote media libraries in navigation pane 255-258 D-Link DIR-615 router, installing/ configuring 24-34 D-Link routers 494 DNS settings, changing 83-84 Documents folder (user account) 210 Documents library 62, 72 Domain Name Server (DNS) 8 Domain Name System (DNS) defined 500 domain network location profile 110 drive mapping 173-178. See also mapping; See also network drive Driver (or device driver) defined 500 drivers for Bluetooth 198 installing 1-2 for mobile phones, installing 203 drivers, printer 360 for shared network printers, installing in Windows XP 295-303 for shared network printers, installing in Windows Vista 324-332 drivers, printer (Ubuntu Linux) 382-383
508
drives
drives sharing removable disk drives 197-198 drives, network. See network drives Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) defined BOO Dynamic IP Address defined BOO
E
Easy Install (printer drivers) 297-298, 327 editing properties of libraries (Windows 7) 69-72 enabling/disabling networh adapters 85 encryption for file sharing connections 123 Encryption defined BOO Enhanced Content Provider Services section (Windows Media Player 12) 218 Enhanced Playback Experience section (Windows Media Player 12) 218 Entertainment Software Rating Board (ESRB) defined BOO Ethernet defined BOO Ethernet cable defined BOO Ethernet network cards 1 Everyone user 346 Everyone user accounts 319 expo rting settings for wireless networks 102-10B Extranet defined BOO
F
files adding to Windows Media Player 12 library 222-227 file associations for Windows Media Player, setting 220 sharing on ad hoc wireless networks 100-101 transferring between mobile phones and Windows 7 with Bluetooth 198-199 transferring from computers to mobile phones via Bluetooth 206-210 transferring from mobile phones to computers via Bluetooth 209-212 File Sharing defined B00 File Sharing checkbox (Mac OS X) 341
File sharing connections (Advanced Sharing Settings window) 123 File Sharing Wizard 160-161 File Sharing Wizard opens, showing the user accounts with whom the selected item is already shared. 318-319 File Transfer Protocol (FTP) defined BOO Finder window 353 Firewall defined BOO firewalls. See Action Center; See Windows Firewall Firmware defined BOO flash drive copying wireless network settings to 104-106 Folder Options window 149 folders accessing shared network folders from Windows Vista 322-323 accessing shared network folders from Windows XP 290-292 accessing Ubuntu shared folders from Windows 7 computers 372-37B accessing Windows 7 shared folders from Ubuntu computers 37B-377 accessing Windows Vista shared folders from Windows 7 computers 324 accessing Windows XP shared folders from Windows 7 computers 293-29B adding for sharing on OS X 344 adding to libraries (Windows 7) 6B-67 automatically mounting Windows 7 shared folders on OS X 3B2-3B4 including in libraries 61 mapping shared network folders as network drives 173-178 mounting Windows 7 shared partitions/folders in Ubuntu 38B-388 OS X shared, accessing from Windows 7 347 Public folder sharing 316 Public folder, using for sharing 172-173 removing from libraries (Windows 7) 67-68 shared, accessing Windows 7 shared folders from OS X 348-3B1 shared between Homegroup computers 142 sharing in Ubuntu Linux 369-371 sharing in Windows Vista 317-324 sharing with specific people 1B2-1BB using Advanced Sharing to share 162-169 using Advanced Sharing to stop sharing 169-173 FTP servers mapping as network drives 178-187 Full Control access level 168
illustrations
G
Game Controls window 475 Game Overrides window 476 Game Restrictions window 473 games, setting restrictions for (Parental Control) 472-479 Gateway defined BOO Generic PostScript Printer driver 360 Global Settings section (Ubuntu Linux) 368 Guest user accounts defined 40 restrictions on 40 turning on/off 45-47 Gutenprint printer drivers 360
H
hardware, installing 1-2 Hardware section (indows System Preferences) 357 help, online 496-497 wireless networks hidden, connecting to 89-95 hidden Windows updates, restoring 410-412 hidden wireless networks, connecting to 89-95 Hide characters check box 88, 93 High Speed Enabled check box (Belkin router) 13 hints, password 48 History of Windows Defender 421 history of Windows Updates, reviewing 412-414 History section (Windows Media Player 12) 219 Home folder, sharing folders in (Ubuntu Linux) 371 Homegroup accessing computers in 140-142 changing password for 134-137 configuration options 133 creating 129-132 date/time settings bug 145 deleting 145 finding password for 132-134 joining 138-140 leaving 143-145 overview 127-128 setting up media streaming with 251-255 summary of key points 145 Homegroup connections (Advanced Sharing Settings window) 124 Homegroups Homegroup (read/write) sharing option 151 using Sharing Wizard to share with 150-152 sharing printers with 195-196 Homegroup window 135
509
HomeGroup wizard 483,486 home media, allowing Internet access to 272-275 home network location profile 109 Home Network location, setting in Windows 7 348 home networks sharing printers with computers on 190-194 Home PC Firewall Guide (security) 454 Home profile (network sharing settings) 121 Home window (Windows Defender) 419 HOSTIPADDRESS, changing IP address to 360 Hotspot defined 500 How-To Geek Web site 497 HP Photosmart C5280 printer (example) 295 Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) defined 501
I
Icon view (Windows Media Player 12) 230 illustrations accessing Homegroup computers 141-142 accessing libraries defined on computer 62-63 accessing OS X shared folders from Windows 7 347 accessing Windows 7 shared folders folders from OS X 348-351 accessing Windows 7 shared printer from OS X 355-356 Action Center messages 457 Action Center messages, configuring list of 460 Action Center window 457 ad hoc networks, connecting other computers to 99-100 ad hoc wireless networks, creating 96-98 ad hoc wireless networks, sharing files on 100-101 Advanced Sharing Settings window 120-121 Advanced Sharing, using to share folders/ partitions 162-168 Advanced Sharing, using to stop sharing folders/ partitions 169-173 allowed list, adding new programs to 435-437 Artist view (WMP 12) 228-229 automatically mounting Windows 7 shared folders on OS X 352-354 Belkin N+ Wireless router, installing/ configuring 10-23 Bluetooth, enabling and allowing connections on computers 199-200 Details view (WMP 12) 232 Device Stage 3-7 D-Link DIR-615 router, installing/ configuring 24-33 exporting settings for wireless networks 102-105
510
illustrations
illustrations (continued) games, setting restrictions for 472 Guest user accounts, turning on/off 4 6 - 4 7 hidden wireless networks, connecting to 90-95 Homegroup, creating 129-132 Homegroup password, changing 135 Homegroup password, finding 133-134 Homegroups, joining 138-140 installed Windows updates, removing 415-416 installing drivers for shared network printers in Windows XP 296 installing Windows 7 shared printer in OS X 356-360 keyboard shortcuts for WMP 12 236 leaving Homegroups 143-145 libraries, adding folders to 66 libraries, creating new (Windows 7) 64 libraries, deleting 73-74 libraries, editing properties of 69-72 libraries, removing folders from 68 logging on to Windows 7 automatically 57-58 Mac OS X, setting up to share with Windows 7 340-345 Mac OS X, setting workgroups on 338-339 manual port forwarding 495 mapped network drives, deleting 184-186 mapping FTP servers as network drives 179-187 mapping shared network folders as network drives 174-178 media, playing remotely over Internet 275 media, playing remotely to other computers 260-263 media streaming, setting up with Homegroup 251-255 mobile phones and computers, deleting pairing between 211-212 mobile phones, pairing computers with 202-206 network adapters, configuring 81-84 Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards 4 8 2 - 4 8 5 , 4 8 2 - 4 8 7 Network And Sharing Center 78-80, 110 network locations 109-112 network workgroups 113-116 Parental Control, turning on 466-468 password errors, resolving with date/time settings 490-492 passwords for user accounts, changing 49 passwords, removing from user accounts 50 Playback controls (WP 12) 235 Player Library view mode (WMP 12) 234 playlists in WMP 12, creating 239 quick sorting content of libraries 72 remote control and Play To functionality 258 remote media libraries, displaying in navigation pane 256-258
restoring hidden Windows updates 410-412 sharing of printers, stopping 196-197 sharing printers with computers on home networks 190-194 sharing removable disk drives 198 Sharing Wizard, enabling/disabling 148-149 Sharing Wizard, using to share with homegroups 150-152 Sharing Wizard, using to share with specific people 153-158 Sharing Wizard, using to stop sharing 160-162 Skin mode (WMP 12) 235 Tile view (WMP 12) 231 time limits and application restrictions for children 4 6 8 - 4 7 1 transferring files from computers to mobile phones via Bluetooth 206-209 transferring files from mobile phones to computers via Bluetooth 209-212 UAC, configuring 396-398 Ubuntu computers, accessing Windows 7 shared folders from 375-377 Ubuntu Linux, installing sharing service in 364-366 Ubuntu Linux, setting workgroups on 367-368 Ubuntu Linux, sharing folders in 369-371 Ubuntu shared folders, accessing from Windows 7 computers 372-375 use account passwords, changing 49 User Account Control 393-394 user account names, changing 53 user accounts, changing types of 54 user accounts control panel 41-43 user accounts, creating new 4 3 - 4 4 user accounts, creating passwords for 48 user accounts, deleting 55-56 user accounts, switching between 45 View options in WMP 12 230 Windows 7 shared partitions/folders, mounting in Ubuntu 385-388 Windows 7 shared printers, accessing from Ubuntu computers 378-385 Windows Defender 417-427 Windows Firewall, creating custom rules 446-450 Windows Firewall, customizing list of allowed programs 432-434 Windows Firewall, opening 429-431 Windows Firewall, removing programs from allowed list 4 3 9 - 4 4 4 Windows Firewalls, manipulating rules in 4 5 0 - 4 5 1 Windows Firewall, turning on/off 431 Windows Media Player 12, setting up 217-221 Windows Media Player Library 12 library, adding files to 222-225 Windows Update, configuring 401-403
Key Points 5 1 1
Windows Update, opening 399-400 Windows updates, installing automatically 404-409 Windows Updates, reviewing history of 412-414 Windows Vista, configuring network and sharing settings in 313-316 Windows Vista, installing shared network printers in 325-332, 332-335 Windows Vista, setting workgroups on 308-312 Windows Vista, sharing folders in 317-322 Windows XP, accessing shared network folders from 290 Windows XP, enabling Computer Browser and Print Spooler services in 284-286 Windows XP, enabling sharing in 287-289 Windows XP, installing shared network printers in 303-310 Windows XP, setting workgroups on 281-283 Windows XP shared folders, accessing from Windows 7 computers 293-295 wireless networks, connecting to 86-89 wireless network settings, exporting 102 wireless network settings, importing 108-109 WMP 12, advanced palylists in 242-248 importing wireless networks settings 107-108 inbound rules (Windows Firewall) 442-443 Incoming Connections wizard 483, 486 Installed Updates window 415-416 installing added security in Windows 7 453 applications, UAC and 398 Belkin N+ Wireless router (example) 10-24 D-Link DIR-615 router (example) 24-34 drivers 1-2 drivers for shared network printers in Windows XP 295-303 hardware 1-2 drivers for mobile phones 203 printers on Windows 7 computer 355 routers 7-9 shared network printers in Windows Vista 332-335 shared network printers in Windows XP 303-308 sharing service in Ubuntu Linux 364-367 Windows 7 shared printer in OS X 356-361 Windows updates automatically 404-409 Internet defined 501 Internet Connections wizard 486 Internet Connection wizard 482 Internet security settings messages (Action Center) 459 Internet Security Suites 454 Internet Security Suites Software Reviews 455 key points for troubleshooting 497
Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards 482-487 playing media remotely over 275, 275-276 streaming WMP 12 libraries over. See streaming WMP 122 libraries over Internet Internet access to home media, allowing 272-275 Internet Protocol (IP) defined 501 Internet Protocol (IP) Address defined 501 Internet Protocol (IP) Addresses 493 Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4) 83 Internet WAN (Wide Area Network) settings 8 Internet & Wireless section (Mac OS X System Preferences) 340 Intranet defined 501 IP addresses automatic assigning of 80 changing 83-84 changing to HOSTIPADDRESS 360 for connecting Windows 7 computer 349 Mac OS X 341-342
J
Join A Homegroup window 138 joining Homegroup computers 138-140
K
keyboard shortcuts Computer window, opening 140 opening Run window 78 for switching between user accounts 45 Windows Media Player 12 236-238 key points customizing network sharing settings in Windows 7 125 Homegroup 145 libraries and folders 187 libraries in Windows 7 75 Network and Internet Troubleshooting 497 Network And Sharing Center 117 network security 462 Parental Controls 479 routers/devices, setting up 37 sharing and working with devices 213 sharing between Mac OS X and Windows 7 361 sharing between Ubuntu Linux and Windows 7 computers 388 sharing libraries and folders 187 streaming media over networks/Internet 276
512
key points
key points (continued)
user accounts 59 Windows XP/Vista/7, sharing between 335
L
launching Network And Sharing Center 78 leaving Homegroups 143-145 libraries Advanced Sharing and 162 available in Homegroup 138 shared by Homegroup computers 142 sharing with specific people 152-155 streaming WMP 12 libraries. See streaming WMP 12 libraries Windows Media Player 12 library. See Windows Media Player 12 libraries (Windows 7) accessing defined 62-63 adding folders to 65-67 creating new 63-65 deleting 73-75 editing properties of 69-72 including folders in 61 opening 63 overview 61-62 quick sorting content of 71-72 removing folders from 67-68 libraries, WMP 12 adding files to 222-226 remote media libraries, displaying in navigation pane (WMP 12) 255-258 Limit Total Duration To option (WWMP 12) 248 Line Printer Daemon (LPD)/Line Printer Remote (LPR) defined 501 Local Area Network (LAN) defined 501 Local Area Network (LAN) settings 9 Local Raw Printer (Ubuntu Linux) 380 locations, network changing 110-112 types of 108-110 logging on to Windows 7 57-59 Login Items tab (OS X Accounts window) 353 Logon defined 501 Log on anonymously check box (FTP servers) 181 LPD/LPR network printing 360 LPD Print Service check box (Windows 7) 356 LPR Port Monitor check box (Windows 7) 356
M
Mac OS automatically mounting Windows 7 shared folders on 352-354 Mac O S X accessing Windows 7 shared folders from 348-351 installing Windows 7 shared printer in 356-361 setting up to share with Windows 7 339-345 setting up Windows 7 to share with 348-349 setting workgroup on 338-339 shared folders, accessing from Windows 7 347 Windows 7 shared printer, accessing from 354-356 Maintenance messages (Action Center) 458 Manage Accounts window 43, 46, 55 Manage Wireless Networks window 103 Manually Connect To A Wireless Network wizard 90 manual port forwarding 493-496 Map Network Drive Wizard 173-174, 179 mapping deleting mapped network drives 184-186 FTP servers as network drives 178-187 shared network folders as network drives 173-178 mapping ports on routers 276 media playing remotely over Internet 275-276 playing remotely to other computers 260-263 Media Access Control (MAC) address 8 defined 501 Media Guide (Windows Media Player 12) 222 Media sharing option (Vista) 317 media streaming Advanced sharing settings window 123 with Homegroup, setting up 251-255 Media Streaming Options window 252 messages Action Center, reviewing 457-460 list displayed by Action Center. configuring 460-462 shown by Parental Controls 478-479 messages displayed by Action Center 456-457 Microsoft Answers Web site 497 Microsoft Security Essentials 416 Microsoft Server Message Block (SMB) Protocol 337 mobile phones and computers, deleting pairing between 211-212 pairing computers with 202-206 transferring files from mobile phones to computers via Bluetooth 209-212 transferring files via Bluetooth from computers to 206-210 turning on Bluetooth on 201
Now Playing mode (Windows Media Player 12)
and Windows 7, transferring files between 198-199 mobile phones and computers, deleting pairing between 211-212 Modem defined 501 monitoring Windows Firewall 445-446 mounting Windows 7 shared partitions/folders in Ubuntu 385-388 Music library 62, 72 Music library (Windows Media Player 12) 223 my keychain check box (OS X) 350 My Network Places 290
N
names of user accounts, changing 52-53 Nautilus defined 501 navigation pane displaying remote media libraries in (WMP 12) 255-258 Navigation pane (Windows Explorer) 63-64, 71 navigation pane (WMP 12) 226-227 NetBIOS settings 84 netplwiz.exe 57 Network defined 501 Network Adapter defined 501 Network Adapter wizard 483,486 Network Address defined 501 Network Address Translation (NAT) 493 defined 501 Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards fixing problems with 482-487 starting from command line 486 wireless connectivity problems 486-487 Network and Sharing Center ad hoc wireless networks, setting up 95-98 hidden wireless networks, connecting to 89-95 Homegroup link 129 network adapters, configuring 80-84 network adapters, enabling/disabling 85 Network Connection Details window 82 Network ID (SSID) 89 network locations, changing 110-112 network locations, types of 108-110 opening 78-80 overview 77 summary of key points 117 window 79
513
wireless networks. See wireless networks workgroups 112-116 network devices connecting to home network 338 Network Discovery defined 501 Network Discovery section (Advanced sharing settings window) 121 network drives deleting mapped 184-186 mapping FTP servers as 178-187. See network drives mapping shared network folders as 173-178 Network Interface Card (NIC) defined 501 network keys (router installation) 21 Network Location Types window (Windows Firewall) 437 Network Name (SSID) field (Belkin router) 13 networks accessing shared network folders from Windows Vista 322-323 installing drivers for shared network printers in Windows Vista 324-332 installing drivers for shared network printers in Windows XP 295-303 installing shared network printers in Windows Vista 332-335 installing shared network printers in Windows XP 303-308 key points for troubleshooting 497 Network Access Protection messages (Action Center) 459 network firewall messages (Action Center) 459 Network Location section (Computer) 184 security key points 462 security of. See security, network sharing printers with computers on home networks 190-194 streaming WMP12 library over. See streaming WMP 12 libraries Network section (Computer window) 372 network sharing settings 102 configuring 121-124 finding in Windows 7 119-121 networks, wireless. See wireless networks New Auto Playlist window (WMP 12) 243 New Inbound Rule Wizard 450 New Library butto 64 Nobody sharing option 151 Nokia phones 201, 208 notification levels of UAC 395-396 Now Playing mode (Windows Media Player 12) 235-236
514
Obtain an IP address automatically option
o
Obtain an IP address automatically option 84 online help 496-497 online IDs, creating/linking for remote media streaming 264-271 online store (Windows Media Player 12) 221 opening Network And Sharing Center 78-80 Network And Sharing Center with Control Panel 79 Open window 52 Optimize this library for option 70 Options window (Mac OS X) 342 OS X, Mac. See Mac O S X outbound rules (Windows Firewall) 442-443
P
Pairing defined 502 Parental Controls games, setting restrictions for 472-479 key points 479 messages shown when restrictions are applied 478-479 time limits and application restrictions, setting 468-472 turning on 465-468 pa rtitions using Advanced Sharing to share 162-169 using Advanced Sharing to stop sharing 169-173 partitions, mounting Windows 7 in Ubuntu 385 Password protected sharing (Advanced Sharing Settings window) 123 passwords automatically generated for Homegroup 130 changing for user accounts 48-49 changing Homegroup 134-137 creating for user accounts 47-48 date/time settings bug in Home group 145 for FTP server access 183-184 Homegroup, finding 132-134 logging on to Windows 7 without 57 Remember this password option (OS X) 350 removing from user accounts 50 requirements for Windows 7 137 resolving errors with date/time settings 490-493 setting for new user accounts 44 for wireless network access 89 for wireless networks 34 permissions customizing sharing (OS X) 345 for user accounts/groups (Advanced Sharing) 168
Permissions window (Advanced Sharing) 164 for sharing folders in Ubuntu Linux 370-371 for sharing user accounts 321 User Account Control and 393 permissions, administrator for creating new user accounts 43 pictures for user accounts, changing 51-53 Pictures library 62, 72 Playback controls (WP 12) 234-235 Player Library view mode (Windows Media Player 12) 234 playing media remotely over Internet 275-276 playlists advanced playlists, creating in WMP 12 241-249 simple playlists, creating in WMP 12 238-241 Play To functionality (WMP 12) 258 Play To window (WMP 12) 261-262 Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) 8 defined 502 Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) 8 defined 502 Port defined 502 port forwarding, manual 493-496 Port Forward Web site 497 ports on routers, mapping 276 posponing Windows Update restarts 408 PostScript Printer Description (PPD) defined 502 Preshare Key field 89, 93 printers accessing Windows 7 shared printer from OS X 354-356 accessing Windows 7 shared printers from Ubuntu computers 378-385 changing name to SHARENAME 360 enabling Print Spooler service in 284-286 installing drivers for shared network printers in Windows Vista 324-332 installing drivers for shared network printers in Windows XP 295-303 installing on Windows 7 computer 355 installing shared network printers in Windows Vista 332-335 installing shared network printers in Windows XP 303-308 installing Windows 7 shared printer in OS X 356-361 Print and Document Services (Windows 7) 356 printer drivers 360 Printers And Other Hardware panel 303 Printer wizard 483 Print & Fax window (Windows 7) 357 Print Test Page button (Ubuntu Linux) 384
security, network
sharing with computers on home networks 190-194 sharing with Homegroup 195-196 stopping sharing of 196-197 Windows Vista, installing shared network printers in 332-335 Print Spooler service enabling in Windows XP 284-286 Privacy Statement (Windows Media Player 12) 219 Private network location (Vista) 314 private networks 428 prope rties of libraries, editing (Windows 7) 69-72 of network devices 339 of security rules, viewing/modifying 443-445 Printer 192 Printer Properties window (Ubuntu Linux) 380 Properties window (local area connection) 83 Protocol defined 502 Proxy server defined 502 Public folder sharing 122-123,316 Public folder, using for sharing 172-173 public network location profile 101, 110 public networks 428 Public profile (network sharing settings) 121
Quick Installation Guide (Belkin router) 12 quick sorting content of libraries (Windows 7) 71-72
R
ratings, game 473-477 Read access level 168 Read and/or Write permissions (OS X) 346 Reader permissions 321 Read Only folders (OS X) 346 Recommended settings (Windows Media Player 12) 216 Reconnect at logon check box 176 Remember forever option (Ubuntu permissions) 377 Remember my credentials check box 177 Remember my credentials check box (Ubuntu Linux) 374 Remember My Password check box (Vista) 323 Remember this password option (OS X) 350 Remind Me In drop-down menu (restarts) 408 remote control (WMP 12) 258
515
remote media libraries, displaying in navigation pane (WMP 12) 255-258 remote media streaming creating online IDs for 264-271 ports for 494 removable disk drives, sharing 197-198 Remove Device progress window 212 Render print jobs on client computers option 194 restarting computer for Windows Updates 408 Restart now button 407 Restore Defaults option (libraries) 71 resto ring Windows Firewall default settings 452-453 restoring hidden Windows updates 410-412 rimary/secondary DNS servers 32 rootkits 453 router setting manually for port forwarding 493-496 Router defined 502 routers Belkin N+ Wireless router, installing/ configuring 10-24 D-Link DIR-615, installing/configuring 24-34 installing/configuring 7-9 setting up key points 37 routers compatibility with Windows 7 489 routers, mapping ports on 276 routers, wireless 89 rules (Windows Firewall) categories of 442-443 creating custom 446-451 disabling from allowed list 439-446 enabling/disabling/deleting 450-451 properties, viewing/modifying 443-445 Run window 78
S
Samba defined 502 scanning forspyware (Windows Defender) 419 searching in Windows Media Player 12 for specific artist (example) 228-229 keyboard shortcuts 236-238 switching between View modes 234-237 view options and sorting 229-232 security Security Assistant (Belkin router example) 19 security type wireless setting 9 security, network Action Center. See Action Center finding solutions compatible with Windows 7 454 installing added security in Windows 7 453
security, network 516
security, network (continued) Internet security settings messages (Action Center) 459 Internet Security Suites Software Reviews 455 Security for Everyone at 7 Tutorials 454 security key 93 security keys, wireless 88 Security messages (Action Center) 458 systems, keeping up to date 398 tips for user passwords 48 User Account Control (UAC). See User Account Control (UAC) Windows Defender and. See Windows Defender Windows Firewall. See Windows Firewall wireless networks and 87 Select Privacy Options window (Windows Media Player 12) 217 Select Users Or Groups window (Advanced Sharing) 166 Send unique Player ID to content providers check box (Windows Media Player 12) 218 Server defined 502 Server Address field (OS X) 349 Server Message Block (SMB) defined 502 Services and Applications section (Computer Management) 285 Service Set identifier (SSID) 87 Service Set Identifier (SSID) 9 defined 502 Set Network Location window (Vista) 314 Set Network Location wizard 110 Set save location option (libraries) 70 settings Bluetooth Settings window 200 changing router (Belkin example) 23 changing router (D-Link DIR-615 example) 36 configuring network and sharing settings in Windows Vista 312-316 date/time settings for resolving password errors 490-493 Discoverable 204 DNS 83 Homegroup, customizing 132 Homegroup settings window 195-196 Internet WAN (Wide Area Network) settings 8 Local Area Network (LAN) Settings 9 NetBIOS 84 network adapters 81 network sharing 102 network sharing, configuring 121-124 network sharing, finding 119-121 Recommended/Custom (Windows Media Player 12) 216
sharing permissions (OS X) 345 Time Zone Settings window 492 Windows Firewall, restoring default 452-453 Windows Update, configuring 400-403 wireless networks, exporting 102-105 wireless networks, importing 107-108 wireless settings 9 workgroup for O X and Windows 7 348 Set Up A Connection Or Network window 95-96 Set Up An Ad Hoc Network window 96 Setup Assistant (Belkin) 10-11 Set up backup messages (Action Center) 459 setupSNK.exe file 106 Setup Wizard (D-Link router) 31 Shared Folders wizard 483,486 Share files and folders using SMB (Windows) check box 343 Share this folder check box 164 Share this folder on the network check box 289 sharing accessing shared network folders from Windows Vista 322-323 accessing shared network folders from Windows XP 290-292 accessing Windows Vista shared folders from Windows 7 computers 324 configuring network and sharing settings in Windows Vista 312-316 devices 189 enabling in Windows XP 287-289 folders in Ubuntu Linux 369-371 folders in Windows Vista 317-324 installing drivers for shared network printers in Windows XP 295-303 installing shared network printers in Windows Vista 332-335 installing shared network printers in Windows XP 303-308 libraries and folders 147 mapping shared network folders as network drives 173-178 of printers, stopping 196-197 printers with computers on home networks 190-194 printers with Homegroups 195-196 removable disk drives 197-198 Share Libraries And Printers section (Homegroup settings) 196 Share this printer check box 193 Sharing Wizard, enabling/disabling 148-149 between user accounts 319-321 using Advanced Sharing to share 162-169 using Advanced Sharing to stop sharing 169-173 using Public folder for 172-173
Updating Library window
Windows XP shared folders, accessing from Windows 7 computers 293-295 Sharing and Discovery section (Vista) 315 sharing files on ad hoc wireless networks 100-101 sharing service installing in Ubuntu Linux 364-367 Sharing window (Mac OS X) 343 Sharing Wizard using to share with homegroups 150-152 Sharing Wizarusing to stop sharing 159-162 using to share with specific people 152-158 using to stop sharing 159-162 Sharing Wizard (Windows 7) enabling/disabling 148-149 Skin mode (Windows Media Player 12) 235-236 SMB (Server Message Block) Protocol 337 SMRTNTKY folder 106 Songs view (WMP 12) 229 Sony Ericsson phones 201 sorting function in Windows Media Player 12 229-232 specific people using Sharing Wizard to share with 152-158 Specific people sharing option 151 Spy ware defined 502 spyware messages (Action Center) 459 spyware, scanning for (Windows Defender) 419 standard (limited user) user account 40 Start menu accessing user accounts via 42 Static Internet Protocol (IP) Address defined 502 Static IP (Internet Protocol) addresses 8, 32 streaming WMP 12 libraries across Homegroup computers 250-251 displaying remote media libraries in navigation pane 255-258 playing media remotely to other computers 260-263 remote control and Play To functionality 258 setting up media streaming with Homegroup 251-255 streaming WMP 12 libraries over Internet Internet access to home media, allowing 272-275 online IDs, creating/linking for remote media streaming 264-271 overview 264 playing media remotely 275-276 Subnet Mask 32 defined 502 Super User Web site 497 switching between user accounts 44-45 System And Maintenance panel opens. 308 System and Security (Control Panel) 396
517
System and Security panel 429 System And Security window 399 System Maintenance messages (Action Center) 459 System Preferences (Mac OS X) 338-339 System Properties window 114, 281, 309-310 systems, keeping up to date 398 System window 113, 308
T
TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) 496 Tile view (Windows Media Player 12) 231 time limits for children, setting 468-472 Time Zone Settings window 492 Tools And Settings section (Windows Defender) 421 TopTenReviews 455 TPC ports 446 Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) defined 502 troubleshooting. See Network and Internet Troubleshooting wizards Troubleshooting/System Maintenance messages (Action Center) 459 Turn off password protected sharing option 317 Turn Off Password Protected Sharing option 124 Turn off Public Folder Sharing option 123 Turn On/Off File And Printer Sharing options 122 Turn On/Off Network Discovery options 122 Turn Windows features on or off option 356
u
UAC (User Account Control). See User Account Control (UAC) Ubuntu Linux accessing Windows 7 shared folders from 375-377 accessing Windows 7 shared printer from 378-385 installing sharing service in 364-367 mounting Windows 7 shared partitions/folders in 385-388 setting workgroups on 367-368 shared folders, accessing from Windows 7 computers 372-375 sharing folders in 369-371 UDP (User Datagram Protocol) 496 Uniform Resource Locator (URL) defined 503 Universal Serial Bus (USB) defined 503 updates, Windows. See Windows Update Updating Library window 66
518
USB memory sticks
USB memory sticks 197 User Account Control (UAC) changes requring administrative privileges 394-395 configuring 396-398 disabling when installing applications 398 levels of 395-396 messages (Action Center) 459 overview 392-393 workings of 393-394 user accounts changing names of 52-53 changing passwords for 48-49 changing pictures for 51-53 changing type of 53-54 control panel, accessing 41-43 creating new 43-44 creating passwords for 47-48 default 40-41 defined 40-41 deleting 54-56 Everyone 319 for children 465-466 levels of access, assigning 168 number required 40-41 removing passwords for 50 sharing between 319-321 stopping sharing with 161-162 summary of key points 59 switching between 44-45 types of 40 User Accounts window 45-46,47 User Accounts And Family Safety panel 466 User Accounts And Passwords To Connect To Other Computers option 124 user accounts (Ubuntu Linux) 374 User Controls window 472 User Datagram Protocol (UDP) defined 503 User Rating Setting (games) 477 Use Sharing Wizard check box 149 Use the following DNS server addresses option 84 Use this program check box (Windows Defender) 425
V
Videos library 62, 72 View modes (Windows Media Player 12) switching between 234-237 View options in Windows Media Player 12 229-232 View Update History window (Windows Update) 413
Virtual machine defined 503 Virtual Private Network (VPN) defined 503 virtual private network (VPN) connections 86 virus defined 503 virus protection messages (Action Center) 459
w
Web sites, for downloading Gutenprint printer drivers 360 web sites, for further information online help 496-497 Windows 7 Compatibility Center 496 Windows 7 Compatibility Center Web site 489 Web sites, for further information consumer security software providers 454-455 TopTenReviews 455 WEP security 89, 91 Wide Area Network (WAN) defined 503 Wi-Fi Protected Access Pre-shared key (WPA-PSK and WPA2-PSK) defined 503 The Windows Club Web site 497 Windows 7 accessing OS X shared folders from 347 accessing Ubuntu shared folders from Windows 7 computers 372-375 accessing Windows Vista shared folders from 324 accessing Windows XP shared folders from 293-295 cautomatically connecting to hidden wireless networks 94 Compatibility Center 496 customizing network sharing settings in 119 Device Stage and 3 finding network sharing settings in 119-121 finding security solutions compatible with 454-455 Guest accounts in 45 Homegroup feature in 127-128 installing added security in 453 installing hardware and drivers in 1-2 logging on automatically 57-59 mapping FTP servers as network drives in 178-187 and mobile phones, transferring files between 198-199 mounting shared partitions and folders in Ubuntu 385-388 network workgroups and 115 pictures for user accounts 51
Work profile (network sharing settings)
setting up libraries in 61 setting up Mac OS X to share with 339-345 setting up to share with OS X 348-349 shared folders, accessing from OS X 348-351 shared folders, accessing from Ubuntu computers 375-377 shared folders, automatically mounting on OS X 352-354 shared printer, accessing from OS X 354-356 shared printer, accessing from Ubuntu computers 378-385 shared printer, installing in OS X 356-361 wireless network adapters, detecting with 86 Windows 7 Compatibility Center Web site 489 Windows 7 logon window 45 Windows Defender defined 416-417 opening 417-418 turning off 424-428 turning on 426 using 418-422 Windows Explorer 63, 65, 347 Windows Features window 355-356 Windows Firewall allowed list, adding new programs to 435-439 allowed list, disabling rules from 439-446 allowed list, removing programs from 439-446 basic workings of 428-429 defined. See Windows Firewall list of allowed programs, customizing 432-434 opening 429-431 restoring default settings 452-453 turning on/off 430-432 Windows Firewall with Advanced Security tool. See Advanced Security tool (Windows Firewall) Windows Help and Support window 422 Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) defined 503 Windows Media Player 12 123 adding files to library 222-227 advanced playlists, creating 241-249 new features in 215 quick playlists, creating 238-241 searching in. See searching in Windows Media Player 12 setting up 216-221 streaming libraries over Internet. See streaming WMP 12 libraries over Internet streaming library over networks. See streaming WMP 12 libraries Windows Security window 177 Windows Update configuring settings 400-403 hiding/preventing updates from installing 408-409
519
manual checking/installing of updates 404-409 opening 399-401 overview 398 removing installed updates 415-416 restoring hidden updates 410-412 reviewing history of 412-414 Windows Update messages (Action Center) 459 Windows Vista accessing shared network folders from 322-323 configuring network and sharing settings in 312-316 installing drivers for shared network printers in 324-332 installing shared network printers in 332-335 setting workgroups on 308-312 shared folders, accessing from Windows 7 324 sharing folders in 317-324 Windows XP accessing shared network folders from 290-292 enabling Computer Browser service in 284-286 enabling Print Spooler service in 284-286 enabling sharing in 287-289 installing drivers for shared network printers in 295-303 installing shared network printers in 303-308 setting workgroups on 280-283 shared folders, accessing from Windows 7 computers 293-295 WINS tab (Mac OS X) 339 Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) defined 503 Wireless defined 503 wireless connectivity problems 486-487 wireless home networks. See Belkin N+ Wireless router, installing/configuring; See D-Link DIR615 router, installing/configuring wireless network cards 1 wireless networks ad hoc. See ad hoc wireless networks connecting to 86-89 exporting settings for 102-105 settings, importing 107-108 wireless routers, upgrading 89 wireless settings 9 workg roups setting for OS X and Windows 7 348 setting on Mac OS X 338-339 setting on Ubuntu Linux 367-368 setting on Windows Vista computers 308-312 setting on Windows XP computers 280-283 workgroups, network 112-116 work network location profile 109 Work profile (network sharing settings) 121
520
World Wide Web (WWW)
World Wide Web (WWW) defined 503 Worm defined 503 WPA2-Personal security 97 WPA2-PSK/WPA-PSK encryption methods 9 WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK(AES) security 89, 91 Write Only drop box (OS X) 346
